485BPOS2020-09-300001380786false0.05880.00680.15730.24920.00020.04460.09890.08800.00480.04440.09990.05010.08840.10890.04360.05900.18190.17340.05260.0524<div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/ShareholderFeesNuveenNwqFlexibleIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/AnnualFundOperatingExpensesNuveenNwqFlexibleIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/ExpenseExampleNuveenNwqFlexibleIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/ExpenseExampleNoRedemptionNuveenNwqFlexibleIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/AnnualTotalReturnsBarChartNuveenNwqFlexibleIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/AverageAnnualTotalReturnsTransposedNuveenNwqFlexibleIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/ShareholderFeesNuveenPreferredSecuritiesAndIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/AnnualFundOperatingExpensesNuveenPreferredSecuritiesAndIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/ExpenseExampleNuveenPreferredSecuritiesAndIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/ExpenseExampleNoRedemptionNuveenPreferredSecuritiesAndIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/AnnualTotalReturnsBarChartNuveenPreferredSecuritiesAndIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div><div style="display:none">~ http://www.nuveen.com/role/AverageAnnualTotalReturnsTransposedNuveenPreferredSecuritiesAndIncomeFund column period compact * ~</div>The contingent deferred sales charge on Class C shares applies only to redemptions within 12 months of purchase.Fee applies to the following types of accounts under $1,000 held directly with the Fund: individual retirement accounts (IRAs), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts and accounts established pursuant to the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA) or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA).The performance of the other share classes will differ due to their different expense structures.ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index is a subset of the ICE BofA U.S. Corporate Index including all fixed-to-floating rate, perpetual callable and capital securities. Benchmark performance is linked. Performance prior to 3/31/12 reflects the ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index.An index that is comprised of a 60% weighting in the ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index and a 40% weighting in the ICE BofA USD Contingent Capital Index. Benchmark performance is linked. Performance prior to 12/31/13 reflects the Custom Benchmark Index’s previous composition, a 65% weighting in the ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index and a 35% weighting in the Bloomberg Barclays USD Capital Securities Index.An index that is comprised of a 60% weighting in the ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index and a 40% weighting in the ICE BofA Contingent Capital USD Hedged Index. Benchmark performance is linked. Performance prior to 12/31/13 reflects the Custom Benchmark Index’s previous composition, a 65% weighting in the ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index and a 35% weighting in the Bloomberg Barclays USD Capital Securities Index.Represents the average annualized returns for all reporting funds in the Lipper Flexible Income Funds Category.The Fund’s investment adviser has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses so that the total annual operating expenses of the Fund (excluding 12b-1 distribution and/or service fees, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.75% through July 31, 2022 or 1.25% after July 31, 2022 of the average daily net assets of any class of Fund shares. However, because Class R6 shares are not subject to sub-transfer agent and similar fees, the total annual operating expenses for the Class R6 shares will be less than the expense limitation. The expense limitation expiring July 31, 2022 may be terminated or modified prior to that date only with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The expense limitation in effect thereafter may be terminated or modified only with the approval of shareholders of the Fund.An unmanaged fixed income index covering the U.S. investment grade fixed-rate bond market.An index that tracks the performance of fixed rate U.S. dollar denominated preferred securities issued in the U.S. domestic market. An index that tracks the performance of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade and sub-investment grade corporate debt publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market. 0001380786 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:C000081597Member nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:C000081598Member nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:C000171409Member nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:C000081600Member nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000042234Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000042236Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000087841Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000171408Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000042237Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000027100Member nit5:C000081597Member rr:AfterTaxesOnDistributionsMember 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000027100Member nit5:C000081597Member rr:AfterTaxesOnDistributionsAndSalesMember 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000042234Member rr:AfterTaxesOnDistributionsMember 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000042234Member rr:AfterTaxesOnDistributionsAndSalesMember 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:IceBofaUs50Corporate50HighYieldIndexMember nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:BloombergBarclaysUsAggregateBondIndexMember nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:IceBofaFixedRatePreferredSecuritiesIndexMember nit5:S000027100Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:CustomBenchmarkIndexOldMember nit5:S000015514Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:LipperFlexibleIncomeFundsCategoryAverageMember nit5:S000015514Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:IceBofaUsAllCapitalSecuritiesIndexMember nit5:S000015514Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:CustomBenchmarkIndexNewMember nit5:S000015514Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:IceBofaFixedRatePreferredSecuritiesIndexMember nit5:S000027100Member nit5:C000171409Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:BloombergBarclaysUsAggregateBondIndexMember nit5:S000027100Member nit5:C000171409Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:IceBofaUs50Corporate50HighYieldIndexMember nit5:S000027100Member nit5:C000171409Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:CustomBenchmarkIndexNewMember nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000171408Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:IceBofaUsAllCapitalSecuritiesIndexMember nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000171408Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:LipperFlexibleIncomeFundsCategoryAverageMember nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000171408Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 0001380786 nit5:CustomBenchmarkIndexOldMember nit5:S000015514Member nit5:C000171408Member 2021-01-29 2021-01-29 iso4217:USD xbrli:pure
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2021
1933 Act Registration No. 333-138592
1940 Act Registration No. 811-21979
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Form N-1A
 
     
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
  
   
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
  
   
Post-Effective Amendment No.
75
  
   
and/or
  
 
   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
  
   
Amendment No.
76
  
 
 
Nuveen Investment Trust V
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)
 
     
333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois
  
60606
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (312) 917-7700
 
     
Mark J. Czarniecki
Vice President and Secretary
901 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55402
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
  
Copies to:
Eric F. Fess
Chapman and Cutler LLP
111 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after effectiveness. 
Title of Securities Being Registered: Shares of beneficial interest.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
             
 
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
 
 
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
       
 
on January 29, 2021 pursuant to paragraph (b)
 
 
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
       
 
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
 
 
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
 
 
 

CONTENTS OF POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 75
This Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement comprises the following papers and contents:
 
The Facing Sheet
  
 
        
 
Part A—The Prospectus for Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund; the Prospectus for Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund.
  
Part B—The Statement of Additional Information for Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund; the Statement of Additional Information for Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund.
  
Part C—Other Information
  
Signatures
  
Exhibit Index
  
Exhibits
  

         
G1IMG_916B8D3E70A34.JPG
 
Mutual Funds

 

29 January

2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fund Name
 
Class A
Class C
Class R6
Class I
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
 
NWQAX
NWQCX
NQWFX
NWQIX
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
As permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will not be sent to you by mail unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Fund’s website (www.nuveen.com), and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.
You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically at any time by contacting the financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) through which you hold your Fund shares or, if you are a direct investor, by enrolling at www.nuveen.com/e-reports.
You may elect to receive all future shareholder reports in paper free of charge at any time by contacting your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, by calling 800-257-8787 and selecting option #1. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds held in your account with your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, to all your directly held Nuveen Funds and any other directly held funds within the same group of related investment companies.
Prospectus


 
 
 
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Section 1
 
Fund Summary
Section 2
 
How We Manage Your Money
      
10
      
16
Section 3
 
How
You Can Buy and Sell Shares
      
35
      
36
      
38
Section 4
 
General Information
      
44
      
45
      
47
Section 5
 
Financial Highlights
Appendix—Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and
Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries A-1
 
 
 
 
NOT FDIC OR GOVERNMENT INSURED
 
MAY LOSE VALUE
 
 
NO BANK GUARANTEE

Section 1
Fund Summary
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.
Fees and Expenses of the Fund
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in the Fund or in other Nuveen Mutual Funds. More information about these and other discounts, as well as eligibility requirements for each share class, is available from your financial advisor and in “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares” on page 28 of the Fund’s prospectus and “Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares” on page S-66 of the Fund’s statement of additional information. In addition, more information about sales charge discounts and waivers for purchases of shares through specific financial intermediaries is set forth in the appendix to the Fund’s prospectus entitled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
The tables and examples below do not reflect any commissions that shareholders may be required to pay directly to their financial intermediaries when buying or selling Class I shares.
Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
                 
 
Class A
 
Class C
 
Class R6
 
Class I
 
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
4.75%
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)
(as a percentage of the lesser of purchase price or redemption proceeds)
1
None
 
1.00%
 
None
 
None
 
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Exchange Fee
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Annual Low Balance Account Fee (for accounts under $1,000)
2
$15
 
$15
 
None
 
$15
 
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
                                 
 
Class A
 
Class C
 
Class R6
 
Class I
 
Management Fees
 
0.67
%
 
0.67
%
 
0.67
%
 
0.67
%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees
 
0.25
%
 
1.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
Other Expenses
 
0.12
%
 
0.12
%
 
0.05
%
 
0.12
%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
 
1.04
%
 
1.79
%
 
0.72
%
 
0.79
%
Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements
3
 
(0.08
)%
 
(0.08
)%
 
(0.08
)%
 
(0.08
)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements
 
0.96
%
 
1.71
%
 
0.64
%
 
0.71
%
1
 
The contingent deferred sales charge on Class C shares applies only to redemptions within 12 months of purchase.
2
 
Fee applies to the following types of accounts under $1,000 held directly with the Fund: individual retirement accounts (IRAs), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts and accounts established pursuant to the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA) or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA).
3
 
The Fund’s investment adviser has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses so that the total annual operating expenses of the Fund (excluding 12b-1 distribution and/or service fees, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.75% through July 31, 2022 or 1.25% after July 31, 2022 of the average daily net assets of any class of Fund shares. However, because Class R6 shares are not subject to sub-transfer agent and similar fees, the total annual operating expenses for the Class R6 shares will be less than the expense limitation. The expense limitation expiring July 31, 2022 may be terminated or modified prior to that date only with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The expense limitation in effect thereafter may be terminated or modified only with the approval of shareholders of the Fund.
Example
The following example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then either redeem or do not redeem your shares at the end of a period. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are at the lesser of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or
   
2
Section 1
Fund Summary

the applicable expense limitation. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
                           
 
Class A
 
Class C
 
Class R6
 
Class I
 
1 Year
$
568
 
$
174
 
$
65
 
$
73
 
3 Years
$
779
 
$
552
 
$
218
 
$
240
 
5 Years
$
1,010
 
$
958
 
$
389
 
$
427
 
10 Years
$
1,675
 
$
2,095
 
$
883
 
$
967
 
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 38% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in income producing securities.
The Fund invests at least 65% of its net assets in preferred and debt securities. Debt securities in which the Fund invests include corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, taxable municipal securities and U.S. government and agency debt securities. The Fund may invest in all types of preferred securities, including both traditional and non-traditional preferred securities, and may invest in securities with dividends or interest rates that are fixed or floating. Traditional preferred securities are generally equity securities of the issuer that have priority over the issuer’s common shares as to the payment of dividends and the payout of proceeds of a bankruptcy or other liquidation, but are subordinate to an issuer’s senior debt and junior debt. Non-traditional preferred securities include hybrid securities and other types of preferred securities that possess varying combinations of features of both debt and traditional preferred securities and they may constitute senior debt, junior debt or preferred shares in an issuer’s capital structure.
The Fund may invest without limit in below-investment-grade securities, commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” bonds.
The Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in equity securities other than preferred securities, including common stocks, convertible securities, real estate investment trusts (“
REITs
”), depositary receipts and other types of securities with equity characteristics. The Fund may write covered call options on equity securities to generate additional income. In addition, to manage market risk and credit risk in its portfolio, the Fund may make short sales of equity securities and may enter into credit default swap agreements. The Fund’s short sales may equal up to 10% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund may use all or a portion of the proceeds of its short sales to purchase additional portfolio securities.
The Fund’s investments may include debt securities, preferred units and common units issued by master limited partnerships (“
MLPs
”), provided that the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its net assets in common units of MLPs.
The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, but that may be resold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“
Rule 144A securities
”).
The Fund may invest up to 50% of its net assets in dollar-denominated securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
The Fund’s sub-adviser employs a rigorous, bottom-up research-focused investment process that seeks to identify undervalued companies with positive risk/reward characteristics. The sub-adviser’s investment process focuses on the attractiveness of a particular security within a company’s capital structure. The sub-adviser may choose to sell securities or reduce positions if it feels that a company no longer possesses favorable risk/reward characteristics, attractive valuations or catalysts, if it identifies better alternatives within a company’s capital structure, or if a company suspends or is projected to suspend its dividend or interest payments.
Principal Risks
The value of your investment in this Fund will change daily. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The principal risks of investing in the Fund listed below are presented alphabetically to facilitate your ability to find particular risks and compare them with the risks of other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a "principal risk" of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
3

Active Management Risk
—The Fund’s sub-adviser actively manages the Fund’s investments. Consequently, the Fund is subject to the risk that the investment techniques and risk analyses employed by the Fund’s sub-adviser may not produce the desired results. This could cause the Fund to lose value or its investment results to lag relevant benchmarks or other funds with similar objectives.
Bond Market Liquidity Risk
—Reductions in trading activity or dealer inventories of bonds, which provide an indication of the ability of financial intermediaries to “make markets” in those bonds, have the potential to decrease liquidity and increase price volatility in the fixed income markets in which the Fund invests, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. In addition, federal banking regulations may cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of bonds, which may further decrease the Fund’s ability to buy or sell bonds. As a result of this decreased liquidity, the Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If the Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds to meet shareholder redemption requests or to raise cash, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices and hurt performance.
Call Risk
—If, during periods of falling interest rates, an issuer calls higher-yielding debt securities held by the Fund, the Fund may have to reinvest in securities with lower yields or higher risk of default, which may adversely impact the Fund’s performance.
Convertible Security Risk
—Convertible securities are subject to certain risks of both equity and debt securities. The value of convertible securities may decline in response to such factors as rising interest rates and fluctuations in the market price of the common stock underlying the convertible securities.
Covered Call Risk
—Covered call risk is the risk that the Fund, as a writer of covered call options, will forgo during an option’s life the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option.
Credit Default Swap Risk
—If the Fund “buys” protection in a credit default contract and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date, and the investment performance of the Fund will be worse than if the Fund had not entered into the swap. Credit default swaps also involve the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of the other party to the contract to make required payments.
Credit Risk
—Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or other obligated party of a security may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments when due and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments.
Credit Spread Risk
—Credit spread risk is the risk that credit spreads (i.e., the difference in yield between securities that is due to differences in their credit quality) may increase when the market believes that bonds generally have a greater risk of default. Increasing credit spreads may reduce the market values of the Fund’s debt securities. Credit spreads often increase more for lower rated and unrated securities than for investment grade securities. In addition, when credit spreads increase, reductions in market value will generally be greater for longer-maturity securities.
Currency Risk
—Even though the non-U.S. securities held by the Fund are traded in U.S. dollars, their prices are typically indirectly influenced by currency fluctuations. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the Fund’s net asset value, the value of dividends and interest earned, and gains or losses realized on the sale of securities.
Cybersecurity Risk
—Cybersecurity risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, its investment adviser or sub-adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor or other service provider or a financial intermediary to suffer a data breach, data corruption or lose operational functionality. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact the Fund or its shareholders. Additionally, a cybersecurity breach could affect the issuers in which the Fund invests, which may cause the Fund’s investments to lose value.
Equity Security Risk
—Equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio may decline significantly in price over short or extended periods of time, and such declines may occur because of declines in the equity market as a whole, or because of declines in only a particular country, company, industry, or sector of the market. From time to time, the Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in companies in one or more related sectors or industries which would make the Fund more vulnerable to adverse developments affecting such sectors or industries.
Financial Services Sector Risk
—The Fund currently invests a significant portion of its assets in the financial services sector, although this may change over time. Financial services companies are particularly sensitive to the adverse effects
   
4
Section 1
Fund Summary

of economic recession; changes in government regulation; the availability of capital; volatile interest rates; and the health of the commercial and residential real estate markets.
Foreign Investment Risk
—Non-U.S. issuers or U.S. issuers with significant non-U.S. operations may be subject to risks in addition to those of issuers located in or that principally operate in the United States as a result of, among other things, political, social and economic developments abroad and different legal, regulatory and tax environments. To the extent the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in the securities of companies in a single country or region, it may be more susceptible to adverse conditions affecting that country or region.
High Yield Securities Risk
—High yield securities, which are rated below investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk” bonds, are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for the Fund. They generally are considered to be speculative with respect to the ability to pay interest and repay principal, have greater credit risk, are less liquid and have more volatile prices than investment grade securities.
Income Risk
—The Fund's income could decline during periods of falling interest rates or when the Fund experiences defaults on debt securities or defaults or deferrals on preferred securities it holds.
Interest Rate Risk
—Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of the Fund’s fixed-rate securities will decline because of rising interest rates. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, result in heightened market volatility and detract from the Fund’s performance to the extent that it is exposed to such interest rates. Fixed-rate securities may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of potential government fiscal policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. When interest rates change, the values of longer-duration fixed-rate securities usually change more than the values of shorter-duration fixed-rate securities. Conversely, fixed-rate securities with shorter durations or maturities will be less volatile but may provide lower returns than fixed-rate securities with longer durations or maturities. Rising interest rates also may lengthen the duration of securities with call features, since exercise of the call becomes less likely as interest rates rise, which in turn will make the securities more sensitive to changes in interest rates and result in even steeper price declines in the event of further interest rate increases.
Market Risk
—The market value of the Fund’s investments may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably and for short or extended periods of time, due to the particular circumstances of individual issuers or due to general conditions impacting issuers more broadly. Global economies and financial markets have become highly interconnected, and thus economic, market or political conditions or events in one country or region might adversely impact the value of the Fund’s investments whether or not the Fund invests in such country or region. Events such as war, terrorism, natural and environmental disasters and the spread of infectious illnesses or other public health emergencies may have a severe negative impact on the global economy, could cause financial markets to experience extreme volatility and losses, and could result in the disruption of trading and the reduction of liquidity in many instruments.
Master Limited Partnership Risk
—Investments in common units of MLPs involve risks that differ from investments in common stock, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote. An investment in an MLP also exposes the Fund to the legal and tax risks associated with investing in partnerships. MLPs may have limited financial resources, their securities may be relatively illiquid, and they may be subject to more erratic price movements because of the underlying assets they hold.
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk
—These securities generally can be prepaid at any time, and prepayments that occur either more quickly or more slowly than expected can adversely impact the value of such securities. They are also subject to extension risk, which is the risk that rising interest rates could cause mortgages underlying the securities to be prepaid more slowly than expected, thereby lengthening the duration of such securities, increasing their sensitivity to interest rate changes and causing their prices to decline. A mortgage-backed security may be negatively affected by the quality of the mortgages underlying such security, the credit quality of its issuer or guarantor, and the nature and structure of its credit support.
Municipal Securities Risk
—The values of municipal securities held by the Fund may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments. Adverse conditions in an industry significant to a local economy could have a correspondingly adverse effect on the financial condition of local issuers. The amount of public information available about municipal bonds is generally less than for certain corporate equities or bonds, meaning that the investment performance of the Fund may be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s sub-adviser than funds that invest in stock or other corporate investments.
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
5

Preferred Security Risk
—Preferred securities generally are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. In addition, preferred securities are subject to other risks, such as having no or limited voting rights, being subject to special redemption rights, having distributions deferred or skipped, having floating interest rates or dividends, which may result in a decline in value in a falling interest rate environment, having fixed interest rates or dividends, which may result in a decline in value in a rising interest rate environment, having limited liquidity, changing or unfavorable tax treatments and possibly being issued by companies in heavily regulated industries.
Rule 144A Securities Risk
—The market for Rule 144A securities typically is less active than the market for publicly-traded securities. Rule 144A securities carry the risk that their liquidity may become impaired and the Fund may be unable to dispose of the securities promptly or at reasonable prices.
Short Sales Risk
—Short sales involve the sale of a security the Fund has borrowed, with the expectation that the security will underperform the market. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to buy the security sold short (also known as “covering” the short position) at a time when the security has appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. Although the gain is limited by the price at which the security was sold short, the loss is potentially unlimited. To the extent the Fund invests the proceeds received from selling securities short in additional portfolio securities, the Fund is engaging in a form of leverage. The use of leverage may increase the Fund’s exposure to long positions and make any change in the Fund’s net asset value greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. The use of short sales may also cause the Fund to have higher expenses than other funds.
Unrated Security Risk
—Unrated securities determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser to be of comparable quality to rated securities which the Fund may purchase may pay a higher interest rate than such rated securities and be subject to a greater risk of illiquidity or price changes. Less public information is typically available about unrated securities or issuers than rated securities or issuers.
U.S. Government Securities Risk
—U.S. government securities are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and the payment of principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated by law to do so.
Valuation Risk
—The debt securities in which the Fund invests typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell a portfolio security at the price established by the pricing service, which could result in a loss to the Fund. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades. Different pricing services may incorporate different assumptions and inputs into their valuation methodologies, potentially resulting in different values for the same securities. As a result, if the Fund were to change pricing services, or if the Fund’s pricing service were to change its valuation methodology, there could be a material impact, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s net asset value.
Fund Performance
The following bar chart and table provide some indication of the potential risks of investing in the Fund. The Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available at www.nuveen.com/performance or by calling (800) 257-8787.
   
6
Section 1
Fund Summary

The bar chart below shows the variability of the Fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares. The bar chart and highest/lowest quarterly returns that follow do not reflect sales charges, and if these charges were reflected, the returns would be less than those shown.
 
Class A Annual Total Return*
PERFORMANCEBARCHARTDATA(2011:5.88,2012:15.73,2013:-0.02,2014:9.89,2015:0.48,2016:9.99,2017:8.84,2018:-4.36,2019:18.19,2020:5.26)
*
 
The performance of the other share classes will differ due to their different expense structures.
During the ten-year period ended December 31, 2020, the Fund’s highest and lowest quarterly returns were 9.56%
and -12.66%, respectively, for the quarters ended June 30, 2020 and March 31, 2020.
The table below shows the variability of the Fund’s average annual returns and how they compare over the time periods indicated with those of broad measures of market performance (the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index is the Fund's primary benchmark). All after-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only; after-tax returns for other share classes will vary. Your own actual after-tax returns will depend on your specific tax situation and may differ from what is shown here. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold Fund shares in tax-deferred accounts such as IRAs or employer-sponsored retirement plans.
Both the bar chart and the table assume that all distributions have been reinvested. Performance reflects fee waivers, if any, in effect during the periods presented. If any such waivers had not been in place, returns would have been reduced.
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
7

                                 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Annual Total Returns
 
 
 
 
 
for the Periods Ended
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2020
 
 
Inception
Date
1 Year
5 Years
10 Years
Since
Inception
(Class R6)
Class A (return before taxes)
 
12/9/09
 
 
0.26
%
 
6.29
%
 
6.26
%
 
N/A
 
Class A (return after taxes on distributions)
 
 
 
 
(1.44
)%
 
4.22
%
 
3.99
%
 
N/A
 
Class A (return after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares)
 
 
 
 
0.31
%
 
4.02
%
 
4.01
%
 
N/A
 
Class C (return before taxes)
 
12/9/09
 
 
4.45
%
 
6.54
%
 
5.98
%
 
N/A
 
Class R6 (return before taxes)
 
6/30/16
 
 
5.59
%
 
N/A
 
 
N/A
 
 
7.13
%
Class I (return before taxes)
 
12/9/09
 
 
5.52
%
 
7.60
%
 
7.06
%
 
N/A
 
Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
 
 
 
 
7.51
%
 
4.44
%
 
3.84
%
 
3.74
%
ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
 
 
 
 
6.95
%
 
6.38
%
 
6.78
%
 
5.93
%
ICE BofA U.S. 50% Corporate & 50% High Yield Index
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
 
 
 
 
8.07
%
 
7.61
%
 
6.16
%
 
6.54
%
   
                                 
1
An unmanaged fixed income index covering the U.S. investment grade fixed-rate bond market.
2
An index that tracks the performance of fixed rate U.S. dollar denominated preferred securities issued in the U.S. domestic market.
3
An index that tracks the performance of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade and sub-investment grade corporate debt publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market.
Management
Investment Adviser
Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC
Sub-Adviser
NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC
Portfolio Managers
     
Name
Title
Portfolio Manager of Fund Since
Thomas J. Ray, CFA
Managing Director, Co-Head of Fixed Income and Portfolio Manager
January 2015
Susi Budiman, CFA
Managing Director, Co-Head of Fixed Income and Portfolio Manager
January 2015
   
8
Section 1
Fund Summary

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the Fund on any business day through a financial advisor or other financial intermediary. The Fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows, although certain financial intermediaries may impose their own investment minimums and the Fund may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases:
       
 
Class A and Class C
Class R6
Class I
Eligibility and Minimum Initial Investment
$3,000 for all accounts except:
 
$2,500 for Traditional/
Roth IRA accounts.
 
$2,000 for Coverdell
Education Savings
Accounts.
 
$250 for accounts opened through fee-based programs.
 
No minimum for retirement plans.
Available only to certain qualified retirement plans and other investors as described in the prospectus and through fee-based programs.
$1 million for all accounts except:
 
$100,000 for clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services.
 
No minimum for certain qualified retirement plans and certain other categories of eligible investors as described in the prospectus.
Available only through fee-based programs and certain retirement plans, and to other limited categories of investors as described in the prospectus.
$100,000 for all accounts except:
 
$250 for clients of financial intermediaries and family offices that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000 (or that are expected to reach this level).
 
No minimum for eligible retirement plans and certain other categories of eligible investors as described in the prospectus.
Minimum
Additional
Investment
$100
No minimum.
No minimum.
Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred account, such as an IRA or 401(k) plan (in which case you may be taxed upon withdrawal of your investment from such account).
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund, its distributor or its investment adviser may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
9

Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
To help you better understand the Fund, this section includes a detailed discussion of the Fund's investment and risk management strategies. For a more complete discussion of these matters, please see the statement of additional information, which is available by calling (800) 257-8787 or by visiting Nuveen’s website at www.nuveen.com.
 
Who Manages the Fund
Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“
Nuveen Fund Advisors
”), the Fund’s investment adviser, offers advisory and investment management services to a broad range of clients, including investment companies and other pooled investment vehicles. Nuveen Fund Advisors has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. Nuveen Fund Advisors is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Nuveen Fund Advisors is a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“
TIAA
”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of September 30, 2020, Nuveen, LLC managed approximately $1.1 trillion in assets, of which approximately $148.7 billion was managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
Nuveen Fund Advisors has selected its affiliate, NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC (“
NWQ
”), located at 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90067, to serve as sub-adviser to the Fund. NWQ manages the investment of the Fund’s assets on a discretionary basis, subject to the supervision of Nuveen Fund Advisors.
The Fund is managed by multiple portfolio managers, who are responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund, with expertise in the area applicable to the Fund’s investments. Each portfolio manager may be responsible for different aspects of the Fund’s management. For example, one manager may be principally responsible for selecting appropriate investments for the Fund, while another may be principally responsible for asset allocation. The following is a list of the portfolio managers primarily responsible for managing the Fund’s investments, along with their relevant experience. The Fund’s portfolio managers may change from time to time.
       
   
Total Experience
(since dates
specified below)
Name & Title
Experience Over Past Five Years
At NWQ
*
Total
 
     
NUVEEN NWQ FLEXIBLE INCOME FUND
 
     
Thomas J. Ray, CFA

Managing Director
Co-Head of Fixed Income
NWQ (portfolio management and research)
2015
1991
 
     
Susi Budiman, CFA

Managing Director
Co-Head of Fixed Income
NWQ (portfolio management and research)
2006
2001
       
       
* Including tenure at affiliate or predecessor firms, as applicable
   
10
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund is provided in the statement of additional information.
Management Fees
The management fee schedule for the Fund consists of two components: a Fund-level fee, based only on the amount of assets within the Fund, and a complex-level fee, based on the aggregate amount of all eligible fund assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
The annual Fund-level fee, payable monthly, is based upon the average daily net assets of the Fund as follows:
     
Average Daily Net Assets
 
Fund-Level Fee
For the first $125 million
 
0.5500%
For the next $125 million
 
0.5375%
For the next $250 million
 
0.5250%
For the next $500 million
 
0.5125%
For the next $1 billion
 
0.5000%
For the next $3 billion
 
0.4750%
For the next $5 billion
 
0.4500%
For net assets over $10 billion
 
0.4375%
The complex-level fee begins at a maximum rate of 0.2000% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, based upon complex-level assets of $55 billion, with breakpoints for eligible assets above that level. Therefore, the maximum management fee rate for the Fund is the Fund-level fee plus 0.2000%. As of December 31, 2020, the effective complex-level fee was 0.1557% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
For the most recent fiscal year, the Fund paid Nuveen Fund Advisors 0.59% of its average daily net assets in management fees (net of fee waivers and expense reimbursements).
Nuveen Fund Advisors has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses so that the total annual operating expenses (excluding 12b-1 distribution and/or service fees, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.75% through July 31, 2022 or 1.25% after July 31, 2022 of the average daily net assets of any class of Fund shares. However, because Class R6 shares are not subject to sub-transfer agent and similar fees, the total annual operating expenses for the Class R6 shares will be less than the expense limitation. The expense limitation expiring July 31, 2022 may be terminated or modified prior to that date only with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Fund. The expense limitation in effect thereafter may be terminated or modified only with the approval of shareholders of the Fund.
Information regarding the Board of Trustees’ approval of the investment management agreements is available in the Fund's annual report for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020.
 
More About Our Investment Strategies
The Fund’s investment objective, which is described in the “Fund Summary” section, may not be changed without shareholder approval.
The Fund's investment policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted in this prospectus or the statement of additional information.
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
11

The Fund's principal investment strategies are discussed in the “Fund Summary” section. These are the strategies that the Fund's investment adviser and sub-adviser believe are most likely to be important in trying to achieve the Fund‘s investment objective. This section provides more information about these strategies, as well as information about some additional strategies that the Fund's sub-adviser uses, or may use, to achieve the Fund's objective. You should be aware that the Fund may also use strategies and invest in securities that are not described in this prospectus, but that are described in the statement of additional information. For a copy of the statement of additional information, call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787 or visit Nuveen’s website at www.nuveen.com.
Preferred Securities
The Fund may invest in preferred securities, including both traditional preferred securities and non-traditional preferred securities. Traditional preferred securities are generally securities of the issuer that have priority over the issuer’s common shares as to the payment of dividends (i.e., the issuer cannot pay dividends on its common shares until the dividends on the preferred shares are current) and as to the payout of proceeds of a bankruptcy or other liquidation, but are subordinate to an issuer’s senior debt and junior debt as to both types of payments. Additionally, in a bankruptcy or other liquidation, traditional preferred securities are generally subordinate to an issuer’s trade creditors and other general obligations. Traditional preferred securities may be perpetual or have a term, and typically have a fixed liquidation (or “par”) value.
The term “preferred securities” also includes certain hybrid securities and other types of preferred securities that do not have the traditional features described above. Preferred securities that are hybrid securities often behave similarly to investments in traditional preferred securities and are regarded by market investors as being part of the preferred securities market. Such hybrid securities possess varying combinations of features of both debt and traditional preferred securities and as such they may constitute senior debt, junior debt or preferred shares in an issuer’s capital structure. Thus, they may not be subordinate to a company’s debt securities (as are traditional preferred securities).
Hybrid securities include trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation or other special purpose entity, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and floating coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Trust preferred securities may defer payment of income without triggering an event of default. These securities may have many characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure.
Preferred securities may also include certain forms of debt that have many characteristics of preferred shares, and that are regarded by the investment marketplace to be part of the broader preferred securities market. Among these preferred securities are certain exchange-listed debt issues that historically have several attributes, including trading and investment performance characteristics, in common with exchange-listed traditional preferred securities and hybrid securities. Generally, these types of preferred securities are senior debt or junior debt in the capital structure of an issuer.
As a general matter, dividend or interest payments on preferred securities may be cumulative or non-cumulative and may be deferred (in the case of cumulative payments) or skipped (in the case of non-cumulative payments) at the option of the issuer. Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing
   
12
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

company, except in some cases voting rights may arise if the issuer fails to pay the preferred share dividends or if a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
Preferred securities may either trade over-the-counter (
“OTC”
) or trade on an exchange. Preferred securities can be structured differently for retail and institutional investors, and the Fund may invest in preferred securities of either structure. The retail segment is typified by $25 par value exchange-traded securities and the institutional segment is typified by $1,000 par value OTC securities. Both $25 and $1,000 par value securities are often callable at par value, typically at least five years after their original issuance date.
Debt Securities
Corporate Debt Securities.
The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities issued by companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured. Corporate debt securities may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and may carry fixed or floating rates of interest.
Mortgage-Backed Securities.
A mortgage-backed security is a type of pass-through security backed by an ownership interest in a pool of mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities may be guaranteed by, or secured by collateral that is guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations. Mortgage-backed securities may also be privately issued; these include commercial mortgage-backed securities.
Municipal Securities.
The Fund may invest in taxable and tax-exempt municipal bonds. States, local governments and municipalities and other issuing authorities issue municipal bonds to raise money for various public purposes such as building public facilities, refinancing outstanding obligations and financing general operating expenses. These bonds include general obligation bonds, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source, and revenue bonds, which may be repaid only from the revenue of a specific facility or source. Municipal bonds issued to finance activities with a broad public purpose are generally exempt from federal income tax. Taxable municipal bonds, however, are issued to finance activities with less significant benefits to the public, such as the construction of sports facilities, and as such the interest paid to holders of such bonds is taxable as ordinary income. Many taxable municipal bonds offer yields comparable to those of other taxable bonds, such as corporate and agency bonds. Taxable municipal bonds may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and pay interest based on fixed or floating rate coupons. Maturities may range from long-term to short-term.
U.S. Government Securities.
U.S. government securities in which the Fund may invest include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. government, or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government. U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. government. Securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
High Yield Debt Securities.
The Fund may invest in debt securities rated below investment grade or unrated securities deemed by the Fund’s sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
13

referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” bonds. These types of bonds are typically issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by issuers that have questionable credit strength. High yield and comparable unrated debt securities: (a) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating agency evaluating the instrument, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions; and (b) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation.
Master Limited Partnerships
A master limited partnership (MLP) is an entity, most commonly a limited partnership, that is taxed as a partnership, publicly traded and listed on a national securities exchange. Holders of common units of MLPs typically have limited control and limited voting rights as compared to holders of a corporation’s common shares. Preferred units issued by MLPs are not typically listed or traded on an exchange. Holders of preferred units can be entitled to a wide range of voting and other rights. Debt securities of MLPs are similar to debt securities of other companies. Such securities may be rated or unrated, may be above or below investment-grade quality, and may carry fixed or floating interest rates. MLPs are limited by the Internal Revenue Code to only apply to enterprises that engage in certain businesses, mostly pertaining to the use of natural resources, such as petroleum and natural gas extraction and transportation. Some real estate enterprises may also qualify as MLPs.
Convertible Securities
The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of debt securities or preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time (typically for the entire life of the security) into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. They also include debt securities with warrants or common stock attached and derivatives combining the features of debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt securities, or dividends paid or accrued on preferred securities, until the securities mature or are redeemed, converted or exchanged.
Covered Calls
The Fund may sell covered call options in an attempt to generate increased total return from a security in which the Fund holds a long position. A call option enables the purchaser to elect to receive a security at a predetermined price and time. A call option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets.
Short Sales
The Fund may take short positions in equity securities, which are often referred to as “short sales.” A short sale is a sale of a security the Fund has borrowed, with the expectation that the security will underperform the market. To settle the short sale transaction, the Fund buys the same security at a later date and returns it to the lender of the security. The Fund makes money on a short position if the market price of the security goes down after the short sale or if the market price of the securities it buys with
   
14
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

the proceeds of the short sale increases more than that of the security sold short. Conversely, if the price of the security sold short goes up after the short sale, the Fund loses money because it has to pay more to replace the borrowed security than it received when it sold the security short. The Fund may use all or a portion of the proceeds of its short sales to purchase additional portfolio securities. This practice is considered “leverage” and may involve substantial risk.
Non-U.S. Investments
The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by non-U.S. companies. The Fund will classify an issuer of a security as being a U.S. or non-U.S. issuer based on the determination of an unaffiliated, recognized financial data provider. Such determinations are based on a number of criteria, such as the issuer’s country of domicile, the primary exchange on which the security trades, the location from which the majority of the issuer’s revenue comes, and the issuer’s reporting currency.
Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
As a non-principal investment strategy, the Fund may invest in cash and in U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality money market instruments and other short-term securities, including money market funds, in such proportions as warranted by prevailing market conditions and the Fund's principal investment strategies. The Fund may temporarily invest without limit in such holdings for liquidity purposes, or in an attempt to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Being invested in these securities may keep the Fund from participating in a market upswing and prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective.
Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
As a non-principal investment strategy, the Fund may invest in securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“
ETFs
”), that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. In addition, the Fund may invest a portion of its assets in pooled investment vehicles (other than investment companies) that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly.
An ETF is an investment company that holds a portfolio of securities generally designed to track the performance of a securities index, including industry, sector, country and region indexes. ETFs trade on a securities exchange and their shares may, at times, trade at a premium or discount to their net asset value.
As a shareholder in an investment company or other pooled investment vehicle, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that vehicle’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund's advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in an investment company or other pooled investment vehicle. In addition, the Fund will incur brokerage costs when purchasing and selling shares of ETFs. Securities of investment companies or other pooled investment vehicles may be leveraged, in which case the value and/or yield of such securities will tend to be more volatile than securities of unleveraged vehicles.
Generally, investments in other investment companies (including ETFs) are subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
“1940 Act”
). These limitations include a prohibition on the Fund acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of its total assets, in the aggregate, in investment company securities. Many ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
15

Commission to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in the ETFs' shares beyond these statutory limitations, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to a contractual arrangement between the ETFs and the investing Fund. The Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in order to invest in unaffiliated ETFs beyond the foregoing statutory limitations. Subject to certain conditions, the Fund also may invest in money market funds beyond the statutory limits described above.
Common shares of an investment company that has a policy of investing at least 80% of its assets in either preferred securities or debt securities will count as “preferred securities” or “debt securities,” respectively, for purposes of the requirement that 65% of the Fund’s net assets be invested in preferred and debt securities.
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the Fund’s statement of additional information. A list of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available on the Fund’s website—www.nuveen.com/mutual-funds—by navigating to the Fund’s web page and clicking on the “Characteristics” link. By following this link, you can obtain a list of the Fund’s top ten holdings as of the end of the most recent month. A complete list of portfolio holdings information is generally made available on the Fund’s website ten business days after the end of the month. This information will remain available on the website until the Fund files with the Securities and Exchange Commission its annual, semi-annual or quarterly holdings report for the fiscal period that includes the date(s) as of which the website information is current.
 
How We Select Investments
NWQ seeks to identify undervalued companies with a catalyst to unlock value or improve profitability, such as new management, industry consolidation, corporate restructuring or a turn in company fundamentals. NWQ’s portfolio managers and analysts collaborate closely utilizing a rigorous, bottom-up, research-focused investment process that focuses on financial statement and absolute valuation analysis to identify companies that offer favorable risk and reward opportunities and potential for downside protection. NWQ believes that the companies identified through this process are often underappreciated or misperceived by Wall Street. NWQ maintains a long-term investment view and a focus on securities it believes can appreciate over an extended period of time, regardless of interim fluctuations. NWQ’s flexible income team considers the relative attractiveness of a particular security within a company’s capital structure and the sustainability of its income level. The Fund will benefit from the research provided by NWQ’s equity and fixed income analysts, which will analyze the income potential of a security by focusing on the integrity of the balance sheet and the sustainability of cash flows.
NWQ may sell a security or reduce its position if it feels that a company has achieved its target valuation or no longer possesses favorable risk/reward characteristics or catalysts.
 
What the Risks Are
Risk is inherent in all investing. Investing in a mutual fund involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing you should consider carefully the principal risks and certain other risks that you assume when you invest in the Fund.
   
16
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

These risks are listed alphabetically below. Because of these risks, you should consider an investment in the Fund to be a long-term investment.
Principal Risks
Active management risk:
The Fund's sub-adviser actively manages the Fund’s investments. Consequently, the Fund is subject to the risk that the investment techniques and risk analyses employed by the Fund's sub-adviser may not produce the desired results. This could cause the Fund to lose value or its investment results to lag relevant benchmarks or other funds with similar objectives. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax developments may affect the investment techniques available to the Fund's sub-adviser in connection with managing the Fund and such developments, as well as any deficiencies in the operating systems or controls of the sub-adviser or a Fund service provider, may also adversely affect the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment goal.
Bond market liquidity risk:
Primary dealer inventories of bonds are a core indication of dealers’ capacity to “make a market” in fixed income securities. A reduction in market making capacity has the potential to decrease liquidity and increase price volatility in the fixed income markets in which the Fund invests, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. As a result of this decreased liquidity, the Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If the Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds to meet shareholder redemption requests or to raise cash, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices and hurt performance.
Call risk:
Many bonds may be redeemed at the option of the issuer, or “called,” before their stated maturity date. In general, an issuer will call its bonds if they can be refinanced by issuing new bonds which bear a lower interest rate. The Fund is subject to the possibility that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call its high yielding bonds. The Fund would then be forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates or in securities with a higher risk of default, which may adversely impact the Fund’s performance. Such redemptions and subsequent reinvestments would also increase the Fund's portfolio turnover. If the called bond was purchased or is currently valued at a premium, the value of the premium may be lost in the event of prepayment.
Convertible security risk:
Convertible securities are subject to certain risks of both equity and debt securities. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value also tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company. Convertible securities are also exposed to the risk that an issuer is unable to meet its obligation to make dividend or interest and principal payments when due as a result of changing financial or market conditions.
Mandatory convertible securities are distinguished as a subset of convertible securities because the conversion is not optional and the conversion price at maturity is based solely upon the market price of the underlying common stock, which may be significantly less than par or the price (above or below par) paid. Mandatory convertible securities generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder.
Covered call risk:
Covered call risk is the risk that the Fund will forgo, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. In addition, as
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
17

the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
Credit default swap risk:
If the Fund “buys” protection in a credit default contract and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date, and the investment performance of the Fund will be worse than if the Fund had not entered into the swap. Credit default swaps also involve the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of the other party to the contract to make required payments.
Credit risk:
Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a security held by the Fund may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments. Securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, which are often reflected in credit ratings. The credit rating of a security may be lowered if the issuer suffers adverse changes in its financial condition, which can lead to greater volatility in the price of the security and in shares of the Fund, and can also affect the security’s liquidity and make it more difficult for the Fund to sell. When the Fund purchases unrated securities, it will depend on the sub-adviser’s analysis of credit risk without the assessment of an independent rating organization, such as Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s.
To the extent that the Fund holds securities that are secured or guaranteed by financial institutions, changes in the credit quality of such financial institutions could cause the values of these securities to decline.
Credit spread risk:
Credit spread risk is the risk that credit spreads (
i.e.,
the difference in yield between securities that is due to differences in their credit quality) may increase when the market believes that bonds generally have a greater risk of default. Increasing credit spreads may reduce the market values of the Fund’s securities. Credit spreads often increase more for lower rated and unrated securities than for investment grade securities. In addition, when credit spreads increase, reductions in market value will generally be greater for longer-maturity securities.
Currency risk:
Even though the non-U.S. securities held by the Fund are traded in U.S. dollars, their prices are typically indirectly influenced by currency fluctuations. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the value of non-U.S. securities, the value of dividends and interest earned from such securities, and gains and losses realized on the sale of such securities, and hence may affect the net asset value of the Fund.
Cybersecurity risk:
Intentional cybersecurity breaches include: unauthorized access to systems, networks or devices (such as through “hacking” activity); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).
A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, the inability to access electronic systems (“denial of services”), loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs. Such incidents could cause the Fund, the Fund’s
   
18
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

adviser or sub-adviser, a financial intermediary, or other service providers to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, additional compliance costs or financial loss. Negative impacts on the Fund could include the inability to calculate net asset value, transact business, process transactions on behalf of shareholders or safeguard data. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which the Fund invests, and thereby cause the Fund’s investments to lose value.
Equity security risk:
Equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio may decline significantly in price over short or extended periods of time. Even a long-term investment approach cannot guarantee a profit. Price changes may occur in the market as a whole, or they may occur in only a particular country, company, industry, or sector of the market. Conversely, the value of the Fund’s short positions, if any, may decline because of an increase in the equity market as a whole or because of increases in a particular company, industry, or sector of the market. From time to time, the Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in companies in one or more related sectors or industries which would make the Fund more vulnerable to adverse developments affecting such sectors or industries. Adverse events in any part of the U.S. and global financial markets may have unexpected negative effects on equity markets. These events may at times result in unusually high market volatility, including short-term volatility, which could negatively affect Fund performance.
A variety of factors can negatively affect the price of a particular company's equity securities. These factors may include, but are not limited to: poor earnings reports, a loss of customers, litigation against the company, general unfavorable performance of the company's sector or industry, or changes in government regulations affecting the company or its industry.
Financial services sector risk:
The Fund currently invests a significant portion of its assets in the financial services sector, although this may change over time. This makes the Fund more susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting the financial services sector. Investments in the financial services sector poses risks, including the following:
·
Financial services companies may suffer a setback if regulators change the rules under which they operate.
·
Unstable interest rates can have a disproportionate effect on the financial services sector.
·
The profitability of companies in the financial sector is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital which may fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and general economic developments.
·
Financial services companies whose securities the Fund may purchase may themselves have concentrated portfolios, such as a high level of loans to real estate developers, which makes them vulnerable to economic conditions that affect that sector.
·
Financial services companies have been affected by increased competition, which could adversely affect the profitability or viability of such companies.
·
Financial services companies have been significantly and negatively affected by the downturn in the subprime mortgage lending market and the resulting impact on the world’s economies.
Foreign investment risk:
Non-U.S. issuers or U.S. issuers with significant non-U.S. operations may be subject to risks in addition to or different than those of issuers that
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
19

are located in or principally operated in the United States due to political, social and economic developments abroad, different regulatory environments and laws, potential seizure by the government of company assets, higher taxation, withholding taxes on dividends and interest and limitations on the use or transfer of portfolio assets. If any of these events were to occur, the affected security may experience drastic declines. In the event of a seizure of assets by a non-U.S. government, the Fund could lose its entire investment in that particular country.
To the extent the Fund invests in depositary receipts, the Fund will be subject to many of the same risks as when investing directly in non-U.S. securities. The holder of an unsponsored depositary receipt may have limited voting rights and may not receive as much information about the issuer of the underlying securities as would the holder of a sponsored depositary receipt.
Other non-U.S. investment risks include the following:
·
Enforcing legal rights may be difficult, costly and slow in non-U.S. countries, and there may be special problems enforcing claims against non-U.S. governments.
·
Non-U.S. companies may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies, and there may be less public information about their operations.
·
Non-U.S. markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets.
·
The U.S. and non-U.S. markets often rise and fall at different times or by different amounts due to economic or other developments particular to a given country or region. This phenomenon would tend to lower the overall price volatility of a portfolio that included both U.S. and non-U.S. securities. Sometimes, however, global trends will cause the U.S. and non-U.S. markets to move in the same direction, reducing or eliminating the risk reduction benefit of international investing.
·
Non-U.S. securities traded on foreign exchanges may be subject to further risks due to the inexperience of local investment professionals and financial institutions, the possibility of permanent or temporary termination of trading, and greater spreads between bid and asked prices for securities. In addition, non-U.S. exchanges and investment professionals are subject to less governmental regulation, and commissions may be higher than in the United States. Also, there may be delays in the settlement of non-U.S. exchange transactions.
·
The Fund’s income from non-U.S. issuers may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In some countries, the Fund also may be subject to taxes on trading profits and, on certain securities transactions, transfer or stamp duties tax. To the extent non-U.S. income taxes are paid by the Fund, U.S. shareholders may be entitled to a credit or deduction for U.S. tax purposes.
Some countries restrict to varying degrees foreign investment in their securities markets. In some circumstances, these restrictions may limit or preclude investment in certain countries or may increase the cost of investing in securities of particular companies.
High yield securities risk:
Securities that are rated below-investment grade are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” bonds. High yield securities usually offer higher yields than investment grade securities, but also involve more risk. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher rated debt securities. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the ability to pay interest and repay principal. High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic conditions
   
20
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

than investment grade securities, and they generally have more volatile prices and carry more risk to principal. In addition, high yield securities generally are less liquid than investment grade securities. Any investment in distressed or defaulted securities subjects the Fund to even greater credit risk than investments in other below-investment grade securities.
Income risk:
The Fund’s income could decline during periods of falling interest rates because the Fund generally may have to invest the proceeds from sales of Fund shares, as well as the proceeds from maturing portfolio securities (or portfolio securities that have been called, see “Call risk” above, or prepaid, see “Mortgage-backed securities risk” below), in lower-yielding securities. In addition, the Fund’s income could decline when the Fund experiences defaults on debt securities or defaults or deferrals on preferred securities it holds. Furthermore, the Fund’s income from dividends may decline, which may decrease the distributions by the Fund. To the extent that the Fund invests in floating-rate securities, the income generated from such securities will decrease during periods of falling interest rates.
Interest rate risk:
Fixed-rate securities held by the Fund will fluctuate in value with changes in interest rates. In general, fixed-rate securities will increase in value when interest rates fall and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Short-term and long-term interest rates do not necessarily move in the same amount or in the same direction. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, result in heightened market volatility and detract from the Fund’s performance to the extent that it is exposed to such interest rates. Under certain circumstances, very low or negative interest rates may cause the Fund to have very low or negative yields on some of its securities. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of potential government fiscal policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Longer-term fixed-rate securities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Therefore, a fund that has a portfolio with a longer weighted average maturity or effective duration may be impacted to a greater degree than a fund that has a portfolio with a shorter weighted average maturity or effective duration. Conversely, fixed-rate securities with shorter durations or maturities will be less volatile but may provide lower returns than fixed-rate securities with longer durations or maturities. Rising interest rates also may lengthen the duration of securities with call features, since exercise of the call becomes less likely as interest rates rise, which in turn will make the securities more sensitive to changes in interest rates and result in even steeper price declines in the event of further interest rate increases.
Market risk:
The market value of the Fund’s investments may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably and for short or extended periods of time. Market values may change due to the particular circumstances of individual issuers or due to general conditions impacting issuers more broadly within a specific country, region, industry, sector or asset class. Global economies and financial markets have become highly interconnected, and thus economic, market or political conditions or events in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. As a result, the value of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected whether or not the Fund invests in a country or region directly impacted by such conditions or events.
Additionally, unexpected events and their aftermaths, including broad financial dislocations (such as the “great recession” of 2008-09), war, terrorism, natural and environmental disasters and the spread of infectious illnesses or other public health emergencies (such as the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic first detected in December
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
21

of 2019), may adversely affect the global economy and the markets and issuers in which the Fund invests. These events could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, or widespread unemployment, and generally have a severe negative impact on the global economy. Such events could also impair the information technology and other operational systems upon which the Fund’s service providers, including the investment adviser and sub-adviser, rely, and could otherwise disrupt the ability of employees of the Fund’s service providers to perform essential tasks on behalf of the Fund. Furthermore, such events could cause financial markets to experience elevated or even extreme volatility and losses, and could result in the disruption of trading and the reduction of liquidity in many instruments. Governmental and quasi-governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with a variety of significant fiscal and monetary policy changes, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions into companies, new monetary programs and dramatically lower interest rates. An unexpected or quick reversal of these policies, or the ineffectiveness of these policies, could increase volatility in securities markets, which could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments.
MLP risk:
An investment in units of an MLP involves certain risks which differ from an investment in the securities of a corporation. Holders of MLP common units have the rights typically afforded to limited partners in limited partnerships. Accordingly, holders of common units will have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. Holders of common units may also be subject to potential conflicts of interest with the MLP’s general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments.
Investments held by MLPs may be relatively illiquid, limiting the MLPs’ ability to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions, and MLPs may have limited financial resources. Common units of MLPs may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than common shares of larger or more broadly-based companies. The Fund’s investment in MLPs also subjects it to the risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the MLPs invest. MLPs are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments, and during periods of interest rate volatility, may not provide attractive returns.
In addition, there are certain tax risks associated with investments in MLPs. The benefit derived from an investment in an MLP is largely dependent on the MLP being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A change to current tax law, or a change in the underlying business mix of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. If an MLP were treated as a corporation, the MLP would be required to pay federal income tax on its taxable income. This would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP, which could result in a reduction of the value of the Fund’s investment in the MLP and lower income to the Fund. Additionally, since MLPs generally conduct business in multiple states, the Fund may be subject to income or franchise tax in each of the states in which the partnership does business. The additional cost of preparing and filing the tax returns and paying the related taxes may adversely impact the Fund’s return on its investment in MLPs.
Mortgage-backed securities risk:
The value of mortgage-backed securities can fall if the owners of the underlying mortgages pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, which could happen when interest rates fall or for other reasons.
Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to extension risk, which is the risk that rising interest rates could cause mortgages underlying the securities to be prepaid more
   
22
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

slowly than expected, which would, in effect, convert a short- or medium-duration mortgage-backed security into a longer-duration security, increasing its sensitivity to interest rate changes and causing its price to decline.
A mortgage-backed security may be negatively affected by the quality of the mortgages underlying such security and the structure of its issuer. For example, if a mortgage underlying a certain mortgage-backed security defaults, the value of that security may decrease.
The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities that are not explicitly backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, and there can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support in situations in which it was not obligated to do so. Mortgage-backed securities issued by a private issuer, such as commercial mortgage-backed securities, generally entail greater risk than obligations directly or indirectly guaranteed by the U.S. government or a government-sponsored entity.
Municipal securities risk:
The values of municipal securities may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments. Adverse conditions in an industry significant to a local economy could have a correspondingly adverse effect on the financial condition of local issuers. Other factors that could affect municipal securities include a change in the local, state, or national economy, a downgrade of a state’s credit rating or the rating of authorities or political subdivisions of the state, demographic factors, ecological or environmental concerns, inability or perceived inability of a government authority to collect sufficient tax or other revenues, statutory limitations on the issuer’s ability to increase taxes, and other developments generally affecting the revenue of issuers (for example, legislation or court decisions reducing state aid to local governments or mandating additional services). This risk would be heightened to the extent that the Fund invests a substantial portion of the below-investment grade quality portion of its portfolio in the bonds of similar projects (such as those relating to the education, health care, housing, transportation, or utilities industries), in industrial development bonds, or in particular types of municipal securities (such as general obligation bonds, municipal lease obligations, private activity bonds or moral obligation bonds) that are particularly exposed to specific types of adverse economic, business or political events. The value of municipal securities may also be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities, and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. In recent periods, a number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse, particularly as the full economic impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic and the reductions in revenues of states and municipalities due to the pandemic are realized. In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal bonds is generally less than for certain corporate equities or bonds, meaning that the investment performance of the Fund may be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s sub-adviser than funds that invest in stock or other corporate investments.
Preferred security risk:
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities:
Limited voting rights.
Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
23

In the case of certain preferred securities issued by trusts or special purpose entities, holders generally have no voting rights except if a declaration of default occurs and is continuing. In such an event, preferred security holders generally would have the right to appoint and authorize a trustee to enforce the trust’s or special purpose entity’s rights as a creditor under the agreement with its operating company.
Special redemption rights.
In certain circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to their stated maturity date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in federal income tax or securities laws or by regulatory or major corporate action. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
Payment deferral.
Generally, preferred securities may be subject to provisions that allow an issuer, under certain conditions, to skip (“non-cumulative” preferred securities) or defer (“cumulative” preferred securities) distributions without any adverse consequences to the issuer. Non-cumulative preferred securities can skip distributions indefinitely. Cumulative preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow an issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions payments for up to 10 years. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income. In addition, recent changes in bank regulations may increase the likelihood of issuers deferring or skipping distributions.
Subordination.
Preferred securities generally are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure and therefore are subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments.
Floating Rate Payments.
The dividend or interest rates on preferred securities may be floating, or convert from fixed to floating at a specified future time. The market value of floating rate securities may fall in a declining interest rate environment and may also fall in a rising interest rate environment if there is a lag between the rise in interest rates and the reset. This risk may also be present with respect to fixed rate securities that will convert to a floating rate at a future time. A secondary risk associated with declining interest rates is the risk that income earned by the Fund on floating rate securities may decline due to lower coupon payments on the floating rate securities. Finally, many financial instruments use or may use a floating rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate, or "
LIBOR
," which is expected to be phased out. There remains some uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate.
Fixed Rate Payments.
The market value of preferred securities with fixed dividends or interest rates may decline in a rising interest rate environment.
Liquidity.
Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. government securities or common stock. Less liquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the values at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.
Financial services industry.
The preferred securities market is comprised predominately of securities issued by companies in the financial services industry. Therefore, preferred securities present substantially increased risks at times of financial turmoil, which could affect financial services companies more than companies in other sectors and industries.
   
24
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

Tax risk.
The Fund may invest in preferred securities or other securities the federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the Internal Revenue Service. It could be more difficult for the Fund to comply with the tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies if the tax characterization of the Fund’s investments or the tax treatment of the income from such investments were successfully challenged by the Internal Revenue Service.
Regulatory risk.
Issuers of preferred securities may be in industries that are heavily regulated and that may receive government funding. The value of preferred securities issued by these companies may be affected by changes in government policy, such as increased regulation, ownership restrictions, deregulation or reduced government funding.
Rule 144A securities risk:
The market for Rule 144A securities typically is less active than the market for publicly-traded securities. Rule 144A securities carry the risk that their liquidity may become impaired and the Fund may be unable to dispose of the securities promptly or at reasonable prices.
Short sales risk:
Short sales involve the sale of a security the Fund has borrowed, with the expectation that the security will underperform the market. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to buy the security sold short (also known as “covering” the short position) at a time when the security has appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. For instance, the lender of the borrowed security may recall the security, in which case the Fund would have to either borrow the security from another lender or buy the security and deliver it to the lender. The Fund may not always be able to locate another lender, and thus the Fund may be required to cover the short position at a disadvantageous price. Although the gain is limited by the price at which the security was sold short, the potential loss on a short sale is theoretically unlimited because there is no upper limit on the price a borrowed security can attain. By contrast, a loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot go below zero. In a rising stock market, the Fund’s short positions may significantly impact the Fund’s overall performance and cause the Fund to underperform traditional long-only equity funds or to sustain losses, particularly in a sharply rising market. Short positions are more volatile than long positions due to risks inherent to short selling, including incorrect determinations of equity security valuations and/or the directional movement of stock market averages. The Fund may also pay transaction costs and borrowing fees in connection with short sales and, until the borrowed security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends paid during the period of the loan. When the Fund is selling a security short, it must maintain a segregated account of cash or high-grade securities equal to the margin requirement. As a result, the Fund may maintain high levels of cash or other liquid assets, which may limit the Fund’s ability to pursue other opportunities. In addition, short positions typically involve increased liquidity risk and the risk that the third party to the short sale may fail to honor its contract terms. To the extent the Fund invests the proceeds received from selling securities short in additional long positions, the Fund is engaging in a form of leverage. The use of leverage may increase the Fund’s exposure to long positions and make any change in the Fund’s net asset value greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns.
In the past, in response to market events, regulatory authorities in various countries, including the United States, enacted temporary rules prohibiting the short-selling of
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
25

certain stocks. If regulatory authorities were to reinstitute such rules or otherwise restrict short-selling, the Fund might not be able to fully implement its short-selling strategy.
Unrated security risk:
Unrated securities determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser to be of comparable quality to rated securities which the Fund may purchase may pay a higher interest rate than such rated securities and be subject to a greater risk of illiquidity or price changes. Less public information is typically available about unrated securities or issuers than rated securities or issuers.
U.S. government securities risk:
U.S. government securities are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and the payment of principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated by law to do so.
Valuation risk:
The debt securities in which the Fund may invest typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell a portfolio security at the price established by the pricing service, which could result in a loss to the Fund. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades. Different pricing services may incorporate different assumptions and inputs into their valuation methodologies, potentially resulting in different values for the same securities. As a result, if the Fund were to change pricing services, or if the Fund’s pricing service were to change its valuation methodology, there could be a material impact, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s net asset value.
Non-Principal Risks
Large transactions risk:
The Fund may experience adverse effects due to large purchases or redemptions of Fund shares. A large redemption by an individual shareholder, or an increase in redemptions generally by Fund shareholders, may cause the Fund to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s net asset value and liquidity. If the Fund has difficulty selling portfolio securities in a timely manner to meet redemption requests, the Fund may have to borrow money to do so. In such an instance, the Fund’s remaining shareholders would bear the costs of such borrowings, and such costs could reduce the Fund’s returns. In addition, until the Fund is able to sell securities to meet redemption requests, the Fund’s market exposure may be greater than it ordinarily would be, which would magnify the impact of any market movements on the Fund’s performance. Similarly, large Fund share purchases may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would, reducing the Fund’s market exposure. Increased redemption activity may also result in unexpected taxable distributions to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains and thereby accelerated the realization of taxable income. In addition, large redemptions could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.
   
26
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

Other investment companies and pooled investment vehicles risk:
When the Fund invests in other investment companies, including ETFs, and other pooled investment vehicles, shareholders bear both their proportionate share of Fund expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of the other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Furthermore, the Fund is exposed to the risks to which the other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles may be subject. For index-based ETFs, while such ETFs seek to achieve the same returns as a particular market index, the performance of an ETF may diverge from the performance of such index (commonly known as tracking error).
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
27

Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
The Fund offers multiple classes of shares, each with a different combination of sales charges, fees, eligibility requirements and other features. Your financial advisor can help you determine which class is best for you. For further details, please see the statement of additional information. Because the prospectus and the statement of additional information are available free of charge on Nuveen’s website at www.nuveen.com, we do not disclose the following share class information separately on the website.
 
What Share Classes We Offer
The different share classes offered by the Fund are described below. You will pay up-front or contingent deferred sales charges on some of these share classes. In addition, some share classes are subject to annual distribution and/or service fees in the amounts described below, which are paid out of the Fund’s assets. These fees are paid to Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “
Distributor
”), a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC and the distributor of the Fund, and are used primarily for providing compensation to financial intermediaries in connection with the distribution of Fund shares and for providing ongoing account services to shareholders. The Fund has adopted a distribution and service plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act that allows the Fund to pay these distribution and service fees. More information on this plan can be found under “Distribution and Service Payments—Distribution and Service Plan.” Because fees paid under the plan are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Class A Shares
You can purchase Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share plus an up-front sales charge. You may qualify for a reduced sales charge, or the sales charge may be waived, as described in “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge.” Class A shares are also subject to an annual service fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, which compensates your financial advisor or other financial intermediary for providing ongoing service to you. The Distributor retains the service fee on accounts with no financial intermediary of record. The up-front Class A sales charges for the Fund are as follows:
                 
Amount of Purchase
Sales Charge as
% of Public
Offering Price
 
Sales Charge as
% of Net
Amount Invested
 
Maximum Financial Intermediary Commission as % of Public Offering Price
Less than $50,000
4.75
%
 
4.99
%
 
4.25
%
$50,000 but less than $100,000
4.50
   
4.71
   
4.00
 
$100,000 but less than $250,000
3.50
   
3.63
   
3.00
 
$250,000 but less than $500,000
2.50
   
2.56
   
2.25
 
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000
2.00
   
2.04
   
1.75
 
$1,000,000 and over*
   
   
1.00
 
*
 
You can purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares at net asset value without an up-front sales charge. The Distributor pays financial intermediaries of record at a rate of 1.00% of the first $2.5 million, plus 0.75% of the next $2.5 million, plus 0.50% of the amount over $5 million, which includes an advance of the first year’s service fee. Unless you are eligible for a waiver, you may be assessed a contingent deferred sales charge (“
CDSC
”) of 1.00% if you redeem any of your shares within 18 months of purchase. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charges” below for information concerning the CDSC and “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge—CDSC Waivers and Reductions” below for information concerning CDSC waivers and reductions.
   
28
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

Investors may purchase Class A shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class A shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class A shares.
Class C Shares
You can purchase Class C shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. Class C shares are subject to annual distribution and service fees of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The annual 0.25% service fee compensates your financial advisor or other financial intermediary for providing ongoing service to you. The annual 0.75% distribution fee compensates the Distributor for paying your financial advisor or other financial intermediary an ongoing sales commission as well as an advance of the first year’s service and distribution fees. The Distributor retains the service and distribution fees on accounts with no financial intermediary of record. If you redeem your shares within 12 months of purchase, you will normally pay a 1.00% CDSC, which is calculated on the lower of your purchase price or redemption proceeds. You do not pay a CDSC on any Class C shares you purchase by reinvesting dividends. You may qualify for a reduced CDSC, or the CDSC may be waived, as described in “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge” below.
Investors purchasing Class C shares should consider whether they would qualify for a reduced or eliminated sales charge on Class A shares that would make purchasing Class A shares a better choice. Class A share sales charges can be reduced or eliminated based on the size of the purchase, or pursuant to a letter of intent or rights of accumulation. See “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge” below.
Class C share purchase orders equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 will not be accepted. In addition, the Fund limits the cumulative amount of Class C shares that may be purchased by a single purchaser. Your financial intermediary may set lower maximum purchase limits for Class C shares. See the statement of additional information for more information.
Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares after 10 years (effective March 1, 2021, 8 years), thus reducing future annual expenses. Conversions occur during the month in which the 10-year (effective March 1, 2021, 8-year) anniversary of the purchase occurs. Class C shares that have been held for longer than 8 years as of March 1, 2021 will convert to Class A shares in March 2021. The automatic conversion is based on the relative net asset values of the two share classes without the imposition of a sales charge or fee. The automatic conversion of Class C shares to Class A shares may not apply to shares held through group retirement plan recordkeeping platforms of certain financial intermediaries who hold such shares in an omnibus account and do not track participant level share lot aging to facilitate such a conversion. Furthermore, the availability of the automatic Class C share conversion and the terms under which the conversion takes place may depend on the policies and/or system limitations of the financial intermediary through which you hold your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the Class C share conversion discussed above is disclosed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Through Certain Intermediaries.” Also, see “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge” below.
Investors may purchase Class C shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class C shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
29

with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class C shares.
Class R6 Shares
Eligible investors can purchase Class R6 shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. As Class R6 shares are not subject to sales charges or ongoing service or distribution fees, they have lower ongoing expenses than the other classes.
Class R6 shares are available to certain qualified retirement plans and other investors. There is no minimum initial investment for qualified retirement plans, health savings accounts and 529 savings plans; however, the shares must be held through plan-level or omnibus accounts held on the books of the Fund. Class R6 shares are also available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class R6 shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also waive the minimum for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class R6 share holdings level. All other eligible investors must meet a minimum initial investment of at least $1,000,000 in the Fund. Such minimum investment requirement may be applied collectively to affiliated accounts, in the discretion of the Distributor. Class R6 shares may be purchased through financial intermediaries only if such intermediaries have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Class R6 shares. Class R6 shares are only available in cases where neither the investor nor the intermediary will receive any commission payments, account servicing fees, record keeping fees, 12b-1 fees, sub-transfer agent fees, so called “finder’s fees,” administration fees or similar fees with respect to Class R6 shares. Provided they meet the minimum investment and other eligibility requirements, eligible investors include:
·
Qualified retirement plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts;
·
Foundations and endowment funds;
·
Any state, county, or city, or its instrumentality, department, authority or agency;
·
457 plans, including 457(b) governmental entity plans and tax exempt plans;
·
Omnibus or other pooled accounts registered to insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisor firms and family offices;
·
Investment companies;
·
Corporations, including corporate non-qualified deferred compensation plans of such corporations;
·
Collective investment trusts;
·
529 savings plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts;
·
Health savings accounts held in plan-level or omnibus accounts; and
·
Discretionary accounts managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors or its affiliates.
Class R6 shares are also available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
   
30
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

·
Current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (as defined in the statement of additional information).
·
Officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
·
Full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
Class R6 shares are not available directly to traditional or Roth IRAs, Coverdell Savings Accounts, Keoghs, SEPs, SARSEPs, or SIMPLE IRAs.
Class I Shares
You can purchase Class I shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. As Class I shares are not subject to sales charges or ongoing service or distribution fees, they have lower ongoing expenses than the other classes.
Class I shares are available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares are also available for purchase by family offices and their clients. A family office is a company that provides certain financial and other services to a high net worth family or families. The minimum initial investment for family offices and their clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of family offices that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of family offices anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares are also available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
Certain employer-sponsored retirement plans.
·
Certain bank or broker-affiliated trust departments.
·
Advisory accounts of Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliates.
·
Investors purchasing through a brokerage platform of a financial intermediary that has an agreement with the Distributor to offer such shares solely when acting as an agent for such investors. Investors transacting through a financial intermediary’s brokerage platform may be required to pay a commission directly to the intermediary.
·
Current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (as defined in the statement of additional information).
·
Officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
·
Full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
·
Certain financial intermediary personnel, and their immediate family members.
·
Certain other institutional investors described in the statement of additional information.
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
31

A financial intermediary through which you hold Class I shares may have the authority under its account agreement to exchange your Class I shares for another class of Fund shares having higher expenses than Class I shares if you withdraw from or are no longer eligible for the intermediary's fee-based program or under other circumstances. You may be subject to the sales charges and service and/or distribution fees applicable to the share class that you receive in such an exchange. You should contact your financial intermediary for more information about your eligibility to purchase Class I shares and the class of shares you would receive in an exchange if you no longer meet Class I eligibility requirements.
Please refer to the statement of additional information for more information about Class A, Class C, Class R6 and Class I shares, including more detailed program descriptions and eligibility requirements. Additional information is also available from your financial advisor, who can also help you prepare any necessary application forms.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
If you redeem Class A or Class C shares that are subject to a CDSC, you may be assessed a CDSC upon redemption. When you redeem Class A or Class C shares subject to a CDSC, the Fund will first redeem any shares that are not subject to a CDSC, and then redeem the shares you have owned for the longest period of time, unless you ask the Fund to redeem your shares in a different order. No CDSC is imposed on shares you buy through the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. The CDSC holding period is calculated on a monthly basis and begins on the first day of the month in which the purchase was made. When you redeem shares subject to a CDSC, the CDSC is calculated on the lower of your purchase price or redemption proceeds, deducted from your redemption proceeds, and paid to the Distributor. The CDSC may be waived under certain special circumstances as described below under “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares—How to Reduce Your Sales Charge—CDSC Waivers and Reductions,” in the appendix to this prospectus titled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries,” and in the statement of additional information.
 
How to Reduce Your Sales Charge
The Fund offers a number of ways to reduce or eliminate the up-front sales charge on Class A shares. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will waive or reduce the CDSC imposed on redemptions of Class C shares and certain Class A shares purchased at net asset value.
The availability of the sales charge reductions and waivers discussed below will depend on the policies of the financial intermediary through which you purchase your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the reductions and waivers discussed below are disclosed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts.
In order to obtain waivers and discounts that are not available through your intermediary, you will have to purchase Fund shares through another intermediary.
Class A Sales Charge Reductions
·
 
Rights of Accumulation.
In calculating the appropriate sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund, you may be able to add the amount of your purchase to the value, based on the current net asset value per share, of all of your prior purchases of any Nuveen Mutual Fund.
   
32
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

·
Letter of Intent.
Subject to certain requirements, you may purchase Class A shares of the Fund at the sales charge rate applicable to the total amount of the purchases you intend to make over a 13-month period.
For purposes of calculating the appropriate sales charge as described under
Rights of Accumulation
and
Letter of Intent
above, you may include purchases by (i) you, (ii) your spouse or domestic partner and children under the age of 21 years, and (iii) a corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship that is 100% owned by any of the persons in (i) or (ii). In addition, a trustee or other fiduciary can count all shares purchased for a single trust, estate or other single fiduciary account that has multiple accounts (including one or more employee benefit plans of the same employer).
Class A Sales Charge Waivers
Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge as follows:
·
Purchases of $1,000,000 or more (although such purchases may be subject to a CDSC in certain circumstances, see “What Share Classes We Offer—Contingent Deferred Sales Charges” above).
·
Shares purchased through the reinvestment of Nuveen Mutual Fund dividends and capital gain distributions.
·
Shares purchased for accounts held directly with the Fund that do not have a financial intermediary of record.
·
Certain employer-sponsored retirement plans.
Purchases by employer-sponsored retirement plans (“
ESRPs
”) as defined below, except that, in the case of ESRPs held through a brokerage account, Class A shares will be available at net asset value without a sales charge only if the broker-dealer has entered into an agreement with the Distributor that allows for such purchases. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
For this purpose, ESRPs include, but are not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, health savings accounts, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans, Roth 401(k) plans and Roth 403(b) plans, and do not include SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs (other than SIMPLE IRAs opened before January 1, 2011 where the Distributor is the broker of record), SIMPLE 401(k) plans, Solo 401(k) plans, KEOGH plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and single defined benefit plans.
·
Employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates.
Purchases by current and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates and such employees’ immediate family members (as defined in the statement of additional information).
·
Current and former trustees/directors of the Nuveen Funds.
·
Financial intermediary personnel.
Purchases by any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director, or employee of any financial intermediary or any such person’s immediate family member.
·
Certain trust departments.
Purchases by bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity.
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
33

·
Additional categories of investors.
Purchases made (i) by investors purchasing on a periodic fee, asset-based fee or no transaction fee basis through a broker-dealer sponsored mutual fund purchase program; (ii) by clients of investment advisers, financial planners or other financial intermediaries that charge periodic or asset-based fees for their services; and (iii) through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer the Fund’s shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts and that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
In order to obtain a sales charge reduction or waiver on Class A share purchases, it may be necessary at the time of purchase for you to inform the Fund or your financial advisor of the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated for such purposes. You may need to provide the Fund or your financial advisor information or records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for a sales charge reduction or waiver. This may include account statements of family members and information regarding Nuveen Mutual Fund shares held in accounts with other financial advisors. You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor at the time of each purchase if you are eligible for any of these programs. The Fund may modify or discontinue these programs at any time.
CDSC Waivers and Reductions
The CDSC payable upon the redemption of Class C shares, and on Class A shares that were purchased at net asset value without a sales charge because the purchase amount exceeded $1,000,000, may be waived or reduced under the following circumstances:
·
In the event of total disability of the shareholder.
·
In the event of death of the shareholder.
·
For certain redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan.
·
For redemptions in connection with a payment of account or plan fees.
·
For redemptions of accounts not meeting required minimum balances.
·
Upon an optional conversion by the Fund of Class C shares held in an account which no longer has a financial intermediary of record into Class A shares.
·
For redemptions of Class C shares where the Distributor did not advance the first year’s service and distribution fees to the intermediary.
·
For redemptions of Class A shares where the Distributor did not pay a sales charge to the intermediary when the shares were purchased.
·
For certain redemptions of shares held by an employer-sponsored qualified defined contribution plan.
·
For certain redemptions of shares held in an IRA account, including redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions from the account due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable laws and regulations.
More information on these and other available CDSC waivers and reductions can be found in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries,” and in the statement of additional information.
   
34
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

 
How to Buy Shares
Fund shares may be purchased on any business day, which is any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “
NYSE
”) is open for business. Generally, the NYSE is closed on weekends and national holidays. The share price you pay depends on when the Distributor receives your order and on the share class you are purchasing. Orders received before the close of trading on a business day (normally, 4:00 p.m. New York time) will receive that day’s closing share price; otherwise, you will receive the next business day’s price.
You may purchase Fund shares (1) through a financial advisor or other financial intermediary or (2) directly from the Fund. Class A and Class C shares may not be purchased directly from the Fund. In addition, the availability of Class A and Class C shares through a financial intermediary will depend on the policies of the intermediary.
Through a Financial Advisor
You may buy shares through your financial advisor, who can handle all the details for you, including opening a new account. Financial advisors can also help you review your financial needs and formulate long-term investment goals and objectives. In addition, financial advisors generally can help you develop a customized financial plan, select investments and monitor and review your portfolio on an ongoing basis to help assure your investments continue to meet your needs as circumstances change. Financial advisors (including brokers or agents) are paid for providing ongoing investment advice and services, either from Fund sales charges and fees or by charging you a separate fee in lieu of a sales charge.
Financial advisors or other dealer firms may charge their customers a processing or service fee in connection with the purchase or redemption of Fund shares. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to customers by each individual dealer. Processing or service fees typically are fixed, nominal dollar amounts and are in addition to the sales and other charges described in this prospectus and the statement of additional information. Your dealer will provide you with specific information about any processing or service fees you will be charged. Shares you purchase through your financial advisor or other intermediary will normally be held with that firm. For more information, please contact your financial advisor.
Directly from the Fund
Eligible investors may purchase shares directly from the Fund.
·
By wire.
You can purchase shares by making a wire transfer from your bank. Before making an initial investment by wire, you must submit a new account form to the Fund. After receiving your form, a service representative will contact you with your account number and wiring instructions. Your order will be priced at the next closing share price based on the share class of the Fund, calculated after the Fund’s custodian receives your payment by wire. Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. New York time to be eligible for same day pricing. Neither the Fund nor the transfer agent is responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions. Before making any additional purchases by wire, you should call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787. You cannot purchase shares by wire on days when federally chartered banks are closed.
·
By mail.
You may open an account directly with the Fund and buy shares by completing an application and mailing it along with your check to: Nuveen Funds,
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
35

P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140. Applications may be obtained at www.nuveen.com or by calling (800) 257-8787. No third party checks will be accepted.
Purchase orders and redemption requests are not processed until received in proper form by the transfer agent of the Fund.
·
On-line.
Existing shareholders with direct accounts may process certain account transactions on-line. You may purchase additional shares or exchange shares between existing, identically registered direct accounts. You can also look up your account balance, history and dividend information, as well as order duplicate account statements and tax forms from the Fund’s website. To access your account, click on the “Online Account Access” link under the “Individual Investors—Mutual Fund Account Access” heading at www.nuveen.com/client-access. The system will walk you through the log-in process. To purchase shares on-line, you must have established Fund Direct privileges on your account prior to the requested transaction. See “Special Services—Fund Direct” below.
·
By telephone.
Existing shareholders with direct accounts may also process account transactions via the Fund’s automated information line. Simply call (800) 257-8787, press 1 for mutual funds and the voice menu will walk you through the process. To purchase shares by telephone, you must have established Fund Direct privileges on your account prior to the requested transaction. See “Special Services—Fund Direct” below.
The Distributor does not have a customer relationship with you solely by virtue of acting as principal underwriter and distributor for the Fund. The Distributor does not offer or provide investment monitoring, make investment decisions for you, or hold customer accounts or assets. You make the ultimate decision regarding whether to buy or sell any Nuveen Fund.
 
Special Services
To help make your investing with us easy and efficient, we offer you the following services at no extra cost. Your financial advisor can help you complete the forms for these services, or you can call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787 for copies of the necessary forms.
Systematic Investing
Once you have opened an account satisfying the applicable investment minimum, systematic investing allows you to make regular additional investments through automatic deductions from your bank account, directly from your paycheck or from exchanging shares from another mutual fund account. The minimum automatic deduction is $100 per month. There is no charge to participate in the Fund’s systematic investment plan. You can stop the deductions at any time by notifying the Fund in writing.
·
From your bank account.
You can make systematic investments of $100 or more per month by authorizing the Fund to draw pre-authorized checks on your bank account.
·
From your paycheck.
With your employer’s consent, you can make systematic investments each pay period (collectively meeting the monthly minimum of $100) by authorizing your employer to deduct monies from your paycheck.
   
36
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

·
Systematic exchanging.
You can make systematic investments by authorizing the Distributor to exchange shares from one Nuveen Mutual Fund account into another identically registered Nuveen Mutual Fund account of the same share class.
The Fund may cancel your participation in its systematic investment plan if it is unable to deliver a current prospectus to you because of an incorrect or invalid mailing address.
Systematic Withdrawal
If the value of your Fund account is at least $10,000, you may request to have $50 or more withdrawn automatically from your account. You may elect to receive payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and may choose to receive a check, have the monies transferred directly into your bank account (see “Fund Direct” below), paid to a third party or sent payable to you at an address other than your address of record. You must complete the appropriate section of the account application or Account Update Form to participate in the Fund’s systematic withdrawal plan.
You should not establish systematic withdrawals if you intend to make concurrent purchases of Class A or Class C shares because you may unnecessarily pay a sales charge or CDSC on these purchases.
Exchanging Shares
You may exchange Fund shares into an identically registered account for the same class of another Nuveen Mutual Fund available in your state. Your exchange must meet the minimum purchase requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging. You may also, under certain limited circumstances, exchange between certain classes of shares of the same fund, subject to the payment of any applicable CDSC. Please consult the statement of additional information for details.
The Fund reserves the right to revise or suspend the exchange privilege, limit the amount or number of exchanges, or reject any exchange. In the event that the Fund rejects an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you may submit a separate redemption request (see “How to Sell Shares” below). Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days’ notice of any material revision to or termination of the exchange privilege.
Because an exchange between funds is treated for tax purposes as a purchase and sale, any gain may be subject to tax. An exchange between classes of shares of the same fund may not be considered a taxable event. You should consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of exchanging your shares.
Fund Direct
SM
The Fund Direct Program allows you to link your Fund account to your bank account, transfer money electronically between these accounts and perform a variety of account transactions, including purchasing shares by telephone and investing through a systematic investment plan. You may also have dividends, distributions, redemption payments or systematic withdrawal plan payments sent directly to your bank account.
Reinstatement Privilege
If you redeem Class A or Class C shares, you may reinvest all or part of your redemption proceeds up to one year later without incurring any additional charges. You may only reinvest into the same share class you redeemed. If you paid a CDSC, any shares purchased pursuant to the reinstatement privilege will not be subject to a CDSC. You may use this reinstatement privilege only once for any redemption.
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
37

 
How to Sell Shares
You may sell (redeem) your shares on any business day, which is any day the NYSE is open for business. You will receive the share price next determined after the Fund has received your properly completed redemption request. Your redemption request must be received before the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m. New York time) for you to receive that day’s price. The Fund will normally mail your check the next business day after a redemption request is received, but in no event more than seven days after your request is received. If you are selling shares purchased recently with a check, your redemption proceeds will not be mailed until your check has cleared, which may take up to ten business days from your purchase date.
You may sell your shares (1) through a financial advisor or (2) directly to the Fund.
Through a Financial Advisor
You may sell your shares through your financial advisor, who can prepare the necessary documentation. Your financial advisor may charge for this service.
Directly to the Fund
·
By mail.
You can sell your shares at any time by sending a written request to the Fund, c/o Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140. Your request must include the following information:
·
The Fund’s name;
·
Your name and account number;
·
The dollar or share amount you wish to redeem;
·
The signature of each owner exactly as it appears on the account;
·
The name of the person to whom you want your redemption proceeds paid (if other than to the shareholder of record);
·
The address where you want your redemption proceeds sent (if other than the address of record); and
·
Any required signature guarantees.
After you have established your account, signatures on a written request must be guaranteed if:
·
You would like redemption proceeds payable or sent to any person, address or bank account other than that on record;
·
You have changed the address on the Fund’s records within the last 30 days;
·
Your redemption request is in excess of $50,000; or
·
You are requesting a change in ownership on your account.
Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services such as changing bank information on an account, will require a signature guarantee or signature verification from a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source. In addition to the situations described above, the Fund reserves the right to require a signature guarantee, or another acceptable form of signature verification, in other instances based on the circumstances of a particular situation.
   
38
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

A signature guarantee assures that a signature is genuine and protects shareholders from unauthorized account transfers. Banks, savings and loan associations, trust companies, credit unions, broker-dealers and member firms of a national securities exchange may guarantee signatures. Call your financial intermediary to determine if it has this capability. A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor. Proceeds from a written redemption request will be sent to you by check unless another form of payment is requested.
·
On-line.
You may redeem shares or exchange shares between existing, identically registered accounts on-line. To access your account, click on the “Online Account Access” link under the “Individual Investors— Mutual Fund Account Access” heading at www.nuveen.com/client-access. The system will walk you through the log-in process. Redemptions where the proceeds are payable by check may not exceed $50,000. Checks will only be issued to you as the shareholder of record and mailed to your address of record. If you have established Fund Direct privileges, you may have redemption proceeds transferred electronically to your bank account. In this case, the redemption proceeds will be transferred to your bank on the next business day after the redemption request is received. You should contact your bank for further information concerning the timing of the credit of the redemption proceeds in your bank account.
·
By telephone.
If your account is held with the Fund and not in your brokerage account, and you have authorized telephone redemption privileges, call (800) 257-8787 to redeem your shares, press 1 for mutual funds and the voice menu will walk you through the process. Redemptions where the proceeds are payable by check may not exceed $50,000. Checks will only be issued to you as the shareholder of record and mailed to your address of record, normally the next business day after the redemption request is received. If you have established Fund Direct privileges, you may have redemption proceeds transferred electronically to your bank account. In this case, the redemption proceeds will be transferred to your bank on the next business day after the redemption request is received. You should contact your bank for further information concerning the timing of the credit of the redemption proceeds in your bank account.
 
An Important Note About Telephone Transactions
Although Nuveen Funds has certain safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers, it will not be liable for losses resulting from following telephone instructions it reasonably believes to be genuine.
Also, you should verify your trade confirmations immediately upon receipt.
Accounts with Low Balances
The Fund reserves the right to liquidate or assess a low balance fee on any account (other than accounts holding Class R6 shares) held directly with the Fund that has a balance that has fallen below the account balance minimum of $1,000 for any reason, including market fluctuations.
If the Fund elects to exercise the right to assess a low balance fee, then annually the Fund will assess a $15 low balance account fee on certain accounts with balances under the account balance minimum that are IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts or accounts established pursuant to the UTMA or UGMA. At the same time, other accounts with balances under the account balance minimum will be liquidated, with proceeds being mailed to the address of record. Prior to the assessment of any low balance fee or liquidation of low balance accounts, affected shareholders will receive a communication
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
39

notifying them of the pending action, thereby providing time for shareholders to bring their accounts up to the account balance minimum prior to any fee assessment or account liquidation. You will not be assessed a CDSC if your account is liquidated.
Meeting Redemption Requests
The Fund typically will pay redemption proceeds using cash reserves maintained in the Fund’s portfolio, or using the proceeds from sales of portfolio securities. The Fund also may meet redemption requests through overdrafts at the Fund’s custodian, by borrowing under a credit agreement to which the Fund is a party, or by borrowing from another Nuveen Fund under an inter-fund lending program maintained by the Nuveen Funds pursuant to exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Borrowing” in the statement of additional information. These additional methods are more likely to be used to meet large redemption requests or in times of stressed market conditions.
Although the Fund generally pays redemption proceeds in cash, if the Fund determines that it would be detrimental to its remaining shareholders to make payment of a redemption order wholly in cash, the Fund may pay a portion of your redemption proceeds in securities or other Fund assets. In this situation, you would generally receive a proportionate distribution of each security held by the Fund to the extent practicable. Although it is unlikely that your shares would be redeemed in-kind, you would probably have to pay brokerage costs to sell the securities or other assets distributed to you, as well as taxes on any capital gains from that sale. Until they are sold, any securities or other assets distributed to you as part of a redemption in-kind may be subject to market risk.
   
40
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

Section 4
General Information
To help you understand the tax implications of investing in the Fund, this section includes important details about how the Fund makes distributions to shareholders. We discuss some other Fund policies as well. Please consult the statement of additional information and your tax advisor for more information about taxes.
 
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes
The Fund declares dividends daily and pays such dividends monthly. Your account will begin to accrue dividends on the business day after the day when the monies used to purchase your shares are collected by the transfer agent. The Fund seeks to pay monthly dividends at a level rate that reflects the past and projected net income of the Fund. To help maintain more stable monthly distributions, the distribution paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net income actually earned by the Fund during such period, and any such under- (or over-) distribution of income is reflected in the Fund’s net asset value. This policy is designed to result in the distribution of substantially all of the Fund’s net income over time. The Fund declares and pays any taxable capital gains once a year at year end. The Fund may declare and pay dividends, capital gains or other taxable distributions more frequently, if necessary or appropriate in the Board's discretion.
Payment and Reinvestment Options
The Fund automatically reinvests your dividends in additional Fund shares unless you request otherwise. You may request to have your dividends paid to you by check, sent via electronic funds transfer through Automated Clearing House network or reinvested in shares of another Nuveen Mutual Fund. For further information, contact your financial advisor or call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787. If you request that your distributions be paid by check but those distributions cannot be delivered because of an incorrect mailing address, or if a distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the undelivered or uncashed distributions and all future distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares at the current net asset value.
Non-U.S. Income Tax Considerations
Investment income that the Fund receives from its non-U.S. investments may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes, which generally will reduce Fund distributions. However, the United States has entered into tax treaties with many non-U.S. countries that may entitle you to certain tax benefits.
If the Fund has more than 50% of the value of its assets in stock or other securities of non-U.S. corporations at the close of a taxable year, the Fund may, for such taxable year, elect to pass its non-U.S. tax credits through to shareholders.
Taxes and Tax Reporting
The Fund will make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income (which may be taxable at different rates, depending on the sources of the distributions) or capital gains (which may be taxable at different rates, depending on the length of time the Fund holds its assets). Distributions from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are generally taxable as capital gains, while distributions from short-term capital gains and net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. However, certain ordinary income distributions
   
Section 4
General Information
41

received from the Fund that are determined to be qualified dividend income may be taxed at tax rates equal to those applicable to long-term capital gains. The tax you pay on a given capital gain distribution depends generally on how long the Fund has held the portfolio securities it sold and not on how long you have owned your Fund shares. Distributions generally do not qualify for a dividends received deduction if you are a corporate shareholder.
Early in each year, you will receive a statement detailing the amount and nature of all distributions that you were paid during the prior year. If you hold your investment at the firm where you purchased your Fund shares, you will receive the statement from that firm. If you hold your shares directly with the Fund, the Distributor will send you the statement. The tax status of your distributions is the same whether you reinvest them or elect to receive them in cash. The sale of shares in your account may produce a gain or loss, and is a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of shares between funds is generally the same as a sale.
Please note that if you do not furnish the Fund with your correct Social Security number or employer identification number, you fail to provide certain certifications to the Fund, you fail to certify whether you are a U.S. citizen or a U.S. resident alien, or the Internal Revenue Service notifies the Fund to withhold, federal law requires the Fund to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds at the applicable withholding rate.
Buying or Selling Shares Close to a Record Date
Buying Fund shares shortly before the record date for a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution is commonly known as “buying the dividend.” The entire distribution may be taxable to you even though a portion of the distribution effectively represents a return of your purchase price.
Non-U.S. Investors
The Fund is offered for sale in the United States and is not widely available outside the United States. Non-U.S. investors should be aware that U.S. withholding and estate taxes and certain U.S. tax reporting requirements may apply to any investment in the Fund.
Cost Basis Method
For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, you may elect a cost basis method to apply to all existing and future accounts you may establish. The cost basis method you select will determine the order in which shares are redeemed and how your cost basis information is calculated and subsequently reported to you and to the Internal Revenue Service. Please consult your tax advisor to determine which cost basis method best suits your specific situation. If you hold your account directly with the Fund, please contact Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787 for instructions on how to make your election. If you hold your account with a financial intermediary, please contact that financial intermediary for instructions on how to make your election. If you hold your account directly with the Fund and do not elect a cost basis method, your account will default to the average cost basis method. The average cost basis method generally calculates cost basis by determining the average price paid for Fund shares that may have been purchased at different times for different prices. Financial intermediaries choose their own default cost basis method.
   
42
Section 4
General Information

 
Distribution and Service Payments
Distribution and Service Plan
The Distributor serves as the selling agent and distributor of the Fund’s shares. In this capacity, the Distributor manages the offering of the Fund’s shares and is responsible for all sales and promotional activities. In order to reimburse the Distributor for its costs in connection with these activities, including compensation paid to financial intermediaries, the Fund has adopted a distribution and service plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “
Plan
”). See “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares—What Share Classes We Offer” for a description of the distribution and service fees paid under the Plan.
Under the Plan, the Distributor receives a distribution fee for Class C shares primarily for providing compensation to financial intermediaries, including the Distributor, in connection with the distribution of shares. The Distributor receives a service fee for Class A and Class C shares to compensate financial intermediaries, including the Distributor, for providing ongoing account services to shareholders. These services may include establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts, answering shareholder inquiries and providing other personal services to shareholders. Fees paid under the Plan also compensate the Distributor for other expenses, including printing and distributing prospectuses to persons other than shareholders, and preparing, printing, and distributing advertising materials, sales literature and reports to shareholders used in connection with the sale of shares. Because fees paid under the Plan are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. Long-term holders of Class C shares may pay more in distribution and service fees and CDSCs than the economic equivalent of the maximum front-end sales charge permitted under the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Conduct Rules.
Other Payments by the Fund
In addition to the distribution and service fees the Fund pays under the Plan and fees the Fund pays to its transfer agent, the Distributor or Nuveen Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Fund, may enter into non-Plan agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which the Fund will pay financial intermediaries for administrative, networking, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and shareholder services. These non-Plan payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by a financial intermediary or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a financial intermediary. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial and may vary significantly among intermediaries.
Other Payments by the Distributor and Nuveen Fund Advisors
In addition to the sales commissions and payments from distribution and service fees made to financial intermediaries as previously described, the Distributor and Nuveen Fund Advisors may from time to time make additional payments, out of their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries that sell shares of Nuveen Mutual Funds in order to promote the sales and retention of Fund shares by those firms and their customers. The amounts of these payments vary by financial intermediary and, with respect to a given firm, are typically calculated by reference to the amount of the firm’s recent gross sales of Nuveen Mutual Fund shares and/or total assets of Nuveen Mutual Funds held by the firm’s customers. The level of payments that the Distributor and/or Nuveen Fund Advisors is willing to provide to a particular financial intermediary may be affected by, among other factors, the firm’s total assets held in and recent net investments into Nuveen Mutual Funds, the firm’s level of participation in Nuveen Mutual
   
Section 4
General Information
43

Fund sales and marketing programs, the firm’s compensation program for its registered representatives who sell Nuveen Mutual Fund shares and provide services to Nuveen Mutual Fund shareholders, and the asset class of the Nuveen Mutual Funds for which these payments are provided. The statement of additional information contains additional information about these payments, including the names of the firms to which payments are made. The Distributor may also make payments to financial intermediaries in connection with sales meetings, due diligence meetings, prospecting seminars and other meetings at which the Distributor promotes its products and services.
In connection with the availability of Nuveen Mutual Funds within selected mutual fund no-transaction fee institutional platforms and fee-based wrap programs at certain financial intermediaries, the Distributor and Nuveen Fund Advisors also make payments out of their own assets to those firms as compensation for certain recordkeeping, shareholder communications and other account administration services provided to Nuveen Mutual Fund shareholders who own their Fund shares through these platforms or programs. These payments are in addition to the service fee and any applicable sub-transfer agency or similar fees paid to these firms with respect to these services by the Nuveen Mutual Funds out of Fund assets.
The amounts of payments to a financial intermediary could be significant, and may create an incentive for the intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to you. The intermediary may elevate the prominence or profile of the Fund within the intermediary’s organization by, for example, placing the Fund on a list of preferred or recommended funds and/or granting the Distributor and/or its affiliates preferential or enhanced opportunities to promote the Fund in various ways within the intermediary’s organization.
There is some uncertainty concerning whether the types of payments described above may be made to or received by a financial intermediary with respect to Class I shares offered through the intermediary’s brokerage platform where the intermediary imposes commissions on purchases and redemptions of such shares. Such payments may be terminated in light of future regulatory developments.
 
Net Asset Value
The price you pay for your shares or the amount you receive upon redemption of your shares is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day the NYSE is open for business. The Fund’s latest net asset value per share is available on the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com. Net asset value is calculated for each class of the Fund by taking the value of the class’s total assets, including interest or dividends accrued but not yet collected, less all liabilities, and dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. The result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the net asset value per share.
In determining net asset value, portfolio instruments generally are valued using prices provided by independent pricing services or obtained from other sources, such as broker-dealer quotations. Exchange-traded instruments generally are valued at the last reported sales price or official closing price on an exchange, if available. Independent pricing services typically value non-exchange-traded instruments utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions. For example, when available, pricing services may utilize inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, spreads, and transactions for comparable instruments. In pricing certain instruments, the pricing services may consider information about an instrument’s issuer or market activity provided by the Fund’s investment adviser or sub-adviser. Pricing service valuations of
   
44
Section 4
General Information

non-exchange-traded instruments represent the service’s good faith opinion as to what the holder of an instrument would receive in an orderly transaction for an institutional round lot position under current market conditions. It is possible that these valuations could be materially different from the value that the Fund realizes upon the sale of an instrument. Non-U.S. securities and currency are valued in U.S. dollars based on non-U.S. currency exchange rate quotations supplied by an independent quotation service.
For non-U.S. traded securities whose principal local markets close before the close of the NYSE, the Fund may adjust the local closing price based upon such factors as developments in non-U.S. markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent non-U.S. securities. The Fund may rely on an independent fair valuation service in making any such fair value determinations. If the Fund holds portfolio instruments that are primarily listed on non-U.S. exchanges, the value of such instruments may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.
If a price cannot be obtained from a pricing service or other pre-approved source, or if, in the judgment of Nuveen Fund Advisors, a price is unreliable, a portfolio instrument will be valued at its fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees or its appointee. Nuveen Fund Advisors may determine that a price is unreliable in various circumstances. For example, a price may be deemed unreliable if it has not changed for an identified period of time, or has changed from the previous day’s price by more than a threshold amount, and recent transactions and/or broker dealer price quotations differ materially from the price in question.
The Board of Trustees has adopted valuation procedures for the Fund and has appointed the Nuveen Fund Advisors’ Valuation Committee with the day-to-day responsibility for fair value determinations. All fair value determinations made by the Valuation Committee are subject to review and ratification by the Board of Trustees. As a general principle, the fair value of a portfolio instrument is the amount that an owner might reasonably expect to receive upon the instrument’s current sale. A range of factors and analysis may be considered when determining fair value, including relevant market data, interest rates, credit considerations and/or issuer specific news. However, fair valuation involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a portfolio instrument may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that instrument.
 
Frequent Trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment and should not be used for excessive trading. Excessive trading in the Fund’s shares can disrupt portfolio management, lead to higher operating costs, and cause other operating inefficiencies for the Fund. However, the Fund is also mindful that shareholders may have valid reasons for periodically purchasing and redeeming Fund shares.
Accordingly, the Fund has adopted a Frequent Trading Policy that seeks to balance the Fund’s need to prevent excessive trading in Fund shares while offering investors the flexibility in managing their financial affairs to make periodic purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
The Fund’s Frequent Trading Policy generally limits an investor to two “round trip” trades in a 60-day period. A “round trip” is the purchase and subsequent redemption of Fund shares, including by exchange. Each side of a round trip may be comprised of either a single transaction or a series of closely-spaced transactions.
   
Section 4
General Information
45

The Fund primarily receives share purchase and redemption orders through third-party financial intermediaries, some of whom rely on the use of omnibus accounts. An omnibus account typically includes multiple investors and provides the Fund only with a net purchase or redemption amount on any given day where multiple purchases, redemptions and exchanges of shares occur in the account. The identity of individual purchasers, redeemers and exchangers whose orders are aggregated in omnibus accounts, and the size of their orders, will generally not be known by the Fund. Despite the Fund’s efforts to detect and prevent frequent trading, the Fund may be unable to identify frequent trading because the netting effect in omnibus accounts often makes it more difficult to identify frequent traders. The Distributor has entered into agreements with financial intermediaries that maintain omnibus accounts with the Fund’s transfer agent. Under the terms of these agreements, the financial intermediaries undertake to cooperate with the Distributor in monitoring purchase, exchange and redemption orders by their customers in order to detect and prevent frequent trading in the Fund through such accounts. Pursuant to these agreements, financial intermediaries may disclose to the Fund an investor’s taxpayer identification number and a record of the investor’s transactions at the request of the Fund. Technical limitations in operational systems at such intermediaries or at the Distributor may also limit the Fund’s ability to detect and prevent frequent trading. In addition, the Fund may permit certain financial intermediaries, including broker-dealer and retirement plan administrators, among others, to enforce their own internal policies and procedures concerning frequent trading. Such policies may differ from the Fund’s Frequent Trading Policy and may be approved for use in instances where the Fund reasonably believes that the intermediary’s policies and procedures effectively discourage inappropriate trading activity. Shareholders holding their accounts with such intermediaries may wish to contact the intermediary for information regarding its frequent trading policy. Although the Fund does not knowingly permit frequent trading, it cannot guarantee that it will be able to identify and restrict all frequent trading activity.
The Fund reserves the right in its sole discretion to waive unintentional or minor violations (including transactions below certain dollar thresholds) if it determines that doing so would not harm the interests of Fund shareholders. In addition, certain categories of redemptions may be excluded from the application of the Frequent Trading Policy, as described in more detail in the statement of additional information. These include, among others, redemptions pursuant to systematic withdrawal plans, redemptions in connection with the total disability or death of the investor, involuntary redemptions by operation of law, redemptions in payment of account or plan fees, and certain redemptions by retirement plans, including redemptions in connection with qualifying loans or hardship withdrawals, termination of plan participation, return of excess contributions, and required minimum distributions. The Fund may also modify or suspend the Frequent Trading Policy without notice during periods of market stress or other unusual circumstances.
The Fund reserves the right to impose restrictions on purchases or exchanges that are more restrictive than those stated above if it determines, in its sole discretion, that a transaction or a series of transactions involves market timing or excessive trading that may be detrimental to Fund shareholders. The Fund also reserves the right to reject any purchase order, including exchange purchases, for any reason. For example, the Fund may refuse purchase orders if the Fund would be unable to invest the proceeds from the purchase order in accordance with the Fund’s investment policies and/or objective, or if the Fund would be adversely affected by the size of the transaction, the frequency of trading in the account or various other factors. For more information about the Fund’s
   
46
Section 4
General Information

Frequent Trading Policy and its enforcement, see “Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares—Frequent Trading Policy” in the statement of additional information.
 
Fund Service Providers
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian also provides certain accounting services to the Fund. The Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend paying agent, DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140, performs bookkeeping, data processing and administrative services for the maintenance of shareholder accounts.
   
Section 4
General Information
47

Section 5
Financial Highlights
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five fiscal years or, if shorter, the period of operations for the class of shares. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, whose report for the most recent fiscal year, along with the Fund's financial statements, are included in the annual report, which is available upon request.
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
                                                                       
Class (Commencement Date)
 
Investment Operations
 
Less Distributions
   
Ratios/Supplemental Data
         
 
             
Ratios of
 
         
 
             
Net
 
         
 
           
Ratios of
Investment
 
   
Net
Net
 
 
From
From
     
Ending
Expenses
Income (Loss)
 
   
Investment
Realized/
 
 
Net
Accumulated
     
Net
to Average
to Average
Portfolio
Year Ended
Beginning
Income
Unrealized
 
 
Investment
Net Realized
 
Ending
Total
Assets
Net
Net
Turnover
September 30:
NAV
(Loss)(a)
Gain (Loss)
Total
 
Income
Gains
Total
NAV
Return(b)
(000)
Assets(c)
Assets(c)
Rate(d)
Class A (12/09)
2020
$
22.06
 
$
0.88
 
$
(0.39
)
$
0.49
 
 
$
(1.19
)
$
 
$
(1.19
)
$
21.36
 
2.35
%
$
264,865
0.96
%
4.13
%
38
%
2019
 
21.44
 
 
1.02
 
 
0.76
 
 
1.78
 
 
 
(1.16
)
 
 
 
(1.16
)
 
22.06
 
8.69
 
 
221,484
0.96
 
4.85
 
24
 
2018
 
22.13
 
 
1.01
 
 
(0.52
)
 
0.49
 
 
 
(1.18
)
 
 
 
(1.18
)
 
21.44
 
2.27
 
 
176,014
0.96
 
4.66
 
29
 
2017
 
21.81
 
 
1.11
 
 
0.33
 
 
1.44
 
 
 
(1.12
)
 
 
 
(1.12
)
 
22.13
 
6.77
 
 
125,547
0.96
 
5.11
 
24
 
2016
 
20.47
 
 
1.10
 
 
1.36
 
 
2.46
 
 
 
(1.12
)
 
 
 
(1.12
)
 
21.81
 
12.44
 
 
97,079
0.96
 
5.28
 
37
 
Class C (12/09)
2020
 
22.01
 
 
0.72
 
 
(0.39
)
 
0.33
 
 
 
(1.03
)
 
 
 
(1.03
)
 
21.31
 
1.59
 
 
262,068
1.71
 
3.38
 
38
 
2019
 
21.40
 
 
0.86
 
 
0.75
 
 
1.61
 
 
 
(1.00
)
 
 
 
(1.00
)
 
22.01
 
7.85
 
 
223,364
1.71
 
4.10
 
24
 
2018
 
22.08
 
 
0.85
 
 
(0.52
)
 
0.33
 
 
 
(1.01
)
 
 
 
(1.01
)
 
21.40
 
1.49
 
 
182,049
1.71
 
3.91
 
29
 
2017
 
21.77
 
 
0.95
 
 
0.32
 
 
1.27
 
 
 
(0.96
)
 
 
 
(0.96
)
 
22.08
 
6.04
 
 
128,801
1.71
 
4.37
 
24
 
2016
 
20.43
 
 
0.94
 
 
1.37
 
 
2.31
 
 
 
(0.97
)
 
 
 
(0.97
)
 
21.77
 
11.58
 
 
65,833
1.71
 
4.51
 
37
 
Class R6 (6/16)
2020
 
22.20
 
 
0.96
 
 
(0.40
)
 
0.56
 
 
 
(1.26
)
 
 
 
(1.26
)
 
21.50
 
2.69
 
 
6,682
0.64
 
4.46
 
38
 
2019
 
21.57
 
 
1.11
 
 
0.74
 
 
1.85
 
 
 
(1.22
)
 
 
 
(1.22
)
 
22.20
 
9.03
 
 
649
0.64
 
5.22
 
24
 
2018
 
22.19
 
 
1.13
 
 
(0.51
)
 
0.62
 
 
 
(1.24
)
 
 
 
(1.24
)
 
21.57
 
2.86
 
 
272
0.64
 
5.12
 
29
 
2017
 
21.88
 
 
1.21
 
 
0.26
 
 
1.47
 
 
 
(1.16
)
 
 
 
(1.16
)
 
22.19
 
6.95
 
 
43
0.63
 
5.51
 
24
 
2016(e)
 
21.12
 
 
0.34
 
 
0.68
 
 
1.02
 
 
 
(0.26
)
 
 
 
(0.26
)
 
21.88
 
4.83
 
 
326
0.63
*
7.74
*
37
 
Class I (12/09)
2020
 
22.08
 
 
0.93
 
 
(0.39
)
 
0.54
 
 
 
(1.24
)
 
 
 
(1.24
)
 
21.38
 
2.60
 
 
1,060,386
0.71
 
4.38
 
38
 
2019
 
21.47
 
 
1.08
 
 
0.74
 
 
1.82
 
 
 
(1.21
)
 
 
 
(1.21
)
 
22.08
 
8.91
 
 
961,413
0.71
 
5.09
 
24
 
2018
 
22.16
 
 
1.07
 
 
(0.53
)
 
0.54
 
 
 
(1.23
)
 
 
 
(1.23
)
 
21.47
 
2.53
 
 
632,596
0.71
 
4.92
 
29
 
2017
 
21.84
 
 
1.17
 
 
0.33
 
 
1.50
 
 
 
(1.18
)
 
 
 
(1.18
)
 
22.16
 
7.05
 
 
413,189
0.71
 
5.40
 
24
 
2016
 
20.49
 
 
1.15
 
 
1.38
 
 
2.53
 
 
 
(1.18
)
 
 
 
(1.18
)
 
21.84
 
12.77
 
 
145,450
0.71
 
5.52
 
37
 
   
(a)
Per share Net Investment Income (Loss) is calculated using the average daily shares method.
(b)
Total return is the combination of changes in NAV without any sales charge, reinvested dividend income at NAV and reinvested capital gains distributions at NAV, if any. Total returns are not annualized.
(c)
After fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement from Nuveen Fund Advisors, where applicable.
(d)
Portfolio Turnover Rate is calculated based on the lesser of long-term purchases or sales divided by the average long-term market value during the period.
(e)
For the period June 30, 2016 (commencement of operations) through September 30, 2016.
*
Annualized.
   
48
Section 5
Financial Highlights

Appendix to the Prospectus
VARIATIONS IN SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

AVAILABLE THROUGH CERTAIN INTERMEDIARIES
A-1

The availability of certain sales charge variations, waivers and discounts will depend on whether you purchase your shares directly from the Fund or through a financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may impose different sales charges and have unique policies and procedures regarding the availability of sales charge waivers and/or discounts (including based on account type), which differ from those described in the prospectus and are disclosed below. All sales charges and sales charge variations, waivers and discounts available to investors, other than those set forth below, are described in the prospectus. To the extent a financial intermediary notifies Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (the
“Adviser”
) or Nuveen Securities, LLC (the
“Distributor”
) of its intention to impose sales charges or have sales charge waivers and/or discounts that differ from those described in the prospectus, such information provided by that intermediary will be disclosed in this Appendix.
In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts. Please contact your financial intermediary with questions regarding your eligibility for applicable sales charge variations, waivers and discounts or for additional information regarding your intermediary’s policies for implementing particular sales charge variations, waivers and discounts. For waivers and discounts not available through a particular financial intermediary, shareholders will have to purchase shares directly from the Fund or through another intermediary to receive these waivers or discounts.
The information provided below for a particular financial intermediary is reproduced based on information provided by that intermediary. A financial intermediary’s administration and implementation of its particular policies with respect to any variations, waivers and/or discounts is neither supervised nor verified by the Fund, the Adviser or the Distributor.
CLASS A SHARE FRONT-END SALES CHARGE WAIVERS AVAILABLE AT AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL
The following information applies to Class A share purchases if you have an account with or otherwise purchase Fund shares through Ameriprise Financial:
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through an Ameriprise Financial platform or account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers with respect to Class A shares, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI.
·
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs.
·
Shares purchased through an Ameriprise Financial investment advisory program (if Class I or a similar share class for such investment advisory program is not available).
·
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Ameriprise Financial’s platform (if Class I or a similar share class for such investment advisory program is not available).
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gain distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same Fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund).
·
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund in the month of or following the 10-year anniversary of the purchase date.
·
Employees and registered representatives of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates and their immediate family members.
A-2

·
Shares purchased by or through qualified accounts (including IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, 401(k)s, 403(b) tax sheltered custodial accounts subject to ERISA, and defined benefit plans) that are held by a covered family member, defined as an Ameriprise financial advisor and/or the advisor’s spouse, advisor’s lineal ascendant (mother, father, grandmother, grandfather, great grandmother, great grandfather), advisor’s lineal descendant (son, daughter, step son, step daughter, grandson, granddaughter, great grandson, great granddaughter) or any spouse of a covered family member who is a lineal descendant.
·
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., Rights of Reinstatement).
Effective January 15, 2021, the following two sales charge waivers noted above will be eliminated:
·
Shares purchased through an Ameriprise Financial investment advisory program; and
·
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Ameriprise Financial's platform.
In addition, effective January 15, 2021, the following sales charge waiver from above will be changed to reflect a shorter holding period for the conversion of Class C shares of a Fund as set forth below:
·
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund in the month of or following the seven-year anniversary of the purchase date. To the extent that this prospectus otherwise provides for a waiver with respect to such shares following a shorter holding period, that waiver will apply to exchanges following such shorter period. To the extent that this prospectus otherwise provides for a waiver with respect to exchanges of Class C shares for load waived shares, that waiver will also apply to such exchanges.
SALES WAIVERS AND REDUCTIONS IN SALES CHARGES AVAILABLE AT
ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. (“
BAIRD
”)
Shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Baird platform or account will only be eligible for the following sales charge waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and CDSC waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or the SAI.
Front-End Sales Charge Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Baird
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing share of the same fund
·
Share purchase by employees and registers representatives of Baird or its affiliate and their family members as designated by Baird
·
Shares purchase from the proceeds of redemptions from another Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same accounts, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge (known as rights of reinstatement)
·
A shareholder in Class C Shares will have their share converted at net asset value to Class A shares of the fund if the shares are no longer subject to CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Baird
·
Employer-sponsored retirement plans or charitable accounts in a transactional brokerage account at Baird, including 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and
A-3

money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans. For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs
CDSC Waivers on Class A and C Shares Available at Baird
·
Shares sold due to death or disability of the shareholder
·
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in this prospectus
·
Shares bought due to returns of excess contributions from an IRA account
·
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
·
Shares sold to pay Baird fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Baird
·
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement
Front-End Sales Charge Discounts Available at Baird: Breakpoints and/or Rights of Accumulation
·
Breakpoints as described in this prospectus
·
Rights of accumulation, which entitles shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Baird. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Baird may be included in the rights of accumulation calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
·
Letters of intent, which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds through Baird over a 13-month period of time
SALES WAIVERS AND REDUCTIONS IN SALES CHARGES AVAILABLE AT EDWARD JONES
Clients of Edward Jones (also referred to as "shareholders") purchasing fund shares on the Edward Jones commission and fee-based platforms are eligible only for the following sales charge discounts (also referred to as "breakpoints") and waivers, which can differ from breakpoints and waivers described elsewhere in the mutual fund prospectus or SAI or through another broker-dealer. In all instances, it is the shareholder's responsibility to inform Edward Jones at the time of purchase of any relationship, holdings of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds or other facts qualifying the purchaser for breakpoints or waivers. Edward Jones can ask for documentation of such circumstance.
Breakpoints
 
Rights of Accumulation (ROA)
·
The applicable sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares is determined by taking into account all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by the shareholder (except share classes held in retirement plans) or in an account grouped by Edward Jones with other accounts for the purpose of providing certain pricing considerations ("pricing groups"). This includes all share classes held on the Edward Jones platform and/or held on another platform. The inclusion of eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets in the rights of accumulation calculation is dependent on the shareholder notifying his or her financial advisor of such assets at the time of calculation.
·
ROA is determined by calculating the higher of cost or market value (current shares x NAV).
A-4

Letter of Intent (LOI)
·
Through an LOI, shareholders can receive the sales charge and breakpoint discounts for purchases shareholders intend to make over a 13-month period from the date Edward Jones receives the LOI. The LOI is determined by calculating the higher of cost or market value of qualifying holdings at LOI initiation in combination with the value that the shareholder intends to buy over a 13-month period to calculate the front-end sales charge and any breakpoint discounts. Each purchase the shareholder makes during that 13-month period will receive the sales charge and breakpoint discount that applies to the total amount. The inclusion of eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets in the LOI calculation is dependent on the shareholder notifying his or her financial advisor of such assets at the time of calculation. Purchases made before the LOI is received by Edward Jones are not covered under the LOI and will not reduce the sales charge previously paid. Sales charges will be adjusted if LOI is not met.
Sales Charge Waivers
Sales charges are waived for the following shareholders and in the following situations:
·
Associates of Edward Jones and its affiliates and their family members who are in the same pricing group (as determined by Edward Jones under its policies and procedures) as the associate. This waiver will continue for the remainder of the associate's life if the associate retires from Edward Jones in good-standing.
·
Shares purchased in an Edward Jones fee-based program.
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment.
·
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redeemed shares of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund so long as the following conditions are met: 1) the proceeds are from the sale of shares within 60 days of the purchase, and 2) the sale and purchase are made in the same share class and the same account or the purchase is made in an individual retirement account with proceeds from liquidations in a non-retirement account (known as Rights of Reinstatement).
·
Shares exchanged into Class A shares from another share class so long as the exchange is into the same fund and was initiated at the discretion of Edward Jones. Edward Jones is responsible for any remaining CDSC due to the fund company, if applicable. Any future purchases are subject to the applicable sales charge as disclosed in the prospectus.
·
Exchanges from Class C shares to Class A shares of the same fund, generally, in the 84
th
month following the anniversary of the purchase date or earlier at the discretion of Edward Jones.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) Waivers
If the shareholder purchases shares that are subject to a CDSC and those shares are redeemed before the CDSC is expired, the shareholder is responsible to pay the CDSC except in the following conditions:
·
The death or disability of the shareholder
·
Systematic withdrawals with up to 10% per year of the account value
·
Return of excess contributions from an Individual Retirement Account (IRA)
·
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts if the redemption is taken in or after the year the shareholder reaches
qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations
A-5

·
Shares sold to pay Edward Jones fees or costs in such cases where the transaction is initiated by Edward Jones
·
Shares exchanged in an Edward Jones fee-based program
·
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement
Other Important Information
Minimum Purchase Amounts
·
The following initial and subsequent investment minimums apply to any class of Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund shares purchased on Edward Jones commission and fee-based platforms:
o
 
$250 initial purchase minimum
o
 
$50 subsequent purchase minimum
Minimum Balances
·
Edward Jones may redeem at its discretion fund holdings with a balance of $250 or less. The following types of accounts are not included in this policy:
o
 
A fee-based account held on an Edward Jones platform
o
 
A 529 account held on an Edward Jones platform
o
 
An account with an active systematic investment plan or letter of intent (LOI)
Changing Share Classes
·
Edward Jones at its discretion may exchange at NAV a shareholder's holdings of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund to Class A shares of the same fund.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT LLC
Shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Janney Montgomery Scott LLC (“
Janney
”) brokerage account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge (“
CDSC
”) waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this fund’s Prospectus or SAI.
Front-end sales charge waivers on Class A shares available at Janney
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund).
·
Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of Janney or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Janney.
·
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within ninety (90) days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., right of reinstatement).
·
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans.
A-6

·
Class C shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Janney’s policies and procedures.
CDSC waivers on Class A and C shares available at Janney
·
Shares sold upon the death or disability of the shareholder.
·
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s Prospectus.
·
Shares purchased in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account.
·
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts if the redemption is taken in or after the year the shareholder reaches the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
·
Shares sold to pay Janney fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Janney.
·
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement.
Front-end sales charge discounts available at Janney: breakpoints, rights of accumulation, and/or letters of intent
·
Breakpoints as described in the fund’s Prospectus.
·
Rights of accumulation (“
ROA
”), which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Janney. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Janney may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
·
Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds, over a 13-month time period. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Janney Montgomery Scott may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH MERRILL LYNCH
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Merrill Lynch platform or account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus or SAI. Shareholders should contact Merrill Lynch to determine their eligibility for these waivers and discounts.
Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Merrill Lynch
·
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
·
Shares purchased by a 529 Plan (does not include 529 Plan units or 529-specific share classes or equivalents)
·
Shares purchased through a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program
·
Shares exchanged due to the holdings moving from a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program to a Merrill Lynch brokerage (non-advisory) account pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
A-7

·
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Merrill Lynch’s platform
·
Shares of funds purchased through the Merrill Edge Self-Directed platform
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gain distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund)
·
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
·
Employees and registered representatives of Merrill Lynch or its affiliates and their family members
·
Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in the prospectus
·
Eligible shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement). Automated transactions (i.e. systematic purchases and withdrawals) and purchases made after shares are automatically sold to pay Merrill Lynch’s account maintenance fees are not eligible for reinstatement
CDSC Waivers on A and C Shares Available at Merrill Lynch
·
Death or disability of the shareholder
·
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the prospectus
·
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
·
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code
·
Shares sold to pay Merrill Lynch fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Merrill Lynch
·
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement
·
Shares held in retirement brokerage accounts, that are exchanged for a lower cost share class due to transfer to a fee based account or platform
·
Shares received through an exchange due to the holdings moving from a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program to a Merrill Lynch brokerage (non-advisory) account pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
Front-End Load Discounts Available at Merrill Lynch: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent
·
Breakpoints as described in the prospectus
·
Rights of Accumulation (“
ROA
”) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts as described in the Fund’s prospectus will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts (including 529 program holdings, where applicable) within the purchaser’s household at Merrill Lynch. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Merrill Lynch may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
A-8

·
Letters of Intent (“
LOI
”) which allow for breakpoint discounts using the same criteria as ROA above, but based on anticipated purchases of any Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund over a 13-month period of time
CLASS A SHARE FRONT-END SALES CHARGE WAIVERS AVAILABLE AT MORGAN STANLEY WEALTH MANAGEMENT
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Morgan Stanley Wealth Management transactional brokerage account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers with respect to Class A shares, which may differ from and may be more limited than those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI. Shareholders should contact Morgan Stanley Wealth Management to determine their eligibility for these waivers and discounts.
·
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans
·
Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund
·
Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account
·
Class C (i.e., level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program
·
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.
Shareholders purchasing fund shares through an Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“
OPCO
”) platform or account are eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or SAI.
Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares available at OPCO
·
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
·
Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan
·
Shares purchased through a OPCO affiliated investment advisory program
·
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund)
A-9

·
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Restatement)
·
A shareholder in Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of OPCO
·
Employees and registered representatives of OPCO or its affiliates and their family members
·
Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in this prospectus
CDSC Waivers on A and C Shares available at OPCO
·
Death or disability of the shareholder
·
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the prospectus
·
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
·
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the prospectus
·
Shares sold to pay OPCO fees but only if the transaction is initiated by OPCO
·
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement
Front-End Load Discounts Available at OPCO: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent
·
Breakpoints as described in the prospectus.
·
Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at OPCO. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at OPCO may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC., RAYMOND JAMES FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND EACH ENTITY’S AFFILIATES (“
RAYMOND JAMES
”)
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Raymond James platform or account, or through an introducing broker-dealer or independent registered investment adviser for which Raymond James provides trade execution, clearance, and/or custody services, will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in your Fund’s prospectus or SAI.
Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Raymond James
·
Shares purchased through a Raymond James investment advisory program.
·
Shares purchased of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund through a systematic reinvestment of capital gains and dividend distributions.
A-10

·
Employees and registered representatives of Raymond James or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Raymond James.
·
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement).
·
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Raymond James.
CDSC Waivers on Class A and C Shares Available at Raymond James
·
Death or disability of the shareholder.
·
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the prospectus.
·
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account.
·
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations
as described in the prospectus.
·
Shares sold to pay Raymond James fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Raymond James.
·
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement.
Front-End Load Discounts Available at Raymond James: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation, and/or Letters of Intent
·
Breakpoints as described in the prospectus.
·
Rights of accumulation which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Raymond James. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of rights of accumulation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
·
Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds, over a 13-month time period. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
CLASS A SALES CHARGE WAIVERS AVAILABLE ONLY THROUGH SPECIFIED INTERMEDIARIES
As described in the prospectus, Class A shares may be purchased at net asset without a sales charge by employer-sponsored retirement plans (“
ESRPs
”) as defined in the prospectus, except that, in the case of ESRPs held through a brokerage account, Class A shares will be available at net asset value without a sales charge only if the broker-dealer has entered into an agreement with the Distributor that allows for such purchases.
A-11

The following intermediaries have entered into such an agreement:
Baker & Co., Inc.
Cetera Advisor Networks LLC
Cetera Advisors LLC
Cetera Financial Specialists LLC
Cetera Investment Services LLC
Country Club Financial Services, Inc.
Cutter & Co. Brokerage Inc.
Davenport & Co. LLC
Devenir Investment Advisors, LLC
Fintrust Brokerage Services
First Kentucky Securities Corp.
First Western Securities
Gold Coast Securities, Inc.
Hewitt Financial Services LLC
Hilltop Securities Inc.
Infinex Investments, Inc.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
KMS Financial Services, Inc.
Mid-Atlantic Capital Corp.
OFG Financial Services, Inc.
Principal Securities Inc.
RDM Investment Services, Inc.
Register Financial Associates, Inc.
Shareholders Service Group Inc.
Southeast Investments, NC, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
Waddell & Reed Inc.
As described in the prospectus, Class A shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer the Fund’s shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts and that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers.
The following intermediaries have entered into such an agreement:
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc.
A-12

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Nuveen Mutual Funds
Nuveen offers a variety of mutual funds designed to help you reach your financial goals. The funds below are grouped by category.
Municipal-National
All-American Municipal Bond
High Yield Municipal Bond
Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond
Limited Term Municipal Bond
Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond
Short Term Municipal Bond
Strategic Municipal Opportunities
Municipal-State
Arizona Municipal Bond
California High Yield Municipal Bond
California Municipal Bond
Colorado Municipal Bond
Connecticut Municipal Bond
Georgia Municipal Bond
Kansas Municipal Bond
Kentucky Municipal Bond
Louisiana Municipal Bond
Maryland Municipal Bond
Massachusetts Municipal Bond
Municipal-State (continued)
Michigan Municipal Bond
Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond
Minnesota Municipal Bond
Missouri Municipal Bond
Nebraska Municipal Bond
New Jersey Municipal Bond
New Mexico Municipal Bond
New York Municipal Bond
North Carolina Municipal Bond
Ohio Municipal Bond
Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond
Pennsylvania Municipal Bond
Virginia Municipal Bond
Wisconsin Municipal Bond
Taxable Fixed Income
Credit Income
NWQ Flexible Income
Preferred Securities and Income
Strategic Income
Floating Rate Income
High Yield Income
Global/International
Emerging Markets Equity
International Growth
NWQ Global Equity Income
NWQ International Value
Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth
Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth
Winslow International Small Cap
Value
Dividend Value
Mid Cap Value
NWQ Large-Cap Value
NWQ Multi-Cap Value
NWQ Small-Cap Value
NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value
Small Cap Value
Growth
Mid Cap Growth Opportunities
Small Cap Growth Opportunities
Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG
Core
Large Cap Core
Large Cap Select
Santa Barbara Dividend Growth
Small Cap Select
Real Assets
Global Infrastructure
Global Real Estate Securities
Real Asset Income
Real Estate Securities
Alternative Strategies
Equity Long/Short
Equity Market Neutral
Other Information for Fund Shareholders
Several additional sources of information are available to you, including the codes of ethics adopted by the Fund, Nuveen, LLC, Nuveen Fund Advisors and NWQ. The appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries,” contains information on sales charge reductions and waivers available through certain financial intermediaries that differ from the sales charge reductions and waivers disclosed in this prospectus and the related statement of additional information. The statement of additional information, incorporated by reference into this prospectus, contains detailed information on the policies and operation of the Fund included in this prospectus. Additional information about the Fund's investments is available in the annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund's annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.
The Fund's most recent statement of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports and certain other information are available, free of charge, by calling Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787, on the Fund's website at www.nuveen.com, or through your financial advisor. Shareholders may call the toll free number above with any inquiries.
You may also obtain this and other Fund information directly from the Securities and Exchange Commission (
“SEC”
). Reports and other information about the Fund is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also request Fund information by sending an e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov. The SEC may charge a copying fee for this information.
Household Mailings
To lower costs and eliminate duplicate documents sent to your home, your Fund may mail only one copy of its summary prospectus, prospectus supplements, annual and semi-annual reports, or any other required documents to your household, even if more than one shareholder lives there. If you would prefer to continue receiving your own copy of any of these documents, you may call your Fund toll-free at (800) 257-8787.
The Fund is a series of Nuveen Investment Trust V, whose Investment Company Act file number is 811-21979.
Distributed by
Nuveen Securities, LLC
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(800) 257-8787
www.nuveen.com
 
MPR-NFI-0121P


         
IMG_73C88B6610D94.JPG
 
Mutual Funds

 

29 January

2021

           
Fund Name
Class A
Class C
Class R3
Class R6
Class I
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
NPSAX
NPSCX
NPSTX
NPSFX
NPSRX
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
As permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will not be sent to you by mail unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Fund’s website (www.nuveen.com), and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.
You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically at any time by contacting the financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) through which you hold your Fund shares or, if you are a direct investor, by enrolling at www.nuveen.com/e-reports.
You may elect to receive all future shareholder reports in paper free of charge at any time by contacting your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, by calling 800-257-8787 and selecting option #1. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds held in your account with your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, to all your directly held Nuveen Funds and any other directly held funds within the same group of related investment companies.
Prospectus


 
 
 
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Section 1
 
Fund Summary
Section 2
 
How We Manage Your Money
      
9
      
14
Section 3
 
How
You Can Buy and Sell Shares
      
31
      
32
      
34
Section 4
 
General Information
      
40
      
41
      
43
Section 5
 
Financial Highlights
Appendix—Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and
Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries A-1
 
 
 
 
NOT FDIC OR GOVERNMENT INSURED
 
MAY LOSE VALUE
 
 
NO BANK GUARANTEE

Section 1
Fund Summary
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks to provide a high level of current income and total return.
Fees and Expenses of the Fund
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in the Fund or in other Nuveen Mutual Funds. More information about these and other discounts, as well as eligibility requirements for each share class, is available from your financial advisor and in “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares” on page 24 of the Fund’s prospectus and “Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares” on page S-62 of the Fund’s statement of additional information. In addition, more information about sales charge discounts and waivers for purchases of shares through specific financial intermediaries is set forth in the appendix to the Fund’s prospectus entitled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
The tables and examples below do not reflect any commissions that shareholders may be required to pay directly to their financial intermediaries when buying or selling Class I shares.
Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
                     
 
Class A
 
Class C
 
Class R3
 
Class R6
 
Class I
 
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
4.75%
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)
(as a percentage of the lesser of purchase price or redemption proceeds)
1
None
 
1.00%
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Exchange Fee
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
None
 
Annual Low Balance Account Fee (for accounts under $1,000)
2
$15
 
$15
 
None
 
None
 
$15
 
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
                                         
 
Class A
 
Class C
 
Class R3
 
Class R6
 
Class I
 
Management Fees
 
0.65
%
 
0.65
%
 
0.65
%
 
0.65
%
 
0.65
%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees
 
0.25
%
 
1.00
%
 
0.50
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
Other Expenses
 
0.13
%
 
0.13
%
 
0.13
%
 
0.04
%
 
0.13
%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
 
1.03
%
 
1.78
%
 
1.28
%
 
0.69
%
 
0.78
%
1
 
The contingent deferred sales charge on Class C shares applies only to redemptions within 12 months of purchase.
2
 
Fee applies to the following types of accounts under $1,000 held directly with the Fund: individual retirement accounts (IRAs), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts and accounts established pursuant to the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA) or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA).
Example
The following example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then either redeem or do not redeem your shares at the end of a period. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
                                     
 
Class A
 
Class C
 
Class R3
 
Class R6
 
Class I
 
1 Year
$
575
 
$
181
 
$
130
 
$
70
 
$
80
 
3 Years
$
787
 
$
560
 
$
406
 
$
221
 
$
249
 
5 Years
$
1,017
 
$
964
 
$
702
 
$
384
 
$
433
 
10 Years
$
1,675
 
$
2,095
 
$
1,545
 
$
859
 
$
966
 
   
2
Section 1
Fund Summary

Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 37% of the average value of its portfolio.
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of the sum of its net assets and the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in preferred securities and other income producing securities. The Fund may invest in all types of preferred securities, including both traditional preferred securities and non-traditional preferred securities, and may invest in securities with dividends or interest rates that are fixed or floating. Traditional preferred securities are generally equity securities of the issuer that have priority over the issuer’s common shares as to the payment of dividends (i.e., the issuer cannot pay dividends on its common shares until the dividends on the preferred shares are current) and as to the payout of proceeds of a bankruptcy or other liquidation, but are subordinate to an issuer’s senior debt and junior debt as to both types of payments. Non-traditional preferred securities include certain hybrid securities and other types of preferred securities that do not have the traditional features described above. Preferred securities that are hybrid securities possess varying combinations of features of both debt and traditional preferred securities and as such they may constitute senior debt, junior debt or preferred shares in an issuer’s capital structure. Preferred securities may also include certain forms of debt that have many characteristics of preferred shares, and that are regarded by the investment marketplace to be part of the broader preferred securities market.
The Fund may also invest in income producing securities that are not preferred securities. These include contingent capital securities (sometimes referred to as “
CoCos
”), which are hybrid securities, issued primarily by non-U.S. financial institutions, that have loss absorption mechanisms benefitting the issuer built into their terms. These loss absorption mechanisms may include automatic conversion into the issuer’s common stock or an automatic write down of the security’s principal amount upon the occurrence of a specified trigger or event. In addition, although the Fund will invest primarily in preferred securities and CoCos, it may invest up to 20% of its net assets, in the aggregate, in corporate debt securities, U.S. government securities (including securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities) and taxable municipal securities.
The Fund normally invests at least 50% of its net assets in securities rated investment grade (BBB/Baa or higher) at the time of purchase by at least one independent rating agency and unrated securities judged to be of comparable quality by the Fund’s portfolio managers. The Fund may invest up to 50% of its net assets in securities rated below investment grade (BB/Ba or lower) at the time of purchase, which are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” bonds. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, but that may be resold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“
Rule 144A securities
”).
The Fund intends to invest at least 25% of its assets in the securities of companies principally engaged in financial services.
Principal Risks
The value of your investment in this Fund will change daily. You could lose money by investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The principal risks of investing in the Fund listed below are presented alphabetically to facilitate your ability to find particular risks and compare them with the risks of other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a "principal risk" of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears.
Active Management Risk
—The Fund’s sub-adviser actively manages the Fund’s investments. Consequently, the Fund is subject to the risk that the investment techniques and risk analyses employed by the Fund’s sub-adviser may not produce the desired results. This could cause the Fund to lose value or its investment results to lag relevant benchmarks or other funds with similar objectives.
Bond Market Liquidity Risk
—Reductions in trading activity or dealer inventories of bonds, which provide an indication of the ability of financial intermediaries to “make markets” in those bonds, have the potential to decrease liquidity and increase price volatility in the fixed income markets in which the Fund invests, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. In addition, federal banking regulations may cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of bonds,
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
3

which may further decrease the Fund’s ability to buy or sell bonds. As a result of this decreased liquidity, the Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If the Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds to meet shareholder redemption requests or to raise cash, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices and hurt performance.
Call Risk
—If, during periods of falling interest rates, an issuer calls higher-yielding debt securities held by the Fund, the Fund may have to reinvest in securities with lower yields or higher risk of default, which may adversely impact the Fund’s performance.
Contingent Capital Security Risk
—CoCos have loss absorption mechanisms benefitting the issuer built into their terms. Upon the occurrence of a specified trigger or event, CoCos may be subject to automatic conversion into the issuer’s common stock, which likely will have declined in value and which will be subordinate to the issuer’s other classes of securities, or to an automatic write-down of the principal amount of the securities, potentially to zero, which could result in the Fund losing a portion or all of its investment in such securities. CoCos are often rated below investment grade and are subject to the risks of high yield securities.
Convertible Preferred Security Risk
—The Fund’s investments in preferred securities may include preferred securities convertible into common stock. Convertible securities are subject to certain risks of both equity and debt securities. The value of convertible securities may decline in response to such factors as rising interest rates and fluctuations in the market price of the common stock underlying the convertible securities.
Credit Risk
—Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or other obligated party of a security may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments when due and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments.
Credit Spread Risk
—Credit spread risk is the risk that credit spreads (i.e., the difference in yield between securities that is due to differences in their credit quality) may increase when the market believes that bonds generally have a greater risk of default. Increasing credit spreads may reduce the market values of the Fund’s debt securities. Credit spreads often increase more for lower rated and unrated securities than for investment grade securities. In addition, when credit spreads increase, reductions in market value will generally be greater for longer-maturity securities.
Currency Risk
—Even though the non-U.S. securities held by the Fund are traded in U.S. dollars, their prices are typically indirectly influenced by currency fluctuations. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the Fund’s net asset value, the value of dividends and interest earned, and gains or losses realized on the sale of securities.
Cybersecurity Risk
—Cybersecurity risk is the risk of an unauthorized breach and access to Fund assets, customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or the risk of an incident occurring that causes the Fund, its investment adviser or sub-adviser, custodian, transfer agent, distributor or other service provider or a financial intermediary to suffer a data breach, data corruption or lose operational functionality. Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its service providers may adversely impact the Fund or its shareholders. Additionally, a cybersecurity breach could affect the issuers in which the Fund invests, which may cause the Fund’s investments to lose value.
Financial Services Sector Risk
—The Fund's policy to concentrate in financial services companies makes the Fund more susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting the financial services sector. Financial services companies are particularly sensitive to the adverse effects of economic recession; changes in government regulation; the availability of capital; volatile interest rates; and the health of the commercial and residential real estate markets.
Foreign Investment Risk
—Non-U.S. issuers or U.S. issuers with significant non-U.S. operations may be subject to risks in addition to those of issuers located in or that principally operate in the United States as a result of, among other things, political, social and economic developments abroad and different legal, regulatory and tax environments. To the extent the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in the securities of companies in a single country or region, it may be more susceptible to adverse conditions affecting that country or region.
High Yield Securities Risk
—High yield securities, which are rated below investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk” bonds, are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for the Fund. They generally are considered to be speculative with respect to the ability to pay interest and repay principal, have greater credit risk, are less liquid and have more volatile prices than investment grade securities.
Income Risk
—The Fund's income could decline during periods of falling interest rates or when the Fund experiences defaults on debt securities or defaults or deferrals on preferred securities it holds.
   
4
Section 1
Fund Summary

Interest Rate Risk
—Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of the Fund’s fixed-rate securities will decline because of rising interest rates. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, result in heightened market volatility and detract from the Fund’s performance to the extent that it is exposed to such interest rates. Fixed-rate securities may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of potential government fiscal policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. When interest rates change, the values of longer-duration fixed-rate securities usually change more than the values of shorter-duration fixed-rate securities. Conversely, fixed-rate securities with shorter durations or maturities will be less volatile but may provide lower returns than fixed-rate securities with longer durations or maturities. Rising interest rates also may lengthen the duration of securities with call features, since exercise of the call becomes less likely as interest rates rise, which in turn will make the securities more sensitive to changes in interest rates and result in even steeper price declines in the event of further interest rate increases.
Market Risk
—The market value of the Fund’s investments may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably and for short or extended periods of time, due to the particular circumstances of individual issuers or due to general conditions impacting issuers more broadly. Global economies and financial markets have become highly interconnected, and thus economic, market or political conditions or events in one country or region might adversely impact the value of the Fund’s investments whether or not the Fund invests in such country or region. Events such as war, terrorism, natural and environmental disasters and the spread of infectious illnesses or other public health emergencies may have a severe negative impact on the global economy, could cause financial markets to experience extreme volatility and losses, and could result in the disruption of trading and the reduction of liquidity in many instruments.
Municipal Securities Risk
—The values of municipal securities held by the Fund may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments. Adverse conditions in an industry significant to a local economy could have a correspondingly adverse effect on the financial condition of local issuers. The amount of public information available about municipal bonds is generally less than for certain corporate equities or bonds, meaning that the investment performance of the Fund may be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s sub-adviser than funds that invest in stock or other corporate investments.
Preferred Security Risk
—Preferred securities generally are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. In addition, preferred securities are subject to other risks, such as having no or limited voting rights, being subject to special redemption rights, having distributions deferred or skipped, having floating interest rates or dividends, which may result in a decline in value in a falling interest rate environment, having fixed interest rates or dividends, which may result in a decline in value in a rising interest rate environment, having limited liquidity, changing or unfavorable tax treatments and possibly being issued by companies in heavily regulated industries.
Rule 144A Securities Risk
—The market for Rule 144A securities typically is less active than the market for publicly-traded securities. Rule 144A securities carry the risk that their liquidity may become impaired and the Fund may be unable to dispose of the securities promptly or at reasonable prices.
Unrated Security Risk
—Unrated securities determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser to be of comparable quality to rated securities which the Fund may purchase may pay a higher interest rate than such rated securities and be subject to a greater risk of illiquidity or price changes. Less public information is typically available about unrated securities or issuers than rated securities or issuers.
U.S. Government Securities Risk
—U.S. government securities are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and the payment of principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated by law to do so.
Valuation Risk
—The debt securities in which the Fund invests typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell a portfolio security at the price established by the pricing service, which could result in a loss to the Fund. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades. Different
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
5

pricing services may incorporate different assumptions and inputs into their valuation methodologies, potentially resulting in different values for the same securities. As a result, if the Fund were to change pricing services, or if the Fund’s pricing service were to change its valuation methodology, there could be a material impact, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s net asset value.
Fund Performance
The following bar chart and table provide some indication of the potential risks of investing in the Fund. The Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available at www.nuveen.com/performance or by calling (800) 257-8787.
The bar chart below shows the variability of the Fund’s performance from year to year for Class A shares.The bar chart and highest/lowest quarterly returns that follow do not reflect sales charges, and if these charges were reflected, the returns would be less than those shown.
 
Class A Annual Total Return*
PERFORMANCEBARCHARTDATA(2011:-0.68,2012:24.92,2013:4.46,2014:8.8,2015:4.44,2016:5.01,2017:10.89,2018:-5.9,2019:17.34,2020:5.24)
*
 
The performance of the other share classes will differ due to their different expense structures.
During the ten-year period ended December 31, 2020, the Fund’s highest and lowest quarterly returns were 11.07%
and -15.43%, respectively, for the quarters ended June 30, 2020 and March 31, 2020.
The table below shows the variability of the Fund’s average annual returns and how they compare over the time periods indicated with those of broad measures of market performance and an index of funds with similar investment objectives. The ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index is the Fund’s primary benchmark. The Fund’s secondary benchmark has changed. Previously, the Fund used a custom secondary benchmark comprised of a 60% weighting in the ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index and a 40% weighting in the ICE BofA Contingent Capital USD Hedged Index. Going forward, the Fund will use a custom secondary benchmark comprised of a 60% weighting in the ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index and a 40% weighting in the ICE BofA USD Contingent Capital Index because it more closely reflects the Fund’s investable universe.​​​​​​​ All after-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only; after-tax returns for other share classes will vary. Your own actual after-tax returns will depend on your specific tax situation and may differ from what is shown here. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold Fund shares in tax-deferred accounts such as IRAs or employer-sponsored retirement plans.
Both the bar chart and the table assume that all distributions have been reinvested. Performance reflects fee waivers, if any, in effect during the periods presented. If any such waivers had not been in place, returns would have been reduced.
   
6
Section 1
Fund Summary

                                 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Annual Total Returns
 
 
 
 
 
for the Periods Ended
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2020
 
 
Inception
Date
1 Year
5 Years
10 Years
Since
Inception
(Class R6)
Class A (return before taxes)
 
12/19/06
 
 
0.22
%
 
5.21
%
 
6.61
%
 
N/A
 
Class A (return after taxes on distributions)
 
 
 
 
(0.98
)%
 
3.67
%
 
4.76
%
 
N/A
 
Class A (return after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares)
 
 
 
 
0.86
%
 
3.69
%
 
4.71
%
 
N/A
 
Class C (return before taxes)
 
12/19/06
 
 
4.40
%
 
5.44
%
 
6.33
%
 
N/A
 
Class R3 (return before taxes)
 
9/29/09
 
 
4.97
%
 
5.95
%
 
6.86
%
 
N/A
 
Class R6 (return before taxes)
 
6/30/16
 
 
5.57
%
 
N/A
 
 
N/A
 
 
6.79
%
Class I (return before taxes)
 
12/19/06
 
 
5.49
%
 
6.50
%
 
7.40
%
 
N/A
 
ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
 
 
 
 
7.63
%
 
6.92
%
 
7.57
%
 
6.74
%
Custom Benchmark Index (New)
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
 
 
 
 
7.71
%
 
7.59
%
 
7.01
%
 
7.82
%
Custom Benchmark Index (Old)
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
 
 
 
 
7.72
%
 
7.83
%
 
7.15
%
 
8.23
%
Lipper Flexible Income Funds Category Average
4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(reflects no deduction for taxes or sales loads)
 
 
 
 
6.52
%
 
5.73
%
 
5.76
%
 
5.62
%
   
                                 
1
ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index is a subset of the ICE BofA U.S. Corporate Index including all fixed-to-floating rate, perpetual callable and capital securities. Benchmark performance is linked. Performance prior to 3/31/12 reflects the ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index.
2
An index that is comprised of a 60% weighting in the ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index and a 40% weighting in the ICE BofA USD Contingent Capital Index. Benchmark performance is linked. Performance prior to 12/31/13 reflects the Custom Benchmark Index’s previous composition, a 65% weighting in the ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index and a 35% weighting in the Bloomberg Barclays USD Capital Securities Index.
3
An index that is comprised of a 60% weighting in the ICE BofA U.S. All Capital Securities Index and a 40% weighting in the ICE BofA Contingent Capital USD Hedged Index. Benchmark performance is linked. Performance prior to 12/31/13 reflects the Custom Benchmark Index’s previous composition, a 65% weighting in the ICE BofA Fixed Rate Preferred Securities Index and a 35% weighting in the Bloomberg Barclays USD Capital Securities Index.
4
Represents the average annualized returns for all reporting funds in the Lipper Flexible Income Funds Category.
Management
Investment Adviser
Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC
Sub-Adviser
Nuveen Asset Management, LLC
Portfolio Managers
     
Name
Title
Portfolio Manager of Fund Since
Douglas M. Baker, CFA
Managing Director
December 2006
Brenda A. Langenfeld, CFA
Managing Director
January 2012
   
Section 1
Fund Summary
7

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the Fund on any business day through a financial advisor or other financial intermediary. The Fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows, although certain financial intermediaries may impose their own investment minimums and the Fund may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases:
         
 
Class A and Class C
Class R3
Class R6
Class I
Eligibility and Minimum Initial Investment
$3,000 for all accounts except:
 
$2,500 for Traditional/
Roth IRA accounts.
 
$2,000 for Coverdell
Education Savings
Accounts.
 
$250 for accounts opened through fee-based programs.
 
No minimum for retirement plans.
Available only through certain retirement plans.
No minimum.
Available only to certain qualified retirement plans and other investors as described in the prospectus and through fee-based programs.
$1 million for all accounts except:
 
$100,000 for clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services.
 
No minimum for certain qualified retirement plans and certain other categories of eligible investors as described in the prospectus.
Available only through fee-based programs and certain retirement plans, and to other limited categories of investors as described in the prospectus.
$100,000 for all accounts except:
 
$250 for clients of financial intermediaries and family offices that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000 (or that are expected to reach this level).
 
No minimum for eligible retirement plans and certain other categories of eligible investors as described in the prospectus.
Minimum
Additional
Investment
$100
No minimum.
No minimum.
No minimum.
Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred account, such as an IRA or 401(k) plan (in which case you may be taxed upon withdrawal of your investment from such account).
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund, its distributor or its investment adviser may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
   
8
Section 1
Fund Summary

Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
To help you better understand the Fund, this section includes a detailed discussion of the Fund's investment and risk management strategies. For a more complete discussion of these matters, please see the statement of additional information, which is available by calling (800) 257-8787 or by visiting Nuveen’s website at www.nuveen.com.
 
Who Manages the Fund
Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“
Nuveen Fund Advisors
”), the Fund’s investment adviser, offers advisory and investment management services to a broad range of clients, including investment companies and other pooled investment vehicles. Nuveen Fund Advisors has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. Nuveen Fund Advisors is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Nuveen Fund Advisors is a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“
TIAA
”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of September 30, 2020, Nuveen, LLC managed approximately $1.1 trillion in assets, of which approximately $148.7 billion was managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
Nuveen Fund Advisors has selected its affiliate, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (
“Nuveen Asset Management”
), located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, to serve as sub-adviser to the Fund. Nuveen Asset Management manages the investment of the Fund's assets on a discretionary basis, subject to the supervision of Nuveen Fund Advisors.
The Fund is managed by multiple portfolio managers, who are responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund, with expertise in the area applicable to the Fund’s investments. Each portfolio manager may be responsible for different aspects of the Fund’s management. For example, one manager may be principally responsible for selecting appropriate investments for the Fund, while another may be principally responsible for asset allocation. The following is a list of the portfolio managers primarily responsible for managing the Fund’s investments, along with their relevant experience. The Fund’s portfolio managers may change from time to time.
       
   
Total Experience
(since dates
specified below)
Name & Title
Experience Over Past Five Years
At Nuveen Asset Management
*
Total
 
     
NUVEEN PREFERRED SECURITIES AND INCOME FUND
 
     
Doug M. Baker, CFA

Managing Director
Head of Preferred Securities Sector Team
Nuveen Asset Management (fixed income portfolio management)
2006
1996
 
     
Brenda A. Langenfeld, CFA

Managing Director
Nuveen Asset Management (fixed income and real asset income portfolio management)
2004
2004
       
       
* Including tenure at affiliate or predecessor firms, as applicable
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
9

Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund is provided in the statement of additional information.
Management Fees
The management fee schedule for the Fund consists of two components: a Fund-level fee, based only on the amount of assets within the Fund, and a complex-level fee, based on the aggregate amount of all eligible fund assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
The annual Fund-level fee, payable monthly, is based upon the average daily net assets of the Fund as follows:
     
Average Daily Net Assets
 
Fund-Level Fee
For the first $125 million
 
0.5500%
For the next $125 million
 
0.5375%
For the next $250 million
 
0.5250%
For the next $500 million
 
0.5125%
For the next $1 billion
 
0.5000%
For the next $3 billion
 
0.4750%
For the next $5 billion
 
0.4500%
For net assets over $10 billion
 
0.4375%
The complex-level fee begins at a maximum rate of 0.2000% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, based upon complex-level assets of $55 billion, with breakpoints for eligible assets above that level. Therefore, the maximum management fee rate for the Fund is the Fund-level fee plus 0.2000%. As of December 31, 2020, the effective complex-level fee was 0.1557% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
For the most recent fiscal year, the Fund paid Nuveen Fund Advisors 0.65% of its average daily net assets in management fees.
Nuveen Fund Advisors has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses so that the total annual operating expenses (excluding 12b-1 distribution and/or service fees, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.25% of the average daily net assets of any class of Fund shares. However, because Class R6 shares are not subject to sub-transfer agent and similar fees, the total annual operating expenses for the Class R6 shares will be less than the expense limitation. This expense limitation may be terminated or modified only with the approval of shareholders of the Fund.
Information regarding the Board of Trustees’ approval of the investment management agreements is available in the Fund's annual report for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020.
 
More About Our Investment Strategies
The Fund’s investment objective, which is described in the “Fund Summary” section, may not be changed without shareholder approval.
The Fund's investment policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted in this prospectus or the statement of additional information.
The Fund's principal investment strategies are discussed in the “Fund Summary” section. These are the strategies that the Fund's investment adviser and sub-adviser believe are most likely to be important in trying to achieve the Fund‘s investment
   
10
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

objective. This section provides more information about these strategies, as well as information about some additional strategies that the Fund's sub-adviser uses, or may use, to achieve the Fund's objective. You should be aware that the Fund may also use strategies and invest in securities that are not described in this prospectus, but that are described in the statement of additional information. For a copy of the statement of additional information, call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787 or visit Nuveen’s website at www.nuveen.com.
Preferred Securities
The Fund may invest in all types of preferred securities, including both traditional preferred securities and non-traditional preferred securities. Traditional preferred securities are generally equity securities of the issuer that have priority over the issuer’s common shares as to the payment of dividends (i.e., the issuer cannot pay dividends on its common shares until the dividends on the preferred shares are current) and as to the payout of proceeds of a bankruptcy or other liquidation, but are subordinate to an issuer’s senior debt and junior debt as to both types of payments. Additionally, in a bankruptcy or other liquidation, traditional preferred securities are generally subordinate to an issuer’s trade creditors and other general obligations. Traditional preferred securities may be perpetual or have a term, and typically have a fixed liquidation (or “par”) value.
The term “preferred securities” also includes certain hybrid securities and other types of preferred securities that do not have the traditional features described above. Preferred securities that are hybrid securities often behave similarly to investments in traditional preferred securities and are regarded by market investors as being part of the preferred securities market. Such hybrid securities possess varying combinations of features of both debt and traditional preferred securities and as such they may constitute senior debt, junior debt or preferred shares in an issuer’s capital structure. Thus, they may not be subordinate to a company’s debt securities (as are traditional preferred securities).
Hybrid securities include trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation or other special purpose entity, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and floating coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Trust preferred securities may defer payment of income without triggering an event of default. These securities may have many characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure.
Preferred securities may also include certain forms of debt that have many characteristics of preferred shares, and that are regarded by the investment marketplace to be part of the broader preferred securities market. Among these preferred securities are certain exchange-listed debt issues that historically have several attributes, including trading and investment performance characteristics, in common with exchange-listed traditional preferred securities and hybrid securities. Generally, these types of preferred securities are senior debt or junior debt in the capital structure of an issuer.
As a general matter, dividend or interest payments on preferred securities may be cumulative or non-cumulative and may be deferred (in the case of cumulative payments) or skipped (in the case of non-cumulative payments) at the option of the issuer. Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company, except in some cases voting rights may arise if the issuer fails to pay the preferred share dividends or if a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
11

Preferred securities may either trade over-the-counter (
“OTC”
) or trade on an exchange. Preferred securities can be structured differently for retail and institutional investors, and the Fund may invest in preferred securities of either structure. The retail segment is typified by $25 par value exchange-traded securities and the institutional segment is typified by $1,000 par value OTC securities. Both $25 and $1,000 par value securities are often callable at par value, typically at least five years after their original issuance date.
Convertible Preferred Securities
The Fund’s investments in preferred securities may include convertible preferred securities, which are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible preferred securities typically consist of preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time (typically for the entire life of the security) into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer. Convertible preferred securities entitle the holder to receive interest or dividends paid or accrued on preferred securities until the securities mature or are redeemed, converted or exchanged.
Contingent Capital Securities
Contingent capital securities (sometimes referred to as "
CoCos
") are hybrid securities, issued primarily by non-U.S. financial institutions, which have loss absorption mechanisms benefitting the issuer built into their terms. CoCos are not preferred securities. CoCos provide for mandatory conversion into the common stock of the issuer or a permanent or temporary full or partial write-down of the principal amount of the security upon the occurrence of certain triggers linked to minimum regulatory capital thresholds. In addition, they may explicitly provide for mandatory conversion or a principal write-down upon the occurrence of certain events such as regulatory bodies calling into question the issuing institution’s continued viability as a going-concern. Equity conversion or principal write-down features are tailored to the issuer and its regulatory requirements and, unlike traditional convertible securities, conversions are not voluntary and are not intended to benefit the investor.
Other Income Producing Securities
In addition to investing in preferred securities and CoCos, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets, in the aggregate, in the following securities:
Taxable Municipal Bonds.
The Fund may invest in taxable municipal bonds. States, local governments and municipalities and other issuing authorities issue municipal bonds to raise money for various public purposes. Municipal bonds issued to finance activities with a broad public purpose are generally exempt from federal income tax. Taxable municipal bonds, however, are issued to finance activities with less significant benefits to the public, such as the construction of sports facilities, and as such the interest paid to holders of such bonds is taxable as ordinary income. Many taxable municipal bonds offer yields comparable to those of other taxable bonds, such as corporate and agency bonds. Taxable municipal bonds may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and pay interest based on fixed or floating rate coupons. Maturities may range from long-term to short-term.
Corporate Debt Securities.
The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities issued by companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually
   
12
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

unsecured. Corporate debt securities may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and may carry fixed or floating rates of interest.
U.S. Government Securities.
U.S. government securities in which the Fund may invest include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. government, or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government. U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. government. Securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Financial Services Company Securities
The Fund intends to invest at least 25% of its assets in securities of companies principally engaged in financial services. Financial services companies include, but are not limited to, companies involved in activities such as banking, mortgage finance, consumer finance, specialized finance, investment banking and brokerage, asset management and custody, corporate lending, insurance, and financial investment, and real estate, including but not limited to real estate investment trusts.
Non-U.S. Investments
The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of non-U.S. issuers traded over the counter or listed on an exchange. The Fund will classify an issuer of a security as being a U.S. or non-U.S. issuer based on the determination of an unaffiliated, recognized financial data provider. Such determinations are based on a number of criteria, such as the issuer’s country of domicile, the primary exchange on which the security trades, the location from which the majority of the issuer’s revenue comes, and the issuer’s reporting currency.
Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
As a non-principal investment strategy, the Fund may invest in cash and in U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality money market instruments and other short-term securities, including money market funds, in such proportions as warranted by prevailing market conditions and the Fund's principal investment strategies. The Fund may temporarily invest without limit in such holdings for liquidity purposes, or in an attempt to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Being invested in these securities may keep the Fund from participating in a market upswing and prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective.
Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
As a non-principal investment strategy, the Fund may invest in securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“
ETFs
”), that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. In addition, the Fund may invest a portion of its assets in pooled investment vehicles (other than investment companies) that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly.
An ETF is an investment company that holds a portfolio of securities generally designed to track the performance of a securities index, including industry, sector, country and region indexes. ETFs trade on a securities exchange and their shares may, at times, trade at a premium or discount to their net asset value.
As a shareholder in an investment company or other pooled investment vehicle, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that vehicle’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund's advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
13

the Fund invests in an investment company or other pooled investment vehicle. In addition, the Fund will incur brokerage costs when purchasing and selling shares of ETFs. Securities of investment companies or other pooled investment vehicles may be leveraged, in which case the value and/or yield of such securities will tend to be more volatile than securities of unleveraged vehicles.
Generally, investments in other investment companies (including ETFs) are subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
“1940 Act”
). These limitations include a prohibition on the Fund acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of its total assets, in the aggregate, in investment company securities. Many ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in the ETFs' shares beyond these statutory limitations, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to a contractual arrangement between the ETFs and the investing Fund. The Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in order to invest in unaffiliated ETFs beyond the foregoing statutory limitations. Subject to certain conditions, the Fund also may invest in money market funds beyond the statutory limits described above.
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the Fund’s statement of additional information. A list of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available on the Fund’s website—www.nuveen.com/mutual-funds—by navigating to the Fund’s web page and clicking on the “Characteristics” link. By following this link, you can obtain a list of the Fund’s top ten holdings as of the end of the most recent month. A complete list of portfolio holdings information is generally made available on the Fund’s website ten business days after the end of the month. This information will remain available on the website until the Fund files with the Securities and Exchange Commission its annual, semi-annual or quarterly holdings report for the fiscal period that includes the date(s) as of which the website information is current.
 
How We Select Investments
Nuveen Asset Management’s portfolio construction process considers several factors in constructing a portfolio of preferred securities, including credit risk, diversification, preferred sub-market analysis, call protection and yield curve analysis. From this analysis, the firm builds a portfolio of securities that offers the most attractive mix of value relative to securities with similar credit ratings, current income and call protection. Nuveen Asset Management is supported by its team of specialized research analysts who review fixed-income securities available for purchase, monitor the continued creditworthiness of the Fund’s investments, and analyze economic, political and demographic trends affecting the fixed-income markets. These resources help to identify securities with favorable characteristics which Nuveen Asset Management believes are not yet recognized by the market.
 
What the Risks Are
Risk is inherent in all investing. Investing in a mutual fund involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing you should consider carefully the
   
14
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

principal risks and certain other risks that you assume when you invest in the Fund. These risks are listed alphabetically below. Because of these risks, you should consider an investment in the Fund to be a long-term investment.
Principal Risks
Active management risk:
The Fund's sub-adviser actively manages the Fund’s investments. Consequently, the Fund is subject to the risk that the investment techniques and risk analyses employed by the Fund's sub-adviser may not produce the desired results. This could cause the Fund to lose value or its investment results to lag relevant benchmarks or other funds with similar objectives. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax developments may affect the investment techniques available to the Fund's sub-adviser in connection with managing the Fund and such developments, as well as any deficiencies in the operating systems or controls of the sub-adviser or a Fund service provider, may also adversely affect the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment goal.
Bond market liquidity risk:
Primary dealer inventories of bonds are a core indication of dealers’ capacity to “make a market” in fixed income securities. A reduction in market making capacity has the potential to decrease liquidity and increase price volatility in the fixed income markets in which the Fund invests, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. As a result of this decreased liquidity, the Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If the Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds to meet shareholder redemption requests or to raise cash, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices and hurt performance.
Call risk:
Many bonds may be redeemed at the option of the issuer, or “called,” before their stated maturity date. In general, an issuer will call its bonds if they can be refinanced by issuing new bonds which bear a lower interest rate. The Fund is subject to the possibility that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call its high yielding bonds. The Fund would then be forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates or in securities with a higher risk of default, which may adversely impact the Fund’s performance. Such redemptions and subsequent reinvestments would also increase the Fund's portfolio turnover. If the called bond was purchased or is currently valued at a premium, the value of the premium may be lost in the event of prepayment.
Contingent capital security risk:
A loss absorption mechanism trigger event for CoCos would likely be the result of, or related to, the deterioration of the issuer’s financial condition (e.g., a decrease in the issuer’s capital ratio) and status as a going concern. In such a case, with respect to CoCos that provide for conversion into common stock upon the occurrence of the trigger event, the market price of the issuer’s common stock received by the Fund will have likely declined, perhaps substantially, and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value. Further, the issuer’s common stock would be subordinate to the issuer’s other classes of securities and therefore would worsen the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy proceeding. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero. In view of the foregoing, CoCos are often rated below investment grade and are subject to the risks of high yield securities.
CoCos may be subject to an automatic write-down (i.e., the automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of the securities, potentially to zero, and the cancellation of the securities) under certain circumstances, which could result in the Fund losing a portion
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
15

or all of its investment in such securities. In addition, the Fund may not have any rights with respect to repayment of the principal amount of the securities that has not become due or the payment of interest or dividends on such securities for any period from (and including) the interest or dividend payment date falling immediately prior to the occurrence of such automatic write-down. An automatic write-down could also result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.
In certain scenarios, investors in CoCos may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. There is no guarantee that the Fund will receive a return of principal on CoCos. Any indication that an automatic write-down or conversion event may occur can be expected to have a material adverse effect on the market price of CoCos.
The prices of CoCos may be volatile. Additionally, the trading behavior of a given issuer’s CoCo may be strongly impacted by the trading behavior of other issuers’ CoCos, such that negative information from an unrelated CoCo may cause a decline in value of one or more CoCos held by the Fund. Accordingly, the trading behavior of CoCos may not follow the trading behavior of other similarly structured securities.
CoCos are issued primarily by financial institutions. Therefore, CoCos present substantially increased risks at times of financial turmoil, which could affect financial institutions more than companies in other sectors and industries.
Convertible preferred security risk:
Convertible securities are subject to certain risks of both equity and debt securities. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value also tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company. Convertible securities are also exposed to the risk that an issuer is unable to meet its obligation to make dividend or interest and principal payments when due as a result of changing financial or market conditions.
Mandatory convertible securities are distinguished as a subset of convertible securities because the conversion is not optional and the conversion price at maturity is based solely upon the market price of the underlying common stock, which may be significantly less than par or the price (above or below par) paid. Mandatory convertible securities generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder.
Credit risk:
Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a security held by the Fund may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments. Securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, which are often reflected in credit ratings. The credit rating of a security may be lowered if the issuer suffers adverse changes in its financial condition, which can lead to greater volatility in the price of the security and in shares of the Fund, and can also affect the security’s liquidity and make it more difficult for the Fund to sell. When the Fund purchases unrated securities, it will depend on the sub-adviser’s analysis of credit risk without the assessment of an independent rating organization, such as Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s.
To the extent that the Fund holds securities that are secured or guaranteed by financial institutions, changes in the credit quality of such financial institutions could cause the values of these securities to decline.
   
16
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

Credit spread risk:
Credit spread risk is the risk that credit spreads (
i.e.,
the difference in yield between securities that is due to differences in their credit quality) may increase when the market believes that bonds generally have a greater risk of default. Increasing credit spreads may reduce the market values of the Fund’s securities. Credit spreads often increase more for lower rated and unrated securities than for investment grade securities. In addition, when credit spreads increase, reductions in market value will generally be greater for longer-maturity securities.
Currency risk:
Even though the non-U.S. securities held by the Fund are traded in U.S. dollars, their prices are typically indirectly influenced by currency fluctuations. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the value of non-U.S. securities, the value of dividends and interest earned from such securities, and gains and losses realized on the sale of such securities, and hence may affect the net asset value of the Fund.
Cybersecurity risk:
Intentional cybersecurity breaches include: unauthorized access to systems, networks or devices (such as through “hacking” activity); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).
A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, the inability to access electronic systems (“denial of services”), loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs. Such incidents could cause the Fund, the Fund’s adviser or sub-adviser, a financial intermediary, or other service providers to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, additional compliance costs or financial loss. Negative impacts on the Fund could include the inability to calculate net asset value, transact business, process transactions on behalf of shareholders or safeguard data. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which the Fund invests, and thereby cause the Fund’s investments to lose value.
Financial services sector risk:
The Fund intends to invest at least 25% of its assets in securities of companies principally engaged in financial services. This makes the Fund more susceptible to adverse economic or regulatory occurrences affecting the financial services sector. Concentration of investments in the financial services sector poses risks, including the following:
·
 
Financial services companies may suffer a setback if regulators change the rules under which they operate.
·
 
Unstable interest rates can have a disproportionate effect on the financial services sector.
·
 
The profitability of companies in the financial sector is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital which may fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and general economic developments.
·
 
Financial services companies whose securities the Fund may purchase may themselves have concentrated portfolios, such as a high level of loans to real estate developers, which makes them vulnerable to economic conditions that affect that sector.
·
 
Financial services companies have been affected by increased competition, which could adversely affect the profitability or viability of such companies.
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
17

·
 
Financial services companies have been significantly and negatively affected by the downturn in the subprime mortgage lending market and the resulting impact on the world’s economies.
Foreign investment risk:
Non-U.S. issuers or U.S. issuers with significant non-U.S. operations may be subject to risks in addition to or different than those of issuers that are located in or principally operated in the United States due to political, social and economic developments abroad, different regulatory environments and laws, potential seizure by the government of company assets, higher taxation, withholding taxes on dividends and interest and limitations on the use or transfer of portfolio assets. If any of these events were to occur, the affected security may experience drastic declines. In the event of a seizure of assets by a non-U.S. government, the Fund could lose its entire investment in that particular country.
To the extent the Fund invests in depositary receipts, the Fund will be subject to many of the same risks as when investing directly in non-U.S. securities. The holder of an unsponsored depositary receipt may have limited voting rights and may not receive as much information about the issuer of the underlying securities as would the holder of a sponsored depositary receipt.
Other non-U.S. investment risks include the following:
·
 
Enforcing legal rights may be difficult, costly and slow in non-U.S. countries, and there may be special problems enforcing claims against non-U.S. governments.
·
 
Non-U.S. companies may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies, and there may be less public information about their operations.
·
 
Non-U.S. markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets.
·
 
The U.S. and non-U.S. markets often rise and fall at different times or by different amounts due to economic or other developments particular to a given country or region. This phenomenon would tend to lower the overall price volatility of a portfolio that included both U.S. and non-U.S. securities. Sometimes, however, global trends will cause the U.S. and non-U.S. markets to move in the same direction, reducing or eliminating the risk reduction benefit of international investing.
·
 
Non-U.S. securities traded on foreign exchanges may be subject to further risks due to the inexperience of local investment professionals and financial institutions, the possibility of permanent or temporary termination of trading, and greater spreads between bid and asked prices for securities. In addition, non-U.S. exchanges and investment professionals are subject to less governmental regulation, and commissions may be higher than in the United States. Also, there may be delays in the settlement of non-U.S. exchange transactions.
·
 
The Fund’s income from non-U.S. issuers may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In some countries, the Fund also may be subject to taxes on trading profits and, on certain securities transactions, transfer or stamp duties tax. To the extent non-U.S. income taxes are paid by the Fund, U.S. shareholders may be entitled to a credit or deduction for U.S. tax purposes.
Some countries restrict to varying degrees foreign investment in their securities markets. In some circumstances, these restrictions may limit or preclude investment in certain countries or may increase the cost of investing in securities of particular companies.
High yield securities risk:
Securities that are rated below-investment grade are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk” bonds. High yield securities
   
18
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

usually offer higher yields than investment grade securities, but also involve more risk. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher rated debt securities. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the ability to pay interest and repay principal. High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic conditions than investment grade securities, and they generally have more volatile prices and carry more risk to principal. In addition, high yield securities generally are less liquid than investment grade securities. Any investment in distressed or defaulted securities subjects the Fund to even greater credit risk than investments in other below-investment grade securities.
Income risk:
The Fund’s income could decline during periods of falling interest rates because the Fund generally may have to invest the proceeds from sales of Fund shares, as well as the proceeds from maturing portfolio securities (or portfolio securities that have been called, see “Call risk” above), in lower-yielding securities. In addition, the Fund’s income could decline when the Fund experiences defaults on debt securities or defaults or deferrals on preferred securities it holds. Furthermore, the Fund’s income from dividends may decline, which may decrease the distributions by the Fund. To the extent that the Fund invests in floating-rate securities, the income generated from such securities will decrease during periods of falling interest rates.
Interest rate risk:
Fixed-rate securities held by the Fund will fluctuate in value with changes in interest rates. In general, fixed-rate securities will increase in value when interest rates fall and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Short-term and long-term interest rates do not necessarily move in the same amount or in the same direction. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, result in heightened market volatility and detract from the Fund’s performance to the extent that it is exposed to such interest rates. Under certain circumstances, very low or negative interest rates may cause the Fund to have very low or negative yields on some of its securities. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of potential government fiscal policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Longer-term fixed-rate securities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Therefore, a fund that has a portfolio with a longer weighted average maturity or effective duration may be impacted to a greater degree than a fund that has a portfolio with a shorter weighted average maturity or effective duration. Conversely, fixed-rate securities with shorter durations or maturities will be less volatile but may provide lower returns than fixed-rate securities with longer durations or maturities. Rising interest rates also may lengthen the duration of securities with call features, since exercise of the call becomes less likely as interest rates rise, which in turn will make the securities more sensitive to changes in interest rates and result in even steeper price declines in the event of further interest rate increases.
Market risk:
The market value of the Fund’s investments may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably and for short or extended periods of time. Market values may change due to the particular circumstances of individual issuers or due to general conditions impacting issuers more broadly within a specific country, region, industry, sector or asset class. Global economies and financial markets have become highly interconnected, and thus economic, market or political conditions or events in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. As a result, the value of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected whether or not the Fund invests in a country or region directly impacted by such conditions or events.
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
19

Additionally, unexpected events and their aftermaths, including broad financial dislocations (such as the “great recession” of 2008-09), war, terrorism, natural and environmental disasters and the spread of infectious illnesses or other public health emergencies (such as the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic first detected in December of 2019), may adversely affect the global economy and the markets and issuers in which the Fund invests. These events could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, or widespread unemployment, and generally have a severe negative impact on the global economy. Such events could also impair the information technology and other operational systems upon which the Fund’s service providers, including the investment adviser and sub-adviser, rely, and could otherwise disrupt the ability of employees of the Fund’s service providers to perform essential tasks on behalf of the Fund. Furthermore, such events could cause financial markets to experience elevated or even extreme volatility and losses, and could result in the disruption of trading and the reduction of liquidity in many instruments. Governmental and quasi-governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with a variety of significant fiscal and monetary policy changes, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions into companies, new monetary programs and dramatically lower interest rates. An unexpected or quick reversal of these policies, or the ineffectiveness of these policies, could increase volatility in securities markets, which could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments.
Municipal securities risk:
The values of municipal securities may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments. Adverse conditions in an industry significant to a local economy could have a correspondingly adverse effect on the financial condition of local issuers. Other factors that could affect municipal securities include a change in the local, state, or national economy, a downgrade of a state’s credit rating or the rating of authorities or political subdivisions of the state, demographic factors, ecological or environmental concerns, inability or perceived inability of a government authority to collect sufficient tax or other revenues, statutory limitations on the issuer’s ability to increase taxes, and other developments generally affecting the revenue of issuers (for example, legislation or court decisions reducing state aid to local governments or mandating additional services). This risk would be heightened to the extent that the Fund invests a substantial portion of the below-investment grade quality portion of its portfolio in the bonds of similar projects (such as those relating to the education, health care, housing, transportation, or utilities industries), in industrial development bonds, or in particular types of municipal securities (such as general obligation bonds, municipal lease obligations, private activity bonds or moral obligation bonds) that are particularly exposed to specific types of adverse economic, business or political events. The value of municipal securities may also be adversely affected by rising health care costs, increasing unfunded pension liabilities, and by the phasing out of federal programs providing financial support. In recent periods, a number of municipal issuers have defaulted on obligations, been downgraded or commenced insolvency proceedings. Financial difficulties of municipal issuers may continue or get worse, particularly as the full economic impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic and the reductions in revenues of states and municipalities due to the pandemic are realized. In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal bonds is generally less than for certain corporate equities or bonds, meaning that the investment performance of the Fund may be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s sub-adviser than funds that invest in stock or other corporate investments.
Preferred security risk:
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities:
   
20
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

Limited voting rights.
Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
In the case of certain preferred securities issued by trusts or special purpose entities, holders generally have no voting rights except if a declaration of default occurs and is continuing. In such an event, preferred security holders generally would have the right to appoint and authorize a trustee to enforce the trust’s or special purpose entity’s rights as a creditor under the agreement with its operating company.
Special redemption rights.
In certain circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to their stated maturity date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in federal income tax or securities laws or by regulatory or major corporate action. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
Payment deferral.
Generally, preferred securities may be subject to provisions that allow an issuer, under certain conditions, to skip (“non-cumulative” preferred securities) or defer (“cumulative” preferred securities) distributions without any adverse consequences to the issuer. Non-cumulative preferred securities can skip distributions indefinitely. Cumulative preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow an issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions payments for up to 10 years. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income. In addition, recent changes in bank regulations may increase the likelihood of issuers deferring or skipping distributions.
Subordination.
Preferred securities generally are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure and therefore are subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments.
Floating Rate Payments.
The dividend or interest rates on preferred securities may be floating, or convert from fixed to floating at a specified future time. The market value of floating rate securities may fall in a declining interest rate environment and may also fall in a rising interest rate environment if there is a lag between the rise in interest rates and the reset. This risk may also be present with respect to fixed rate securities that will convert to a floating rate at a future time. A secondary risk associated with declining interest rates is the risk that income earned by the Fund on floating rate securities may decline due to lower coupon payments on the floating rate securities. Finally, many financial instruments use or may use a floating rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate, or "
LIBOR
," which is expected to be phased out. There remains some uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate.
Fixed Rate Payments.
The market value of preferred securities with fixed dividends or interest rates may decline in a rising interest rate environment.
Liquidity.
Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. government securities or common stock. Less liquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the values at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
21

Financial services industry.
The preferred securities market is comprised predominately of securities issued by companies in the financial services industry. Therefore, preferred securities present substantially increased risks at times of financial turmoil, which could affect financial services companies more than companies in other sectors and industries.
Tax risk.
The Fund may invest in preferred securities or other securities the federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the Internal Revenue Service. It could be more difficult for the Fund to comply with the tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies if the tax characterization of the Fund’s investments or the tax treatment of the income from such investments were successfully challenged by the Internal Revenue Service.
Regulatory risk.
Issuers of preferred securities may be in industries that are heavily regulated and that may receive government funding. The value of preferred securities issued by these companies may be affected by changes in government policy, such as increased regulation, ownership restrictions, deregulation or reduced government funding.
Rule 144A securities risk:
The market for Rule 144A securities typically is less active than the market for publicly-traded securities. Rule 144A securities carry the risk that their liquidity may become impaired and the Fund may be unable to dispose of the securities promptly or at reasonable prices.
Unrated security risk:
Unrated securities determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser to be of comparable quality to rated securities which the Fund may purchase may pay a higher interest rate than such rated securities and be subject to a greater risk of illiquidity or price changes. Less public information is typically available about unrated securities or issuers than rated securities or issuers.
U.S. government securities risk:
U.S. government securities are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and the payment of principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated by law to do so.
Valuation risk:
The debt securities in which the Fund may invest typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell a portfolio security at the price established by the pricing service, which could result in a loss to the Fund. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades. Different pricing services may incorporate different assumptions and inputs into their valuation methodologies, potentially resulting in different values for the same securities. As a result, if the Fund were to change pricing services, or if the Fund’s pricing service were to change its valuation methodology, there could be a material impact, either positive or negative, on the Fund’s net asset value.
   
22
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money

Non-Principal Risks
Large transactions risk:
The Fund may experience adverse effects due to large purchases or redemptions of Fund shares. A large redemption by an individual shareholder, or an increase in redemptions generally by Fund shareholders, may cause the Fund to sell portfolio securities at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund’s net asset value and liquidity. If the Fund has difficulty selling portfolio securities in a timely manner to meet redemption requests, the Fund may have to borrow money to do so. In such an instance, the Fund’s remaining shareholders would bear the costs of such borrowings, and such costs could reduce the Fund’s returns. In addition, until the Fund is able to sell securities to meet redemption requests, the Fund’s market exposure may be greater than it ordinarily would be, which would magnify the impact of any market movements on the Fund’s performance. Similarly, large Fund share purchases may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would, reducing the Fund’s market exposure. Increased redemption activity may also result in unexpected taxable distributions to shareholders if such sales of investments resulted in gains and thereby accelerated the realization of taxable income. In addition, large redemptions could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio.
Other investment companies and pooled investment vehicles risk:
When the Fund invests in other investment companies, including ETFs, and other pooled investment vehicles, shareholders bear both their proportionate share of Fund expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of the other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Furthermore, the Fund is exposed to the risks to which the other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles may be subject. For index-based ETFs, while such ETFs seek to achieve the same returns as a particular market index, the performance of an ETF may diverge from the performance of such index (commonly known as tracking error).
   
Section 2
How We Manage Your Money
23

Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
The Fund offers multiple classes of shares, each with a different combination of sales charges, fees, eligibility requirements and other features. Your financial advisor can help you determine which class is best for you. For further details, please see the statement of additional information. Because the prospectus and the statement of additional information are available free of charge on Nuveen’s website at www.nuveen.com, we do not disclose the following share class information separately on the website.
 
What Share Classes We Offer
The different share classes offered by the Fund are described below. You will pay up-front or contingent deferred sales charges on some of these share classes. In addition, some share classes are subject to annual distribution and/or service fees in the amounts described below, which are paid out of the Fund’s assets. These fees are paid to Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “
Distributor
”), a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC and the distributor of the Fund, and are used primarily for providing compensation to financial intermediaries in connection with the distribution of Fund shares and for providing ongoing account services to shareholders. The Fund has adopted a distribution and service plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act that allows the Fund to pay these distribution and service fees. More information on this plan can be found under “Distribution and Service Payments—Distribution and Service Plan.” Because fees paid under the plan are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Class A Shares
You can purchase Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share plus an up-front sales charge. You may qualify for a reduced sales charge, or the sales charge may be waived, as described in “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge.” Class A shares are also subject to an annual service fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, which compensates your financial advisor or other financial intermediary for providing ongoing service to you. The Distributor retains the service fee on accounts with no financial intermediary of record. The up-front Class A sales charges for the Fund are as follows:
                 
Amount of Purchase
Sales Charge as
% of Public
Offering Price
 
Sales Charge as
% of Net
Amount Invested
 
Maximum Financial Intermediary Commission as % of Public Offering Price
Less than $50,000
4.75
%
 
4.99
%
 
4.25
%
$50,000 but less than $100,000
4.50
   
4.71
   
4.00
 
$100,000 but less than $250,000
3.50
   
3.63
   
3.00
 
$250,000 but less than $500,000
2.50
   
2.56
   
2.25
 
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000
2.00
   
2.04
   
1.75
 
$1,000,000 and over*
   
   
1.00
 
*
 
You can purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares at net asset value without an up-front sales charge. The Distributor pays financial intermediaries of record at a rate of 1.00% of the first $2.5 million, plus 0.75% of the next $2.5 million, plus 0.50% of the amount over $5 million, which includes an advance of the first year’s service fee. Unless you are eligible for a waiver, you may be assessed a contingent deferred sales charge (“
CDSC
”) of 1.00% if you redeem any of your shares within 18 months of purchase. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charges” below for information concerning the CDSC and “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge—CDSC Waivers and Reductions” below for information concerning CDSC waivers and reductions.
   
24
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

Investors may purchase Class A shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class A shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class A shares.
Class C Shares
You can purchase Class C shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. Class C shares are subject to annual distribution and service fees of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The annual 0.25% service fee compensates your financial advisor or other financial intermediary for providing ongoing service to you. The annual 0.75% distribution fee compensates the Distributor for paying your financial advisor or other financial intermediary an ongoing sales commission as well as an advance of the first year’s service and distribution fees. The Distributor retains the service and distribution fees on accounts with no financial intermediary of record. If you redeem your shares within 12 months of purchase, you will normally pay a 1.00% CDSC, which is calculated on the lower of your purchase price or redemption proceeds. You do not pay a CDSC on any Class C shares you purchase by reinvesting dividends. You may qualify for a reduced CDSC, or the CDSC may be waived, as described in “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge” below.
Investors purchasing Class C shares should consider whether they would qualify for a reduced or eliminated sales charge on Class A shares that would make purchasing Class A shares a better choice. Class A share sales charges can be reduced or eliminated based on the size of the purchase, or pursuant to a letter of intent or rights of accumulation. See “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge” below.
Class C share purchase orders equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 will not be accepted. In addition, the Fund limits the cumulative amount of Class C shares that may be purchased by a single purchaser. Your financial intermediary may set lower maximum purchase limits for Class C shares. See the statement of additional information for more information.
Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares after 10 years (effective March 1, 2021, 8 years), thus reducing future annual expenses. Conversions occur during the month in which the 10-year (effective March 1, 2021, 8-year) anniversary of the purchase occurs. Class C shares that have been held for longer than 8 years as of March 1, 2021 will convert to Class A shares in March 2021. The automatic conversion is based on the relative net asset values of the two share classes without the imposition of a sales charge or fee. The automatic conversion of Class C shares to Class A shares may not apply to shares held through group retirement plan recordkeeping platforms of certain financial intermediaries who hold such shares in an omnibus account and do not track participant level share lot aging to facilitate such a conversion. Furthermore, the availability of the automatic Class C share conversion and the terms under which the conversion takes place may depend on the policies and/or system limitations of the financial intermediary through which you hold your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the Class C share conversion discussed above is disclosed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Through Certain Intermediaries.” Also, see “How to Reduce Your Sales Charge” below.
Investors may purchase Class C shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class C shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
25

with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class C shares.
Class R3 Shares
You can purchase Class R3 shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. Class R3 shares are subject to annual distribution and service fees of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Investors may purchase Class R3 shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund.
Class R3 shares are only available for purchase by eligible retirement plans. Class R3 shares are not available to traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or individual 403(b) plans. See the statement of additional information for more information.
Class R6 Shares
Eligible investors can purchase Class R6 shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. As Class R6 shares are not subject to sales charges or ongoing service or distribution fees, they have lower ongoing expenses than the other classes.
Class R6 shares are available to certain qualified retirement plans and other investors. There is no minimum initial investment for qualified retirement plans, health savings accounts and 529 savings plans; however, the shares must be held through plan-level or omnibus accounts held on the books of the Fund. Class R6 shares are also available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class R6 shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also waive the minimum for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class R6 share holdings level. All other eligible investors must meet a minimum initial investment of at least $1,000,000 in the Fund. Such minimum investment requirement may be applied collectively to affiliated accounts, in the discretion of the Distributor. Class R6 shares may be purchased through financial intermediaries only if such intermediaries have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Class R6 shares. Class R6 shares are only available in cases where neither the investor nor the intermediary will receive any commission payments, account servicing fees, record keeping fees, 12b-1 fees, sub-transfer agent fees, so called “finder’s fees,” administration fees or similar fees with respect to Class R6 shares. Provided they meet the minimum investment and other eligibility requirements, eligible investors include:
·
 
Qualified retirement plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts;
·
 
Foundations and endowment funds;
·
 
Any state, county, or city, or its instrumentality, department, authority or agency;
·
 
457 plans, including 457(b) governmental entity plans and tax exempt plans;
·
 
Omnibus or other pooled accounts registered to insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisor firms and family offices;
·
 
Investment companies;
   
26
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

·
 
Corporations, including corporate non-qualified deferred compensation plans of such corporations;
·
 
Collective investment trusts;
·
 
529 savings plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts;
·
 
Health savings accounts held in plan-level or omnibus accounts; and
·
 
Discretionary accounts managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors or its affiliates.
Class R6 shares are also available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
 
Current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (as defined in the statement of additional information).
·
 
Officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
·
 
Full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
Class R6 shares are not available directly to traditional or Roth IRAs, Coverdell Savings Accounts, Keoghs, SEPs, SARSEPs, or SIMPLE IRAs.
Class I Shares
You can purchase Class I shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. As Class I shares are not subject to sales charges or ongoing service or distribution fees, they have lower ongoing expenses than the other classes.
Class I shares are available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares are also available for purchase by family offices and their clients. A family office is a company that provides certain financial and other services to a high net worth family or families. The minimum initial investment for family offices and their clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of family offices that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of family offices anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares are also available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
 
Certain employer-sponsored retirement plans.
·
 
Certain bank or broker-affiliated trust departments.
·
 
Advisory accounts of Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliates.
·
 
Investors purchasing through a brokerage platform of a financial intermediary that has an agreement with the Distributor to offer such shares solely when acting as an agent for such investors. Investors transacting through a financial intermediary’s brokerage platform may be required to pay a commission directly to the intermediary.
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
27

·
 
Current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (as defined in the statement of additional information).
·
 
Officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
·
 
Full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members.
·
 
Certain financial intermediary personnel, and their immediate family members.
·
 
Certain other institutional investors described in the statement of additional information.
A financial intermediary through which you hold Class I shares may have the authority under its account agreement to exchange your Class I shares for another class of Fund shares having higher expenses than Class I shares if you withdraw from or are no longer eligible for the intermediary's fee-based program or under other circumstances. You may be subject to the sales charges and service and/or distribution fees applicable to the share class that you receive in such an exchange. You should contact your financial intermediary for more information about your eligibility to purchase Class I shares and the class of shares you would receive in an exchange if you no longer meet Class I eligibility requirements.
Please refer to the statement of additional information for more information about Class A, Class C, Class R3, Class R6 and Class I shares, including more detailed program descriptions and eligibility requirements. Additional information is also available from your financial advisor, who can also help you prepare any necessary application forms.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
If you redeem Class A or Class C shares that are subject to a CDSC, you may be assessed a CDSC upon redemption. When you redeem Class A or Class C shares subject to a CDSC, the Fund will first redeem any shares that are not subject to a CDSC, and then redeem the shares you have owned for the longest period of time, unless you ask the Fund to redeem your shares in a different order. No CDSC is imposed on shares you buy through the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. The CDSC holding period is calculated on a monthly basis and begins on the first day of the month in which the purchase was made. When you redeem shares subject to a CDSC, the CDSC is calculated on the lower of your purchase price or redemption proceeds, deducted from your redemption proceeds, and paid to the Distributor. The CDSC may be waived under certain special circumstances as described below under “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares—How to Reduce Your Sales Charge—CDSC Waivers and Reductions,” in the appendix to this prospectus titled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries,” and in the statement of additional information.
 
How to Reduce Your Sales Charge
The Fund offers a number of ways to reduce or eliminate the up-front sales charge on Class A shares. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will waive or reduce the CDSC imposed on redemptions of Class C shares and certain Class A shares purchased at net asset value.
The availability of the sales charge reductions and waivers discussed below will depend on the policies of the financial intermediary through which you purchase your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the reductions and waivers discussed below are disclosed in the
   
28
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts.
In order to obtain waivers and discounts that are not available through your intermediary, you will have to purchase Fund shares through another intermediary.
Class A Sales Charge Reductions
·
 
Rights of Accumulation.
In calculating the appropriate sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund, you may be able to add the amount of your purchase to the value, based on the current net asset value per share, of all of your prior purchases of any Nuveen Mutual Fund.
·
 
Letter of Intent.
Subject to certain requirements, you may purchase Class A shares of the Fund at the sales charge rate applicable to the total amount of the purchases you intend to make over a 13-month period.
For purposes of calculating the appropriate sales charge as described under
Rights of Accumulation
and
Letter of Intent
above, you may include purchases by (i) you, (ii) your spouse or domestic partner and children under the age of 21 years, and (iii) a corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship that is 100% owned by any of the persons in (i) or (ii). In addition, a trustee or other fiduciary can count all shares purchased for a single trust, estate or other single fiduciary account that has multiple accounts (including one or more employee benefit plans of the same employer).
Class A Sales Charge Waivers
Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge as follows:
·
 
Purchases of $1,000,000 or more (although such purchases may be subject to a CDSC in certain circumstances, see “What Share Classes We Offer—Contingent Deferred Sales Charges” above).
·
 
Shares purchased through the reinvestment of Nuveen Mutual Fund dividends and capital gain distributions.
·
 
Shares purchased for accounts held directly with the Fund that do not have a financial intermediary of record.
·
 
Certain employer-sponsored retirement plans.
Purchases by employer-sponsored retirement plans (“
ESRPs
”) as defined below, except that, in the case of ESRPs held through a brokerage account, Class A shares will be available at net asset value without a sales charge only if the broker-dealer has entered into an agreement with the Distributor that allows for such purchases. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
For this purpose, ESRPs include, but are not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, health savings accounts, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans, Roth 401(k) plans and Roth 403(b) plans, and do not include SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs (other than SIMPLE IRAs opened before January 1, 2011 where the Distributor is the broker of record), SIMPLE 401(k) plans, Solo 401(k) plans, KEOGH plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and single defined benefit plans.
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
29

·
 
Employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates.
Purchases by current and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates and such employees’ immediate family members (as defined in the statement of additional information).
·
 
Current and former trustees/directors of the Nuveen Funds.
·
 
Financial intermediary personnel.
Purchases by any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director, or employee of any financial intermediary or any such person’s immediate family member.
·
 
Certain trust departments.
Purchases by bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity.
·
 
Additional categories of investors.
Purchases made (i) by investors purchasing on a periodic fee, asset-based fee or no transaction fee basis through a broker-dealer sponsored mutual fund purchase program; (ii) by clients of investment advisers, financial planners or other financial intermediaries that charge periodic or asset-based fees for their services; and (iii) through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer the Fund’s shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts and that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
In order to obtain a sales charge reduction or waiver on Class A share purchases, it may be necessary at the time of purchase for you to inform the Fund or your financial advisor of the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated for such purposes. You may need to provide the Fund or your financial advisor information or records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for a sales charge reduction or waiver. This may include account statements of family members and information regarding Nuveen Mutual Fund shares held in accounts with other financial advisors. You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor at the time of each purchase if you are eligible for any of these programs. The Fund may modify or discontinue these programs at any time.
CDSC Waivers and Reductions
The CDSC payable upon the redemption of Class C shares, and on Class A shares that were purchased at net asset value without a sales charge because the purchase amount exceeded $1,000,000, may be waived or reduced under the following circumstances:
·
 
In the event of total disability of the shareholder.
·
 
In the event of death of the shareholder.
·
 
For certain redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan.
·
 
For redemptions in connection with a payment of account or plan fees.
·
 
For redemptions of accounts not meeting required minimum balances.
·
 
Upon an optional conversion by the Fund of Class C shares held in an account which no longer has a financial intermediary of record into Class A shares.
·
 
For redemptions of Class C shares where the Distributor did not advance the first year’s service and distribution fees to the intermediary.
·
 
For redemptions of Class A shares where the Distributor did not pay a sales charge to the intermediary when the shares were purchased.
   
30
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

·
 
For certain redemptions of shares held by an employer-sponsored qualified defined contribution plan.
·
 
For certain redemptions of shares held in an IRA account, including redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions from the account due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable laws and regulations.
More information on these and other available CDSC waivers and reductions can be found in the appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries,” and in the statement of additional information.
 
How to Buy Shares
Fund shares may be purchased on any business day, which is any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “
NYSE
”) is open for business. Generally, the NYSE is closed on weekends and national holidays. The share price you pay depends on when the Distributor receives your order and on the share class you are purchasing. Orders received before the close of trading on a business day (normally, 4:00 p.m. New York time) will receive that day’s closing share price; otherwise, you will receive the next business day’s price.
You may purchase Fund shares (1) through a financial advisor or other financial intermediary or (2) directly from the Fund. Class A and Class C shares may not be purchased directly from the Fund. In addition, the availability of Class A and Class C shares through a financial intermediary will depend on the policies of the intermediary.
Through a Financial Advisor
You may buy shares through your financial advisor, who can handle all the details for you, including opening a new account. Financial advisors can also help you review your financial needs and formulate long-term investment goals and objectives. In addition, financial advisors generally can help you develop a customized financial plan, select investments and monitor and review your portfolio on an ongoing basis to help assure your investments continue to meet your needs as circumstances change. Financial advisors (including brokers or agents) are paid for providing ongoing investment advice and services, either from Fund sales charges and fees or by charging you a separate fee in lieu of a sales charge.
Financial advisors or other dealer firms may charge their customers a processing or service fee in connection with the purchase or redemption of Fund shares. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to customers by each individual dealer. Processing or service fees typically are fixed, nominal dollar amounts and are in addition to the sales and other charges described in this prospectus and the statement of additional information. Your dealer will provide you with specific information about any processing or service fees you will be charged. Shares you purchase through your financial advisor or other intermediary will normally be held with that firm. For more information, please contact your financial advisor.
Directly from the Fund
Eligible investors may purchase shares directly from the Fund.
·
 
By wire.
You can purchase shares by making a wire transfer from your bank. Before making an initial investment by wire, you must submit a new account form to the Fund. After receiving your form, a service representative will contact you with your account number and wiring instructions. Your order will be priced at the next closing
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
31

share price based on the share class of the Fund, calculated after the Fund’s custodian receives your payment by wire. Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. New York time to be eligible for same day pricing. Neither the Fund nor the transfer agent is responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions. Before making any additional purchases by wire, you should call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787. You cannot purchase shares by wire on days when federally chartered banks are closed.
·
 
By mail.
You may open an account directly with the Fund and buy shares by completing an application and mailing it along with your check to: Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140. Applications may be obtained at www.nuveen.com or by calling (800) 257-8787. No third party checks will be accepted.
Purchase orders and redemption requests are not processed until received in proper form by the transfer agent of the Fund.
·
 
On-line.
Existing shareholders with direct accounts may process certain account transactions on-line. You may purchase additional shares or exchange shares between existing, identically registered direct accounts. You can also look up your account balance, history and dividend information, as well as order duplicate account statements and tax forms from the Fund’s website. To access your account, click on the “Online Account Access” link under the “Individual Investors—Mutual Fund Account Access” heading at www.nuveen.com/client-access. The system will walk you through the log-in process. To purchase shares on-line, you must have established Fund Direct privileges on your account prior to the requested transaction. See “Special Services—Fund Direct” below.
·
 
By telephone.
Existing shareholders with direct accounts may also process account transactions via the Fund’s automated information line. Simply call (800) 257-8787, press 1 for mutual funds and the voice menu will walk you through the process. To purchase shares by telephone, you must have established Fund Direct privileges on your account prior to the requested transaction. See “Special Services—Fund Direct” below.
The Distributor does not have a customer relationship with you solely by virtue of acting as principal underwriter and distributor for the Fund. The Distributor does not offer or provide investment monitoring, make investment decisions for you, or hold customer accounts or assets. You make the ultimate decision regarding whether to buy or sell any Nuveen Fund.
 
Special Services
To help make your investing with us easy and efficient, we offer you the following services at no extra cost. Your financial advisor can help you complete the forms for these services, or you can call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787 for copies of the necessary forms.
Systematic Investing
Once you have opened an account satisfying the applicable investment minimum, systematic investing allows you to make regular additional investments through automatic deductions from your bank account, directly from your paycheck or from exchanging shares from another mutual fund account. The minimum automatic deduction is $100 per month. There is no charge to participate in the Fund’s systematic
   
32
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

investment plan. You can stop the deductions at any time by notifying the Fund in writing.
·
 
From your bank account.
You can make systematic investments of $100 or more per month by authorizing the Fund to draw pre-authorized checks on your bank account.
·
 
From your paycheck.
With your employer’s consent, you can make systematic investments each pay period (collectively meeting the monthly minimum of $100) by authorizing your employer to deduct monies from your paycheck.
·
 
Systematic exchanging.
You can make systematic investments by authorizing the Distributor to exchange shares from one Nuveen Mutual Fund account into another identically registered Nuveen Mutual Fund account of the same share class.
The Fund may cancel your participation in its systematic investment plan if it is unable to deliver a current prospectus to you because of an incorrect or invalid mailing address.
Systematic Withdrawal
If the value of your Fund account is at least $10,000, you may request to have $50 or more withdrawn automatically from your account. You may elect to receive payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and may choose to receive a check, have the monies transferred directly into your bank account (see “Fund Direct” below), paid to a third party or sent payable to you at an address other than your address of record. You must complete the appropriate section of the account application or Account Update Form to participate in the Fund’s systematic withdrawal plan.
You should not establish systematic withdrawals if you intend to make concurrent purchases of Class A or Class C shares because you may unnecessarily pay a sales charge or CDSC on these purchases.
Exchanging Shares
You may exchange Fund shares into an identically registered account for the same class of another Nuveen Mutual Fund available in your state. Your exchange must meet the minimum purchase requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging. You may also, under certain limited circumstances, exchange between certain classes of shares of the same fund, subject to the payment of any applicable CDSC. Please consult the statement of additional information for details.
The Fund reserves the right to revise or suspend the exchange privilege, limit the amount or number of exchanges, or reject any exchange. In the event that the Fund rejects an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you may submit a separate redemption request (see “How to Sell Shares” below). Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days’ notice of any material revision to or termination of the exchange privilege.
Because an exchange between funds is treated for tax purposes as a purchase and sale, any gain may be subject to tax. An exchange between classes of shares of the same fund may not be considered a taxable event. You should consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of exchanging your shares.
Fund Direct
SM
The Fund Direct Program allows you to link your Fund account to your bank account, transfer money electronically between these accounts and perform a variety of account transactions, including purchasing shares by telephone and investing through a systematic investment plan. You may also have dividends, distributions, redemption payments or systematic withdrawal plan payments sent directly to your bank account.
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
33

Reinstatement Privilege
If you redeem Class A or Class C shares, you may reinvest all or part of your redemption proceeds up to one year later without incurring any additional charges. You may only reinvest into the same share class you redeemed. If you paid a CDSC, any shares purchased pursuant to the reinstatement privilege will not be subject to a CDSC. You may use this reinstatement privilege only once for any redemption.
 
How to Sell Shares
You may sell (redeem) your shares on any business day, which is any day the NYSE is open for business. You will receive the share price next determined after the Fund has received your properly completed redemption request. Your redemption request must be received before the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m. New York time) for you to receive that day’s price. The Fund will normally mail your check the next business day after a redemption request is received, but in no event more than seven days after your request is received. If you are selling shares purchased recently with a check, your redemption proceeds will not be mailed until your check has cleared, which may take up to ten business days from your purchase date.
You may sell your shares (1) through a financial advisor or (2) directly to the Fund.
Through a Financial Advisor
You may sell your shares through your financial advisor, who can prepare the necessary documentation. Your financial advisor may charge for this service.
Directly to the Fund
·
 
By mail.
You can sell your shares at any time by sending a written request to the Fund, c/o Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140. Your request must include the following information:
·
 
The Fund’s name;
·
 
Your name and account number;
·
 
The dollar or share amount you wish to redeem;
·
 
The signature of each owner exactly as it appears on the account;
·
 
The name of the person to whom you want your redemption proceeds paid (if other than to the shareholder of record);
·
 
The address where you want your redemption proceeds sent (if other than the address of record); and
·
 
Any required signature guarantees.
After you have established your account, signatures on a written request must be guaranteed if:
·
 
You would like redemption proceeds payable or sent to any person, address or bank account other than that on record;
·
 
You have changed the address on the Fund’s records within the last 30 days;
·
 
Your redemption request is in excess of $50,000; or
·
 
You are requesting a change in ownership on your account.
Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services such as changing bank information on an account, will require a signature guarantee or
   
34
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

signature verification from a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source. In addition to the situations described above, the Fund reserves the right to require a signature guarantee, or another acceptable form of signature verification, in other instances based on the circumstances of a particular situation.
A signature guarantee assures that a signature is genuine and protects shareholders from unauthorized account transfers. Banks, savings and loan associations, trust companies, credit unions, broker-dealers and member firms of a national securities exchange may guarantee signatures. Call your financial intermediary to determine if it has this capability. A notary public is not an acceptable signature guarantor. Proceeds from a written redemption request will be sent to you by check unless another form of payment is requested.
·
 
On-line.
You may redeem shares or exchange shares between existing, identically registered accounts on-line. To access your account, click on the “Online Account Access” link under the “Individual Investors— Mutual Fund Account Access” heading at www.nuveen.com/client-access. The system will walk you through the log-in process. Redemptions where the proceeds are payable by check may not exceed $50,000. Checks will only be issued to you as the shareholder of record and mailed to your address of record. If you have established Fund Direct privileges, you may have redemption proceeds transferred electronically to your bank account. In this case, the redemption proceeds will be transferred to your bank on the next business day after the redemption request is received. You should contact your bank for further information concerning the timing of the credit of the redemption proceeds in your bank account.
·
 
By telephone.
If your account is held with the Fund and not in your brokerage account, and you have authorized telephone redemption privileges, call (800) 257-8787 to redeem your shares, press 1 for mutual funds and the voice menu will walk you through the process. Redemptions where the proceeds are payable by check may not exceed $50,000. Checks will only be issued to you as the shareholder of record and mailed to your address of record, normally the next business day after the redemption request is received. If you have established Fund Direct privileges, you may have redemption proceeds transferred electronically to your bank account. In this case, the redemption proceeds will be transferred to your bank on the next business day after the redemption request is received. You should contact your bank for further information concerning the timing of the credit of the redemption proceeds in your bank account.
 
An Important Note About Telephone Transactions
Although Nuveen Funds has certain safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers, it will not be liable for losses resulting from following telephone instructions it reasonably believes to be genuine.
Also, you should verify your trade confirmations immediately upon receipt.
Accounts with Low Balances
The Fund reserves the right to liquidate or assess a low balance fee on any account (other than accounts holding Class R3 or Class R6 shares) held directly with the Fund that has a balance that has fallen below the account balance minimum of $1,000 for any reason, including market fluctuations.
If the Fund elects to exercise the right to assess a low balance fee, then annually the Fund will assess a $15 low balance account fee on certain accounts with balances under
   
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares
35

the account balance minimum that are IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts or accounts established pursuant to the UTMA or UGMA. At the same time, other accounts with balances under the account balance minimum will be liquidated, with proceeds being mailed to the address of record. Prior to the assessment of any low balance fee or liquidation of low balance accounts, affected shareholders will receive a communication notifying them of the pending action, thereby providing time for shareholders to bring their accounts up to the account balance minimum prior to any fee assessment or account liquidation. You will not be assessed a CDSC if your account is liquidated.
Meeting Redemption Requests
The Fund typically will pay redemption proceeds using cash reserves maintained in the Fund’s portfolio, or using the proceeds from sales of portfolio securities. The Fund also may meet redemption requests through overdrafts at the Fund’s custodian, by borrowing under a credit agreement to which the Fund is a party, or by borrowing from another Nuveen Fund under an inter-fund lending program maintained by the Nuveen Funds pursuant to exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Borrowing” in the statement of additional information. These additional methods are more likely to be used to meet large redemption requests or in times of stressed market conditions.
Although the Fund generally pays redemption proceeds in cash, if the Fund determines that it would be detrimental to its remaining shareholders to make payment of a redemption order wholly in cash, the Fund may pay a portion of your redemption proceeds in securities or other Fund assets. In this situation, you would generally receive a proportionate distribution of each security held by the Fund to the extent practicable. Although it is unlikely that your shares would be redeemed in-kind, you would probably have to pay brokerage costs to sell the securities or other assets distributed to you, as well as taxes on any capital gains from that sale. Until they are sold, any securities or other assets distributed to you as part of a redemption in-kind may be subject to market risk.
   
36
Section 3
How You Can Buy and Sell Shares

Section 4
General Information
To help you understand the tax implications of investing in the Fund, this section includes important details about how the Fund makes distributions to shareholders. We discuss some other Fund policies as well. Please consult the statement of additional information and your tax advisor for more information about taxes.
 
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes
The Fund declares dividends daily and pays such dividends monthly. Your account will begin to accrue dividends on the business day after the day when the monies used to purchase your shares are collected by the transfer agent. The Fund seeks to pay monthly dividends at a level rate that reflects the past and projected net income of the Fund. To help maintain more stable monthly distributions, the distribution paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net income actually earned by the Fund during such period, and any such under- (or over-) distribution of income is reflected in the Fund’s net asset value. This policy is designed to result in the distribution of substantially all of the Fund’s net income over time. The Fund declares and pays any taxable capital gains once a year at year end. The Fund may declare and pay dividends, capital gains or other taxable distributions more frequently, if necessary or appropriate in the Board's discretion.
Payment and Reinvestment Options
The Fund automatically reinvests your dividends in additional Fund shares unless you request otherwise. You may request to have your dividends paid to you by check, sent via electronic funds transfer through Automated Clearing House network or reinvested in shares of another Nuveen Mutual Fund. For further information, contact your financial advisor or call Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787. If you request that your distributions be paid by check but those distributions cannot be delivered because of an incorrect mailing address, or if a distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the undelivered or uncashed distributions and all future distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares at the current net asset value.
Non-U.S. Income Tax Considerations
Investment income that the Fund receives from its non-U.S. investments may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes, which generally will reduce Fund distributions. However, the United States has entered into tax treaties with many non-U.S. countries that may entitle you to certain tax benefits.
If the Fund has more than 50% of the value of its assets in stock or other securities of non-U.S. corporations at the close of a taxable year, the Fund may, for such taxable year, elect to pass its non-U.S. tax credits through to shareholders.
Taxes and Tax Reporting
The Fund will make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income (which may be taxable at different rates, depending on the sources of the distributions) or capital gains (which may be taxable at different rates, depending on the length of time the Fund holds its assets). Distributions from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are generally taxable as capital gains, while distributions from short-term capital gains and net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. However, certain ordinary income distributions
   
Section 4
General Information
37

received from the Fund that are determined to be qualified dividend income may be taxed at tax rates equal to those applicable to long-term capital gains. The tax you pay on a given capital gain distribution depends generally on how long the Fund has held the portfolio securities it sold and not on how long you have owned your Fund shares. Distributions generally do not qualify for a dividends received deduction if you are a corporate shareholder.
Early in each year, you will receive a statement detailing the amount and nature of all distributions that you were paid during the prior year. If you hold your investment at the firm where you purchased your Fund shares, you will receive the statement from that firm. If you hold your shares directly with the Fund, the Distributor will send you the statement. The tax status of your distributions is the same whether you reinvest them or elect to receive them in cash. The sale of shares in your account may produce a gain or loss, and is a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of shares between funds is generally the same as a sale.
Please note that if you do not furnish the Fund with your correct Social Security number or employer identification number, you fail to provide certain certifications to the Fund, you fail to certify whether you are a U.S. citizen or a U.S. resident alien, or the Internal Revenue Service notifies the Fund to withhold, federal law requires the Fund to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds at the applicable withholding rate.
Buying or Selling Shares Close to a Record Date
Buying Fund shares shortly before the record date for a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution is commonly known as “buying the dividend.” The entire distribution may be taxable to you even though a portion of the distribution effectively represents a return of your purchase price.
Non-U.S. Investors
The Fund is offered for sale in the United States and is not widely available outside the United States. Non-U.S. investors should be aware that U.S. withholding and estate taxes and certain U.S. tax reporting requirements may apply to any investment in the Fund.
Cost Basis Method
For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, you may elect a cost basis method to apply to all existing and future accounts you may establish. The cost basis method you select will determine the order in which shares are redeemed and how your cost basis information is calculated and subsequently reported to you and to the Internal Revenue Service. Please consult your tax advisor to determine which cost basis method best suits your specific situation. If you hold your account directly with the Fund, please contact Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787 for instructions on how to make your election. If you hold your account with a financial intermediary, please contact that financial intermediary for instructions on how to make your election. If you hold your account directly with the Fund and do not elect a cost basis method, your account will default to the average cost basis method. The average cost basis method generally calculates cost basis by determining the average price paid for Fund shares that may have been purchased at different times for different prices. Financial intermediaries choose their own default cost basis method.
   
38
Section 4
General Information

 
Distribution and Service Payments
Distribution and Service Plan
The Distributor serves as the selling agent and distributor of the Fund’s shares. In this capacity, the Distributor manages the offering of the Fund’s shares and is responsible for all sales and promotional activities. In order to reimburse the Distributor for its costs in connection with these activities, including compensation paid to financial intermediaries, the Fund has adopted a distribution and service plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “
Plan
”). See “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares—What Share Classes We Offer” for a description of the distribution and service fees paid under the Plan.
Under the Plan, the Distributor receives a distribution fee for Class C and Class R3 shares primarily for providing compensation to financial intermediaries, including the Distributor, in connection with the distribution of shares. The Distributor receives a service fee for Class A, Class C and Class R3 shares to compensate financial intermediaries, including the Distributor, for providing ongoing account services to shareholders. These services may include establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts, answering shareholder inquiries and providing other personal services to shareholders. Fees paid under the Plan also compensate the Distributor for other expenses, including printing and distributing prospectuses to persons other than shareholders, and preparing, printing, and distributing advertising materials, sales literature and reports to shareholders used in connection with the sale of shares. Because fees paid under the Plan are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. Long-term holders of Class C and Class R3 shares may pay more in distribution and service fees and CDSCs (Class C shares only) than the economic equivalent of the maximum front-end sales charge permitted under the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Conduct Rules.
Other Payments by the Fund
In addition to the distribution and service fees the Fund pays under the Plan and fees the Fund pays to its transfer agent, the Distributor or Nuveen Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Fund, may enter into non-Plan agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which the Fund will pay financial intermediaries for administrative, networking, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and shareholder services. These non-Plan payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by a financial intermediary or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a financial intermediary. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial and may vary significantly among intermediaries.
Other Payments by the Distributor and Nuveen Fund Advisors
In addition to the sales commissions and payments from distribution and service fees made to financial intermediaries as previously described, the Distributor and Nuveen Fund Advisors may from time to time make additional payments, out of their own resources, to certain financial intermediaries that sell shares of Nuveen Mutual Funds in order to promote the sales and retention of Fund shares by those firms and their customers. The amounts of these payments vary by financial intermediary and, with respect to a given firm, are typically calculated by reference to the amount of the firm’s recent gross sales of Nuveen Mutual Fund shares and/or total assets of Nuveen Mutual Funds held by the firm’s customers. The level of payments that the Distributor and/or Nuveen Fund Advisors is willing to provide to a particular financial intermediary may be affected by, among other factors, the firm’s total assets held in and recent net
   
Section 4
General Information
39

investments into Nuveen Mutual Funds, the firm’s level of participation in Nuveen Mutual Fund sales and marketing programs, the firm’s compensation program for its registered representatives who sell Nuveen Mutual Fund shares and provide services to Nuveen Mutual Fund shareholders, and the asset class of the Nuveen Mutual Funds for which these payments are provided. The statement of additional information contains additional information about these payments, including the names of the firms to which payments are made. The Distributor may also make payments to financial intermediaries in connection with sales meetings, due diligence meetings, prospecting seminars and other meetings at which the Distributor promotes its products and services.
In connection with the availability of Nuveen Mutual Funds within selected mutual fund no-transaction fee institutional platforms and fee-based wrap programs at certain financial intermediaries, the Distributor and Nuveen Fund Advisors also make payments out of their own assets to those firms as compensation for certain recordkeeping, shareholder communications and other account administration services provided to Nuveen Mutual Fund shareholders who own their Fund shares through these platforms or programs. These payments are in addition to the service fee and any applicable sub-transfer agency or similar fees paid to these firms with respect to these services by the Nuveen Mutual Funds out of Fund assets.
The amounts of payments to a financial intermediary could be significant, and may create an incentive for the intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund to you. The intermediary may elevate the prominence or profile of the Fund within the intermediary’s organization by, for example, placing the Fund on a list of preferred or recommended funds and/or granting the Distributor and/or its affiliates preferential or enhanced opportunities to promote the Fund in various ways within the intermediary’s organization.
There is some uncertainty concerning whether the types of payments described above may be made to or received by a financial intermediary with respect to Class I shares offered through the intermediary’s brokerage platform where the intermediary imposes commissions on purchases and redemptions of such shares. Such payments may be terminated in light of future regulatory developments.
 
Net Asset Value
The price you pay for your shares or the amount you receive upon redemption of your shares is based on the Fund’s net asset value per share, which is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day the NYSE is open for business. The Fund’s latest net asset value per share is available on the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com. Net asset value is calculated for each class of the Fund by taking the value of the class’s total assets, including interest or dividends accrued but not yet collected, less all liabilities, and dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. The result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the net asset value per share.
In determining net asset value, portfolio instruments generally are valued using prices provided by independent pricing services or obtained from other sources, such as broker-dealer quotations. Exchange-traded instruments generally are valued at the last reported sales price or official closing price on an exchange, if available. Independent pricing services typically value non-exchange-traded instruments utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions. For example, when available, pricing services may utilize inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, spreads, and transactions for comparable instruments. In pricing certain instruments, the pricing services may consider information about an instrument’s issuer or market activity
   
40
Section 4
General Information

provided by the Fund’s investment adviser or sub-adviser. Pricing service valuations of non-exchange-traded instruments represent the service’s good faith opinion as to what the holder of an instrument would receive in an orderly transaction for an institutional round lot position under current market conditions. It is possible that these valuations could be materially different from the value that the Fund realizes upon the sale of an instrument. Non-U.S. securities and currency are valued in U.S. dollars based on non-U.S. currency exchange rate quotations supplied by an independent quotation service.
For non-U.S. traded securities whose principal local markets close before the close of the NYSE, the Fund may adjust the local closing price based upon such factors as developments in non-U.S. markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent non-U.S. securities. The Fund may rely on an independent fair valuation service in making any such fair value determinations. If the Fund holds portfolio instruments that are primarily listed on non-U.S. exchanges, the value of such instruments may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.
If a price cannot be obtained from a pricing service or other pre-approved source, or if, in the judgment of Nuveen Fund Advisors, a price is unreliable, a portfolio instrument will be valued at its fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees or its appointee. Nuveen Fund Advisors may determine that a price is unreliable in various circumstances. For example, a price may be deemed unreliable if it has not changed for an identified period of time, or has changed from the previous day’s price by more than a threshold amount, and recent transactions and/or broker dealer price quotations differ materially from the price in question.
The Board of Trustees has adopted valuation procedures for the Fund and has appointed the Nuveen Fund Advisors’ Valuation Committee with the day-to-day responsibility for fair value determinations. All fair value determinations made by the Valuation Committee are subject to review and ratification by the Board of Trustees. As a general principle, the fair value of a portfolio instrument is the amount that an owner might reasonably expect to receive upon the instrument’s current sale. A range of factors and analysis may be considered when determining fair value, including relevant market data, interest rates, credit considerations and/or issuer specific news. However, fair valuation involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a portfolio instrument may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that instrument.
 
Frequent Trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment and should not be used for excessive trading. Excessive trading in the Fund’s shares can disrupt portfolio management, lead to higher operating costs, and cause other operating inefficiencies for the Fund. However, the Fund is also mindful that shareholders may have valid reasons for periodically purchasing and redeeming Fund shares.
Accordingly, the Fund has adopted a Frequent Trading Policy that seeks to balance the Fund’s need to prevent excessive trading in Fund shares while offering investors the flexibility in managing their financial affairs to make periodic purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
The Fund’s Frequent Trading Policy generally limits an investor to two “round trip” trades in a 60-day period. A “round trip” is the purchase and subsequent redemption of Fund
   
Section 4
General Information
41

shares, including by exchange. Each side of a round trip may be comprised of either a single transaction or a series of closely-spaced transactions.
The Fund primarily receives share purchase and redemption orders through third-party financial intermediaries, some of whom rely on the use of omnibus accounts. An omnibus account typically includes multiple investors and provides the Fund only with a net purchase or redemption amount on any given day where multiple purchases, redemptions and exchanges of shares occur in the account. The identity of individual purchasers, redeemers and exchangers whose orders are aggregated in omnibus accounts, and the size of their orders, will generally not be known by the Fund. Despite the Fund’s efforts to detect and prevent frequent trading, the Fund may be unable to identify frequent trading because the netting effect in omnibus accounts often makes it more difficult to identify frequent traders. The Distributor has entered into agreements with financial intermediaries that maintain omnibus accounts with the Fund’s transfer agent. Under the terms of these agreements, the financial intermediaries undertake to cooperate with the Distributor in monitoring purchase, exchange and redemption orders by their customers in order to detect and prevent frequent trading in the Fund through such accounts. Pursuant to these agreements, financial intermediaries may disclose to the Fund an investor’s taxpayer identification number and a record of the investor’s transactions at the request of the Fund. Technical limitations in operational systems at such intermediaries or at the Distributor may also limit the Fund’s ability to detect and prevent frequent trading. In addition, the Fund may permit certain financial intermediaries, including broker-dealer and retirement plan administrators, among others, to enforce their own internal policies and procedures concerning frequent trading. Such policies may differ from the Fund’s Frequent Trading Policy and may be approved for use in instances where the Fund reasonably believes that the intermediary’s policies and procedures effectively discourage inappropriate trading activity. Shareholders holding their accounts with such intermediaries may wish to contact the intermediary for information regarding its frequent trading policy. Although the Fund does not knowingly permit frequent trading, it cannot guarantee that it will be able to identify and restrict all frequent trading activity.
The Fund reserves the right in its sole discretion to waive unintentional or minor violations (including transactions below certain dollar thresholds) if it determines that doing so would not harm the interests of Fund shareholders. In addition, certain categories of redemptions may be excluded from the application of the Frequent Trading Policy, as described in more detail in the statement of additional information. These include, among others, redemptions pursuant to systematic withdrawal plans, redemptions in connection with the total disability or death of the investor, involuntary redemptions by operation of law, redemptions in payment of account or plan fees, and certain redemptions by retirement plans, including redemptions in connection with qualifying loans or hardship withdrawals, termination of plan participation, return of excess contributions, and required minimum distributions. The Fund may also modify or suspend the Frequent Trading Policy without notice during periods of market stress or other unusual circumstances.
The Fund reserves the right to impose restrictions on purchases or exchanges that are more restrictive than those stated above if it determines, in its sole discretion, that a transaction or a series of transactions involves market timing or excessive trading that may be detrimental to Fund shareholders. The Fund also reserves the right to reject any purchase order, including exchange purchases, for any reason. For example, the Fund may refuse purchase orders if the Fund would be unable to invest the proceeds from the purchase order in accordance with the Fund’s investment policies and/or objective, or if
   
42
Section 4
General Information

the Fund would be adversely affected by the size of the transaction, the frequency of trading in the account or various other factors. For more information about the Fund’s Frequent Trading Policy and its enforcement, see “Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares—Frequent Trading Policy” in the statement of additional information.
 
Fund Service Providers
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian also provides certain accounting services to the Fund. The Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend paying agent, DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140, performs bookkeeping, data processing and administrative services for the maintenance of shareholder accounts.
   
Section 4
General Information
43

Section 5
Financial Highlights
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five fiscal years or, if shorter, the period of operations for the class of shares. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, whose report for the most recent fiscal year, along with the Fund's financial statements, are included in the annual report, which is available upon request.
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
                                                                       
Class (Commencement Date)
 
Investment Operations
 
Less Distributions
   
Ratios/Supplemental Data
         
 
             
Ratios of
 
         
 
             
Net
 
         
 
           
Ratios of
Investment
 
   
Net
Net
 
 
From
From
     
Ending
Expenses
Income (Loss)
 
   
Investment
Realized/
 
 
Net
Accumulated
     
Net
to Average
to Average
Portfolio
Year Ended
Beginning
Income
Unrealized
 
 
Investment
Net Realized
 
Ending
Total
Assets
Net
Net
Turnover
September 30:
NAV
(Loss)(a)
Gain (Loss)
Total
 
Income
Gains
Total
NAV
Return(b)
(000)
Assets(c)
Assets(c)
Rate(d)
Class A (12/06)
2020
$
17.21
 
$
0.83
 
$
(0.45
)
$
0.38
 
 
$
(0.86
)
$
 
$
(0.86
)
$
16.73
 
2.33
%
$
458,391
1.03
%
4.97
%
37
%
2019
 
16.75
 
 
0.90
 
 
0.46
 
 
1.36
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
17.21
 
8.45
 
 
416,289
1.03
 
5.44
 
34
 
2018
 
17.72
 
 
0.90
 
 
(0.97
)
 
(0.07
)
 
 
(0.90
)
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
16.75
 
(0.39
)
 
383,353
1.03
 
5.20
 
30
 
2017
 
17.14
 
 
0.90
 
 
0.62
 
 
1.52
 
 
 
(0.94
)
 
 
 
(0.94
)
 
17.72
 
9.11
 
 
458,980
1.04
 
5.19
 
9
 
2016
 
16.85
 
 
0.92
 
 
0.38
 
 
1.30
 
 
 
(0.94
)
 
(0.07
)
 
(1.01
)
 
17.14
 
7.96
 
 
492,911
1.07
 
5.46
 
15
 
Class C (12/06)
2020
 
17.21
 
 
0.70
 
 
(0.44
)
 
0.26
 
 
 
(0.73
)
 
 
 
(0.73
)
 
16.74
 
1.63
 
 
235,790
1.78
 
4.21
 
37
 
2019
 
16.77
 
 
0.78
 
 
0.44
 
 
1.22
 
 
 
(0.78
)
 
 
 
(0.78
)
 
17.21
 
7.54
 
 
260,290
1.79
 
4.69
 
34
 
2018
 
17.73
 
 
0.77
 
 
(0.96
)
 
(0.19
)
 
 
(0.77
)
 
 
 
(0.77
)
 
16.77
 
(1.07
)
 
276,059
1.78
 
4.47
 
30
 
2017
 
17.15
 
 
0.77
 
 
0.62
 
 
1.39
 
 
 
(0.81
)
 
 
 
(0.81
)
 
17.73
 
8.31
 
 
291,647
1.79
 
4.46
 
9
 
2016
 
16.87
 
 
0.79
 
 
0.37
 
 
1.16
 
 
 
(0.81
)
 
(0.07
)
 
(0.88
)
 
17.15
 
7.08
 
 
262,685
1.82
 
4.72
 
15
 
Class R3 (9/09)
2020
 
17.32
 
 
0.79
 
 
(0.45
)
 
0.34
 
 
 
(0.82
)
 
 
 
(0.82
)
 
16.84
 
2.09
 
 
2,989
1.28
 
4.82
 
37
 
2019
 
16.87
 
 
0.87
 
 
0.44
 
 
1.31
 
 
 
(0.86
)
 
 
 
(0.86
)
 
17.32
 
8.10
 
 
1,322
1.29
 
5.20
 
34
 
2018
 
17.84
 
 
0.84
 
 
(0.94
)
 
(0.10
)
 
 
(0.87
)
 
 
 
(0.87
)
 
16.87
 
(0.59
)
 
1,662
1.27
 
4.81
 
30
 
2017
 
17.26
 
 
0.86
 
 
0.62
 
 
1.48
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
17.84
 
8.82
 
 
2,412
1.28
 
4.92
 
9
 
2016
 
16.97
 
 
0.88
 
 
0.38
 
 
1.26
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
(0.07
)
 
(0.97
)
 
17.26
 
7.67
 
 
2,048
1.32
 
5.18
 
15
 
Class R6 (6/16)
2020
 
17.25
 
 
0.89
 
 
(0.46
)
 
0.43
 
 
 
(0.91
)
 
 
 
(0.91
)
 
16.77
 
2.66
 
 
453,348
0.69
 
5.32
 
37
 
2019
 
16.79
 
 
0.95
 
 
0.46
 
 
1.41
 
 
 
(0.95
)
 
 
 
(0.95
)
 
17.25
 
8.77
 
 
382,299
0.70
 
5.73
 
34
 
2018
 
17.74
 
 
0.97
 
 
(0.97
)
 
 
 
 
(0.95
)
 
 
 
(0.95
)
 
16.79
 
(0.01
)
 
673,119
0.71
 
5.63
 
30
 
2017
 
17.15
 
 
0.95
 
 
0.62
 
 
1.57
 
 
 
(0.98
)
 
 
 
(0.98
)
 
17.74
 
9.42
 
 
4,021
0.72
 
5.51
 
9
 
2016(e)
 
16.80
 
 
0.23
 
 
0.36
 
 
0.59
 
 
 
(0.24
)
 
 
 
(0.24
)
 
17.15
 
3.54
 
 
6,498
0.75
*
5.25
*
15
 
Class I (12/06)
2020
 
17.22
 
 
0.87
 
 
(0.45
)
 
0.42
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
 
 
(0.90
)
 
16.74
 
2.57
 
 
2,792,500
0.78
 
5.20
 
37
 
2019
 
16.77
 
 
0.95
 
 
0.44
 
 
1.39
 
 
 
(0.94
)
 
 
 
(0.94
)
 
17.22
 
8.66
 
 
2,800,599
0.78
 
5.69
 
34
 
2018
 
17.73
 
 
0.94
 
 
(0.95
)
 
(0.01
)
 
 
(0.95
)
 
 
 
(0.95
)
 
16.77
 
(0.09
)
 
2,650,158
0.78
 
5.47
 
30
 
2017
 
17.14
 
 
0.95
 
 
0.62
 
 
1.57
 
 
 
(0.98
)
 
 
 
(0.98
)
 
17.73
 
9.43
 
 
3,035,551
0.78
 
5.47
 
9
 
2016
 
16.86
 
 
0.96
 
 
0.37
 
 
1.33
 
 
 
(0.98
)
 
(0.07
)
 
(1.05
)
 
17.14
 
8.16
 
 
1,783,432
0.82
 
5.72
 
15
 
   
(a)
Per share Net Investment Income (Loss) is calculated using the average daily shares method.
(b)
Total return is the combination of changes in NAV without any sales charge, reinvested dividend income at NAV and reinvested capital gains distributions at NAV, if any. Total returns are not annualized.
(c)
The Fund has a contractual fee waiver/expense reimbursement with Nuveen Fund Advisors, but did not receive a fee waiver/expense reimbursement during the periods presented herein.
(d)
Portfolio Turnover Rate is calculated based on the lesser of long-term purchases or sales divided by the average long-term market value during the period.
(e)
For the period June 30, 2016 (commencement of operations) through September 30, 2016.
*
Annualized.
   
44
Section 5
Financial Highlights

Appendix to the Prospectus
VARIATIONS IN SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

AVAILABLE THROUGH CERTAIN INTERMEDIARIES
A-1

The availability of certain sales charge variations, waivers and discounts will depend on whether you purchase your shares directly from the Fund or through a financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may impose different sales charges and have unique policies and procedures regarding the availability of sales charge waivers and/or discounts (including based on account type), which differ from those described in the prospectus and are disclosed below. All sales charges and sales charge variations, waivers and discounts available to investors, other than those set forth below, are described in the prospectus. To the extent a financial intermediary notifies Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (the
“Adviser”
) or Nuveen Securities, LLC (the
“Distributor”
) of its intention to impose sales charges or have sales charge waivers and/or discounts that differ from those described in the prospectus, such information provided by that intermediary will be disclosed in this Appendix.
In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts. Please contact your financial intermediary with questions regarding your eligibility for applicable sales charge variations, waivers and discounts or for additional information regarding your intermediary’s policies for implementing particular sales charge variations, waivers and discounts. For waivers and discounts not available through a particular financial intermediary, shareholders will have to purchase shares directly from the Fund or through another intermediary to receive these waivers or discounts.
The information provided below for a particular financial intermediary is reproduced based on information provided by that intermediary. A financial intermediary’s administration and implementation of its particular policies with respect to any variations, waivers and/or discounts is neither supervised nor verified by the Fund, the Adviser or the Distributor.
CLASS A SHARE FRONT-END SALES CHARGE WAIVERS AVAILABLE AT AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL
The following information applies to Class A share purchases if you have an account with or otherwise purchase Fund shares through Ameriprise Financial:
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through an Ameriprise Financial platform or account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers with respect to Class A shares, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI.
·
 
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs.
·
 
Shares purchased through an Ameriprise Financial investment advisory program (if Class I or a similar share class for such investment advisory program is not available).
·
 
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Ameriprise Financial’s platform (if Class I or a similar share class for such investment advisory program is not available).
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gain distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same Fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund).
·
 
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund in the month of or following the 10-year anniversary of the purchase date.
·
 
Employees and registered representatives of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates and their immediate family members.
A-2

·
 
Shares purchased by or through qualified accounts (including IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, 401(k)s, 403(b) tax sheltered custodial accounts subject to ERISA, and defined benefit plans) that are held by a covered family member, defined as an Ameriprise financial advisor and/or the advisor’s spouse, advisor’s lineal ascendant (mother, father, grandmother, grandfather, great grandmother, great grandfather), advisor’s lineal descendant (son, daughter, step son, step daughter, grandson, granddaughter, great grandson, great granddaughter) or any spouse of a covered family member who is a lineal descendant.
·
 
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., Rights of Reinstatement).
Effective January 15, 2021, the following two sales charge waivers noted above will be eliminated:
·
 
Shares purchased through an Ameriprise Financial investment advisory program; and
·
 
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Ameriprise Financial's platform.
In addition, effective January 15, 2021, the following sales charge waiver from above will be changed to reflect a shorter holding period for the conversion of Class C shares of a Fund as set forth below:
·
 
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund in the month of or following the seven-year anniversary of the purchase date. To the extent that this prospectus otherwise provides for a waiver with respect to such shares following a shorter holding period, that waiver will apply to exchanges following such shorter period. To the extent that this prospectus otherwise provides for a waiver with respect to exchanges of Class C shares for load waived shares, that waiver will also apply to such exchanges.
SALES WAIVERS AND REDUCTIONS IN SALES CHARGES AVAILABLE AT
ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. (“
BAIRD
”)
Shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Baird platform or account will only be eligible for the following sales charge waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and CDSC waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or the SAI.
Front-End Sales Charge Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Baird
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing share of the same fund
·
 
Share purchase by employees and registers representatives of Baird or its affiliate and their family members as designated by Baird
·
 
Shares purchase from the proceeds of redemptions from another Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same accounts, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge (known as rights of reinstatement)
·
 
A shareholder in Class C Shares will have their share converted at net asset value to Class A shares of the fund if the shares are no longer subject to CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Baird
·
 
Employer-sponsored retirement plans or charitable accounts in a transactional brokerage account at Baird, including 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and
A-3

money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans. For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs
CDSC Waivers on Class A and C Shares Available at Baird
·
 
Shares sold due to death or disability of the shareholder
·
 
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in this prospectus
·
 
Shares bought due to returns of excess contributions from an IRA account
·
 
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
·
 
Shares sold to pay Baird fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Baird
·
 
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement
Front-End Sales Charge Discounts Available at Baird: Breakpoints and/or Rights of Accumulation
·
 
Breakpoints as described in this prospectus
·
 
Rights of accumulation, which entitles shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Baird. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Baird may be included in the rights of accumulation calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
·
 
Letters of intent, which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds through Baird over a 13-month period of time
SALES WAIVERS AND REDUCTIONS IN SALES CHARGES AVAILABLE AT EDWARD JONES
Clients of Edward Jones (also referred to as "shareholders") purchasing fund shares on the Edward Jones commission and fee-based platforms are eligible only for the following sales charge discounts (also referred to as "breakpoints") and waivers, which can differ from breakpoints and waivers described elsewhere in the mutual fund prospectus or SAI or through another broker-dealer. In all instances, it is the shareholder's responsibility to inform Edward Jones at the time of purchase of any relationship, holdings of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds or other facts qualifying the purchaser for breakpoints or waivers. Edward Jones can ask for documentation of such circumstance.
Breakpoints
 
Rights of Accumulation (ROA)
·
 
The applicable sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares is determined by taking into account all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by the shareholder (except share classes held in retirement plans) or in an account grouped by Edward Jones with other accounts for the purpose of providing certain pricing considerations ("pricing groups"). This includes all share classes held on the Edward Jones platform and/or held on another platform. The inclusion of eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets in the rights of accumulation calculation is dependent on the shareholder notifying his or her financial advisor of such assets at the time of calculation.
·
 
ROA is determined by calculating the higher of cost or market value (current shares x NAV).
A-4

Letter of Intent (LOI)
·
 
Through an LOI, shareholders can receive the sales charge and breakpoint discounts for purchases shareholders intend to make over a 13-month period from the date Edward Jones receives the LOI. The LOI is determined by calculating the higher of cost or market value of qualifying holdings at LOI initiation in combination with the value that the shareholder intends to buy over a 13-month period to calculate the front-end sales charge and any breakpoint discounts. Each purchase the shareholder makes during that 13-month period will receive the sales charge and breakpoint discount that applies to the total amount. The inclusion of eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets in the LOI calculation is dependent on the shareholder notifying his or her financial advisor of such assets at the time of calculation. Purchases made before the LOI is received by Edward Jones are not covered under the LOI and will not reduce the sales charge previously paid. Sales charges will be adjusted if LOI is not met.
Sales Charge Waivers
Sales charges are waived for the following shareholders and in the following situations:
·
 
Associates of Edward Jones and its affiliates and their family members who are in the same pricing group (as determined by Edward Jones under its policies and procedures) as the associate. This waiver will continue for the remainder of the associate's life if the associate retires from Edward Jones in good-standing.
·
 
Shares purchased in an Edward Jones fee-based program.
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment.
·
 
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redeemed shares of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund so long as the following conditions are met: 1) the proceeds are from the sale of shares within 60 days of the purchase, and 2) the sale and purchase are made in the same share class and the same account or the purchase is made in an individual retirement account with proceeds from liquidations in a non-retirement account (known as Rights of Reinstatement).
·
 
Shares exchanged into Class A shares from another share class so long as the exchange is into the same fund and was initiated at the discretion of Edward Jones. Edward Jones is responsible for any remaining CDSC due to the fund company, if applicable. Any future purchases are subject to the applicable sales charge as disclosed in the prospectus.
·
 
Exchanges from Class C shares to Class A shares of the same fund, generally, in the 84
th
month following the anniversary of the purchase date or earlier at the discretion of Edward Jones.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) Waivers
If the shareholder purchases shares that are subject to a CDSC and those shares are redeemed before the CDSC is expired, the shareholder is responsible to pay the CDSC except in the following conditions:
·
 
The death or disability of the shareholder
·
 
Systematic withdrawals with up to 10% per year of the account value
·
 
Return of excess contributions from an Individual Retirement Account (IRA)
·
 
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts if the redemption is taken in or after the year the shareholder reaches
qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations
A-5

·
 
Shares sold to pay Edward Jones fees or costs in such cases where the transaction is initiated by Edward Jones
·
 
Shares exchanged in an Edward Jones fee-based program
·
 
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement
Other Important Information
Minimum Purchase Amounts
·
 
The following initial and subsequent investment minimums apply to any class of Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund shares purchased on Edward Jones commission and fee-based platforms:
o
 
$250 initial purchase minimum
o
 
$50 subsequent purchase minimum
Minimum Balances
·
 
Edward Jones may redeem at its discretion fund holdings with a balance of $250 or less. The following types of accounts are not included in this policy:
o
 
A fee-based account held on an Edward Jones platform
o
 
A 529 account held on an Edward Jones platform
o
 
An account with an active systematic investment plan or letter of intent (LOI)
Changing Share Classes
·
 
Edward Jones at its discretion may exchange at NAV a shareholder's holdings of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund to Class A shares of the same fund.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT LLC
Shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Janney Montgomery Scott LLC (“
Janney
”) brokerage account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge (“
CDSC
”) waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this fund’s Prospectus or SAI.
Front-end sales charge waivers on Class A shares available at Janney
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund).
·
 
Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of Janney or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Janney.
·
 
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within ninety (90) days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., right of reinstatement).
·
 
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans.
A-6

·
 
Class C shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Janney’s policies and procedures.
CDSC waivers on Class A and C shares available at Janney
·
 
Shares sold upon the death or disability of the shareholder.
·
 
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s Prospectus.
·
 
Shares purchased in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account.
·
 
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts if the redemption is taken in or after the year the shareholder reaches the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
·
 
Shares sold to pay Janney fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Janney.
·
 
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement.
Front-end sales charge discounts available at Janney: breakpoints, rights of accumulation, and/or letters of intent
·
 
Breakpoints as described in the fund’s Prospectus.
·
 
Rights of accumulation (“
ROA
”), which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Janney. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Janney may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
·
 
Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds, over a 13-month time period. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Janney Montgomery Scott may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH MERRILL LYNCH
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Merrill Lynch platform or account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus or SAI. Shareholders should contact Merrill Lynch to determine their eligibility for these waivers and discounts.
Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Merrill Lynch
·
 
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
·
 
Shares purchased by a 529 Plan (does not include 529 Plan units or 529-specific share classes or equivalents)
·
 
Shares purchased through a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program
·
 
Shares exchanged due to the holdings moving from a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program to a Merrill Lynch brokerage (non-advisory) account pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
A-7

·
 
Shares purchased by third party investment advisors on behalf of their advisory clients through Merrill Lynch’s platform
·
 
Shares of funds purchased through the Merrill Edge Self-Directed platform
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gain distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund)
·
 
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
·
 
Employees and registered representatives of Merrill Lynch or its affiliates and their family members
·
 
Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in the prospectus
·
 
Eligible shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement). Automated transactions (i.e. systematic purchases and withdrawals) and purchases made after shares are automatically sold to pay Merrill Lynch’s account maintenance fees are not eligible for reinstatement
CDSC Waivers on A and C Shares Available at Merrill Lynch
·
 
Death or disability of the shareholder
·
 
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the prospectus
·
 
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
·
 
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code
·
 
Shares sold to pay Merrill Lynch fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Merrill Lynch
·
 
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement
·
 
Shares held in retirement brokerage accounts, that are exchanged for a lower cost share class due to transfer to a fee based account or platform
·
 
Shares received through an exchange due to the holdings moving from a Merrill Lynch affiliated investment advisory program to a Merrill Lynch brokerage (non-advisory) account pursuant to Merrill Lynch’s policies relating to sales load discounts and waivers
Front-End Load Discounts Available at Merrill Lynch: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent
·
 
Breakpoints as described in the prospectus
·
 
Rights of Accumulation (“
ROA
”) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts as described in the Fund’s prospectus will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts (including 529 program holdings, where applicable) within the purchaser’s household at Merrill Lynch. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Merrill Lynch may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
A-8

·
 
Letters of Intent (“
LOI
”) which allow for breakpoint discounts using the same criteria as ROA above, but based on anticipated purchases of any Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund over a 13-month period of time
CLASS A SHARE FRONT-END SALES CHARGE WAIVERS AVAILABLE AT MORGAN STANLEY WEALTH MANAGEMENT
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Morgan Stanley Wealth Management transactional brokerage account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers with respect to Class A shares, which may differ from and may be more limited than those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI. Shareholders should contact Morgan Stanley Wealth Management to determine their eligibility for these waivers and discounts.
·
 
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans
·
 
Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund
·
 
Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account
·
 
Class C (i.e., level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program
·
 
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.
Shareholders purchasing fund shares through an Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“
OPCO
”) platform or account are eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or SAI.
Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares available at OPCO
·
 
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
·
 
Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan
·
 
Shares purchased through a OPCO affiliated investment advisory program
·
 
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund)
A-9

·
 
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Restatement)
·
 
A shareholder in Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of OPCO
·
 
Employees and registered representatives of OPCO or its affiliates and their family members
·
 
Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in this prospectus
CDSC Waivers on A and C Shares available at OPCO
·
 
Death or disability of the shareholder
·
 
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the prospectus
·
 
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
·
 
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the prospectus
·
 
Shares sold to pay OPCO fees but only if the transaction is initiated by OPCO
·
 
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement
Front-End Load Discounts Available at OPCO: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent
·
 
Breakpoints as described in the prospectus.
·
 
Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at OPCO. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at OPCO may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
CLASS A AND CLASS C SHARE SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS AVAILABLE THROUGH RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC., RAYMOND JAMES FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND EACH ENTITY’S AFFILIATES (“
RAYMOND JAMES
”)
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Raymond James platform or account, or through an introducing broker-dealer or independent registered investment adviser for which Raymond James provides trade execution, clearance, and/or custody services, will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in your Fund’s prospectus or SAI.
Front-End Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares Available at Raymond James
·
 
Shares purchased through a Raymond James investment advisory program.
·
 
Shares purchased of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund through a systematic reinvestment of capital gains and dividend distributions.
A-10

·
 
Employees and registered representatives of Raymond James or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Raymond James.
·
 
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions of a Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement).
·
 
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Raymond James.
CDSC Waivers on Class A and C Shares Available at Raymond James
·
 
Death or disability of the shareholder.
·
 
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the prospectus.
·
 
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account.
·
 
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations
as described in the prospectus.
·
 
Shares sold to pay Raymond James fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Raymond James.
·
 
Shares acquired through a Right of Reinstatement.
Front-End Load Discounts Available at Raymond James: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation, and/or Letters of Intent
·
 
Breakpoints as described in the prospectus.
·
 
Rights of accumulation which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of all Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Raymond James. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of rights of accumulation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
·
 
Letters of intent which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Nuveen-sponsored mutual funds, over a 13-month time period. Eligible Nuveen-sponsored mutual fund assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the calculation of letters of intent only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
CLASS A SALES CHARGE WAIVERS AVAILABLE ONLY THROUGH SPECIFIED INTERMEDIARIES
As described in the prospectus, Class A shares may be purchased at net asset without a sales charge by employer-sponsored retirement plans (“
ESRPs
”) as defined in the prospectus, except that, in the case of ESRPs held through a brokerage account, Class A shares will be available at net asset value without a sales charge only if the broker-dealer has entered into an agreement with the Distributor that allows for such purchases.
A-11

The following intermediaries have entered into such an agreement:
Baker & Co., Inc.
Cetera Advisor Networks LLC
Cetera Advisors LLC
Cetera Financial Specialists LLC
Cetera Investment Services LLC
Country Club Financial Services, Inc.
Cutter & Co. Brokerage Inc.
Davenport & Co. LLC
Devenir Investment Advisors, LLC
Fintrust Brokerage Services
First Kentucky Securities Corp.
First Western Securities
Gold Coast Securities, Inc.
Hewitt Financial Services LLC
Hilltop Securities Inc.
Infinex Investments, Inc.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
KMS Financial Services, Inc.
Mid-Atlantic Capital Corp.
OFG Financial Services, Inc.
Principal Securities Inc.
RDM Investment Services, Inc.
Register Financial Associates, Inc.
Shareholders Service Group Inc.
Southeast Investments, NC, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
Waddell & Reed Inc.
As described in the prospectus, Class A shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer the Fund’s shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts and that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers.
The following intermediaries have entered into such an agreement:
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc.
A-12

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Nuveen Mutual Funds
Nuveen offers a variety of mutual funds designed to help you reach your financial goals. The funds below are grouped by category.
Municipal-National
All-American Municipal Bond
High Yield Municipal Bond
Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond
Limited Term Municipal Bond
Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond
Short Term Municipal Bond
Strategic Municipal Opportunities
Municipal-State
Arizona Municipal Bond
California High Yield Municipal Bond
California Municipal Bond
Colorado Municipal Bond
Connecticut Municipal Bond
Georgia Municipal Bond
Kansas Municipal Bond
Kentucky Municipal Bond
Louisiana Municipal Bond
Maryland Municipal Bond
Massachusetts Municipal Bond
Municipal-State (continued)
Michigan Municipal Bond
Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond
Minnesota Municipal Bond
Missouri Municipal Bond
Nebraska Municipal Bond
New Jersey Municipal Bond
New Mexico Municipal Bond
New York Municipal Bond
North Carolina Municipal Bond
Ohio Municipal Bond
Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond
Pennsylvania Municipal Bond
Virginia Municipal Bond
Wisconsin Municipal Bond
Taxable Fixed Income
Credit Income
NWQ Flexible Income
Preferred Securities and Income
Strategic Income
Floating Rate Income
High Yield Income
Global/International
Emerging Markets Equity
International Growth
NWQ Global Equity Income
NWQ International Value
Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth
Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth
Winslow International Small Cap
Value
Dividend Value
Mid Cap Value
NWQ Large-Cap Value
NWQ Multi-Cap Value
NWQ Small-Cap Value
NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value
Small Cap Value
Growth
Mid Cap Growth Opportunities
Small Cap Growth Opportunities
Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG
Core
Large Cap Core
Large Cap Select
Santa Barbara Dividend Growth
Small Cap Select
Real Assets
Global Infrastructure
Global Real Estate Securities
Real Asset Income
Real Estate Securities
Alternative Strategies
Equity Long/Short
Equity Market Neutral
Other Information for Fund Shareholders
Several additional sources of information are available to you, including the codes of ethics adopted by the Fund, Nuveen, LLC, Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management. The appendix to this prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries,” contains information on sales charge reductions and waivers available through certain financial intermediaries that differ from the sales charge reductions and waivers disclosed in this prospectus and the related statement of additional information. The statement of additional information, incorporated by reference into this prospectus, contains detailed information on the policies and operation of the Fund included in this prospectus. Additional information about the Fund's investments is available in the annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund's annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund's performance during its last fiscal year.
The Fund's most recent statement of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports and certain other information are available, free of charge, by calling Nuveen Funds at (800) 257-8787, on the Fund's website at www.nuveen.com, or through your financial advisor. Shareholders may call the toll free number above with any inquiries.
You may also obtain this and other Fund information directly from the Securities and Exchange Commission (
“SEC”
). Reports and other information about the Fund is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also request Fund information by sending an e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov. The SEC may charge a copying fee for this information.
Household Mailings
To lower costs and eliminate duplicate documents sent to your home, your Fund may mail only one copy of its summary prospectus, prospectus supplements, annual and semi-annual reports, or any other required documents to your household, even if more than one shareholder lives there. If you would prefer to continue receiving your own copy of any of these documents, you may call your Fund toll-free at (800) 257-8787.
The Fund is a series of Nuveen Investment Trust V, whose Investment Company Act file number is 811-21979.
Distributed by
Nuveen Securities, LLC
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(800) 257-8787
www.nuveen.com
 
MPR-INV5-0121P


   
   
   
 
January 29, 2021
   
       
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
 
 
Ticker Symbols: Class A—NWQAX, Class C—NWQCX, Class R6—NQWFX, Class I—NWQIX
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Statement of Additional Information (“
SAI”
) is not a prospectus. This SAI relates to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus dated January 29, 2021 for Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund (the “
Fund”
), a series of Nuveen Investment Trust V. A Prospectus may be obtained without charge from certain securities representatives, banks and other financial institutions that have entered into sales agreements with Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “
Distributor
”), or from the Fund, by written request to Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund, c/o Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140, or by calling (800) 257-8787.
The audited financial statements for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year appear in the Fund’s Annual Report dated September 30, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference and is available without charge by calling (800) 257-8787.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
Page
S-
3
S-
3
S-
5
S-
5
S-
6
S-
7
S-
9
S-
9
S-
10
S-
11
S-
11
S-
19
S-
19
S-
20
S-
20
S-
23
S-
26
S-
27
S-
28
S-
29
S-
30
S-
30
S-
30
S-
33
S-
40
S-
43
S-
46
S-
49
S-
49
S-
49
S-
49
S-
51
S-
51
S-
53
S-
53
S-
53
S-
53
S-
53
S-
54
S-
54
S-
55
S-
57
S-
58
S-
58
S-
62
S-
62
S-
62
S-1

     
S-
62
S-
63
S-
63
S-
64
S-
64
S-
64
S-
64
S-
65
S-
65
S-
65
S-
65
S-
65
S-
65
S-
66
S-
66
S-
66
S-
67
S-
69
S-
70
S-
71
S-
72
S-
73
S-
74
S-
75
S-
77
S-
77
S-
78
S-
80
S-
82
A-
1
Appendix B – ISS United States Proxy Voting Guidelines
B-
1
S-2

GENERAL INFORMATION
The Fund is a diversified series of Nuveen Investment Trust V (the “
Trust”
), an open-end management investment company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on September 27, 2006. Each series of the Trust represents shares of beneficial interest in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets, with its own objective(s) and policies. Currently, three series of the Trust are authorized and outstanding. The Fund was formerly named Nuveen NWQ Preferred Securities Fund. The Fund’s investment adviser is Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“
Nuveen Fund Advisors
” or the “
Adviser
”). The Fund’s sub-adviser is NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC (“
NWQ”
or the “
Sub-Adviser
”).
Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliate, Teachers Advisors, LLC (“
TAL
”), are both wholly owned subsidiaries of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“
TIAA
”). As a result of their common ownership by Nuveen, LLC and, ultimately, TIAA, Nuveen Fund Advisors and TAL are considered affiliated persons under common control, and the registered investment companies managed by each are considered to be part of the same group of investment companies.
Certain matters under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “
1940 Act”
), which must be submitted to a vote of the holders of the outstanding voting securities of a series, shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of each series affected by such matter.
INVESTMENT
RESTRICTIONS
The investment objective and certain investment policies of the Fund are described in the Prospectus for the Fund. The Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting shares:
(1) With respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer at the time of purchase, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer.
(2) Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.
(3) Act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
(4) Make loans, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.
(5) Purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; but this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from investing in options on commodity indices, commodity futures contracts and options thereon, commodity-related swap agreements, other commodity-related derivative instruments, and investment companies that provide exposure to commodities.
(6) Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).
(7) Issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
(8) Purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers whose principal business activities are in the same industry; except that this restriction shall not be applicable to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
S-3

Except with respect to the limitation set forth in number (2) above, the foregoing restrictions and limitations will apply only at the time of purchase of securities, and the percentage limitations will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of an acquisition of securities, unless otherwise indicated.
For purposes of applying the limitations set forth in numbers (2) and (7) above, under the 1940 Act as currently in effect, the Fund is not permitted to issue senior securities, except that the Fund may borrow from any bank if immediately after such borrowing the value of the Fund’s total assets is at least 300% of the principal amount of all of the Fund’s borrowings (i.e., the principal amount of the borrowings may not exceed 33⅓% of the Fund’s total assets). In the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, the Fund shall, within three calendar days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowing shall be at least 300%. No exemptive orders have been issued with respect to the limitation set forth in number (2).
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (4) above, there are no limitations with respect to unsecured loans made by the Fund to an unaffiliated party. However, if the Fund loans its portfolio securities, the obligation on the part of the Fund to return collateral upon termination of the loan could be deemed to involve the issuance of a senior security within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act. In order to avoid violation of Section 18(f), the Fund may not make a loan of portfolio securities if, as a result, more than one-third of its total asset value (at market value computed at the time of making a loan) would be on loan. No exemptive orders have been issued with respect to the limitation set forth in number (4).
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (8) above, issuers of the following securities will not be considered to be members of any industry: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; except as set forth in the following sentence, tax-exempt securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. To the extent that the income from a municipal bond is derived principally from the assets and revenues of non-governmental users, the securities will be deemed to be from the industry of that non-governmental user. To the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies, it will consider the investments of the underlying investment companies when determining compliance with the limitation set forth in number (8) above, to the extent the Fund has sufficient information about such investments. For purposes of this limitation, all sovereign debt of a single country will be considered investments in a single industry.
Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank.
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (8) above, the Fund classifies asset-backed securities in its portfolio in separate industries based upon a combination of the industry of the issuer or sponsor and the type of collateral. The industry of the issuer or sponsor and the type of collateral will be determined by the Adviser. For example, an asset-backed security known as “Money Store 94-D A2” would be classified as follows: the issuer or sponsor of the security is The Money Store, a personal finance company, and the collateral underlying the security is automobile receivables. Therefore, the industry classification would be Personal Finance Companies—Automobile. Similarly, an asset-backed security known as “Midlantic Automobile Grantor Trust 1992-1 B” would be classified as follows: the issuer or sponsor of the security is Midlantic National Bank, a banking organization, and the collateral underlying the security is automobile receivables. Therefore, the industry classification would be Banks—Automobile. Thus, an issuer or sponsor may be included in more than one “industry” classification, as may a particular type of collateral.
The foregoing fundamental investment policies, together with the investment objective of the Fund, cannot be changed without approval by holders of a “majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting shares.” As defined in the 1940 Act, this means the vote of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s shares, whichever is less.
S-4

In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees. The Fund may not:
(1)
 
Acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments.
(2)
 
Acquire any securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment
trusts
in
reliance
on
subparagraph
(F)
or
subparagraph
(G)
of
Section
12(d)(1)
of
the 1940
Act.
(3)
 
Invest directly in futures, options on futures and swaps to the extent that the Adviser would be required to register with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (
“CFTC”
) as a commodity pool operator. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Derivatives—Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps.”
For purposes of number (1) above, the Fund will monitor portfolio liquidity on an ongoing basis and, in the event that more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets are invested in illiquid investments, the Fund will reduce such holdings to at or below the 15% limit within a reasonable period of time. The term “illiquid investments” has the same meaning as given in Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act and associated guidance.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, principal investment strategies, policies and techniques that appears in the Prospectus for the Fund. Additional information concerning principal investment strategies of the Fund, and other investment strategies that may be used by the Fund, is set forth below in alphabetical order.
If a percentage limitation on investments by the Fund stated in this SAI or its Prospectus is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from changes in asset value will not be deemed to violate the limitation except in the case of the limitations on borrowing. To the extent the Fund is limited to investing in securities with specified ratings or of a certain credit quality, the Fund is not required to sell a security if its rating is reduced or its credit quality declines after purchase, but may consider doing so. In connection with the Fund’s ratings restrictions, any reference in this SAI or the Prospectus to a specific rating encompasses all gradations of that rating (e.g., if this SAI or the Prospectus states that the Fund may invest in securities rated as low as B, the Fund may invest in securities rated B-). Descriptions of the rating categories of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“
Standard & Poor’s
”), Fitch, Inc. (“
Fitch
”) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“
Moody’s
”) are contained in Appendix A. The descriptions in Appendix A are provided for illustrative purposes only. The Fund may consider ratings given by Standard & Poor’s, Fitch, Moody’s or any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“
NRSRO
”) or, for unrated securities, ratings assigned by the Sub-Adviser, when determining whether it is in compliance with the ratings and credit quality limitations on investments by the Fund stated in this SAI or the Prospectus.
References in this section to the Adviser also apply, to the extent applicable, to the Sub-Adviser of the Fund.
Asset Coverage Requirements
Consistent with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("
SEC
") staff guidance, the Fund will only engage in transactions that expose it to an obligation to another party if it owns either (a) an offsetting position for the same type of financial asset or (b) cash or liquid securities, designated on the Fund’s books or held in a segregated account, with a value sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations not covered as provided in (a). Examples of transactions governed by these asset coverage requirements include, for example, short sales, options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swaps and when-issued and delayed delivery transactions. Assets used as offsetting positions, designated on the Fund’s books, or held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the positions requiring cover are open unless replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of assets to be used as offsetting positions or to be designated or
S-5

segregated in such a manner could impede portfolio management or the ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
In the case of short sales, the Fund must designate liquid assets it owns, other than the short sale proceeds, as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. If the lending broker requires the Fund to deposit collateral (in addition to the short sales proceeds that the broker holds during the period of the short sale), the amount of the additional collateral may be deducted in determining the amount of cash or liquid assets the Fund is required to segregate to cover the short sale obligation.
To the extent the Fund writes a credit default swap, the Fund must set aside or earmark liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value (generally, the total numerical value of the asset underlying a credit default swap at the time of valuation) while the positions are open. In the case of long positions in futures contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund may set aside or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions equal to such contracts’ full notional value, less any margin on deposit for liquid assets, while the positions are open. In the case of short positions in futures contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund may set aside or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions equal to such contracts’ current market value, less any margin on deposit for liquid assets, while the positions are open. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets or enter into an offsetting position in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily mark-to-market net obligation (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value. By setting aside or earmarking assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional value of such contracts.
The SEC recently adopted new Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, which imposes limits on the amount of derivatives the Fund can enter into and replaces the asset segregation framework previously used by the Fund to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, among other requirements. The Fund will comply with the new rule’s asset segregation framework and other requirements upon the SEC’s compliance date in 2022.
The Fund reserves the right to modify its policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff, such as the SEC’s recently adopted Rule 18f-4, regarding asset segregation.
Borrowing
Joint Credit Agreement
The Fund, along with certain other funds managed by the Adviser (“
Participating Funds
”), is a party to a 364-day, approximately $2.405 billion credit agreement with a group of lenders (the “
Credit Agreement”
), which expires in June 2021, unless extended or renewed. The Fund may borrow under the Credit Agreement to meet shareholder redemptions and for other lawful temporary purposes. Borrowing results in interest expense and being a Participating Fund results in other fees and expenses, which may increase the Fund’s net expenses and reduce the Fund’s return. In addition, borrowing by the Fund may create leverage by increasing the Fund’s investment exposure. This will result in any changes in the Fund’s net asset value, either positive or negative, being greater than they would have been if the Fund had not borrowed. Participating Funds have been allocated different first priority portions of the committed amount of the Credit Facility based primarily on the expected likelihood and extent of the need to borrow under the Credit Agreement. Administration, legal, arrangement, upfront and undrawn fees under the Credit Agreement are allocated among Participating Funds based upon these first priority portions of the aggregate commitment available to them and other factors deemed relevant by the Adviser and the Board of each Participating Fund, while fees on any amounts drawn by a Participating Fund under the Credit Agreement are borne by that Participating Fund.
Inter-Fund Borrowing and Lending
The SEC has granted an exemptive order permitting registered open-end and closed-end Nuveen Funds to participate in an inter-fund lending facility whereby the Nuveen Funds may directly lend to and
S-6

borrow money from each other for temporary purposes (e.g., to satisfy redemption requests or when a sale of securities “fails,” resulting in an unanticipated cash shortfall) (the “
Inter-Fund Program
”). The closed-end Nuveen Funds will participate only as lenders, and not as borrowers, in the Inter-Fund Program because such closed-end funds rarely, if ever, need to borrow cash to meet redemptions. The Inter-Fund Program is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, the requirements that (1) no Nuveen Fund may borrow or lend money through the Inter-Fund Program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than is typically available from a bank or other financial institution for a comparable transaction; (2) no Nuveen Fund may borrow on an unsecured basis through the Inter-Fund Program unless the Nuveen Fund’s outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the inter-fund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided that if the borrowing Nuveen Fund has a secured borrowing outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another Nuveen Fund, the inter-fund loan must be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value; (3) if a Nuveen Fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an inter-fund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the Nuveen Fund may borrow through the inter-fund loan on a secured basis only; (4) no Nuveen Fund may lend money if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the Inter-Fund Program to exceed 15% of its net assets at the time of the loan; (5) a Nuveen Fund’s inter-fund loans to any one Nuveen Fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending Nuveen Fund’s net assets; (6) the duration of inter-fund loans will be limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event more than seven days; and (7) each inter-fund loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending Nuveen Fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing Nuveen Fund. In addition, a Nuveen Fund may participate in the Inter-Fund Program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with the Nuveen Fund’s investment objective(s) and investment policies. The Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds is responsible for overseeing the Inter-Fund Program.
The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting the Inter-Fund Program are designed to minimize the risks associated with Inter-Fund Program for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When the Fund borrows money from another Nuveen Fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher rate or take other actions to payoff such loan if an inter-fund loan is not available from another Nuveen Fund. Any delay in repayment to a lending fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional borrowing costs.
Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
The Fund may hold assets in cash or cash equivalents, money market funds and short-term taxable fixed income securities in such proportions as warranted by prevailing market conditions and the Fund’s principal investment strategies. For temporary defensive purposes or during periods of high cash inflows or outflows, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in such holdings. During such periods, the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may only invest in short-term taxable fixed income securities with a maturity of one year or less and whose issuers have a long-term rating of at least A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s, A3 or higher by Moody’s or A- or higher by Fitch. Short-term taxable fixed income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
(1)
U.S. Government Securities.
The Fund may invest in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest, which are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides
S-7

financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities, and consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate. In addition, the Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations of non-U.S. countries. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest in a timely manner may be affected by a number of factors, including its cash flow situation, the extent of its non-U.S. reserves, the availability of sufficient non-U.S. exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which it may be subject.
(2)
Certificates of Deposit.
The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. If such certificates of deposit are non-negotiable, they will be considered illiquid securities and be subject to the Fund’s 15% restriction on investments in illiquid securities. Pursuant to the certificate of deposit, the issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current FDIC regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured. The Fund may only invest in certificates of deposit issued by U.S. banks with at least $1 billion in assets.
(3)
Bankers’ Acceptances.
The Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances, which are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity.
(4)
Repurchase Agreements.
The Fund may invest in repurchase agreements which involve purchases of debt securities. In such an action, at the time the Fund purchases the security, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver the security to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the security at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, however, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The portfolio managers monitor the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The portfolio managers do so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(5)
Bank Time Deposits.
The Fund may invest in bank time deposits, which are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.
(6)
Commercial Paper.
The Fund may invest in commercial paper, which are short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for the notes. However, they are redeemable
S-8

by the Fund at any time. The portfolio managers will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. The Fund may only invest in commercial paper rated A-2 or higher by Standard & Poor’s, Prime-2 or higher by Moody’s or F2 or higher by Fitch, or unrated commercial paper which is, in the opinion of the portfolio managers, of comparable quality.
Common Stocks
The Fund may invest in common stocks. Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred securities, dividends on common stocks are not prescribed in advance but are declared at the discretion of a company’s board.
While investing in stocks allows shareholders to participate in the benefits of owning a company, such shareholders must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company’s earnings and cash flow, common stockholders are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company that fares poorly can lose money.
Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company’s stock may fall because of:
·
 
Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services;
·
 
Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production costs; and
·
 
Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates or inflation rates.
An investment in common stocks of issuers with small or medium market capitalizations generally involves greater risk and price volatility than an investment in common stocks of larger, more established companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of management depth. The securities of small and medium capitalization companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market, and might not be traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid and subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies.
Contingent Capital Securities
The Fund may invest in contingent capital securities. Contingent capital securities (sometimes referred to as “
CoCos
”) are hybrid securities, issued primarily by non-U.S. financial institutions, which have loss absorption mechanisms benefitting the issuer built into their terms. CoCos provide for mandatory conversion into the common stock of the issuer or a permanent or temporary full or partial write-down of the principal amount of the security upon the occurrence of certain “triggers” linked to minimum regulatory capital thresholds. In addition, they may explicitly provide for mandatory conversion or a principal write-down upon the occurrence of certain events such as regulatory bodies calling into question the issuing institution’s continued viability as a going-concern. Equity conversion or principal write-down features are tailored to the issuer and its regulatory requirements and, unlike traditional convertible securities, conversions are not voluntary and are not intended to benefit the investor.
A trigger event for CoCos would likely be the result of, or related to, the deterioration of the issuer’s financial condition (e.g., a decrease in the issuer’s capital ratio) and status as a going concern. In such a case, with respect to CoCos that provide for conversion into common stock upon the occurrence of the trigger event, the market price of the issuer’s common stock received by the Fund will have likely declined, perhaps substantially, and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value. Further, the issuer’s common stock would be subordinate to the issuer’s other classes of securities and therefore would worsen the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy proceeding. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could
S-9

experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero. In view of the foregoing, CoCos are often rated below investment grade and are subject to the risks of high yield securities.
CoCos may be subject to an automatic write-down (i.e., the automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of the securities, potentially to zero, and the cancellation of the securities) under certain circumstances, which could result in the Fund losing a portion or all of its investment in such securities. In addition, the Fund may not have any rights with respect to repayment of the principal amount of the securities that has not become due or the payment of interest or dividends on such securities for any period from (and including) the interest or dividend payment date falling immediately prior to the occurrence of such automatic write-down. An automatic write-down could also result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.
In certain scenarios, investors in CoCos may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. The prices of CoCos may be volatile. There is no guarantee that the Fund will receive a return of principal on CoCos. Any indication that an automatic write-down or conversion event may occur can be expected to have a material adverse effect on the market price of CoCos.
Convertible Securities
Convertible securities are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of debt securities or preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time (typically for the entire life of the security) into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. They also include debt securities with warrants or common stock attached and derivatives combining the features of debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt, or dividends paid or accrued on preferred securities, until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.
The market value of a convertible security generally is a function of its “investment value” and its “conversion value.” A security’s “investment value” represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a comparable non-convertible fixed income security). The investment value is determined by, among other things, reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar non-convertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s “conversion value” is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security. If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security will trade like non-convertible debt or a preferred security in the sense that its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security into which it can be converted. Instead, the convertible security’s price will tend to move in the opposite direction from interest rates. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security will be more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying stock. In that case, the convertible security’s price may be as volatile as that of the common stock. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence its value, a convertible security is not generally as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed income security, nor is it generally as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.
The Fund’s investments in convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid. The Fund’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. For issues where the conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the Fund may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.
S-10

In addition, some convertible securities are often rated below investment-grade or are not rated, and therefore may be considered speculative investments. The credit rating of a company’s convertible securities is generally lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are normally considered “junior” securities—that is, the company usually must pay interest on its conventional corporate debt before it can make payments on its convertible securities. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to interest rate changes when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the issuing company’s common stock.
Corporate Debt Securities
The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities. The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and may carry variable or floating rates of interest. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations, although corporate debt instruments may also include bank loans to companies. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured.
Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of its issuers, corporate debt securities have widely varying potentials for return and risk profiles. Rates on corporate debt securities are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security. For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated investment-grade may have a modest return on principal, but carries relatively limited risk. On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued by a small non-U.S. corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated by an NRSRO may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal, but carries a relatively high degree of risk.
Corporate debt securities carry both credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the risk that the Fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it’s due. Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment-grade are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities. The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment. For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) securities. This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated securities while making payments on senior securities. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise. In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate debt securities with shorter terms. Additionally, corporate debt securities may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.
In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities. As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing debt securities may decline significantly.
Derivatives
Subject to the limitations set forth below under “Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps,” the Fund may use derivative instruments as described below. Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives generally take the form of contracts under which the parties agree to payments between them based upon the performance of a wide variety of underlying references, such as stocks, bonds, loans, commodities, interest rates, currency exchange rates, and various domestic and foreign indices.
S-11

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including as a substitute for investing directly in securities, as part of a hedging strategy (that is, for the purpose of reducing risk to the Fund), to manage the effective duration of the Fund's portfolio, or for other purposes related to the management of the Fund. Derivatives permit the Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the Fund can increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, of its portfolio by making investments in specific securities. However, derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest. As a result, a small investment in derivatives could have a large impact on the Fund’s performance.
While transactions in some derivatives may be effected on established exchanges, many other derivatives are privately negotiated and entered into in the over-the-counter (“
OTC”
) market with a single counterparty. When exchange-traded derivatives are purchased and sold, a clearing agency associated with the exchange stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, either on a limited basis through a guaranty fund or to the full extent of the clearing agency’s balance sheet. Transactions in OTC derivatives not subject to a clearing requirement have no such protection. Each party to an uncleared OTC derivative bears the risk that its direct counterparty will default. In addition, OTC derivatives are generally less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives because they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction.
The use of derivative instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC, various state regulatory authorities and, with respect to exchange-traded derivatives, the several exchanges upon which they are traded. As discussed above under “Asset Coverage Requirements,” in order to engage in certain transactions in derivatives, the Fund may be required to hold offsetting positions or to hold cash or liquid securities in a segregated account or designated on the Fund’s books. In addition, the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by tax considerations.
The particular derivative instruments the Fund can use are described below. The Fund’s portfolio managers may decide not to employ some or all of these instruments, and there is no assurance that any derivatives strategy used by the Fund will succeed. The Fund may employ new derivative instruments and strategies when they are developed, if those investment methods are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and are permissible under applicable regulations governing the Fund.
Options Transactions
The Fund may purchase put and call options on specific securities (including groups or "baskets" of specific securities), interest rates, stock indices and/or bond indices. In addition, the Fund may write put and call options on such financial instruments.
Options on Securities.
The Fund may purchase put and call options on securities. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right (but not the obligation) to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at a stated price (the “exercise price”) at any time before the option expires. A call option on a security gives the purchaser the right (but not the obligation) to buy, and the writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time before the option expires. The purchase price for a put or call option is the “premium” paid by the purchaser for the right to sell or buy.
The Fund may purchase put options to hedge against a decline in the value of its portfolio. By using put options in this way, the Fund would reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. In similar fashion, the Fund may purchase call options to protect against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund anticipates purchasing in the future, a practice sometimes referred to as “anticipatory hedging.” The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by the Fund upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire unexercised.
Options on Interest Rates and Indices.
The Fund may purchase put and call options on interest rates and on stock and bond indices. An option on interest rates or on an index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing value of the underlying interest rate or index is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the
S-12

option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the exercise-settlement value of the interest rate option or the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple (the “multiplier”). The writer of the option is obligated, for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. Settlements for interest rate and index options are always in cash.
Writing Options.
The Fund may write (sell) put and call options. These transactions would be undertaken principally to produce additional income. The Fund receives a premium from writing options which it retains whether or not the option is exercised. The Fund may write straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying instrument.
The Fund will write a call option on a security only if (a) the Fund owns the security underlying the call, (b) the Fund has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other liquid assets in such amount are segregated), or (c) the Fund holds a call on the same security where the exercise price of the call is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
The Fund will write a call option on a basket of securities or an index only if (a) the Fund segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to the contract value of the index or basket, or (b) the Fund holds a call on the same index or basket as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
The Fund will write a put option on a security, basket of securities or index only if (a) the Fund segregates liquid assets equal to the exercise price or (b) the Fund holds a put on the same security, basket of securities or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
When the Fund writes a straddle, sufficient assets will be segregated to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may segregate the same liquid assets for both the call and put options in a straddle where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”
Expiration or Exercise of Options.
If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.
The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.
Futures
The Fund may engage in futures transactions. The Fund may buy and sell futures contracts that relate to (1) interest rates, (2) debt securities, (3) bond indices, (4) stock indices and (5) individual stocks.
S-13

The Fund may only enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.
A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, index or interest rate (each a “
financial instrument
”) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract. Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract.
Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with its futures broker (also known as a futures commission merchant (“
FCM”
)) an amount of cash or securities equal to a specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held as margin is generally invested by the FCM in high-quality instruments permitted under CFTC regulations, with returns retained by the FCM and interest paid to the Fund on the cash at an agreed-upon rate. The Fund will also receive any interest paid from coupon-bearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Fund as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Fund, the Fund may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs.
Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.
Options on Futures
The Fund may purchase or write put and call options on futures contracts. A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. Prior to exercise or expiration, a futures option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of a futures option of the same series.
The Fund may use options on futures contracts in connection with hedging strategies. The writing of a call option or the purchasing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of a written call option is below the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the
S-14

Fund’s holdings of securities. If the futures price when the option is exercised is above the exercise price, however, the Fund will incur a loss, which may be offset, in whole or in part, by the increase in the value of the securities held by the Fund that were being hedged. Writing a put option or purchasing a call option on a futures contract serves as a partial hedge against an increase in the value of the securities the Fund intends to acquire.
When writing a call option, the Fund must either segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the fluctuating market value of the optioned futures contract, or the Fund must own an option to purchase the same futures contract having an exercise price that is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
When writing a put option, the Fund must segregate liquid assets in an amount not less than the exercise price, or own a put option on the same futures contract where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid
assets.
As with investments in futures contracts, the Fund is required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it.
Swap Transactions
The Fund may enter into equity, interest rate, currency and credit default swap agreements.
The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment objective and strategies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, to reduce risk arising from the ownership of a particular instrument, or to gain exposure to certain securities, reference rates, sectors or markets.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for a specified period of time. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a particular predetermined asset, reference rate or index. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount, e.g., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. The notional amount of the swap agreement generally is only used as a basis upon which to calculate the obligations that the parties to the swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Fund’s current obligations under a net swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and the Fund will segregate assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty. See “Asset Coverage Requirements” above.
Equity Swaps.
In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that the Fund will be committed to pay.
Interest Rate Swaps.
Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for-floating rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for-floating rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for-floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met. Like a traditional investment in a debt security, the Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.
Currency Swaps.
A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another
S-15

currency. The Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. Changes in non-U.S. exchange rates and changes in interest rates may negatively affect currency swaps.
Credit Default Swaps.
A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements either as a buyer or a seller. The Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in one or more of its individual holdings or in a segment of the fixed income securities market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual bonds or market segments which it does not own. The Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular bonds or market segments without investing directly in those bonds or market segments.
As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Fund will pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. If a credit event occurs, however, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations.
If the Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a credit event occurs, however, generally the Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Thus, the Fund bears the same risk as it would by buying the reference obligations directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument discussed below under “Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.”
Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.
The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may only close out a swap or other two-party contract with its particular counterparty, and may only transfer a position with the consent of that counterparty. In addition, the price at which the Fund may close out such a two party contract may not correlate with the price change in the underlying reference asset. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there can be no assurance that the counterparty will be able to meet its contractual obligations or that the Fund will succeed in enforcing its rights. It also is possible that developments in the derivatives market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap or other agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Interest Rate Caps, Collars and Floors
The Fund may enter into interest rate caps, floors and collars. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar involves selling a cap and purchasing a floor or vice versa to protect the Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
S-16

Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps
The Fund will limit its direct investments in CFTC-regulated futures, options on futures and swaps (“
CFTC Derivatives
”) to the extent necessary for the Adviser to claim the exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund under CFTC Rule 4.5, as such rule may be amended from time to time. Under Rule 4.5 as currently in effect, the Fund will limit its trading activity in CFTC Derivatives (excluding activity for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined by the CFTC) such that it meets one of the following tests:
·
 
Aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its positions in CFTC Derivatives do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or
·
 
Aggregate net notional value of its positions in CFTC Derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions.
With respect to the Fund, the Adviser has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator thereunder.
The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company may also limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in CFTC Derivatives. See “Tax Matters—Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company.”
Federal Income Tax Treatment of Futures Contracts and Options
The Fund’s transactions in futures contracts and options will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “
Code
”), that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital, or short-term or long-term), may accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and may defer Fund losses. These rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a regulated investment company and the distribution requirement for avoiding excise taxes.
Risks and Special Considerations Concerning Derivatives
The use of derivative instruments involves certain general risks and considerations as described below.
1)
Market Risk.
Market risk is the risk that the value of the underlying assets may go up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose the Fund to losses. The successful use of derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the portfolio managers' ability to predict movements in the relevant markets, which may require different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy adopted will
succeed.
2)
Counterparty Risk.
Counterparty risk is the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded derivatives is generally less than for OTC derivatives, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For many OTC instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee and there is less regulation or supervision of transactions. In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the derivative transactions and possibly other losses to the Fund. The Fund will enter into derivatives transactions only with counterparties that its portfolio managers reasonably believe are capable of performing under the
contract.
S-17

3)
Correlation Risk.
Correlation risk is the risk that there might be an imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a derivative instrument and price movements of investments
being
hedged.
When
a
derivative
transaction
is
used
to
completely
hedge
another
position, changes in the market value of the combined position (the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments.
With a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged with any change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the value of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not
perfectly
correlated.
For
example,
if
the
value
of
a
derivative
instrument
used
in
a
short
hedge
(such as writing a call option, buying a put option or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated. This might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other
pressures
on
the
markets
in
which
these
instruments
are
traded.
The
effectiveness
of
hedges
using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and the price movements in the investments being
hedged.
4)
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed out or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value. Generally, exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction. The Fund might be required by applicable regulatory requirements to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., instruments other than purchase options). If the Fund is unable to close out its positions in such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expires, matures or is closed out. These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time. The Fund’s ability to sell or close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. There is no assurance that any derivatives position can be sold or closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.
5)
Legal Risk.
Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the unenforceability of a party’s obligations under the derivative. While a party seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive payoff. Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has lost money in a derivative transaction may try to
avoid
payment
by
exploiting
various
legal
uncertainties
about
certain
derivative
products.
6)
Systemic or “Interconnection” Risk.
Systemic or interconnection risk is the risk that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all market participants. In other words, a disruption in one market will spill over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction. Much of the OTC derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating a large interconnected web of financial obligations. This interconnectedness raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses for other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
instruments.
7)
Leverage Risk.
Leverage risk
is the
risk that the
Fund
may be more
volatile than
if it had not
been leveraged
due to
leverage’s tendency
to
exaggerate
the
effect
of any
increase
or
decrease
in the
value
of the
Fund’s
portfolio
securities.
The
use
of
leverage
may
also
cause
the
Fund
to
liquidate
portfolio
positions when
it
may
not
be
advantageous
to
do
so
to
satisfy
its
obligations
or
to
meet
segregation
requirements.
8)
Regulatory Risk
. The Dodd-Frank Act Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “
Dodd-Frank Act”
) has initiated a dramatic revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework and covers a broad range of topics, including (among many others) a reorganization of federal financial regulators; a process intended to improve financial systemic stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; and new rules for derivatives trading. Instruments in which the Fund may
S-18

invest, or the issuers of such instruments, may be affected by this legislation and regulation in ways that are unforeseeable. Certain of the implementing regulations have not yet been finalized or made effective. Accordingly, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, including on the derivative instruments in which the Fund may invest, is not yet certain.
Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, such as open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts, and exchange-traded funds (“
ETFs
”) registered under the 1940 Act ("
1940 Act ETFs
"), that invest primarily in Fund-eligible investments. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investment in such securities is generally limited to 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company; 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the aggregate. Many 1940 Act ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in their shares beyond these statutory limits, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to contractual arrangements between the ETFs and the investing funds. The Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in investing in 1940 Act ETFs. The Fund’s investments in other investment companies may include money market mutual funds. Investments in money market funds are not subject to the percentage limitations set forth above.
ETFs in which the Fund may invest are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock and represents a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. ETFs can give exposure to all or a portion of the U.S. market, a foreign market, a region, a commodity, a currency, or to any other index that an ETF tracks. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. An ETF may fail to accurately track the returns of the market segment or index that it is designed to track, and the price of an ETF’s shares may fluctuate. In addition, because they, unlike traditional mutual funds, are traded on an exchange, ETFs are subject to the following risks: (i) the performance of the ETF may not replicate the performance of the underlying index that it is designed to track; (ii) the market price of the ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or discount to the ETF’s net asset value; (iii) an active trading market for an ETF may not develop or be maintained; and (iv) there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the ETF will continue to be met or remain unchanged. Trading in an ETF may be halted if the trading in one or more of the ETF’s underlying securities is halted, which could result in the ETF being more volatile. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting ETFs should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of the Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected.
The Fund may also invest in pooled investment vehicles other than registered investment companies. The Fund will only invest in other pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Fund-eligible investments.
If the Fund invests in other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles, Fund shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also, indirectly, the similar expenses of the underlying investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Shareholders would also be exposed to the risks associated not only with the Fund, but also with the portfolio investments of the underlying investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Shares of certain closed-end funds may at times be acquired at market prices representing premiums to their net asset values. Shares acquired at a premium to their net asset value may be more likely to subsequently decline in price, resulting in a loss to the Fund and its shareholders.
Lending of Portfolio Securities
In order to generate additional income, the Fund may lend portfolio securities representing up to one-third of the value of its total assets to broker-dealers, banks or other institutional borrowers of securities that the Adviser has determined are creditworthy. The securities lending agent will generally bear the risk that a borrower may default on its obligation to return loaned securities, however the Fund bears the risk that the securities lending agent may default on its contractual obligations to the Fund. The Fund also bears the market risk with respect to the investment of the cash collateral used to secure the loan. The Fund may lose money on its investment of cash collateral or may fail to earn sufficient income on its
S-19

investments to meet its obligations to the borrower. The Fund will pay a portion of the income earned on other lending transactions to the placing broker and may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with these loans.
In these loan arrangements, the Fund will receive cash collateral equal to at least 102% of the value of the securities loaned as determined at the time of loan origination. If the market value of the loaned securities increases, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to the Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any dividends or interest paid on the securities. Loans are subject to termination at any time by the Fund or the borrower. While the Fund does not have the right to vote securities on loan, it would terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if that were considered important with respect to the investment.
When the Fund lends portfolio securities to a borrower, payments in lieu of dividends made by the borrower to the Fund will not constitute “qualified dividends” taxable at the same rate as long-term capital gains, even if the actual dividends would have constituted qualified dividends had the Fund held the securities. See “Taxation.”
Master Limited Partnerships
A master limited partnership ("
MLP
") is an entity, most commonly a limited partnership, that is taxed as a partnership, publicly traded and listed on a national securities exchange. Holders of common units of MLPs typically have limited control and limited voting rights as compared to holders of a corporation’s common shares. Preferred units issued by MLPs are not typically listed or traded on an exchange. Holders of preferred units can be entitled to a wide range of voting and other rights. Debt securities of MLPs are similar to debt securities of other companies. Such securities may be rated or unrated, may be above or below investment-grade quality, and may carry fixed or floating interest rates. MLPs are limited by the Code to only apply to enterprises that engage in certain businesses, mostly pertaining to the use of natural resources, such as petroleum and natural gas extraction and transportation, although some other enterprises may also qualify as MLPs.
There are certain tax risks associated with investments in MLPs. The benefit derived from an investment in an MLP is largely dependent on the MLP being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A change to current tax law, or a change in the underlying business mix of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. If an MLP were treated as a corporation, the MLP would be required to pay federal income tax on its taxable income. This would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP, which could result in a reduction of the value of the Fund’s investment in the MLP and lower income to the Fund. Additionally, since MLPs generally conduct business in multiple states, the Fund may be subject to income or franchise tax in each of the states in which the partnership does business. The additional cost of preparing and filing the tax returns and paying the related taxes may adversely impact the Fund’s return on its investment in MLPs.
Investments held by MLPs may be relatively illiquid, limiting the MLPs’ ability to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions, and MLPs may have limited financial resources. Securities of MLPs may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than common shares of larger or more broadly-based companies. The Fund’s investment in MLPs also subjects the Fund to the risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the MLPs invest. MLPs are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments, and during periods of interest rate volatility, may not provide attractive returns.
Mortgage-Backed Securities
A mortgage-backed security is a type of pass-through security, which is a security representing pooled debt obligations repackaged as interests that pass income through an intermediary to investors. In the case of mortgage-backed securities, the ownership interest is in a pool of mortgage loans. Residential mortgage-backed securities (“
RMBS
”) are backed by a pool of mortgages on residential property while commercial mortgage-backed securities (“
CMBS
”) are backed by a pool of mortgages on commercial property.
Mortgage-backed securities are most commonly issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“
Ginnie Mae
” or “
GNMA
”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“
Fannie Mae
S-20

or “
FNMA
”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“
Freddie Mac
” or “
FHLMC
”), but may also be issued or guaranteed by other private issuers.
GNMA is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities.
Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues Participation Certificates (“
PCs
”), which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“
FHFA
”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department agreed to provide FNMA and FHLMC with up to $100 billion of capital each to ensure that they are able to continue to provide ongoing liquidity to the U.S. home mortgage market. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities.
Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, whether or not such obligations are subject to guarantees by the private issuer, may entail greater risk than obligations directly or indirectly guaranteed by the U.S. government. Any investments the Fund makes in mortgage-related securities that are issued by private issuers have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or structured investment vehicles) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as mortgage-related securities. Unlike mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, mortgage-related securities issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include: (1) the issuance of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by a special purpose vehicle in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); (2) the creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and (3) “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceeds that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.
In addition, mortgage-related securities that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-related securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private mortgage-related securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable
S-21

collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-related securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label mortgage-related securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.
The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.
Privately issued mortgage-related securities are generally less liquid than obligations directly or indirectly guaranteed by the U.S. government or a government-sponsored entity, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-related securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.
The average life of a mortgage-backed security is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal invested far in advance of the maturity of the mortgages in the pool or can result in credit losses.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations.
Collateralized mortgage obligations (“
CMOs
”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities (collateral collectively referred to hereinafter as “
Mortgage Assets
”). Multi-class pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. All references in this section to CMOs include multi-class pass-through securities. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates, resulting in a loss of all or part of the premium if any has been paid. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal and interest payments on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the various classes of CMOs in several ways. Typically, payments of principal, including any prepayments, on the underlying mortgages are applied to the classes in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal is made on CMOs of a class until all CMOs of other classes having earlier stated maturities or final distribution dates have been paid in full.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.
Stripped mortgage-backed securities (“
SMBS
”) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage assets. The Fund will only invest in SMBS whose mortgage assets are U.S. government obligations. A common type of SMBS will be structured so that one class receives some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class receives most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. The market value of any class which consists primarily or entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates.
Risks of Investing in Mortgage-Backed Securities.
Investment in mortgage-backed securities poses several risks, including, among others, prepayment, market and credit risk. Prepayment risk reflects the risk that borrowers may prepay their mortgages faster than expected, thereby affecting the investment’s average life and perhaps its yield. Whether or not a mortgage loan is prepaid is almost entirely controlled by the borrower. Borrowers are most likely to exercise prepayment options at the time when it is least advantageous to investors, generally prepaying mortgages as interest rates fall, and slowing payments as
S-22

interest rates rise. Besides the effect of prevailing interest rates, the rate of prepayment and refinancing of mortgages may also be affected by home value appreciation, ease of the refinancing process and local economic conditions. Market risk reflects the risk that the price of a security may fluctuate over time. The price of mortgage-backed securities may be particularly sensitive to prevailing interest rates, the length of time the security is expected to be outstanding and the liquidity of the issue. In a period of unstable interest rates, there may be decreased demand for certain types of mortgage-backed securities, and the Fund invested in such securities wishing to sell them may find it difficult to find a buyer, which may in turn decrease the price at which they may be sold. Credit risk reflects the risk that the Fund may not receive all or part of its principal because the issuer or credit enhancer has defaulted on its obligations. Obligations issued by U.S. government-related entities are guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The performance of private label mortgage-backed securities, issued by private institutions, is based on the financial health of those institutions. With respect to GNMA certificates, although GNMA guarantees timely payment even if homeowners delay or default, tracking the “pass-through” payments may, at times, be difficult.
The risks to which CMBS are subject differ somewhat from the risks to which RMBS are subject. CMBS are typically backed by a much smaller number of mortgages than RMBS are, so problems with one or a small number of mortgages backing a CMBS can have a large impact on its value. As CMBS have a less diversified pool of loans backing them, they are much more susceptible to property-specific risk. The values of CMBS are also more sensitive to macroeconomic trends. For example, when the economy slows rents generally decrease and vacancies generally increase for commercial real estate. Similarly, as many CMBS have a large exposure to retail properties, events that negatively impact the retail industry can also negatively impact the value of CMBS.
Municipal Bonds and Other Municipal Obligations
The Fund may invest in municipal bonds and other municipal obligations. These bonds and other obligations are issued by the states and by their local and special-purpose political subdivisions. The term “municipal bond” includes short-term municipal notes issued by the states and their political subdivisions, including, but not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“
TANs
”), bond anticipation notes (“
BANs
”), revenue anticipation notes (“
RANs
”), construction loan notes, tax free commercial paper, and tax free participation certificates. In general, municipal obligations include debt obligations issued by states, cities and local authorities to obtain funds for various public purposes, including construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, schools, streets and water and sewer works.
General obligation bonds are backed by the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to rate and amount. For a limited obligation or revenue bond, the only security is typically the net revenue derived from payments by a particular facility or class of facilities financed by the proceeds of the bonds or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special tax or other special revenues. Although the security behind these bonds varies widely, many lower rated bonds provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund that may also be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. In addition, some revenue obligations (as well as general obligations) are insured by a bond insurance company or backed by a letter of credit issued by a banking institution. The credit quality of revenue bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facility being financed or of an institution which provides a guarantee, letter of credit or other credit enhancement for the bond issue. Revenue bonds do not generally constitute the pledge of the credit of the issuer of such bonds and are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality. Revenue bonds are included in the term municipal obligations if the interest paid thereon is exempt from federal income tax. Revenue bonds may include, but are not limited to, pollution control, health care, housing, education-related and industrial development bonds.
Generally, the creditworthiness of a local municipal obligation is unrelated to that of the municipal obligations of the state itself if the state has no responsibility to guarantee or otherwise make payments on those local municipal obligations.
Generally, interest received on municipal obligations is exempt from federal income tax. The tax-exempt nature of the interest on a municipal obligation is generally the subject of a bond counsel opinion
S-23

delivered in connection with the issuance of the instrument. Tax opinions are generally provided at the time the municipal security is initially issued and neither the Fund or its portfolio managers will independently review the bases for those tax opinions or guarantee that the tax opinions are correct. There is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with bond counsel’s opinion that such interest is tax-exempt or that the interest payments on such municipal obligations will continue to be tax exempt for the life of the municipal obligation. Issuers or other parties generally enter into covenants requiring continuing compliance with federal tax requirements to preserve the tax-free status of interest payments over the life of the municipal obligation. If at any time the covenants are not complied with, or if the Internal Revenue Service otherwise determines that the issuer did not comply with relevant tax requirements, interest payments from a municipal obligation could become federally taxable, possibly retroactively to the date the municipal obligation was issued, and an investor may need to file an amended income tax return.
Obligations of issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. The application of state law to municipal obligation issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal obligation issuers within a state. These uncertainties could have a significant impact on the prices of the municipal obligations in which the Fund invests. In addition, issuers of municipal obligations may become subject to the laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda extending the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal obligations may be materially affected.
Municipal Bonds
The two general classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the governmental issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest upon a default by the issuer of its principal and interest payment obligations. They are usually paid from general revenues of the issuing governmental entity. Revenue bonds, on the other hand, are usually payable only out of a specific revenue source rather than from general revenues. Revenue bonds ordinarily are not backed by the faith, credit or general taxing power of the issuing governmental entity. The principal and interest on revenue bonds for private facilities are typically paid out of rents or other specified payments made to the issuing governmental entity by a private company which uses or operates the facilities. Examples of these types of obligations are industrial revenue bond and pollution control revenue bonds. Industrial revenue bonds are issued by governmental entities to provide financing aid to community facilities such as hospitals, hotels, business or residential complexes, convention halls and sport complexes. Pollution control revenue bonds are issued to finance air, water and solids pollution control systems for privately operated industrial or commercial facilities.
Revenue bonds for private facilities usually do not represent a pledge of the credit, general revenues or taxing powers of issuing governmental entity. Instead, the private company operating the facility is the sole source of payment of the obligation. Sometimes, the funds for payment of revenue bonds come solely from revenue generated by operation of the facility. Federal income tax laws place substantial limitations on industrial revenue bonds, and particularly certain specified private activity bonds issued after August 7, 1986. In the future, legislation could be introduced in Congress which could further restrict or eliminate the income tax exemption for interest on debt obligations in which the Fund may invest.
Refunded Bonds
The Fund may invest in refunded bonds. Refunded bonds may have originally been issued as general obligation or revenue bonds, but become refunded when they are secured by an escrow fund, usually consisting entirely of direct U.S. government obligations and/or U.S. government agency obligations sufficient for paying the bondholders. There are two types of refunded bonds: pre-refunded bonds and escrowed-to-maturity (“
ETM
”) bonds. The escrow fund for a pre-refunded municipal bond may be structured so that the refunded bonds are to be called at the first possible date or a subsequent call date established in the original bond debenture. The call price usually includes a premium from 1% to 3% above par. This type of structure usually is used for those refundings that either reduce the issuer’s
S-24

interest payment expenses or change the debt maturity schedule. In escrow funds for ETM refunded municipal bonds, the maturity schedules of the securities in the escrow funds match the regular debt-service requirements on the bonds as originally stated in the bond indentures.
Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation
The Fund also may purchase municipal lease obligations, primarily through certificates of participation. Certificates of participation in municipal leases are undivided interests in a lease, installment purchase contract or conditional sale contract entered into by a state or local governmental unit to acquire equipment or facilities. Municipal leases frequently have special risks which generally are not associated with general obligation bonds or revenue bonds. Municipal leases and installment purchase or conditional sales contracts (which usually provide for title to the leased asset to pass to the governmental issuer upon payment of all amounts due under the contract) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of municipal debt.
Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the lease obligation. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In evaluating securities for purchase, the Fund will take into account the incentive of the issuer to appropriate under the lease, among other factors. Some lease obligations may be illiquid under certain circumstances. Although non-appropriation lease obligations are secured by the leased equipment or facilities, disposition of the property in the event of foreclosure might prove difficult and time consuming. In addition, disposition upon non-appropriation or foreclosure might not result in recovery by the Fund of the full principal amount represented by an obligation.
In light of these concerns, the Fund has adopted and follows procedures for determining whether any municipal lease obligations purchased by the Fund are liquid and for monitoring the liquidity of municipal lease securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. These procedures require that a number of factors be used in evaluating the liquidity of a municipal lease security, including the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers, the willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in security, the nature of the marketplace in which the security trades, and other factors which the Sub-Adviser may deem relevant. As set forth in “Investment Restrictions” above, the Fund is subject to limitations on the percentage of illiquid securities it can hold.
Derivative Municipal Securities
The Fund may also acquire derivative municipal securities, which are custodial receipts of certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain municipal securities. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal securities and deposits them in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the obligation.
The principal and interest payments on the municipal securities underlying custodial receipts may be allocated in a number of ways. For example, payments may be allocated such that certain custodial receipts may have variable or floating interest rates and others may be stripped securities which pay only the principal or interest due on the underlying municipal securities.
Variable Rate Demand Notes (“VRDNs”)
VRDNs are long-term municipal obligations that have variable or floating interest rates and provide the Fund with the right to tender the security for repurchase at its stated principal amount plus accrued interest. Such securities typically bear interest at a rate that is intended to cause the securities to trade at par. The interest rate may float or be adjusted at regular intervals (ranging from daily to annually), and is normally based on an applicable interest index or another published interest rate or interest rate index. Most VRDNs allow the Fund to demand the repurchase of the security on not more than seven days prior
S-25

notice. Other notes only permit the Fund to tender the security at the time of each interest rate adjustment or at other fixed intervals. Variable interest rates generally reduce changes in the market value of municipal obligations from their original purchase prices. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease, the potential for capital appreciation is less for variable rate municipal obligations than for fixed income obligations.
Inverse Floating Rate Municipal Securities
The Fund may invest in inverse floating rate municipal securities or “inverse floaters,” whose rates vary inversely to interest rates on a specified short-term municipal bond index or on another instrument. Such securities involve special risks as compared to conventional fixed-rate bonds. Should short-term interest rates rise, the Fund’s investment in inverse floaters likely would adversely affect the Fund’s earnings and distributions to shareholders. Also, because changes in the interest rate on the other index or other instrument inversely affect the rate of interest received on an inverse floater, and because inverse floaters essentially represent a leveraged investment in a long-term bond, the value of an inverse floater is generally more volatile than that of a conventional fixed-rate bond having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity. Although volatile in value, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields substantially exceeding the yields available on conventional fixed-rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. The markets for inverse floating rate securities may be less developed and have less liquidity than the markets for conventional securities. The Fund will only invest in inverse floating rate securities whose underlying bonds are rated A or higher.
Non-U.S. Securities
The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by non-U.S. companies. Investments in securities of non-U.S. companies involve risks in addition to the usual risks inherent in domestic investments.
Non-U.S. securities are affected by the fact that in many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in the reports and ratings published about companies in the United States and such issuers may not be subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards. Other risks inherent in non-U.S. investments include expropriation; confiscatory taxation; withholding taxes on dividends and interest; less extensive regulation of non-U.S. brokers, securities markets and issuers; diplomatic developments; and political or social instability. Non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in various respects, and many non-U.S. securities are less liquid and their prices tend to be more volatile than comparable U.S. securities. From time to time, non-U.S. securities may be difficult to liquidate rapidly without adverse price effects.
The Fund may also invest in non-U.S. securities by purchasing depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“
ADRs
”), European Depositary Receipts (“
EDRs
”), Global Depositary Receipts (“
GDRs
”) or other securities representing indirect ownership interests in the securities of non-U.S. companies, including New York Shares. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designated for use in the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs and GDRs are typically in bearer form and may be denominated in non-U.S. currencies and are designed for use in European and other markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying non-U.S. security. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent, except that ADRs, EDRs and GDRs shall be treated as indirect non-U.S. investments. Thus, an ADR, EDR or GDR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the securities of non-U.S. companies, such as changes in non-U.S. currency exchange rates. However, by investing in ADRs rather than directly in non-U.S. companies’ stock, the Fund avoids currency risks during the settlement period.
Other types of depositary receipts include American Depositary Shares (“
ADSs
”), Global Depositary Certificates (“
GDCs
”) and International Depositary Receipts (“
IDRs
”). ADSs are shares issued under a deposit agreement representing the underlying ordinary shares that trade in the issuer’s home market. An ADR, described above, is a certificate that represents a number of ADSs. GDCs and IDRs are typically issued by a non-U.S. bank or trust company, although they may sometimes also be issued by a U.S.
S-26

bank or trust company. GDCs and IDRs are depositary receipts that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by either a non-U.S. or a U.S. corporation.
Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by a depositary and the issuer of the security underlying the receipt. An unsponsored facility may be established by a depositary without participation by the issuer of the security underlying the receipt. There are greater risks associated with holding unsponsored depositary receipts. For example, if the Fund holds an unsponsored depositary receipt, it will generally bear all of the costs of establishing the unsponsored facility. In addition, the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security. Whether a sponsored or unsponsored facility, there is no assurance that either would pass through to the holders of the receipts voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.
In considering whether to invest in the securities of a non-U.S. company, the portfolio managers consider such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends, and the performance of securities markets in the United States and other countries. The portfolio managers also consider factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located.
Securities transactions conducted outside the United States may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, non-U.S. securities, currencies and other instruments. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex non-U.S. political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in non-U.S. markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and the margin requirements than in the United States, (v) currency exchange rate changes, and (vi) lower trading volume and liquidity.
Emerging Markets Risk
The Fund may invest in securities issued by companies located in emerging markets. Emerging market countries are generally in the initial stages of their industrialization cycles with low per capita income. The markets of emerging markets countries are generally more volatile than the markets of developed countries with more mature economies. They generally do not have the level of market efficiency and strict standards in accounting and securities regulation to be on par with advanced economies, but emerging markets will typically have a physical financial infrastructure, including banks, a stock exchange and a unified currency. Investments in emerging markets come with much greater risk due to political instability, domestic infrastructure problems, currency volatility and limited investment opportunities (many large companies may still be “state-run” or private). Also, local securities exchanges may not offer liquid markets for outside investors. All of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities described above are heightened by investing in emerging markets countries.
Currency Risk
Even though the non-U.S. securities held by the Fund are traded in U.S. dollars, their prices are typically indirectly influenced by currency fluctuations. The exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and non-U.S. currencies depend upon such factors as supply and demand in the currency exchange markets, international balance of payments, governmental intervention, speculation and other economic and political conditions. The Fund may also be subject to currency risk through investments in ADRs and other non-U.S. securities denominated in U.S. dollars.
Pass-Through Securities
A pass-through security is a share or certificate of interest in a pool of debt obligations that have been repackaged by an intermediary, such as a bank or broker-dealer. The purchaser of a pass-through security receives an undivided interest in the underlying pool of securities. The issuers of the underlying securities make interest and principal payments to the intermediary which are passed through to purchasers, such as the Fund. The most common type of pass-through securities are mortgage-backed securities. GNMA Certificates are mortgage-backed securities that evidence an undivided interest in a
S-27

pool of mortgage loans. GNMA Certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back monthly by the borrowers over the term of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity. The Fund may purchase modified pass-through GNMA Certificates, which entitle the holder to receive a share of all interest and principal payments paid and owned on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the issuer and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. GNMA Certificates are backed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
FHLMC issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities: mortgage participation certificates and guaranteed mortgage certificates. Participation certificates resemble GNMA Certificates in that the participation certificates represent a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. FHLMC guarantees timely payments of interest on the participation certificates and the full return of principal. Guaranteed mortgage certificates also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. However, these instruments pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. This type of security is guaranteed by FHLMC as to timely payment of principal and interest but is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
FNMA issues guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates. FNMA Certificates resemble GNMA Certificates in that each FNMA Certificate represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owned on the underlying pool. This type of security is guaranteed by the FNMA as to timely payment of principal and interest but is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
There are also private entities that issue mortgage-backed securities that resemble those issued by GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. Such private entities generally issue certificates that represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. Such certificates are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. However, they typically maintain credit enhancement through the structure of the offering or from third party insurers.
Except for guaranteed mortgage certificates, each of the mortgage-backed securities described above is characterized by monthly payments to the holder, reflecting the monthly payments made by the borrowers who received the underlying mortgage loans. The payments to the securities holders, such as the Fund, like the payments on the underlying loans, represent both principal and interest. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and typically do, pay them off sooner. Thus, the security holders frequently receive prepayments of principal in addition to the principal that is part of the regular monthly payments. Estimated prepayment rates will be a factor considered in calculating the average weighted maturity of the Fund which owns these securities. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage that bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, higher yielding mortgage-backed securities held by the Fund might be converted to cash and the Fund will be forced to accept lower interest rates when that cash is used to purchase additional securities in the mortgage-backed securities sector or in other investment sectors. Additionally, prepayments during such periods will limit the Fund’s ability to participate in as large a market gain as may be experienced with a comparable security not subject to prepayment.
Preferred Securities
The Fund may invest in preferred securities with different distribution structures. The various coupon structures may be broadly characterized as follows:
·
 
Fixed Rate Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that pay a fixed rate of interest throughout the life of the security and tend to exhibit more price volatility during times of rising or falling interest rates than securities with variable or floating rates of interest. The value of fixed-rate securities tends to fall when interest rates rise (and vice versa).
·
 
Fixed-to-Fixed Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that have a distribution rate of payment that is fixed for a certain period (typically five or ten years when first issued) and such period is usually aligned with the first call date. After the defined period expires, the fixed distribution rate then resets to another fixed distribution rate, according to a specified formula, and typically resets
S-28

with the same longer-term frequency for the remaining life of the security (typically five or ten years).
·
 
Fixed-to-Floating Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that have a distribution rate of payment that is fixed for a certain period (typically five or ten years when first issued) and such period is usually aligned with the first call date. After this period, distribution rates vary for the remaining life of the security, periodically adjusting according to a specified formula, usually with reference to some interest rate index or market interest rate. The value of fixed-to-floating preferred securities may fluctuate less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of preferred securities with a fixed interest rate, because the interest rate paid by fixed-to-floating preferred securities is variable.
·
 
Floating-Rate Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that offer a distribution rate of payment that resets periodically (commonly every 90 days) to an increment over some predetermined interest rate index or benchmark rate. Some commonly used indices include the 3-month U.S. Treasury bill rate, the 180-day U.S. Treasury bill, or the one-month or three-month LIBOR. The value of floating-rate preferred securities may fluctuate less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of preferred securities with a fixed interest rate. For the floating-rate preferred securities that use LIBOR, which is expected to be phased out, as a benchmark rate, there remains some uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate.
As a general matter, dividend or interest payments on preferred securities may be cumulative or non-cumulative. Although issuers of cumulative preferred securities generally can defer distributions for a specified period of time, no redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met. Issuers may, however, be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to any cumulative dividends payable. For non-cumulative preferred securities, the issuer does not have any obligation with respect to skipped payments.
Preferred securities may be issued with either a final maturity date, or as a perpetual structure. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without any adverse consequence to the issuer.
Real Estate Investment Trust (“
REIT
”) Securities
The Fund may invest in REITs. REITs are publicly traded corporations or trusts that specialize in acquiring, holding, and managing residential, commercial or industrial real estate. A REIT is not taxed at the entity level on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it distributes to shareholders or unitholders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year and complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income.
REITs generally can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests the majority of its assets directly in real property and derives its income primarily from rents and from capital gains on real estate appreciation which are realized through property sales. A mortgage REIT invests the majority of its assets in real estate mortgage loans and services its income primarily from interest payments. A hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of an equity REIT and a mortgage REIT.
Investing in REITs would subject the Fund to risks associated with the real estate industry. The real estate industry has been subject to substantial fluctuations and declines on a local, regional and national basis in the past and may continue to be in the future. Real property values and income from real property may decline due to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, regulatory limitations on rents, changes in neighborhoods and in demographics, increases in market interest rates, or other factors. Factors such as these may adversely affect companies which own and operate real estate directly, companies which lend to such companies, and companies which service the real estate industry.
The Fund is also subject to risks associated with direct investments in REITs. Equity REITs will be affected by changes in the values of and income from the properties they own, while mortgage REITs
S-29

may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. In addition, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills and on their ability to generate cash flow for operating purposes and to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders. REITs may have limited diversification and are subject to risks associated with obtaining financing for real property, as well as to the risk of self-liquidation. REITs also can be adversely affected by their failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through treatment of their income under the Code or their failure to maintain an exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder bears not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also may indirectly bear similar expenses of some of the REITs in which it invests.
Structured Notes
The Fund may invest in structured notes the performance of which is determined by reference to an underlying stock, basket of stocks or stock index (the “reference asset”). Such structured notes will generally have a fixed interest payment and a principal amount that will be adjusted upward (but often not beyond a cap) or downward (but not below zero) based on changes in the value of the reference asset while the notes are outstanding. Structured notes are privately negotiated debt instruments that represent the unsecured obligation of the issuer; they do not represent any ownership of the underlying reference asset. Investments in structured notes involve certain risks, including the credit risk of the issuer and the normal risk that the price of a debt security will decline in response to an increase in interest rates. Further, such investments are subject to the risks of an investment in the reference asset, since a decline in the value of the reference asset will reduce the principal amount of the structured note. Finally, these securities may be less liquid than other types of securities, and may be more volatile than the underlying reference asset.
Warrants
The Fund may invest in warrants if, after giving effect thereto, not more than 5% of its net assets will be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. Investing in warrants is purely speculative in that they have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. Warrants are issued by the issuer of a security and provide their holder the option to purchase that security upon the warrants’ exercise at a specific price for a specific period of time. They do not represent ownership of the securities but only the right to buy them. The prices of warrants do not necessarily parallel the prices of the underlying securities.
Other Investment Policies and Techniques
When-Issued or Delayed-Delivery Transactions
The Fund may from time to time purchase securities on a “when-issued” or other delayed-delivery basis. The price of securities purchased on a when-issued basis is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. Normally, the settlement date occurs within 45 days of the purchase. During the period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to the issuer and no interest is accrued on debt securities and no dividend income is earned on equity securities. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of the Fund’s other assets. Although when-issued securities may be sold prior to the settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose of actually acquiring them. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security in determining its net asset value. The Fund does not believe that net asset value will be adversely affected by purchases of securities on a when-issued basis.
The Fund will designate on its books or maintain in a segregated account cash and liquid securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued securities. When the time comes to pay for when-issued securities, the Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, sale of the segregated securities, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the Fund’s payment obligation).
S-30

Illiquid Securities
The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable). For purposes of this restriction, illiquid securities include, but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws) and repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days. However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Board of Trustees or its delegate has the ultimate authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities laws, which securities are liquid or illiquid for purposes of this 15% limitation. The Board of Trustees has delegated to the Adviser the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any portfolio security, although it has retained oversight over and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Adviser works with and to a large extent relies on the expertise and advice of the Sub-Adviser in making these liquidity determinations. Although no definitive liquidity criteria are used, the Board of Trustees has directed the Adviser to look to such factors as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale market; the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; and the amount of time normally needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer), (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments), and (iii) other permissible relevant facts.
Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees or its delegate.
Initial Public Offerings (“IPO”)
The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities of companies offering shares in IPOs. IPOs may have a magnified performance impact on the Fund with a small asset base. The impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance likely will decrease as the Fund’s asset size increases, which could reduce the Fund’s total returns. IPOs may not be consistently available to the Fund for investing, particularly as the Fund’s asset base grows. Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, the Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund and may lead to increased expenses for the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, the Fund may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Holders of IPO shares (including the Fund) can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.
The Fund’s investment in IPO shares may include the securities of unseasoned companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which present risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. These companies may also be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited product lines.
Short Sales Against the Box
When the Fund’s portfolio managers believe that the price of a particular security held by the Fund may decline, it may make “short sales against the box” to hedge the unrealized gain on such security. Selling short against the box involves selling a security which the Fund owns for delivery at a specified date in the future. The Fund will limit its transactions in short sales against the box to 5% of its net assets.
S-31

If, for example, the Fund bought 100 shares of ABC at $40 per share in January and the price appreciates to $50 in March, the Fund might “sell short” the 100 shares at $50 for delivery the following July. Thereafter, if the price of the stock declines to $45, it will realize the full $1,000 gain rather than the $500 gain it would have received had it sold the stock in the market. On the other hand, if the price appreciates to $55 per share, the Fund would be required to sell at $50 and thus receive a $1,000 gain rather than the $1,500 gain it would have received had it sold the stock in the market. The Fund may also be required to pay a premium for short sales which would partially offset any gain.
S-32

MANAGEMENT
The management of the Trust, including general supervision of the duties performed for the Fund by the Adviser under the Investment Management Agreement, is the responsibility of the Board of Trustees. The number of trustees of the Trust is ten, all of whom are not interested persons (referred to herein as “
independent trustees
”). None of the independent trustees has ever been a trustee, director or employee of, or consultant to, the Adviser or its affiliates. The names, business addresses and years of birth of the trustees and officers of the Fund, their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, the number of portfolios each trustee oversees and other directorships they hold are set forth below. Except as noted in the table below, the trustees of the Trust are directors or trustees, as the case may be, of 149 Nuveen-sponsored registered investment companies (the “
Nuveen Funds
”), which include 68 open-end mutual funds (the “
Nuveen Mutual Funds
”), 68 closed-end funds and 13 exchange-traded funds.
             
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
Independent Trustees:
 
     
 
   
Jack B. Evans
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1948
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Chairman (since 2019), formerly, President (1996-2019), The Hall-Perrine Foundation (private philanthropic corporation); Life Trustee of Coe College and the Iowa College Foundation; formerly, Director, Public Member, American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery (2015-2020); formerly, Director (1998-2003), Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago; formerly, President and Chief Operating Officer (1972-1995), SCI Financial Group, Inc. (regional financial services firm); formerly, Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System; formerly, Director, The Gazette Company (media and publishing).
149
Director and Chairman (since 2009), United Fire Group, a publicly held company; formerly, Director (2000-2013), Alliant Energy.
     
 
   
William C. Hunter
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1948
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Dean Emeritus, formerly, Dean (2006-2012), Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa; past Director (2005-2015) and past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society; formerly, Director (1997-2007), Credit Research Center at Georgetown University; formerly, Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance (2003-2006), School of Business at the University of Connecticut; previously, Senior Vice President and Director of Research (1995-2003) at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.
149
Director (since 2009) of Wellmark, Inc.; formerly, Director (2004-2018) of Xerox Corporation.
S-33

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Albin F. Moschner
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1952
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2016
Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Northcroft Partners, LLC (management consulting) (since 2012); previously, held positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc. (consumer wireless services), including Consultant (2011-2012), Chief Operating Officer (2008-2011) and Chief Marketing Officer (2004-2008); formerly, President, Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. (telecommunication services) (2000-2003); formerly, President, One Point Services at One Point Communications (telecommunication services) (1999-2000); formerly, Vice Chairman of the Board, Diba, Incorporated (internet technology provider) (1996-1997); formerly, various executive positions (1991-1996) and Chief Executive Officer (1995-1996) of Zenith Electronics Corporation (consumer electronics).
149
Formerly, Chairman (2019) and Director (2012-2019), USA Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions and services to facilitate electronic payment transactions; formerly, Director, Wintrust Financial Corporation (1996-2016).
     
 
   
John K. Nelson
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1962
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2013
Member of Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (private firm which develops branding, marketing and communications strategies for clients) (since 2008); served The President's Council of Fordham University (2010-2019) and previously a Director of the Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018); formerly, senior external advisor to the Financial Services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014); former Chair of the Board of Trustees of Marian University (2010-2014 as trustee, 2011-2014 as Chair); formerly Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., North America, and Global Head of the Financial Markets Division (2007-2008), with various executive leadership roles in ABN AMRO Bank N.V. between 1996 and 2007.
149
None
S-34

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Judith M. Stockdale
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1947
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Board Member of the Land Trust Alliance (national public charity addressing natural land and water conservation in the U.S.) (since 2013); formerly, Board Member of the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (national endowment addressing forest health, sustainable forest production and markets, and economic health of forest-reliant communities in the U.S.) (2013-12/2019); formerly, Executive Director (1994-2012), Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation (private foundation endowed to support both natural land conservation and artistic vitality); prior thereto, Executive Director, Great Lakes Protection Fund (endowment created jointly by seven of the eight Great Lake states’ Governors to take a regional approach to improving the health of the Great Lakes) (1990-1994).
149
None
     
 
   
Carole E. Stone
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1947
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2007
Former Director, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (2006-2017) and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (2009-2017); formerly, Commissioner, New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform (2005-2010).
149
Formerly, Director (2010-2020), Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (formerly named CBOE Holdings, Inc.).
     
 
   
Matthew Thornton III
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1958
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2020
Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2018-2019), FedEx Freight Corporation, a subsidiary of FedEx Corporation (“
FedEx
”) (provider of transportation, e-commerce and business services through its portfolio of companies); formerly, Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations (2006-2018), Federal Express Corporation, a subsidiary of FedEx; formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2012-2018), Safe Kids Worldwide
®
(a non-profit organization dedicated to preventing childhood injuries).
149
Member of the Board of Directors (since 2014), The Sherwin-Williams Company (develops, manufactures, distributes and sells paints, coatings and related products); Member of the Board of Directors (since 2020), Crown Castle International (provider of communications infrastructure).
S-35

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Terence J. Toth
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1959
Chair of
the Board and Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2008
Formerly, Co-Founding Partner, Promus Capital (investment advisory firm) (2008-2017); Director, Quality Control Corporation (manufacturing) (since 2012); formerly, Director, Fulcrum IT Service LLC (information technology services firm to government entities) (2010-2019); formerly, Director, LogicMark LLC (health services) (2012-2016); formerly, Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (asset management) (2008-2013); formerly, CEO and President, Northern Trust Global Investments (financial services) (2004-2007); Executive Vice President, Quantitative Management & Securities Lending (2000-2004); prior thereto, various positions with Northern Trust Company (financial services) (since 1994); Member, Catalyst Schools of Chicago Board (since 2008) and Mather Foundation Board (philanthropy) (since 2012) and is Chair of its Investment Committee; formerly, Member, Chicago Fellowship Board (philanthropy) (2005-2016); formerly, Member, Northern Trust Mutual Funds Board (2005-2007), Northern Trust Global Investments Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Japan Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Securities Inc. Board (2003-2007) and Northern Trust Hong Kong Board (1997-2004).
149
None
     
 
   
Margaret L. Wolff
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1955
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2016
Formerly, Of Counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (Mergers & Acquisitions Group) (legal services) (2005-2014); Member of the Board of Trustees of New York-Presbyterian Hospital (since 2005); Member (since 2004) and Chair (since 2015) of the Board of Trustees of The John A. Hartford Foundation (philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults); formerly, Member (2005-2015) and Vice Chair (2011-2015) of the Board of Trustees of Mt. Holyoke College.
149
Formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2013-2017) of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each, a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.).
S-36

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Robert L. Young
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1963
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2017
Formerly, Chief Operating Officer and Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (financial services) (2010-2016); formerly, President and Principal Executive Officer (2013-2016), and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2005-2010), of J.P. Morgan Funds; formerly, Director and various officer positions for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (formerly, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. and formerly, One Group Administrative Services) and JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (financial services) (formerly, One Group Dealer Services, Inc.) (1999-2017).
149
None
*
 
Each trustee serves an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected.
S-37

       
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time
Served with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years
Officers of the Trust:
 
       
Mark J. Czarniecki
901 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55402
1979
Vice President and Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2013
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2016) and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2017); Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2018); Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen, LLC (since 2013).
       
Diana R. Gonzalez
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1978
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2017
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2017); Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen, LLC (since 2017); Associate General Counsel of Jackson National Asset Management (2012-2017).
       
Nathaniel T. Jones
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1979
Vice President and Treasurer
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2016
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017), formerly, Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen, LLC; Managing Director (since 2015) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Chartered Financial Analyst.
       
Tina M. Lazar
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1961
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2014-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC.
       
Brian J. Lockhart
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1974
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Vice President (2010-2017) of Nuveen, LLC; Head of Investment Oversight (since 2017), formerly, Team Leader of Manager Oversight (2015-2017); Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Financial Risk Manager.
       
Jacques M. Longerstaey
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
1963
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Senior Managing Director, Chief Risk Officer, Nuveen, LLC (since 2019); Senior Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; formerly, Chief Investment and Model Risk Officer, Wealth & Investment Management Division, Wells Fargo Bank (NA) (2013–2019).
       
Kevin J. McCarthy
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1966
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2007
Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary and General Counsel (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017), Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Nuveen Securities, LLC, formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017), Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, formerly, Co-General Counsel (2011-2020), Executive Vice President (2016-2017), Managing Director (2008-2016) and Assistant Secretary (2007-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017), Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, formerly, Associate General Counsel (2011-2020), Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2011-2016); Vice President (since 2007) and Secretary (since 2016), formerly, Assistant Secretary, of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC, and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC.
S-38

       
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time
Served with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years
       
Jon Scott Meissner
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
1973
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Managing Director of Mutual Fund Tax and Financial Reporting groups at Nuveen, LLC (since 2017); Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Senior Director of Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (since 2016); Senior Director (since 2015) Mutual Fund Taxation to the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and the CREF Accounts; has held various positions with TIAA since 2004.
       
Deann D. Morgan
730 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017
1969
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2020
President of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2020); Executive Vice President, Global Head of Product at Nuveen, LLC (since November 2019); Co-Chief Executive Officer of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since March 2020); Managing Member of MDR Collaboratory LLC (since 2018); Managing Director, Head of Wealth Management Product Structuring & COO Multi Asset Investing, The Blackstone Group (2013-2017).
       
Christopher M. Rohrbacher
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1971
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2008
Managing Director (since 2017), General Counsel (since 2020) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2020); Managing Director (since 2017), and Associate General Counsel (since 2016), formerly, Senior Vice President (2012-2017) and Assistant General Counsel (2008-2016) of Nuveen, LLC.
       
William A. Siffermann
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1975
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2017
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly Senior Vice President (2016-2017) and Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen, LLC.
       
Christopher E. Stickrod

333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1976
Chief Administrative Officer
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2020
Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Head of Advisory Product (since 2020), formerly, Managing Director (2016-2017) and Senior Vice President (2013-2016) of Nuveen, LLC; Senior Managing Director of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2018) and of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019).
       
E. Scott Wickerham
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
1973
Vice President and Controller
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Senior Managing Director, Head of Fund Administration at Nuveen, LLC (since 2019), formerly, Managing Director; Senior Managing Director (since 2019), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer (since 2017) of the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and Treasurer (since 2017) to the CREF Accounts; Senior Director, TIAA-CREF Fund Administration (2014-2015); has held various positions with TIAA since 2006.
       
Mark L. Winget
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1968
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2008
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2008); Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019); Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2020); Vice President (since 2010) and Associate General Counsel (since 2019), formerly, Assistant General Counsel (2008-2016) of Nuveen, LLC.
S-39

       
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time
Served with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years
       
Gifford R. Zimmerman
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1956
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Formerly, Managing Director (2004-2020) and Assistant Secretary (1994-2020) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; formerly, Managing Director (2002-2020) and Assistant Secretary (2002-2020) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; formerly, Managing Director (2002-2020), Assistant Secretary (1997-2020) and Co-General Counsel (2011-2020) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; formerly, Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (2011-2020); formerly, Vice President and Assistant Secretary of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC (2006-2020) and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (2010-2020); Chartered Financial Analyst.
Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees (as the case may be, each is referred to hereafter as the “
Board
” or “
Board of Trustees
” and the directors or trustees of the Nuveen Funds, as applicable, are each referred to herein as “
trustees
”) oversees the operations and management of the Nuveen Funds, including the duties performed for the Nuveen Funds by the Adviser. The Board has adopted a unitary board structure. A unitary board consists of one group of trustees who serve on the board of every fund in the Nuveen Fund complex. In adopting a unitary board structure, the trustees seek to provide effective governance through establishing a board, the overall composition of which will, as a body, possess the appropriate skills, diversity (including, among other things, gender, race and ethnicity), independence and experience to oversee the Nuveen Funds’ business. With this overall framework in mind, when the Board, through its Nominating and Governance Committee discussed below, seeks nominees for the Board, the trustees consider, not only the candidate’s particular background, skills and experience, among other things, but also whether such background, skills and experience enhance the Board’s diversity and at the same time complement the Board given its current composition and the mix of skills and experiences of the incumbent trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes that the Board generally benefits from diversity of background (including, among other things, gender, race and ethnicity), skills, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy on diversity or any particular definition of diversity.
The Board believes the unitary board structure enhances good and effective governance, particularly given the nature of the structure of the investment company complex. Funds in the same complex generally are served by the same service providers and personnel and are governed by the same regulatory scheme which raises common issues that must be addressed by the trustees across the fund complex (such as compliance, valuation, liquidity, brokerage, trade allocation or risk management). The Board believes it is more efficient to have a single board review and oversee common policies and procedures which increases the Board’s knowledge and expertise with respect to the many aspects of fund operations that are complex-wide in nature. The unitary structure also enhances the Board’s influence and oversight over the investment adviser and other service providers.
In an effort to enhance the independence of the Board, the Board also has a Chair that is an independent trustee. The Board recognizes that a chair can perform an important role in setting the agenda for the Board, establishing the boardroom culture, establishing a point person on behalf of the Board for fund management, and reinforcing the Board’s focus on the long-term interests of shareholders. The Board recognizes that a chair may be able to better perform these functions without any conflicts of interests arising from a position with fund management. Accordingly, the trustees have elected Mr. Toth to serve as the independent Chair of the Board. Specific responsibilities of the Chair include: (i) presiding at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders; (ii) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the trustees are carried into effect; and (iii) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the trustees and the shareholders.
Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as advisory contracts, underwriting contracts and fund performance), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight
S-40

responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit trustees to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the Nuveen Funds, including risk oversight. More specifically, with respect to risk oversight, the Board has delegated matters relating to valuation and compliance to certain committees (as summarized below) as well as certain aspects of investment risk. In addition, the Board believes that the periodic rotation of trustees among the different committees allows the trustees to gain additional and different perspectives of a Nuveen Fund’s operations. The Board has established six standing committees: the Executive Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee. The Board may also from time to time create ad hoc committees to focus on particular issues as the need arises. The membership and functions of the standing committees are summarized below.
The Executive Committee, which meets between regular meetings of the Board, is authorized to exercise all of the powers of the Board. The members of the Executive Committee are Mr. Toth, Chair, Mr. Moschner and Ms. Wolff. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Executive Committee did not meet.
The Audit Committee assists the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices of the Nuveen Funds, and the audits of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the Nuveen Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence; and the pricing procedures of the Nuveen Funds and the Adviser’s internal valuation group. It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to select, evaluate and replace any independent auditors (subject only to Board and, if applicable, shareholder ratification) and to determine their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for, among other things, overseeing the valuation of securities comprising the Nuveen Funds’ portfolios. Subject to the Board’s general supervision of such actions, the Audit Committee addresses any valuation issues, oversees the Nuveen Funds’ pricing procedures and actions taken by the Adviser’s internal valuation group which provides regular reports to the committee, reviews any issues relating to the valuation of the Nuveen Funds’ securities brought to its attention and considers the risks to the Nuveen Funds in assessing the possible resolutions to these matters. The Audit Committee may also consider any financial risk exposures for the Nuveen Funds in conjunction with performing its functions.
To fulfill its oversight duties, the Audit Committee receives annual and semi-annual reports and has regular meetings with the external auditors for the Nuveen Funds and the Adviser’s internal audit group. The Audit Committee also may review in a general manner the processes the Board or other Board committees have in place with respect to risk assessment and risk management as well as compliance with legal and regulatory matters relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. Members of the Audit Committee shall be independent (as set forth in the charter) and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the trustees, would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment as an Audit Committee member. The members of the Audit Committee are Ms. Stone, Chair, Mr. Evans, Dr. Hunter, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson and Ms. Stockdale, each of whom is an independent trustee of the Nuveen Funds. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Audit Committee met four times.
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for seeking, identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, the assignment and rotation of committee members, and the establishment of corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable, and matters related thereto. Although the unitary and committee structure has been developed over the years and the Nominating and Governance Committee believes the structure has provided efficient and effective governance, the committee recognizes that as demands on the Board evolve over time (such as through an increase in the number of funds overseen or an increase in the complexity of the issues raised), the committee must continue to evaluate the Board and committee structures and their
S-41

processes and modify the foregoing as may be necessary or appropriate to continue to provide effective governance. Accordingly, the Nominating and Governance Committee has a separate meeting each year to, among other things, review the Board and committee structures, their performance and functions, and recommend any modifications thereto or alternative structures or processes that would enhance the Board’s governance of the Nuveen Funds.
In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee, among other things, makes recommendations concerning the continuing education of trustees; monitors performance of legal counsel and other service providers; establishes and monitors a process by which security holders are able to communicate in writing with members of the Board; and periodically reviews and makes recommendations about any appropriate changes to trustee compensation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee receives suggestions from various sources, including shareholders, as to suitable candidates. Suggestions should be sent in writing to William Siffermann, Manager of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. The Nominating and Governance Committee sets appropriate standards and requirements for nominations for new trustees and reserves the right to interview any and all candidates and to make the final selection of any new trustees. In considering a candidate’s qualifications, each candidate must meet certain basic requirements, including relevant skills and experience, time availability (including the time requirements for due diligence meetings to sub-advisers and service providers) and, if qualifying as an independent trustee candidate, independence from the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, the Distributor and other service providers, including any affiliates of these entities. These skill and experience requirements may vary depending on the current composition of the Board, since the goal is to ensure an appropriate range of skills, diversity and experience, in the aggregate. Accordingly, the particular factors considered and weight given to these factors will depend on the composition of the Board and the skills and backgrounds of the incumbent trustees at the time of consideration of the nominees. All candidates, however, must meet high expectations of personal integrity, independence, governance experience and professional competence. All candidates must be willing to be critical within the Board and with management and yet maintain a collegial and collaborative manner toward other Board members. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. This committee is composed of the independent trustees of the Nuveen Funds. Accordingly, the members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Mr. Toth, Chair, Mr. Evans, Dr. Hunter, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson, Ms. Stockdale, Ms. Stone, Mr. Thornton, Ms. Wolff and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Nominating and Governance Committee met four times.
The Dividend Committee is authorized to declare distributions on the Nuveen Funds’ shares, including, but not limited to, regular and special dividends, capital gains and ordinary income distributions. The members of the Dividend Committee are Mr. Young, Chair, Dr. Hunter, Mr. Moschner and Ms. Wolff. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Dividend Committee met five times.
The Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee (the “
Compliance Committee
”) is responsible for the oversight of compliance issues, risk management and other regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds that are not otherwise the jurisdiction of the other committees. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews policies and procedures designed to address the Nuveen Funds’ compliance and risk matters. As part of its duties, the Compliance Committee reviews the policies and procedures relating to compliance matters and recommends modifications thereto as necessary or appropriate to the full Board; develops new policies and procedures as new regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds arise from time to time; evaluates or considers any comments or reports from examinations from regulatory authorities and responses thereto; and performs any special reviews, investigations or other oversight responsibilities relating to risk management, compliance and/or regulatory matters as requested by the Board.
In addition, the Compliance Committee is responsible for risk oversight, including, but not limited to, the oversight of risks related to investments and operations. Such risks include, among other things, exposures to particular issuers, market sectors, or types of securities; risks related to product structure elements, such as leverage; and techniques that may be used to address those risks, such as hedging and swaps. In assessing issues brought to the committee’s attention or in reviewing a particular policy, procedure, investment technique or strategy, the Compliance Committee evaluates the risks to the
S-42

Nuveen Funds in adopting a particular approach compared to the anticipated benefits to the Nuveen Funds and their shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations, the Compliance Committee meets on a quarterly basis, and at least once a year in person. The Compliance Committee receives written and oral reports from the Nuveen Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“
CCO
”) and meets privately with the CCO at each of its quarterly meetings. The CCO also provides an annual report to the full Board regarding the operations of the Nuveen Funds’ and other service providers’ compliance programs as well as any recommendations for modifications thereto. The Compliance Committee also receives reports from the Adviser’s investment services group regarding various investment risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board also participates in discussions with management regarding certain matters relating to investment risk, such as the use of leverage and hedging. The investment services group therefore also reports to the full Board at its quarterly meetings regarding, among other things, fund performance and the various drivers of such performance. Accordingly, the Board directly and/or in conjunction with the Compliance Committee oversees matters relating to investment risks. Matters not addressed at the committee level are addressed directly by the full Board. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Compliance Committee are Ms. Wolff, Chair, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Thornton, Mr. Toth and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Compliance Committee met five times.
The Open-End Funds Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the Nuveen Funds that are registered as open-end management investment companies (“
Open-End Funds
”). The committee may review and evaluate matters related to the formation and the initial presentation to the Board of any new Open-End Fund and may review and evaluate any matters relating to any existing Open-End Fund. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Open-End Funds Committee are Mr. Moschner, Chair, Mr. Nelson, Ms. Stockdale, Ms. Stone, Mr. Thornton and Mr. Toth. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Open-End Funds Committee met five times.
Board Diversification and Trustee Qualifications
In determining that a particular trustee was qualified to serve on the Board, the Board has considered each trustee’s background, skills, experience and other attributes in light of the composition of the Board with no particular factor controlling. The Board believes that trustees need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, and the Board believes each trustee satisfies this standard. An effective trustee may achieve this ability through his or her educational background; business, professional training or practice; public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member or executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Accordingly, set forth below is a summary of the experiences, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this document, that each trustee should continue to serve in that capacity. References to the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills of trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any trustee as having any special expertise or experience and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
Jack B. Evans
Mr. Evans has served as Chairman (since 2019) and President (1996-2019) of the Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation. Mr. Evans was formerly President and Chief Operating Officer (1972-1995) of the SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm headquartered in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. He was a member of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago from 1998 to 2003 as well as a Director of Alliant Energy from 2000 to 2013 and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System. Mr. Evans is Chairman of the Board (since 2009) of United Fire Group, a Life Trustee of Coe College and formerly served as a Director and Public Member of the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery from 2015 to 2020 and served on the Board of The Gazette Company. He has a Bachelor of Arts from Coe College and an M.B.A. from the University of Iowa.
S-43

William C. Hunter
Dr. Hunter became Dean Emeritus of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa in 2012, after having served as Dean of the College since July 2006. He had been Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance at the University of Connecticut School of Business from 2003 to 2006. From 1995 to 2003, he was the Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. He has held faculty positions at Emory University, Atlanta University, the University of Georgia and Northwestern University. He has consulted with numerous foreign central banks and official agencies in Europe, Asia, Central America and South America. He has been a Director of Wellmark, Inc. since 2009. He is a past Director (2005-2015) and a past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society and a past Director (2004-2018) of the Xerox Corporation. Dr. Hunter received his PhD (1978) and MBA (1970) from Northwestern University and his BS from Hampton University (1970).
Albin F. Moschner
Mr. Moschner is a consultant in the wireless industry and, in July 2012, founded Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm that provides operational, management and governance solutions. Prior to founding Northcroft Partners, LLC, Mr. Moschner held various positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., a provider of wireless services, where he was a consultant from February 2011 to July 2012, Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to February 2011, and Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Before he joined Leap Wireless International, Inc., Mr. Moschner was President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. from 2000 to 2003, and President of One Point Services at One Point Communications from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Moschner also served at Zenith Electronics Corporation as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 1996, and as Director, President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Moschner was Chairman of the Board (2019) and a member of the Board of Directors (2012-2019) of USA Technologies, Inc. and, from 1996 until 2016, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation. In addition, he is emeritus (since 2018) of the Advisory Boards of the Kellogg School of Management (1995-2018) and the Archdiocese of Chicago Financial Council (2012-2018). Mr. Moschner received a Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York in 1974 and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University in 1979.
John K. Nelson
Mr. Nelson is on the Board of Directors of Core12, LLC (since 2008), a private firm that develops branding, marketing, and communications strategies for clients. Mr. Nelson has extensive experience in global banking and markets, having served in several senior executive positions with ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. and its affiliated entities and predecessors, including LaSalle Bank Corporation from 1996 to 2008, ultimately serving as Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America. During his tenure at the bank, he also served as Global Head of its Financial Markets Division, which encompassed the bank's Currency, Commodity, Fixed Income, Emerging Markets, and Derivatives businesses. He was a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States and during his tenure with ABN AMRO served as the bank's representative on various committees of The Bank of Canada, European Central Bank, and The Bank of England. Mr. Nelson previously served as a senior, external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014). At Fordham University, he served as a director of The President's Council (2010- 2019) and previously served as a director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018). He served as a trustee and Chairman of The Board of Trustees of Marian University (2011-2013). Mr. Nelson is a graduate of Fordham University and holds a BA in Economics (1984) and an MBA in Finance (1991).
Judith M. Stockdale
Ms. Stockdale retired in 2012 as Executive Director of the Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation, a private foundation working in land conservation and artistic vitality in the Chicago region and the Low Country of South Carolina. She is currently a board member of the Land Trust Alliance (since 2013). Her previous positions include Executive Director of the Great Lakes Protection Fund, Executive Director of Openlands, and Senior Staff Associate at the Chicago Community Trust. She has served on the Advisory Council of the National Zoological Park, the Governor’s Science Advisory Council
S-44

(Illinois), and the Nancy Ryerson Ranney Leadership Grants Program. She has served on the Boards of Brushwood Center, Forefront f/k/a Donors Forum and the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities. Ms. Stockdale, a native of the United Kingdom, has a Bachelor of Science degree in geography from the University of Durham (UK) and a Master of Forest Science degree from Yale University.
Carole E. Stone
Ms. Stone recently retired from the Board of Directors of the Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (formerly, CBOE Holdings, Inc.), having served from 2010-2020. She previously served on the Boards of the Chicago Board Options Exchange and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated. Ms. Stone retired from the New York State Division of the Budget in 2004, having served as its Director for nearly five years and as Deputy Director from 1995 through 1999. She has also served as the Chair of the New York Racing Association Oversight Board, as a Commissioner on the New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform and as a member of the Boards of Directors of several New York State public authorities. Ms. Stone has a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Skidmore College.
Matthew Thornton III
Mr. Thornton has over 40 years of broad leadership and operating experience from his career with FedEx Corporation (“
FedEx
”), which, through its portfolio of companies, provides transportation, e-commerce and business services. In November 2019, Mr. Thornton retired as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of FedEx Freight Corporation (FedEx Freight), a subsidiary of FedEx, where, from May 2018 until his retirement, he had been responsible for day-to-day operations, strategic guidance, modernization of freight operations and delivering innovative customer solutions. From September 2006 to May 2018, Mr. Thornton served as Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations at Federal Express Corporation (FedEx Express), a subsidiary of FedEx. Prior to September 2006, Mr. Thornton held a range of positions of increasing responsibility with FedEx, including various management positions. In addition, Mr. Thornton currently (since 2014) serves on the Board of Directors of The Sherwin-Williams Company, where he is a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Board of Directors of Crown Castle International (since 2020), where he is a member of the Strategy Committee and the Compensation Committee. Formerly (2012-2018), he was a member of the Board of Directors of Safe Kids Worldwide
®
, a non-profit organization dedicated to the prevention of childhood injuries. Mr. Thornton is a member (since 2014) of the Executive Leadership Council (ELC), the nation’s premier organization of global black senior executives. He is also a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD). Mr. Thornton has been recognized by Black Enterprise on its 2017 list of the Most Powerful Executives in Corporate America and by Ebony on its 2016 Power 100 list of the world’s most influential and inspiring African Americans. Mr. Thornton received a B.B.A. degree from the University of Memphis in 1980 and an M.B.A. from the University of Tennessee in 2001.
Terence J. Toth
Mr. Toth, the Nuveen Funds’ Independent Chair, was a Co-Founding Partner of Promus Capital (2008-2017). From 2010 to 2019, he was a Director of Fulcrum IT Service LLC and from 2012 to 2016, he was a Director of LogicMark LLC. From 2008 to 2013, he was a Director of Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Northern Trust Global Investments, and Executive Vice President of Quantitative Management & Securities Lending from 2000 to 2004. He also formerly served on the Board of the Northern Trust Mutual Funds. He joined Northern Trust in 1994 after serving as Managing Director and Head of Global Securities Lending at Bankers Trust (1986 to 1994) and Head of Government Trading and Cash Collateral Investment at Northern Trust from 1982 to 1986. He currently serves on the Boards of Quality Control Corporation (since 2012) and Catalyst Schools of Chicago (since 2008). He is on the Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and is the Chair of its Investment Committee. Mr. Toth graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Illinois, and received his MBA from New York University. In 2005, he graduated from the CEO Perspectives Program at Northwestern University.
Margaret L. Wolff
Ms. Wolff retired from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in 2014 after more than 30 years of providing client service in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group. During her legal career, Ms. Wolff devoted
S-45

significant time to advising boards and senior management on U.S. and international corporate, securities, regulatory and strategic matters, including governance, shareholder, fiduciary, operational and management issues. From 2013 to 2017, she was a Board member of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each of which is a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). Ms. Wolff has been a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital since 2005 and, since 2004, she has served as a trustee of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults) where she currently is the Chair. From 2005 to 2015, she was a trustee of Mt. Holyoke College and served as Vice Chair of the Board from 2011 to 2015. Ms. Wolff received her Bachelor of Arts from Mt. Holyoke College and her Juris Doctor from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.
Robert L. Young
Mr. Young has more than 30 years of experience in the investment management industry. From 1997 to 2017, he held various positions with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“
J.P. Morgan Investment
”) and its affiliates (collectively, “
J.P. Morgan
”). Most recently, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Director of J.P. Morgan Investment (from 2010 to 2016) and as President and Principal Executive Officer of the J.P. Morgan Funds (from 2013 to 2016). As Chief Operating Officer of J.P. Morgan Investment, Mr. Young led service, administration and business platform support activities for J.P. Morgan’s domestic retail mutual fund and institutional commingled and separate account businesses, and co-led these activities for J.P. Morgan’s global retail and institutional investment management businesses. As President of the J.P. Morgan Funds, Mr. Young interacted with various service providers to these funds, facilitated the relationship between such funds and their boards, and was directly involved in establishing board agendas, addressing regulatory matters, and establishing policies and procedures. Before joining J.P. Morgan, Mr. Young, a former Certified Public Accountant (CPA), was a Senior Manager (Audit) with Deloitte & Touche LLP (formerly, Touche Ross LLP), where he was employed from 1985 to 1996. During his tenure there, he actively participated in creating, and ultimately led, the firm’s midwestern mutual fund practice. Mr. Young holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Dayton and, from 2008 to 2011, he served on the Investment Committee of its Board of Trustees.
Board Compensation
The following table shows, for each independent trustee, (1) the aggregate compensation (including deferred amounts) paid by the Fund for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, (2) the amount of total compensation paid by the Fund that has been deferred, and (3) the total compensation (including deferred amounts) paid to each trustee by the Nuveen Funds during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Pursuant to the Board’s deferred compensation plan, a portion of the independent trustees’ compensation may be deferred and treated as though an equivalent dollar amount has been invested in shares of one or more eligible Nuveen Funds. The amount of total compensation that has been deferred provided below represents the total deferred fees (including the return from the assumed investment in the eligible Nuveen Funds) payable from the Fund.
                                       
Name of Trustee
   
Aggregate
Compensation
From Fund
   
Amount of Total
Compensation that
Has Been Deferred
   
Total Compensation
From Nuveen Funds
Paid to Trustee
 
Jack B. Evans
 
$
3,972
 
$
318
 
$
403,711
 
William C. Hunter
 
 
4,154
   
   
425,500
 
Albin F. Moschner
 
 
3,804
   
   
385,300
 
John K. Nelson
 
 
4,343
   
   
441,000
 
Judith M. Stockdale
 
 
3,941
   
939
   
400,320
 
Carole E. Stone
 
 
4,141
   
1,621
   
421,393
 
Matthew Thornton III
1
 
 
   
   
 
Terence J. Toth
 
 
4,809
   
   
484,300
 
Margaret L. Wolff
 
 
3,794
   
1,248
   
385,632
 
Robert L. Young
 
 
4,127
   
4,127
   
416,682
 
1
Mr. Thornton was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds effective November 16, 2020.
S-46

Prior to January 1, 2020, independent trustees received a $190,000 annual retainer plus (a) a fee of $6,500 per day for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (d) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance was required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance was not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acted as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees were received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings were held; and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Open-End Funds Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; provided that no fees were received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings were held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chair of the Board received $90,000, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee received $15,000 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also received a fee of $3,000 per day for site visits to entities that provided services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting was held. When ad hoc committees were organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee at the time of formation determined compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees were $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses were allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management might have, in its discretion, established a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund.
Effective January 1, 2020, independent trustees receive a $195,000 annual retainer, increased to $200,000 as of January 1, 2021, plus they receive (a) a fee of $6,750 per day, increased to $7,000 per day as of January 1, 2021, for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (d) a fee of $5,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acts as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held; and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Open-End Funds Committee meetings where in-
S-47

person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chair of the Board receives $90,000, increased to $100,000 as of January 1, 2021, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee receive $15,000 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also receive a fee of $3,000 per day, increased to $3,500 per day as of January 1, 2021, for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting is held. When ad hoc committees are organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee will at the time of formation determine compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees will be $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses are allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may, in its discretion, establish a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund. In certain instances fees and expenses will be allocated only to those Nuveen Funds that are discussed at a given meeting. In certain circumstances, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board may hold in-person meetings by telephonic or videographic means and be compensated at the in-person rate.
The Trust does not have a retirement or pension plan. The Trust is a participant in a deferred compensation plan (the “
Deferred Compensation Plan
”) that permits any independent trustee to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as an independent trustee. The deferred compensation of a participating trustee is credited to a book reserve account of the participating Nuveen Funds when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the trustee. The value of the trustee’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen Funds. An independent trustee may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. No participating Nuveen Fund will be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
The Fund has no employees. Each officer of the Trust serves without any compensation from the Fund. The CCO’s compensation, which is composed of base salary and incentive compensation, is paid by the Adviser, with review and input by the Board. The Fund reimburses the Adviser for an allocable portion of the Adviser’s cost of the CCO’s incentive compensation.
S-48

Share Ownership
The information in the table below discloses the dollar ranges of (i) each trustee’s beneficial ownership in the Fund, and (ii) each trustee’s aggregate beneficial ownership in all funds within the Nuveen Funds complex, including in each case the value of fund shares elected by the trustee in the trustees’ deferred compensation plan, based on the value of fund shares as of December 31, 2020:
             
Name of Trustee
   
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
In the Fund
 
Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
All Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by Trustee in
Family of
Investment Companies
Jack B. Evans
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
William C. Hunter
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Albin F. Moschner
 
 
$10,001- $50,000
 
Over $100,000
John K. Nelson
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Judith M. Stockdale
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Carole E. Stone
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Matthew Thornton III
1
 
 
$
0
 
$0
Terence J. Toth
 
 
$50,001- $100,000
 
Over $100,000
Margaret L. Wolff
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Robert L. Young
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
1
Mr. Thornton was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds effective November 16, 2020.
As of January 4, 2021, the officers and trustees of the Trust, in the aggregate, owned less than 1% of the shares of the Fund.
As of January 4, 2021, none of the independent trustees or their immediate family members owned, beneficially, or of record, any securities in (i) an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund or (ii) a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.
Sales Loads
Trustees of the Trust and certain other Fund affiliates may purchase the Fund's Class R6 or Class I shares. See the Fund's Prospectus for details.
SERVICE PROVIDERS
Investment Adviser
Nuveen Fund Advisors, located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the investment adviser of the Fund, with responsibility for the overall management of the Fund. The Adviser is also responsible for managing the Fund’s business affairs and providing day-to-day administrative services to the Fund. The Adviser has selected its affiliate, NWQ, located at 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90067, to serve as sub-adviser to manage the investment portfolio of the Fund. For additional information regarding the management services performed by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, see “Who Manages the Fund” in the Prospectus.
The Adviser is an affiliate of the Distributor, which is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Distributor is the principal underwriter for the Nuveen Mutual Funds, and has served as co-managing underwriter for the shares of the Nuveen Closed-End Funds. The Adviser and the Distributor are subsidiaries of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of TIAA.
For the management services and facilities furnished by the Adviser, the Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee at a rate set forth in the Prospectus under “Who Manages the Fund.”
The Fund’s management fee is divided into two components—a complex-level fee based on the aggregate amount of all eligible Nuveen Fund assets and a specific fund-level fee based only on the amount of assets within the Fund. This pricing structure enables Fund shareholders to benefit from
S-49

growth in the assets within the Fund as well as from growth in the amount of complex-wide assets managed by the Adviser. Under no circumstances will this pricing structure result in the Fund paying management fees at a rate higher than would otherwise have been applicable had the complex-wide management fee structure not been implemented.
The Fund has agreed to pay an annual fund-level management fee, payable monthly, based upon the average daily net assets of the Fund as set forth in the Prospectus.
The annual complex-level management fee for the Fund, payable monthly, which is additive to the fund-level fee, is based on the aggregate amount of total eligible assets managed for all Nuveen-branded closed-end funds and Nuveen Mutual Funds as stated in the table below:
       
Complex-Level Asset
   
Effective Rate at
Breakpoint Level*
   
Breakpoint Level
$55 billion
 
 
0.2000%
$56 billion
 
 
0.1996%
$57 billion
 
 
0.1989%
$60 billion
 
 
0.1961%
$63 billion
 
 
0.1931%
$66 billion
 
 
0.1900%
$71 billion
 
 
0.1851%
$76 billion
 
 
0.1806%
$80 billion
 
 
0.1773%
$91 billion
 
 
0.1691%
$125 billion
 
 
0.1599%
$200 billion
 
 
0.1505%
$250 billion
 
 
0.1469%
$300 billion
 
 
0.1445%
*
 
The complex-level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily “eligible assets” of all Nuveen-branded closed-end funds and Nuveen Mutual Funds. Except as described below, eligible assets include the net assets of all Nuveen-branded closed-end funds and Nuveen Mutual Funds organized in the United States. Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen Funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen Fund complex in connection with Nuveen Fund Advisors’ assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011
, but do include certain assets of certain Nuveen Mutual Funds that were reorganized into funds advised by an affiliate of Nuveen Fund Advisors during the 2019 calendar year
. Eligible assets include closed-end fund assets managed by the Adviser that are attributable to financial leverage. For these purposes, financial leverage includes the closed-end funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by a TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by the Adviser as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining eligible assets in certain circumstances.
The Fund’s complex-level fee rate will not exceed the maximum overall complex-level fee rate of 0.2000%. As of December 31, 2020, the Fund’s effective complex-level fee rate was 0.1557%.
The following tables set forth the management fees (net of fee waivers and expense reimbursements) paid by the Fund and the fees waived and expenses reimbursed by the Adviser for the specified periods.
                                     
 
Management Fees Paid to the
Adviser Net of Fee Waivers and
Expense Reimbursements
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
4,676,358
   
$
6,598,344
   
$
9,005,639
   
S-50

                                     
 
Fee Waivers and Expense
Reimbursements from
the Adviser
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
   
$954,647
     
$1,090,096
     
$1,270,019
   
In addition to the Adviser’s management fee, the Fund also pays a portion of the Trust’s general administrative expenses allocated in proportion to the net assets of the Fund. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of dividends to investors.
Sub-Adviser
The Adviser has selected its affiliate, NWQ, to serve as sub-adviser to manage the investment portfolio of the Fund. The Adviser pays NWQ a portfolio management fee out of the advisory fee paid to the Adviser for its services to the Fund.
Portfolio Managers
Thomas J. Ray, CFA, and Susi Budiman, CFA, have primary
responsibility
for
the
day-to-day implementation
of
the
investment
strategies
of
the
Fund.
Compensation
NWQ's philosophy is to provide performance-based and market-competitive compensation, while mitigating inappropriate or excessive risk taking. There are three primary components of compensation: (1) base and benefits, (2) annual cash award, and (3) equity-like performance-based plans.
Base pay is determined based upon an analysis of the employee's general performance, experience, and market levels of base pay for such positions. Base salary and annual variable compensation targets are reviewed annually, while other benefit plans are periodically reviewed to ensure competitiveness.
The variable compensation is an annual cash award that can be a multiple of the base salary. NWQ's annual variable compensation program includes both subjective and objective criteria with emphasis placed on sustained, long-term performance. The subjective portion of the incentive compensation is based on a qualitative evaluation made by each investment professional's supervisor taking into consideration a number of factors, including the investment professional's team collaboration, expense management, support of personnel responsible for asset growth, and his or her compliance with NWQ's policies and procedures.
Senior employees participate in equity-like profits interest plans, which provide a meaningful opportunity to participate in the long-term success of the business. These profits interests vest over time and entitle participants to a percentage of NWQ's annual profitability, enabling employees to participate in the growth of the overall value of NWQ. These awards allow participants to benefit directly from the financial performance and growth of NWQ over time and ensure that they have a strong alignment of interests with the firm's clients over the long term. The profits interests are designed to provide senior personnel with strong incentives to remain with the firm and participate in its success and include non-compete and non-solicitation terms. Additional details regarding the program are proprietary.
Other Accounts Managed
In addition to the Fund, as of September 30, 2020, the portfolio managers were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts:
S-51

                         
Portfolio Manager
 
Type of Account Managed
 
Number of Accounts
 
Assets
 
Number of Accounts with Performance-Based Fees
 
Assets of Accounts with Performance-Based Fees
Thomas J. Ray
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
 
6
 
$
1.2 billion
 
0
 
$
0
   
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
 
3
   
2.2 billion
 
0
   
0
   
Other Accounts*
 
1,013
   
894.7 million
 
0
   
0
Susi Budiman
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
 
3
   
735.8 million
 
0
   
0
   
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
 
3
   
2.2 billion
 
0
   
0
   
Other Accounts*
 
1,010
   
865.2 million
 
0
   
0
* Includes approximately $109.7 million in model-based assets.
Conflicts of Interest
Actual or perceived conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple accounts are presented with the following potential conflicts, which are not intended to be an exhaustive list:
·
 
The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. NWQ seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of the portfolio manager by utilizing investment models for the management of most investment strategies.
·
 
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one account, an account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible accounts. To deal with these situations, NWQ has adopted procedures for allocating limited opportunities across multiple accounts.
·
 
With respect to many of its clients’ accounts, NWQ determines which broker to utilize when placing orders for execution, consistent with its duty to seek best execution. However, for certain other accounts, NWQ may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, NWQ may place separate transactions for certain accounts which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of other accounts. NWQ seeks to minimize market impact by using its discretion in releasing orders in a manner which seeks to cause the least possible impact while keeping within the approximate price range of the discretionary block trade.
·
 
Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where NWQ has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of some accounts, with respect to which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. NWQ periodically performs a comparative analysis of the performance between accounts with performance fees and those without performance fees.
NWQ has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts common among investment managers. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
Beneficial Ownership of Securities
The following table indicates as of September 30, 2020 the value, within the indicated range, of shares beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Fund. For purposes of this table, the following letters indicate the range listed next to each letter:
S-52

         
A
- $0
 
B
- $1 - $10,000
     
C
- $10,001 - $50,000
     
D
- $50,001 - $100,000
     
E
- $100,001 - $500,000
     
F
- $500,001 - $1,000,000
     
G
- More than $1 million
     
         
Portfolio Manager
   
Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned in Fund Managed
 
Thomas J. Ray
 
   
G
Susi Budiman
 
   
E
Transfer Agent
The Fund's transfer, shareholder services, and dividend paying agent is DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (
“DST”
), P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140.
Custodian
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company (“
State Street”
), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services.
Distributor
Nuveen Securities, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the distributor for the Fund's shares pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a Distribution Agreement dated December 15, 2006 (the “
Distribution Agreement
”). Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Fund appointed the Distributor to be its agent for the distribution of the Fund's shares on a continuous offering basis.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP, 200 East Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, independent registered public accounting firm, has been selected as auditors for the Fund.
Securities Lending Agent
State Street serves as the securities lending agent to the Fund. Pursuant to a Securities Lending Agreement and in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, State Street effects loans of Fund securities to any firm on a list of approved borrowers, negotiates loan terms, monitors the value of the loaned securities and collateral, requests additional collateral as necessary, manages reinvestment of collateral in a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle, arranges for the return of loaned securities to the Fund, and maintains records and prepares reports regarding loans that are made and the income derived therefrom.
The following table provides the dollar amounts of income and fees and/or compensation related to the Fund's securities lending activities during the period from the inception of the securities lending program on August 14, 2020 through the end of the Fund's fiscal year on September 30, 2020:
S-53

         
Gross income from securities lending activities
$
2,221
 
Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services:
     
 
Fees paid to Securities Lending Agent from a revenue split
 
(176
)
 
Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split
 
(210
)
 
Administrative fees not included in the revenue split
 
 
 
Indemnification fees not included in the revenue split
 
 
 
Rebate (paid to borrower)
 
 
 
Other fees not included in the revenue split
 
 
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities
 
(386
)
Net income from securities lending activities
$
1,835
 
CODES OF ETHICS
The Fund, the Adviser, NWQ and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and with respect to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, addressing personal securities transactions and other conduct by investment personnel and access persons who may have access to information about the Fund's securities transactions. The codes are intended to address potential conflicts of interest that can arise in connection with personal trading activities of such persons. Persons subject to the codes are generally permitted to engage in personal securities transactions, including investing in securities eligible for investment by the Fund, subject to certain prohibitions, which may include prohibitions on investing in certain types of securities, pre-clearance requirements, blackout periods, annual and quarterly reporting of personal securities holdings and limitations on personal trading of initial public offerings. Violations of the codes are subject to review by the Board of Trustees and could result in severe penalties.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The Fund has delegated authority to the Adviser to vote proxies for securities held by the Fund, and the Adviser has in turn delegated that responsibility to the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser’s proxy voting policy establishes minimum standards for the exercise of proxy voting authority by the Sub-Adviser.
A member of the Fund’s management team is responsible for oversight of the Fund’s proxy voting process. With regard to equity securities, NWQ has engaged the services of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“
ISS
”) to make recommendations on the voting of proxies relating to securities held by the Fund and managed by NWQ. ISS provides voting recommendations based upon established guidelines and practices. NWQ reviews and frequently follows ISS recommendations. However, on selected issues, NWQ may not vote in accordance with the ISS recommendations when it believes that specific ISS recommendations are not in the best economic interest of the Fund. If NWQ manages the assets of a company or its pension plan and any of NWQ's clients hold any securities of that company, NWQ will vote proxies relating to such company’s securities in accordance with the ISS recommendations to avoid any conflict of interest. Where a material conflict of interest has been identified by NWQ and ISS does not offer a recommendation on the matter, NWQ shall disclose the conflict and NWQ’s Proxy Voting Committee shall determine the manner in which to vote and notify the Fund’s Board of Trustees or its designated committee.
Although NWQ has affiliates that provide investment advisory, broker-dealer, insurance or other financial services, NWQ does not receive non-public information about the business arrangements of such affiliates (except with regard to major distribution partners of its investment products) or the directors, officers and employees of such affiliates. Therefore, NWQ is unable to consider such information when determining whether there are material conflicts of interests.
NWQ has adopted the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines. While these guidelines are not intended to be all-inclusive, they do provide guidance on the Sub-Adviser’s general voting policies. Please see Appendix B
S-54

for the ISS United States Proxy Voting Guidelines and ISS’s website at http://www.issgovernance.com/policy-gateway/voting-policies for access to all of the current ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines.
Voted Proxies
. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge by accessing Nuveen’s website at http://www.nuveen.com or the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
NWQ is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund and for the placement of the Fund’s securities business, the negotiation of the commissions to be paid on brokered transactions, the prices for principal trades in securities, and the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business. It is the policy of NWQ to seek the best execution at the best security price available with respect to each transaction, and with respect to brokered transactions, in light of the overall quality of brokerage and research services provided to the adviser and its advisees. The best price to the Fund means the best net price without regard to the mix between purchase or sale price and commission, if any. Purchases may be made from underwriters, dealers, and, on occasion, the issuers. Commissions will be paid on the Fund’s futures and options transactions, if any. The purchase price of portfolio securities purchased from an underwriter or dealer may include underwriting commissions and dealer spreads. The Fund may pay mark-ups on principal transactions. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the portfolio managers consider, among other things, the firm’s reliability, the quality of its execution services on a continuing basis and its financial condition. Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of the Fund’s shares.
On behalf of the Fund, NWQ may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by NWQ or an affiliate. NWQ may effect purchases and sales between its clients or clients of its affiliates, including the Fund (referred to herein as “cross trades”), if it believes that such transactions are appropriate based on each party’s investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. Cross trades may give rise to potential conflicts of interest for NWQ. On any occasion when the Fund participates in a cross trade, the Fund will comply with procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act and applicable SEC guidance.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer who supplies brokerage and research services a commission for effecting the transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction. Brokerage and research services include, but are not limited to, (a) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (b) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (c) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody).
In light of the above, in selecting brokers, the portfolio managers consider investment and market information and other research, such as economic, securities and performance measurement research, provided by such brokers, and the quality and reliability of brokerage services, including execution capability, performance and financial responsibility. Accordingly, the commissions charged by any such broker may be greater than the amount another firm might charge if the portfolio managers determine in good faith that the amount of such commissions is reasonable in relation to the value of the research information and brokerage services provided by such broker to NWQ or the Fund. NWQ believes that the research information received in this manner provides the Fund with benefits by supplementing the research otherwise available to the Fund. The Investment Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement provide that such higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless NWQ determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the services provided. The investment advisory fees paid by the Fund to the Adviser under the Investment Management Agreement and the sub-advisory fees paid by the Adviser to NWQ under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are not reduced as a result of receipt by either the Adviser or NWQ of research services.
S-55

NWQ places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts managed by it. Research services furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions may be used by NWQ in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such services may be used by NWQ in connection with the Fund. NWQ believes it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services to each of the accounts (including the Fund) managed by it. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. However, NWQ believes such costs to the Fund will not be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis. NWQ seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main factors considered by NWQ are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment and the size of investment commitments generally held.
The following table sets forth the aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the specified periods:
                     
Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30, 2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30, 2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30, 2020
$
140,593
 
$
160,854
 
$
149,840
Brokerage commissions paid by the Fund may vary substantially from year to year as a result of changing asset levels throughout the year, portfolio turnover rates, differences in shareholder purchase and redemption activity, varying market conditions and other factors.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Fund did not pay commissions to brokers in return for research services.
The Fund has acquired during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 the securities of its regular brokers or dealers as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act or of the parents of the brokers or dealers. The following table sets forth those brokers or dealers and states the value of the Fund’s aggregate holdings of the securities of each issuer as of close of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:
             
Broker/Dealer
 
Issuer
 
Aggregate Fund Holdings of Broker/Dealer
or Parent (as of
September 30, 2020)
Bank of America
 
Bank of America Corp
 
$
30,543,941
   
Merrill Lynch International & Co.
   
10,775,414
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
Citigroup Global Markets Holdings Inc.
   
11,919,643
   
Citigroup Inc.
   
32,331,707
Goldman Sachs & Co.
 
Goldman Sachs Group Inc.
   
7,507,633
JP Morgan Securities, Inc.
 
JPMorgan Chase & Co.
   
18,483,687
Morgan Stanley & Co.
 
Morgan Stanley
   
5,276,596
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
Wells Fargo & Co.
   
27,762,451
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not purchase portfolio securities from any underwriting syndicate of which the Distributor is a member except under certain limited conditions set forth in Rule 10f-3. The Rule sets forth requirements relating to, among other things, the terms of a security purchased by the Fund, the amount of securities that may be purchased in any one issue and the assets of the Fund that may be invested in a particular issue. In addition, purchases of securities made pursuant to the terms of the Rule must be approved at least quarterly by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the independent trustees.
S-56

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Nuveen Mutual Funds have adopted a portfolio holdings disclosure policy which governs the dissemination of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. In accordance with this policy, the Fund may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties no earlier than the time a report is filed with the SEC that is required to contain such information or one day after the information is posted on the Fund’s publicly accessible website, www.nuveen.com. A complete list of portfolio holdings information is generally made available on the Fund's website ten business days after the end of the month. Additionally, the Fund publishes on the website a list of its top ten holdings as of the end of each month, approximately two to five business days after the end of the month for which the information is current. This information will remain available on the website at least until the Fund files with the SEC its Form N-CSR or Form N-PORT for the period that includes the date as of which the website information is current.
Additionally,
the
Fund
may
disclose
portfolio
holdings
information
that
has
not
been
included
in a
filing
with
the
SEC
or
posted
on
the
Fund’s
website
(i.e.,
non-public
portfolio
holdings
information) only if there is a legitimate business purpose for doing so and if the recipient is required, either by explicit
agreement
or
by
virtue
of
the
recipient’s
duties
to
the
Fund
as
an
agent
or
service
provider, to maintain the confidentiality of the information and to not use the information in an improper manner
(e.g.,
personal
trading).
In this context, portfolio holdings information does not include summary information from which the identity of the Fund’s specific portfolio holdings cannot reasonably be derived. The
Fund
may
disclose
on
an
ongoing
basis non-public portfolio holdings information in the normal course of its investment and administrative operations to various service providers, including the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser, independent registered public accounting firm, custodian, financial printer, proxy voting service(s), borrowers of its securities pursuant to securities lending transactions, and to the legal counsel for the Fund’s independent trustees. Also, the Adviser may transmit to service providers non-public portfolio holdings information to enable the Adviser to perform portfolio attribution analysis using third-party systems and software programs. The Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser may also provide certain portfolio holdings information to broker-dealers from time to time in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or requests for price quotations or bids on one or more securities. In providing this information, reasonable precautions are taken in an effort to avoid potential misuse of the disclosed information, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, when appropriate. The Fund, the Adviser, and the Sub-Adviser do not receive compensation or other consideration in exchange for the disclosure of portfolio holdings.
Non-public portfolio holdings information may be provided to other persons if approved by the Fund’s Chief Administrative Officer or Secretary upon a determination that there is a legitimate business purpose for doing so, the disclosure is consistent with the interests of the Fund, and the recipient is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the information and not misuse it, which includes a prohibition on trading on such non-public information.
Compliance officers of the Fund and the Adviser and Sub-Adviser periodically monitor overall compliance with the policy to ascertain whether portfolio holdings information is disclosed in a manner that is consistent with the Fund’s policy. Reports are made to the Fund’s Board of Trustees on an annual basis.
There
is
no
assurance
that
the
Fund’s
policies
on
portfolio
holdings
information
will
protect
the Fund
from
the
potential
misuse
of
portfolio
holdings
information
by
individuals
or
firms
in
possession of
such
information.
The following parties currently receive non-public portfolio holdings information regarding one or more of the Nuveen Mutual Funds on an ongoing basis pursuant to the various arrangements described above:
Advent
Ascendant
Bank of America PriceServe
Barclays Capital, Inc.
Barra
Bloomberg
Broadridge Investor Communication Solutions, Inc.
S-57

Broadridge Systems
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
Chapman and Cutler LLP
Confluence NXT
Donnelley Financial Solutions
Eagle Investment Systems, LLC
Electra Information Systems
Ernst & Young
FactSet Research Systems
Financial Graphic Services
Glass, Lewis & Co.
ICE Benchmark Administration Limited
ICE Data Services
IHS Markit, Ltd.
ISS
Investortools
KPMG LLP
Lipper Inc.
Moody’s
Morningstar, Inc.
Northern Trust Corp.
Omgeo LLC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricingDirect Inc.
Refinitiv
Rimes Technologies Corporation
SS&C
State Street Bank and Trust Co.
Strategic Insight
Wolters Kluwer
NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund’s net asset value is determined as set forth in the Prospectus under “General Information—Net Asset Value.”
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
The Board of Trustees of the Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares in one or more
series,
which
may
be
divided
into
classes
of
shares.
Currently,
there
are
three series authorized and outstanding, each of which may be generally divided into different classes of shares designated as Class A shares, Class C shares, Class R3 shares, Class R6 shares and Class I shares. Each
class
of
shares
represents
an
interest
in
the
same
portfolio
of
investments
of
the
Fund.
Each
class of shares has equal rights as to voting, redemption, dividends and liquidation, except that each bears different class expenses, including different distribution and service fees, and each has exclusive voting rights with respect to any distribution or service plan applicable to its shares. There are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Board of Trustees of the Trust has the right to establish additional series and classes of shares in the future, to change those series or classes and to
determine
the
preferences,
voting
powers,
rights
and
privileges
thereof.
The Trust is not required and does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders. Shareholders owning more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Fund have the right to call a special meeting to remove trustees or for any other purpose.
Under
Massachusetts
law
applicable
to
Massachusetts
business
trusts,
shareholders
of
such
a
trust may,
under
certain
circumstances,
be
held
personally
liable
as
partners
for
its
obligations.
However, the
Declaration
of
Trust
of
the
Trust
contains
an
express
disclaimer
of
shareholder
liability
for
acts
or obligations
S-58

of the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation
or
instrument
entered
into
or
executed
by
the
Trust
or
the
trustees.
The
Trust’s
Declaration of
Trust
further
provides
for
indemnification
out
of
the
assets
and
property
of
the
Trust
for
all
losses and
expenses
of
any
shareholder
held
personally
liable
for
the
obligations
of
the
Trust.
Thus,
the
risk of
a
shareholder
incurring
financial
loss
on
account
of
shareholder
liability
is
limited
to
circumstances in which both inadequate insurance existed and the Trust or the Fund itself was unable to meet its obligations.
The
Trust
believes
the
likelihood
of
the
occurrence
of
these
circumstances
is
remote.
The following table sets forth the percentage ownership of each person, who, as of January 4, 2021, owned of record, or is known by the Trust to have owned beneficially, 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s shares.
             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
Class A Shares
 
 

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market Street
St Louis MO 63103-2523
 

14.68%
   
 
   
   
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
Special Custody A/C FBO Customers
Attn Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco CA 94105-1905
 
14.67%
   
 
   
   
National Financial Services LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of our
Customers
Attn Mutual Fund Dept 4
th
Floor
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310-1995
 
10.38%
   
 
   
   
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Bene of its Cust
1 New York Plz Fl 12
New York NY 10004-1932
 
10.30%
   
 
   
   
American Enterprise Investment Serv
707 2
nd
Ave S
Minneapolis MN 55402-2405
 
9.08%
   
 
   
   
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn Mutual Fund Trading
4707 Executive Dr
San Diego CA 92121-3091
 
8.83%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
7.10%
   
 
   
   
JP Morgan Securities LLC Omnibus
Account for the Exclusive Benefit
Of Customers
4 Chase Metrotech Ctr 3
rd
Fl
Mutual Fund Department
Brooklyn NY 11245-0003
 
6.31%
   
 
   
S-59

             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
   
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
House Acct
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St Petersburg FL 33716-1102
 
6.30%
   
 
   
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
Class C Shares
 
 

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis MO 63103-2523
 

21.99%
   
 
   
   
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Bene of its Cust
1 New York Plz Fl 12
New York NY 10004-1932
 
11.60%
   
 
   
   
American Enterprise Investment Serv
707 2
nd
Ave S
Minneapolis MN 55402-2405
 
10.68%
   
 
   
   
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
House Acct
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St Petersburg FL 33716-1102
 
10.25%
   
 
   
   
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
Special Custody A/C FBO Customers
Attn Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco CA 94105-1905
 
10.05%
   
 
   
   
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn Mutual Fund Trading
4707 Executive Dr
San Diego CA 92121-3091
 
7.80%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
7.29%
   
 
   
   
UBS WM USA
Omni Account M/F
Spec Cdy A/C EBOC UBSFSI
1000 Harbor Blvd
Weehawken NJ 07086-6761
 
6.61%
   
 
   
   
National Financial Services LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of our
Customers
Attn Mutual Fund Dept 4
th
Floor
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310-1995
 
5.51%
S-60

             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
   
 
   
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
Class R6 Shares
 
 

Employee Pension
Plan of the Ludwig Group Inc
666 3
rd
Ave Fl 28
New York NY 10017-4030
 

41.65%
   
 
   
   
Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO
Beaver Falls Pension Plan
PO Box 1533
Minneapolis MN 55480-1533
 
26.19%
   
 
   
   
SEI Private Trust Company
C/O First Hawaiian Bank
1 Freedom Valley Drive
Oaks PA 19456-9989
 
17.49%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
5.11%
   
 
   
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund
Class I Shares
 
 

American Enterprise Investment Svc
707 2
nd
Ave S
Minneapolis MN 55402-2405
 

20.61%
   
 
   
   
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn Mutual Fund Trading
4707 Executive Dr
San Diego CA 92121-3091
 
11.80%
   
 
   
   
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Bene of its Cust
1 New York Plz Fl 12
New York NY 10004-1932
 
9.48%
   
 
   
   
National Financial Services LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of our
Customers
Attn Mutual Fund Dept 4
th
Floor
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310-1995
 
7.77%
   
 
   
   
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis MO 63103-2523
 
7.65%
   
 
   
   
Mitra & Co
C/O Reliance Trust Company WI
Mailcode: BD1N – Attn: MF
4900 W Brown Deer Rd
Milwaukee WI 53223-2422
 
7.44%
   
 
   
S-61

             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
   
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
House Acct
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St Petersburg FL 33716-1102
 
7.14%
   
 
   
   
UBS WM USA
Omni Account M/F
Spec Cdy A/C EBOC UBSFSI
1000 Harbor Blvd
Weehawken NJ 07086-6761
 
6.87%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
6.50%
TAX MATTERS
Federal Income Tax Matters
This section summarizes some of the main U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning shares of the Fund. Tax laws and interpretations change frequently, and this summary does not describe all of the tax consequences to all taxpayers. For example, this summary generally does not describe your situation if you are a corporation, a non-U.S. person, a broker-dealer or other investor with special circumstances, or if you are investing through a tax-deferred account, such as an IRA or 401(k) plan. In addition, this section does not describe your state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences. This federal income tax summary is based in part on the advice of counsel to the Fund. The Internal Revenue Service could disagree with any conclusions set forth in this section. In addition, Fund's counsel was not asked to review, and has not reached a conclusion with respect to the federal income tax treatment of the assets to be deposited in the Fund. Consequently, this summary may not be sufficient for you to use for the purpose of avoiding penalties under federal tax law. As with any investment, you should seek advice based on your individual circumstances from your own tax professional.
Fund Status
The Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the federal tax laws. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes its income as required by the tax law, the Fund generally will not pay federal income taxes. An adverse federal income tax audit of a partnership that the Fund invests in could result in the Fund being required to pay federal income tax or pay a deficiency dividend (without having received additional cash). If the Fund fails for any taxable year to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes, the Fund itself will generally be subject to federal income taxation (which will reduce the amount of Fund income available for distribution) and your tax consequences will be different from those described in this section (for example, all distributions to you will generally be taxed as ordinary income, even if those distributions are derived from capital gains realized by the Fund).
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (
i.e.
, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes to shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income for the year (the “
Distribution Requirement
”) and satisfies certain other requirements of the Code that are generally described below. The Fund also intends to make such distributions as are necessary to avoid the otherwise applicable 4% non-deductible excise tax on certain undistributed earnings.
S-62

In addition to satisfying the Distribution Requirement, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (1) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or disposition of stock, securities or non-U.S. currencies and other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (2) net income derived from an interest in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as such term is defined in the Code). The Fund must also satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a regulated investment company. Under this test, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (1) 50% or more of the value of the Fund’s assets must be represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), United States government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (2) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets may be invested in securities of (a) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies), or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (b) in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as such term is defined in the Code). There are certain exceptions for failure to qualify if the failure is for reasonable cause or is
de minimis
and certain corrective action is taken and certain tax payments are made by the Fund.
Distributions
Fund distributions are generally taxable. After the end of each year, you will receive a tax statement that separates the Fund’s distributions into three categories: ordinary income distributions, capital gain dividends and returns of capital. Ordinary income distributions are generally taxed at your ordinary tax rate, however, as further discussed below, certain ordinary income distributions received from the Fund may be taxed at the capital gains tax rates. Some portion of the ordinary income distributions that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from shares in certain real estate investment trusts may be designated by the Fund as eligible for a deduction for qualified business income, provided certain holding period requirements are satisfied. Generally, you will treat all capital gain dividends as long-term capital gains regardless of how long you have owned your shares. To determine your actual tax liability for your capital gain dividends, you must calculate your total net capital gain or loss for the tax year after considering all of your other taxable transactions, as described below. In addition, the Fund may make distributions that represent a return of capital for tax purposes and thus will generally not be immediately taxable to you unless the distribution exceeds your basis in your shares. The tax status of your distributions from the Fund is not affected by whether you reinvest your distributions in additional shares or receive them in cash. The income from the Fund that you must take into account for federal income tax purposes is not reduced by amounts used to pay a deferred sales fee, if any. The tax laws may require you to treat distributions made to you in January as if you had received them on December 31 of the previous year. Income from the Fund may also be subject to a 3.8 percent “Medicare tax.” This tax generally applies to your net investment income if your adjusted gross income exceeds certain threshold amounts, which are $250,000 in the case of married couples filing joint returns and $200,000 in the case of single individuals.
Dividends Received Deduction
A corporation that owns shares generally will not be entitled to the dividends received deduction (“
DRD
”) with respect to many dividends received from the Fund because the DRD is generally not available for distributions from regulated investment companies. However, the Fund may invest in preferred securities that are eligible for the DRD. Pursuant to the DRD, corporations may generally deduct a percentage of the dividend income they receive. Corporate shareholders of a regulated investment company like the Fund generally are permitted to claim a deduction with respect to that portion of their distributions designated by the Fund and attributable to amounts received by the regulated investment company that qualify for the DRD and that are properly reported by the regulated investment company as being eligible for the DRD. However, not all preferred securities pay dividends that are eligible for the DRD, and the Fund may invest in DRD-eligible and DRD-ineligible preferred securities. Accordingly, any corporate shareholder of the Fund which otherwise would qualify for the DRD should
S-63

understand that only a portion (or perhaps none) of the distributions it receives from the Fund may qualify for the DRD.
If You Sell or Redeem Shares
If you sell or redeem your shares, you will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss. To determine the amount of this gain or loss, you must subtract your tax basis in your shares from the amount you receive in the transaction. Your tax basis in your shares is generally equal to the cost of your shares, generally including sales charges. In some cases, however, you may have to adjust your tax basis after you purchase your shares.
Taxation of Capital Gains and Losses
If you are an individual, the maximum marginal stated federal tax rate for net capital gains is generally 20% (15% or 0% for taxpayers with taxable incomes below certain thresholds). Some capital gains, including some portion of your capital gain dividends, might be attributable to the Fund's interest in a master limited partnership which may be subject to a maximum marginal stated federal income tax rate of 28%, rather than the rates set forth above. In addition, capital gains received from assets held for more than one year that are considered “unrecaptured section 1250 gain” (which may be the case, for example, with some capital gains attributable to equity interests in real estate investment trusts that constitute interests in entities treated as real estate investment trusts for federal income tax purposes) are taxed at a maximum stated tax rate of 25%. In the case of capital gain dividends, the determination of which portion of the capital gain dividends, if any, is subject to the 28% tax rate or the 25% tax rate will be made based on the rules prescribed by the United States Treasury. Capital gains may also be subject to the “Medicare tax” described above.
Net capital gain equals net long-term capital gain minus net short-term capital loss for the taxable year. Capital gain or loss is long-term if the holding period for the asset is more than one year and is short-term if the holding period for the asset is one year or less. You must exclude the date you purchase your shares to determine your holding period. However, if you receive a capital gain dividend from the Fund and sell your share at a loss after holding it for six months or less, the loss will be recharacterized as long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain dividend received. The tax rates for capital gains realized from assets held for one year or less are generally the same as for ordinary income. The Code treats certain capital gains as ordinary income in special situations.
An election may be available to you to defer recognition of the gain attributable to a capital gain dividend if you make certain qualifying investments within a limited time. You should talk to your tax advisor about the availability of this deferral election and its requirements.
Taxation of Certain Ordinary Income Dividends
Ordinary income dividends received by an individual shareholder from a regulated investment company such as the Fund are generally taxed at the same rates that apply to net capital gain (as discussed above), provided certain holding period requirements are satisfied and provided the dividends are attributable to qualifying dividends received by the Fund itself. Distributions with respect to shares in real estate investment trusts are qualifying dividends only in limited circumstances. The Fund will provide notice to its shareholders of the amount of any distribution which may be taken into account as a dividend which is eligible for the capital gains tax rates.
When the Fund lends portfolio securities to a borrower as described above in “Investment Policies and Techniques—Lending of Portfolio Securities,” payments in lieu of dividends made by the borrower to the Fund will not constitute “qualified dividends” taxable at the same rate as long-term capital gains, even if the actual dividends would have constituted qualified dividends had the Fund held the securities. Such payments in lieu of dividends are taxable as ordinary income.
In-Kind Distributions
Under certain circumstances, as described in the Prospectus, you may receive an in-kind distribution of Fund securities when you redeem shares or when the Fund terminates. This distribution will be treated as a sale for federal income tax purposes and you will generally recognize gain or loss, generally based on the value at that time of the securities and the amount of cash received. The Internal Revenue Service could, however, assert that a loss may not be currently deducted.
S-64

Exchanges
If you exchange shares of the Fund for shares of another Nuveen Mutual Fund, the exchange would generally be considered a sale for federal income tax purposes.
Treatment of Fund Expenses
Expenses incurred and deducted by the Fund will generally not be treated as income taxable to you. In some cases, however, you may be required to treat your portion of these Fund expenses as income. You may not be able to deduct some or all of these expenses prior to 2026.
Non-U.S. Tax Credit
If the Fund invests in any non-U.S. securities, the tax statement that you receive may include an item showing non-U.S. taxes the Fund paid to other countries. In this case, dividends taxed to you will include your share of the taxes the Fund paid to other countries. You may be able to deduct or receive a tax credit for your share of these taxes.
Investments in Certain Non-U.S. Corporations
If the Fund holds an equity interest in any “passive foreign investment companies” (“
PFICs
”), which are generally certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and additional interest charges on gains and certain distributions with respect to those equity interests, even if all the income or gain is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund will not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such taxes. The Fund may be able to make an election that could ameliorate these adverse tax consequences. In this case, the Fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such PFIC shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under this election, the Fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirement and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax. Dividends paid by PFICs are not treated as qualified dividend income.
Investments in Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs)
The MLPs in which the Fund intends to invest are often treated as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. As a partner in the MLPs, the Fund will recognize a pass through for federal income tax purposes of its allocable share of the MLPs’ income and deductions. In some cases, the amount of taxable income that the Fund will recognize from an MLP may exceed the amount of cash the Fund receives from the MLP. In that case, the Fund may be required to take actions, including selling Fund assets, necessary to obtain the cash necessary to meet the distribution requirements for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.
Non-U.S. Investors
If you are a non-U.S. investor (i.e., an investor other than a U.S. citizen or resident or a U.S. corporation, partnership, estate or trust), you should be aware that, generally, subject to applicable tax treaties, distributions from the Fund will be characterized as dividends for federal income tax purposes (other than dividends which the Fund properly reports as capital gain dividends) and will be subject to U.S. income taxes, including withholding taxes, subject to certain exceptions described below. However, distributions received by a non-U.S. investor from the Fund that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends may not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, including withholding taxes, provided that the Fund makes certain disclosures and certain other conditions are met. Distributions from the Fund that are properly reported by the Fund as an interest-related dividend attributable to certain interest income received by the Fund or as a short-term capital gain dividend attributable to certain net short-term capital gain income received by the Fund may not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, including withholding taxes when received by certain foreign investors, provided that the Fund makes certain disclosures and certain other conditions are met. These conditions include, but are not limited to, providing valid tax documentation certifying an investor’s non-U.S. status. Distributions to, and the gross proceeds from dispositions of shares by, (i) certain non-U.S. financial institutions that have not entered
S-65

into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to collect and disclose certain information and are not resident in a jurisdiction that has entered into such an agreement with the U.S. Treasury and (ii) certain other non-U.S. entities that do not provide certain certifications and information about the entity’s U.S. owners, may be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30%. However, proposed regulations may eliminate the requirement to withhold on payments of gross proceeds from dispositions.
Capital Loss Carry-Forward
When the Fund has a capital loss carry-forward, it does not make capital gain distributions until the loss has been offset or expired. As of September 30, 2020, the Fund had capital loss carry-forwards available for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated.
       
Expiration Year
 
Capital Loss
Carry-Forwards
Not subject to expiration
 
$
72,357,595
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES
As described in the Prospectus, the Fund provides you with alternative ways of purchasing Fund shares based upon your individual investment needs and preferences.
Each class of shares of the Fund represents an interest in the same portfolio of investments. Each class of shares is identical in all respects except that each class bears its own class expenses, including distribution and administration expenses, and each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to any distribution or service plan applicable to its shares. As a result of the differences in the expenses borne by each class of shares, net income per share, dividends per share and net asset value per share will vary among the Fund’s classes of shares. There are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights.
Shareholders of each class will share expenses proportionately for services that are received equally by all shareholders. A particular class of shares will bear only those expenses that are directly attributable to that class, where the type or amount of services received by a class varies from one class to another. For example, class-specific expenses generally will include distribution and service fees for those classes that pay such fees.
The expenses to be borne by specific classes of shares may include (i) transfer agency fees attributable to a specific class of shares, (ii) printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses and proxy statements to current shareholders of a specific class of shares, (iii) SEC and state securities registration fees incurred by a specific class of shares, (iv) the expense of administrative personnel and services required to support the shareholders of a specific class of shares, (v) litigation or other legal expenses relating to a specific class of shares, (vi) trustees’ fees or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to a specific class of shares, (vii) accounting expenses relating to a specific class of shares and (viii) any additional incremental expenses subsequently identified and determined to be properly allocated to one or more classes of shares.
Class A Shares
Class A shares may be purchased at a public offering price equal to the applicable net asset value per share plus an up-front sales charge imposed at the time of purchase as set forth in the Prospectus. Shareholders may qualify for a reduced sales charge, or the sales charge may be waived in its entirety, as described below. Class A shares are also subject to an annual service fee of 0.25%. See “Distribution and Service Plan.” Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the Fund. The example assumes a purchase on September 30, 2020 of Class A shares of the Fund aggregating less than $50,000 subject to the schedule of sales charges set forth in the Prospectus at a price based upon the net asset value of the Class A shares.
       
Net asset value per share
 
 
$
21.36
Per share sales charge—4.75% of public offering price (5.01% of net asset value per share)
 
   
1.07
Per share offering price to the public
 
 
$
22.43
S-66

The Fund receives the entire net asset value of all Class A shares that are sold. The Distributor retains the full applicable sales charge from which it pays the uniform reallowances shown in the Prospectus to financial intermediaries.
Investors may purchase Class A shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class A shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class A shares.
Reduction or Elimination of Up-Front Sales Charge on Class A Shares
The availability of the sales charge reductions and waivers discussed below will depend on the policies of the financial intermediary through which you purchase your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the reductions and waivers discussed below are disclosed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.” In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts.
In order to obtain waivers and discounts that are not available through your intermediary, you will have to purchase Fund shares through another intermediary.
Rights of Accumulation.
You may qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund (and your financial advisor’s commission will be reduced accordingly) if the amount of your purchase, when added to the value that day of all of your shares of any Nuveen Mutual Fund, falls within the amounts stated in the Class A Sales Charges and Commissions table in “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares” in the Prospectus. You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor or the Fund’s transfer agent of any cumulative discount whenever you plan to purchase Class A shares of the Fund that you wish to qualify for a reduced sales charge.
Letter of Intent.
You may qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund if you plan to purchase Class A shares of Nuveen Mutual Funds over the next 13 months and the total amount of your purchases would, if purchased at one time, qualify you for one of the reduced sales charges shown in the Class A Sales Charges and Commissions table in “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares” in the Prospectus. In order to take advantage of this option, you must complete the applicable section of the Application Form or sign and deliver to your financial advisor or other financial intermediary or to the Fund’s transfer agent a written Letter of Intent in a form acceptable to the Distributor. A Letter of Intent states that you intend, but are not obligated, to purchase over the next 13 months a stated total amount of Class A shares that would qualify you for a reduced sales charge shown above. You may count shares of all Nuveen Mutual Funds that you already own and any Class C and Class I shares of a Nuveen Mutual Fund that you purchase over the next 13 months towards completion of your investment program, but you will receive a reduced sales charge only on new Class A shares you purchase with a sales charge over the 13 months. You cannot count towards completion of your investment program Class A shares that you purchase without a sales charge through investment of distributions from a Nuveen Mutual Fund or a Nuveen Defined Portfolio (unit investment trusts offered through the Distributor prior to March 1, 2002), or otherwise.
By establishing a Letter of Intent, you agree that your first purchase of Class A shares of the Fund following execution of the Letter of Intent will be at least 5% of the total amount of your intended purchases. You further agree that shares representing 5% of the total amount of your intended purchases will be held in escrow pending completion of these purchases. All dividends and capital gain distributions on Class A shares held in escrow will be credited to your account. If total purchases, less redemptions, prior to the expiration of the 13 month period equal or exceed the amount specified in your Letter of Intent, the Class A shares held in escrow will be transferred to your account. If the total purchases, less redemptions, are less than the amount specified, you must pay the Distributor an amount equal to the difference between the amounts paid for these purchases and the amounts which would have been paid if the higher sales charge had been applied. If you do not pay the additional amount within 20 days after written request by the Distributor or your financial advisor, the Distributor will redeem an appropriate number of your escrowed Class A shares to meet the required payment. By establishing a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint the Distributor as attorney to give instructions to redeem any or all of your escrowed shares, with full power of substitution in the premises.
S-67

You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor or the Fund's transfer agent whenever you make a purchase of Fund shares that you wish to be covered under the Letter of Intent option.
For purposes of determining whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge as described under
Rights of Accumulation
and
Letter of Intent
, you may include together with your own purchases those made by your spouse or domestic partner and your children under the age of 21 years, whether these purchases are made through a taxable or non-taxable account. You may also include purchases made by a corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship which is 100% owned, either alone or in combination, by any of the foregoing. In addition, a trustee or other fiduciary can count all shares purchased for a single trust, estate or other single fiduciary account that has multiple accounts (including one or more employee benefit plans of the same employer).
Elimination of Sales Charge on Class A Shares.
Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge by the following categories of investors:
·
 
investors purchasing $1,000,000 or more;
·
 
investors purchasing shares through the reinvestment of Nuveen Mutual Fund dividends and capital gain distributions;
·
 
investors purchasing shares for accounts held directly with the Fund that do not have a financial intermediary of record;
·
 
current and former trustees/directors of the Nuveen Funds;
·
 
current and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates or their immediate family members (immediate family members are defined as their spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings);
·
 
any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director or employee of any financial intermediary, or their immediate family members;
·
 
bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity;
·
 
investors purchasing on a periodic fee, asset-based fee or no transaction fee basis through a broker-dealer sponsored mutual fund purchase program;
·
 
employer-sponsored retirement plans as defined below, except that, in the case of employer-sponsored retirement plans held through a brokerage account, Class A shares will be available at net asset value without a sales charge only if the broker-dealer has entered into an agreement with the Distributor that allows for such purchases. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.” For this purpose, employer-sponsored retirement plans include, but are not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, health savings accounts, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans, Roth 401(k) plans and Roth 403(b) plans, and do not include SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs (except as described below), SIMPLE 401(k) plans, Solo 401(k) plans, KEOGH plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and single defined benefit plans;
·
 
SIMPLE IRAs opened before January 1, 2011 where Nuveen Securities, LLC is the broker of record;
·
 
clients of investment advisers, financial planners or other financial intermediaries that charge periodic or asset-based fees for their services; and
·
 
investors purchasing through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer the Fund's shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts and that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers. Intermediaries that have entered
S-68

into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor or the Fund’s transfer agent whenever you make a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund that you wish to be covered under these special sales charge waivers.
Class A shares of the Fund may be issued at net asset value without a sales charge in connection with the acquisition by the Fund of another investment company. All purchases under the special sales charge waivers will be subject to minimum purchase requirements as established by the Fund.
The reduced sales charge programs may be modified or discontinued by the Fund at any time. For more information about the purchase of Class A shares or the reduced sales charge program, or to obtain the required application forms, call Nuveen Funds toll-free at (800) 257-8787.
Class C Shares
You may purchase Class C shares at a public offering price equal to the applicable net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. Class C shares are subject to an annual distribution fee of 0.75% to compensate the Distributor for paying your financial advisor or other financial intermediary an ongoing sales commission. Class C shares are also subject to an annual service fee of 0.25% to compensate financial intermediaries for providing you with ongoing financial advice and other account services. The Distributor compensates financial intermediaries for sales of Class C shares at the time of the sale at a rate of 1.00% of the amount of Class C shares purchased, which represents an advance of the first year’s distribution fee of 0.75% plus an advance on the first year’s annual service fee of 0.25%. See “Distribution and Service Plan.”
Class C share purchase orders equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 will not be accepted. In addition, Class C share purchase orders for a single purchaser that, when added to the value that day of all of such purchaser’s shares of any class of any Nuveen Mutual Fund, cause the purchaser’s cumulative total of shares in Nuveen Mutual Funds to equal or exceed $1,000,000 will not be accepted. Your financial intermediary may set a lower maximum for Class C shares. Shareholders purchasing Class C shares should consider whether they would qualify for a reduced or eliminated sales charge on Class A shares that would make purchasing Class A shares a better choice. Class A share sales charges can be reduced or eliminated based on the size of the purchase, or pursuant to a letter of intent or rights of accumulation. See “Reduction or Elimination of Up-Front Sales Charge on Class A Shares” above.
Redemption of Class C shares within 12 months of purchase may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“
CDSC
”) of 1.00% of the lower of the purchase price or redemption proceeds. Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares after 10 years (effective March 1, 2021, 8 years), thus reducing future annual expenses. Conversions occur during the month in which the 10-year (effective March 1, 2021, 8-year) anniversary of the purchase occurs. Class C shares that have been held for longer than 8 years as of March 1, 2021 will convert to Class A shares in March 2021. The automatic conversion is based on the relative net asset values of the two share classes without the imposition of a sales charge or fee. The automatic conversion of Class C shares to Class A shares may not apply to shares held through group retirement plan recordkeeping platforms of certain financial intermediaries who hold such shares in an omnibus account and do not track participant level share lot aging to facilitate such a conversion. Furthermore, the availability of the automatic Class C share conversion and the terms under which the conversion takes place may depend on the policies and/or system limitations of the financial intermediary through which you hold your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the Class C share conversion discussed above is disclosed in the appendix to the Prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Through Certain Intermediaries.”
Investors may purchase Class C shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class C shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class C shares.
S-69

Reduction or Elimination of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
The availability of the sales charge reductions and waivers discussed below will depend on the policies of the financial intermediary through which you purchase your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the reductions and waivers discussed below are disclosed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.” In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts.
In order to obtain waivers and discounts that are not available through your intermediary, you will have to purchase Fund shares through another intermediary.
Class A shares are normally redeemed at net asset value, without any CDSC. However, in the case of Class A shares purchased at net asset value without a sales charge because the purchase amount exceeded $1,000,000, a CDSC is imposed on any redemption within 18 months of purchase. Class C shares are redeemed at net asset value, without any CDSC, except that a CDSC of 1.00% is imposed upon any redemption within 12 months of purchase (except in cases where a shareholder is eligible for a waiver).
In determining whether a CDSC is payable, the Fund will first redeem shares not subject to any charge and then will redeem shares held for the longest period, unless the shareholder specifies another order. No CDSC is charged on shares purchased as a result of automatic reinvestment of dividends or capital gains paid. In addition, no CDSC will be charged on exchanges of shares into another Nuveen Mutual Fund. The holding period is calculated on a monthly basis and begins on the first day of the month in which the purchase was made. The CDSC is assessed on an amount equal to the lower of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed. Accordingly, no sales charge is imposed on increases of net asset value above the initial purchase price. The Distributor receives the amount of any CDSC shareholders pay.
The CDSC may be waived or reduced under the following circumstances: (i) in the event of total disability (as evidenced by a determination by the federal Social Security Administration) of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner) occurring after the purchase of the shares being redeemed; (ii) in the event of the death of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner); (iii) for redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, up to 1% monthly, 3% quarterly, 6% semiannually or 12% annually of an account’s net asset value depending on the frequency of the plan as designated by the shareholder; (iv) redemptions in connection with a payment of account or plan fees; (v) redemptions in connection with the exercise of the Fund’s right to redeem all shares in an account that does not maintain a certain minimum balance; (vi) upon an optional conversion by the Fund of Class C shares held in an account which no longer has a financial intermediary of record into Class A shares; (vii) redemptions of Class C shares in cases where the Distributor did not advance the first year’s service and distribution fees when such shares were purchased; and (viii) redemptions of Class A shares where the Distributor did not pay a sales commission when such shares were purchased. If the Fund waives or reduces the CDSC, such waiver or reduction would be uniformly applied to all Fund shares in the particular category. In waiving or reducing a CDSC, the Fund will comply with the requirements of Rule 22d-1 under the 1940 Act.
In addition, the CDSC will be waived in connection with the following redemptions of shares held by an employer-sponsored qualified defined contribution retirement plan: (i) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a distribution without penalty under Section 72(t) of the Code from a retirement plan: (a) upon attaining age 59½, (b) as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, or (c) upon separation from service and attaining age 55; (ii) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a qualifying loan or hardship withdrawal; (iii) complete redemptions in connection with termination of employment, plan termination or transfer to another employer’s plan or IRA; and (iv) redemptions resulting from the return of an excess contribution. The CDSC will also be waived in connection with the following redemptions of shares held in an IRA account: (i) for redemptions made pursuant to an IRA systematic withdrawal based on the shareholder’s life expectancy including, but not limited to, substantially equal periodic payments described in Code Section 72(t)(A)(iv) prior to age 59½; and (ii) for redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions from an IRA account upon reaching the qualified
S-70

age based on applicable laws and regulations (with the maximum amount subject to this waiver being based only upon the shareholder’s Nuveen IRA accounts).
Class R6 Shares
Class R6 shares are available to the following classes of investors, provided they meet the minimum investment and other eligibility requirements set forth below:
·
 
Qualified retirement plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts, including 401(k) plans, employer sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing pension plans, money purchase pension plans, target benefit plans, defined benefit pension plans and Taft Hartley multi-employer pension plans;
·
 
Foundations and endowment funds;
·
 
Any state, county, or city, or its instrumentality, department, authority or agency;
·
 
457 plans, including 457(b) governmental entity plans and tax exempt plans;
·
 
Omnibus or other pooled accounts registered to insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisor firms and family offices;
·
 
Investment companies;
·
 
Corporations, including corporate non-qualified deferred compensation plans of such corporations;
·
 
Collective investment trusts;
·
 
Discretionary accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates;
·
 
Health savings accounts held in plan-level or omnibus accounts; and
·
 
529 savings plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts.
There is no minimum initial investment for qualified retirement plans, health savings accounts and 529 savings plans; however, the shares must be held through plan-level or omnibus accounts held on the books of the Fund. Class R6 shares are also available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class R6 shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also waive the minimum for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class R6 share holdings level. All other eligible investors must meet a minimum initial investment of at least $1,000,000 in the Fund. Such minimum investment requirement may be applied collectively to affiliated accounts, in the discretion of the Distributor. Class R6 shares may be purchased through financial intermediaries only if such intermediaries have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Class R6 shares. Class R6 shares are only available in cases where neither the investor nor the intermediary will receive any commission payments, account servicing fees, record keeping fees, 12b-1 fees, sub-transfer agent fees, so called “finder’s fees,” administration fees or similar fees with respect to Class R6 shares. Class R6 shares are not available directly to traditional or Roth IRAs, Coverdell Savings Accounts, Keoghs, SEPs, SARSEPs, or SIMPLE IRAs.
Class R6 shares also are available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
 
current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (“
immediate family members
” are defined as spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings);
·
 
officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members; and
·
 
full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members, including any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other business organization that is wholly owned by one or more of such persons.
S-71

Class I Shares
Class I shares are available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares are also available for purchase by family offices and their clients. A family office is a company that provides certain financial and other services to a high net worth family or families. The minimum initial investment for family offices and their clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of family offices that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of family offices anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares also are available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
 
employer-sponsored
retirement
plans,
except
SEPs,
SAR-SEPs,
SIMPLE
IRAs
and
KEOGH
plans;
·
 
bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity;
·
 
advisory accounts of Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliates, including other Nuveen Mutual Funds whose investment policies permit investments in other investment companies;
·
 
investors purchasing through a brokerage platform of a financial intermediary that has an agreement with the Distributor to offer such shares solely when acting as an agent for such investors. Investors transacting through a financial intermediary’s brokerage platform may be required to pay a commission directly to the intermediary;
·
 
any registered investment company that is not affiliated with the Nuveen Funds and which invests in securities of other investment companies;
·
 
any plan organized under section 529 under the Code (i.e., a 529 plan);
·
 
participants in the TIAA IRA or TIAA-CREF Investment Solutions IRA;
·
 
current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (“
immediate family members
” are defined as spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings);
·
 
officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members;
·
 
full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members, including any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other business organization that is wholly owned by one or more of such persons; and
·
 
any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director or employee of any financial intermediary, and their immediate family members.
Holders of Class I shares may purchase additional Class I shares using dividends and capital gain distributions on their shares.
If you are eligible to purchase either Class I shares or Class A shares without a sales charge at net asset value, you should be aware of the differences between these two classes of shares. Class A shares are subject to an annual service fee to compensate financial intermediaries for providing you with ongoing account services. Class I shares are not subject to a distribution or service fee and, consequently, holders of Class I shares may not receive the same types or levels of services from financial intermediaries. In choosing between Class A shares and Class I shares, you should weigh the benefits of the services to be provided by financial intermediaries against the annual service fee imposed upon the Class A shares.
S-72

A financial intermediary through which you hold Class I shares may have the authority under its account agreement to exchange your Class I shares for another class of Fund shares having higher expenses than Class I shares if you withdraw from or are no longer eligible for the intermediary’s fee-based program or under other circumstances. You may be subject to the sales charges and service and/or distribution fees applicable to the share class that you receive in such an exchange. You should contact your financial intermediary for more information about your eligibility to purchase Class I shares and the class of shares you would receive in an exchange if you no longer meet Class I eligibility requirements.
Shareholder Programs
Exchange Privilege
You may exchange Fund shares into an identically registered account for the same class of another Nuveen Mutual Fund available in your state. Your exchange must meet the minimum purchase requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging.
You may also, under certain limited circumstances, exchange between certain classes of shares of the same Fund. You should be aware that exchanges between classes of shares of the same Fund may not be available for all accounts and may not be offered by the financial intermediary through which you may hold shares and that the financial intermediary through whom you hold shares may be authorized (e.g., under its account or similar agreement with you) to reject any share class exchange. An exchange between classes of shares of the same Fund may not be considered a taxable event; please consult your own tax advisor for further information.
If you hold your shares directly with the Fund, you may exchange your shares by either sending a written request to the Fund, c/o Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140 or by calling Nuveen Funds toll free at (800) 257-8787.
If you exchange shares between different Nuveen Mutual Funds and your shares are subject to a CDSC, no CDSC will be charged at the time of the exchange. However, if you subsequently redeem the shares acquired through the exchange, the redemption may be subject to a CDSC, depending on when you purchased your original shares and the CDSC schedule of the fund from which you exchanged your shares. If you exchange between classes of shares of the same Fund and your original shares are subject to a CDSC, the CDSC will be assessed at the time of the exchange.
For federal income tax purposes, an exchange between different Nuveen Mutual Funds constitutes a sale and purchase of shares and may result in capital gain or loss. Before making any exchange, you should obtain the Prospectus for the Nuveen Mutual Fund you are purchasing and read it carefully. If the registration of the account for the Fund you are purchasing is not exactly the same as that of the fund account from which the exchange is made, written instructions from all holders of the account from which the exchange is being made must be received, with signatures guaranteed by a member of an approved Medallion Signature Guarantee Program or in such other manner as may be acceptable to the Fund. You may also exchange shares by telephone if you authorize telephone exchanges by checking the applicable box on the Application Form or by calling Nuveen Funds toll-free at (800) 257-8787 to obtain an authorization form. The Fund reserves the right to revise or suspend the exchange privilege, limit the amount or number of exchanges, or reject any exchange. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days’ notice of any material revision to or termination of the exchange privilege.
The exchange privilege is not intended to permit the Fund to be used as a vehicle for short-term trading. Excessive exchange activity may interfere with portfolio management, raise expenses and otherwise have an adverse effect on all shareholders. In order to limit excessive exchange activity and in other circumstances where Fund management believes doing so would be in the best interest of the Fund, the Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, or limit the amount or number of exchanges or reject any exchange. Shareholders would be notified of any such action to the extent required by law. See “Frequent Trading Policy” below.
Reinstatement Privilege
If you redeemed Class A or Class C shares of a Nuveen Mutual Fund, you have up to one year to reinvest all or part of the full amount of the redemption in the same class of shares of any Nuveen Mutual
S-73

Fund at net asset value. This reinstatement privilege can be exercised only once for any redemption, and reinvestment will be made at the net asset value next calculated after reinstatement of the appropriate class of Fund shares. If you reinstate shares that were subject to a CDSC, any shares purchased pursuant to the reinstatement privilege will not be subject to a CDSC. The federal income tax consequences of any capital gain realized on a redemption will not be affected by reinstatement, but a capital loss may be disallowed in whole or in part depending on the timing, the amount of the reinvestment and the fund from which the redemption occurred. Your financial advisor will not receive a commission on shares purchased pursuant to the reinstatement privilege.
Suspension of Right of Redemption
The Fund may suspend the right of redemption of Fund shares or delay payment more than seven days (a) during any period when the New York Stock Exchange (the “
NYSE
”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is restricted or an emergency exists as determined by the SEC so that trading of the Fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable, or (c) for any other periods that the SEC by order may permit for protection of Fund shareholders.
Redemption In-Kind
The
Fund
has
reserved
the
right
to
redeem
in-kind
(that
is,
to
pay
redemption
requests
in
cash and
portfolio
securities,
or
wholly
in
portfolio
securities).
Pursuant
to
a
notice
of
election
under Rule 18f-1, the Fund voluntarily has committed to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder, limited as to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the 90-day period.
Frequent Trading Policy
The Fund's Frequent Trading Policy is as follows:
Nuveen Mutual Funds are intended as long-term investments and not as short-term trading vehicles. At the same time, the Fund recognizes the need of investors to periodically make purchases and redemptions of Fund shares when rebalancing their portfolios and as their financial needs or circumstances change. Nuveen Mutual Funds have adopted the following Frequent Trading Policy that seeks to balance these needs against the potential for higher operating costs, portfolio management disruption and other inefficiencies that can be caused by excessive trading of Fund shares.
1.
 
Definition
of
Round
Trip
A Round Trip trade is the purchase and subsequent redemption of Fund shares, including by exchange. Each side of a Round Trip trade may be comprised of either a single transaction or a series of closely-spaced transactions.
2.
 
Round Trip Trade
Limitations
Nuveen Mutual Funds limit the frequency of Round Trip trades that may be placed in the Fund. Subject to certain exceptions noted below, the Fund limits an investor to two Round Trips per trailing 60-day period.
3.
 
Enforcement
Trades placed in violation of the foregoing policies are subject to rejection or cancellation by Nuveen
Mutual
Funds.
Nuveen
Mutual
Funds
may
also
bar
an
investor
(and/or
the
investor’s
financial advisor)
who
has
violated
these
policies
from
opening
new
accounts
with
the
Fund
and
may
restrict the
investor’s
existing
account(s)
to
redemptions
only.
Nuveen
Mutual
Funds
reserve
the
right,
in
their sole
discretion,
to
(a)
interpret
the
terms
and
application
of
these
policies,
(b)
waive
unintentional
or minor violations (including transactions below certain dollar thresholds) if Nuveen Mutual Funds determine
that
doing
so
does
not
harm
the
interests
of
Fund
shareholders,
and
(c)
exclude
certain classes
of
redemptions
from
the
application
of
the
trading
restrictions
set
forth
above.
Nuveen Mutual Funds reserve the right to impose restrictions on purchases or exchanges that are more restrictive than those stated above if they determine, in their sole discretion, that a proposed transaction or series of transactions involve market timing or excessive trading that is likely to be
S-74

detrimental to the Fund. The Fund may also modify or suspend the Frequent Trading Policy without notice during periods of market stress or other unusual circumstances.
The ability of Nuveen Mutual Funds to implement the Frequent Trading Policy for omnibus accounts at certain financial intermediaries may be dependent on receiving from those intermediaries sufficient shareholder information to permit monitoring of trade activity and enforcement of the Fund's Frequent Trading Policy. In addition, the Fund may rely on a financial intermediary’s policy to restrict market timing and excessive trading if the Fund believes that the policy is reasonably designed to prevent market timing that is detrimental to the Fund. Such policy may be more or less restrictive than the Fund's Policy. The Fund cannot ensure that these financial intermediaries will in all cases apply the Fund's policy or their own policies, as the case may be, to accounts under their control.
Exclusions from the Frequent Trading Policy
As stated above, certain redemptions are eligible for exclusion from the Frequent Trading Policy, including: (i) redemptions or exchanges by shareholders investing through the fee-based platforms of certain financial intermediaries (where the intermediary charges an asset-based or comprehensive “wrap” fee for its services) that are effected by the financial intermediaries in connection with systematic portfolio rebalancing; (ii) when there is a verified trade error correction, which occurs when a dealer firm sends a trade to correct an earlier trade made in error and then the firm sends an explanation to the Nuveen Mutual Funds confirming that the trade is actually an error correction;
(iii) in the event of total disability (as evidenced by a determination by the federal Social Security Administration) of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner) occurring after the purchase of the shares being redeemed; (iv) in the event of the death of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner); (v) redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, up to 1% monthly,
3% quarterly, 6% semiannually or 12% annually of an account’s net asset value depending on the frequency of the plan as designated by the shareholder; (vi) redemptions of shares that were purchased through a systematic investment program; (vii) involuntary redemptions caused by operation of law; (viii) redemptions in connection with a payment of account or plan fees; (ix) redemptions or exchanges by any “fund of funds” advised by the Adviser; (x) redemptions or exchanges by certain 529 plans; and (xi) redemptions in connection with the exercise of the Fund’s right to redeem all shares in an account that does not maintain a certain minimum balance or that the Board has determined may have material adverse consequences to the shareholders of the
Fund.
In addition, the following redemptions of shares by an employer-sponsored qualified defined contribution retirement plan are excluded from the Frequent Trading Policy: (i) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a distribution without penalty under Section 72(t) of the Code from a retirement plan: (a) upon attaining age 59
1
¤
2
; (b) as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments; or (c) upon separation from service and attaining age 55; (ii) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a qualifying loan or hardship withdrawal; (iii) complete redemptions in connection with termination of employment, plan termination, transfer to another employer’s plan or IRA or changes in a plan’s recordkeeper; and (iv) redemptions resulting from the return of an excess contribution. Also, the following redemptions of shares held in an IRA account are excluded from the application of the Frequent Trading Policy: (i) redemptions made pursuant to an IRA systematic withdrawal based on the shareholder’s life expectancy including, but not limited to, substantially equal periodic payments described in Code Section 72(t)(A)(iv) prior to age 59
1
¤
2
; and (ii) redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions from an IRA account due to a shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable laws and regulations.
Distribution and Service Plan
The Fund has adopted a plan (the “
Plan
”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Rule 12b-1 provides in substance that a mutual fund may not engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares, except pursuant to a plan adopted under the Rule. The Plan authorizes the Fund to pay the Distributor distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees on the Fund’s Class A and Class C shares as described below. The distribution fees under the Plan are used for the primary purpose of compensating participating intermediaries for their sales of the Fund. The shareholder servicing fees are used primarily for the purpose of providing compensation for the ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts. Pursuant to the Plan, Class C shares are subject
S-75

to an annual distribution fee and Class A and Class C shares are subject to the annual service fees (distribution and service fees collectively referred to herein as “
12b-1 fees
”). The 12b-1 fees are based on the average daily net assets of the class of shares of the Fund and are as follows:
                   
   
Annual Distribution Fee
 
Annual Service Fee
 
Total 12b-1 Fee
Class A
 
 
   
0.25
%
 
0.25
%
Class C
 
 
0.75
%
 
0.25
%
 
1.00
%
Class R6 and Class I shares are not subject to either distribution or service fees.
The distribution fee applicable to Class C shares under the Fund’s Plan compensates the Distributor for expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of Class C shares. These expenses include payments to financial intermediaries, including the Distributor, who are brokers of record with respect to the Class C shares, as well as, without limitation, expenses of printing and distributing Prospectuses to persons other than shareholders of the Fund, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing advertising and sales literature and reports to shareholders used in connection with the sale of Class C shares, certain other expenses associated with the distribution of Class C shares, and any other distribution-related expenses that may be authorized from time to time by the Board of Trustees.
The service fee applicable to Class A and Class C shares under the Fund’s Plan is used to compensate financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of ongoing account services to shareholders. These services may include establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts, answering shareholder inquiries and providing other personal services to shareholders.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Fund incurred 12b-1 fees pursuant to its Plan in the amounts set forth in the table below. 12b-1 fees are calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine. As noted above, no 12b-1 fees are paid with respect to Class R6 or Class I shares. For this period, substantially all of the 12b-1 service fees on Class A shares were paid out as compensation to financial intermediaries for providing services to shareholders relating to their investments. To compensate for commissions advanced to financial intermediaries, all 12b-1 fees on Class C shares during the first year following a purchase are retained by the Distributor. After the first year following a purchase, 12b-1 fees on Class C shares are paid to financial intermediaries.
         
     
12b-1 Fees Incurred by the Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2020
Class A
 
 
$ 619,486
Class C
 
 
2,492,724
The Plan is a “compensation-type” plan under which the Distributor is entitled to receive the distribution and shareholder servicing fees regardless of whether its actual distribution and shareholder servicing expenses are more or less than the amount of the fees. It is therefore possible that the Distributor may realize a profit in a particular year as a result of these payments. The Plan recognizes that the Distributor and the Adviser, in their discretion, may from time to time use their own assets to pay for certain additional costs of distributing Class A and Class C shares. Any such arrangements to pay such additional costs may be commenced or discontinued by the Distributor or the Adviser at any time.
Under the Fund’s Plan, the Fund will report quarterly to the Board of Trustees for its review of all amounts expended per class of shares under the Plan. The Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to any class of shares, without the payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the independent trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class. The Plan may be renewed from year to year if approved by a vote of the Board of Trustees and a vote of the independent trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan. The Plan may be continued only if the trustees who vote to approve such continuance conclude, in the exercise of reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties under applicable law, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the cost which a class of shares may bear under the Plan without the
S-76

approval of the shareholders of the affected class, and any other material amendments of the Plan must be approved by the independent trustees by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such amendments. During the continuance of the Plan, the selection and nomination of the independent trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the independent trustees then in office. With the exception of the Distributor and its affiliates, no “interested person” of the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, and no trustee of the Fund has a direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any related agreement.
If the Fund closes to new investors, it may continue to make payments under the Plan. Such payments would be made for the various services provided to existing shareholders by the participating intermediaries receiving such payments.
General Matters
The Fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Fund's behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee accepts the order. Customer orders received by such broker (or their designee) will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker (or their designee). Orders accepted by an authorized broker (or their designee) before the close of regular trading on the NYSE will receive that day’s share price; orders accepted after the close of trading will receive the next business day’s share price.
If you choose to invest in the Fund, an account will be opened and maintained for you by DST, the Fund's shareholder services agent. Shares will be registered in the name of the investor or the investor’s financial advisor. The Fund does not issue share certificates. A change in registration or transfer of shares held in the name of a financial advisor may only be made by an order in good standing form from the financial advisor acting on the investor’s behalf. The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order and to waive or increase minimum investment requirements.
Distribution Arrangements
The Distributor sells shares to or through brokers, dealers, banks or other qualified financial intermediaries (collectively referred to as “
Dealers
”), or others, in a manner consistent with the then effective registration statement of the Trust. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances certain activities incident to the sale and distribution of the Fund's shares, including printing and distributing of prospectuses and statements of additional information to other than existing shareholders, the printing and distributing of sales literature, advertising and payment of compensation and giving of concessions to Dealers.
The Distributor receives for its services the excess, if any, of the sales price of the Fund’s shares less the net asset value of those shares, and reallows a majority or all of such amounts to the Dealers who sold the shares. The Distributor also receives distribution fees pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by the Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 and described herein under “Distribution and Service Plan.” The Distributor also receives any CDSCs imposed on redemptions of shares. The Distributor may also act as a Dealer.
The following tables set forth the amount of underwriting commissions paid by the Fund, the amount of such commissions retained by the Distributor, and the amount of compensation on redemptions and repurchases for the specified periods. All figures are presented in thousands and are rounded to the nearest thousand.
                                     
 
Amount of Underwriting Commissions
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
1,454
   
$
1,435
   
$
1,375
   
S-77

                                   
 
Amount Retained by the Distributor
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
152
   
$
157
   
$
134
   
                                   
 
Amount of Compensation on Redemptions and Repurchases
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
60
   
$
53
   
$
68
   
To help financial advisors and investors better understand and more efficiently use the Fund to reach their investment goals, the Distributor may advertise and create specific investment programs and systems. For example, this may include information on how to use the Fund to accumulate assets for future education needs or periodic payments such as insurance premiums. The Distributor may produce software, electronic information sites or additional sales literature to promote the advantages of using the Fund to meet these and other specific investor needs. In addition, wholesale representatives of the Distributor may visit financial advisors on a regular basis to educate them about the Fund and to encourage the sale of Fund shares to their clients. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law. Nuveen wholesalers may receive additional compensation if they meet certain targets for sales of one or more Nuveen Mutual Funds.
Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries and Other Payments
As described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this SAI, intermediaries that sell shares of the Nuveen Mutual Funds or provide services to their shareholders, such as brokers, dealers, banks, registered investment advisers, retirement plan administrators and other intermediaries (individually, an “
Intermediary
,” and collectively, “
Intermediaries
”), may receive sales charge payments and, out of Fund assets, may be paid Rule 12b-1 distribution and service payments and sub-transfer agency payments. The Distributor and the Adviser make additional payments out of their own assets to selected Intermediaries. These payments are made for the purposes of promoting the sale of Fund shares, maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder services.
The amounts of these payments could be significant and may create an incentive for an Intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Nuveen Mutual Funds to its customers. The Intermediary may elevate the prominence or profile of the Fund within the Intermediary’s organization by, for example, placing the Fund on a list of preferred or recommended funds and/or granting the Distributor preferential or enhanced opportunities to promote the Fund in various ways within the Intermediary’s organization. These payments are made pursuant to negotiated agreements with Intermediaries. The categories of payments described below are not mutually exclusive, and a single Intermediary may receive payments under all categories. Further, representatives of the Distributor and its affiliates receive additional compensation related to the Nuveen Mutual Funds.
These payments do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a share or the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales. Furthermore, these payments are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fee table section of the Fund's Prospectus and described above because they are not paid by the Fund.
Distribution-Related Payments
The Distributor and/or the Adviser make payments (sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing” payments) to selected Intermediaries as compensation for services such as providing the Fund with “shelf space” or a higher profile for the Intermediary’s personnel or their customers, placing the Fund on the Intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list, granting access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the Intermediary, providing assistance in training and educating the Intermediary’s personnel on the Fund, and furnishing marketing support and other services.
S-78

The Adviser and/or the Distributor compensate Intermediaries differently depending upon, among other factors, the number or value of Nuveen Mutual Funds shares that the Intermediary sells or may sell, the value of the assets invested in the Nuveen Mutual Funds by the Intermediary’s customers, redemption rates, ability to attract and retain assets, reputation in the industry and the level and/or type of marketing assistance and educational activities provided by the Intermediary. Such payments are generally asset-based but also may include the payment of a lump sum.
Servicing Payments
The Adviser and/or the Distributor make payments to selected Intermediaries that are registered as holders or dealers of record for accounts invested in one or more of the Nuveen Mutual Funds or that make Nuveen Mutual Fund shares available through employee benefit plans or fee-based advisory programs to compensate them for the variety of services they provide.
Services for which an Intermediary receives servicing payments typically include recordkeeping, reporting, or transaction processing, but may also include services rendered in connection with fund/ investment selection and monitoring, employee enrollment and education, plan balance rollover or separation, or other similar services. An Intermediary may perform the services itself or arrange with a third party to perform such services.
TIAA-CREF Individual & Institutional Services, LLC (“
TIAA
-
CREF IIS
”), an affiliate of the Adviser and the Distributor, is one intermediary that receives servicing payments. The shareholder services agreement between TIAA-CREF IIS and the Distributor provides that in exchange for such services, TIAA-CREF IIS will receive payments of 0.25% of the average net assets of Fund shares on the TIAA-CREF IIS retirement platform on an annual basis. The Distributor pays the portion of the fee that represents 0.05% of the average net assets of Fund shares attributable to TIAA-CREF IIS and the Fund pays the remainder.
Servicing payments typically apply to employee benefit plans, such as retirement plans, or fee-based advisory programs but may apply to retail sales and assets in certain situations. The payments are based on such factors as the type and nature of services or support furnished by the Intermediary and are generally asset-based.
Distribution-Related and Servicing Payment Guidelines
In the case of any one Intermediary, distribution-related and servicing payments made by the Adviser and/or the Distributor are not expected, with certain limited exceptions, to exceed, in the aggregate, 0.35% of the average net assets of Fund shares attributable to that Intermediary on an annual basis. In connection with the sale of a business by U.S. Bank N.A. to Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company (“
Great-West
”), the Adviser and/or the Distributor has a services agreement with GWFS Equities, Inc., an affiliate of Great-West, which provides for payments of up to 0.60% of the average net assets of Fund shares attributable to GWFS Equities, Inc. on an annual basis (which amount also includes payments by the Fund for sub-transfer agency services).
Other Payments to Intermediaries
The Adviser and/or the Distributor, at their expense, provide other compensation to Intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which may be in addition to distribution-related and servicing payments described above. For example, the Adviser and/or the Distributor may: (i) compensate Intermediaries for National Securities Clearing Corporation networking system services (e.g., shareholder communication, account statements, trade confirmations, and tax reporting) on an asset-based or per account basis; (ii) compensate Intermediaries for providing Fund shareholder trading information; (iii) make one-time or periodic payments to reimburse selected Intermediaries for items such as ticket charges (i.e., fees that an Intermediary charges its representatives for effecting transactions in Fund shares) of up to $25 per purchase or exchange order, operational charges (e.g., fees that an Intermediary charges for establishing the Fund on its trading system), and literature printing and/or distribution costs; (iv) at the direction of a retirement plan’s sponsor, reimburse or pay direct expenses of an employee benefit plan that would otherwise be payable by the plan; and (v) provide payments to broker-dealers to help defray their technology or infrastructure costs.
S-79

The Adviser and/or the Distributor pay selected Intermediaries for enabling the Adviser and/or the Distributor to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other Intermediary employees, client and investor events and other Intermediary-sponsored events, and for travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, asset retention and due diligence meetings. These payments vary depending upon the Intermediary and the nature of the event. The Adviser and/or the Distributor make payments for such events as it deems appropriate, subject to its internal guidelines and applicable law.
The Adviser and/or the Distributor occasionally sponsor due diligence meetings for Intermediaries’ registered representatives during which the registered representatives receive updates on various Nuveen Mutual Funds and are afforded the opportunity to speak with portfolio managers. Although invitations to these meetings are not conditioned on selling a specific number of shares, those who have shown an interest in Nuveen Mutual Funds are more likely to be considered. To the extent permitted by their firm’s policies and procedures, all or a portion of registered representatives’ expenses in attending these meetings may be covered by the Adviser and/or the Distributor.
Compensation to the Distributor’s Representatives
Representatives of the Distributor and its affiliates receive additional compensation from the Adviser and/or the Distributor based on whether certain targets are met for sales of one or more Nuveen Mutual Funds and other subjective factors. Such compensation varies by Fund, by distribution channel and by affiliate.
Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. Investors can ask their Intermediary for information about any payments it receives from the Adviser and/or the Distributor and the services it provides for those payments.
Investors may wish to take Intermediary payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to Fund shares.
Intermediaries Receiving Additional Payments
The following is a list of Intermediaries eligible to receive one or more of the types of payments discussed above as of January 15, 2021:
ADP Broker-Dealer, Inc.
AXA Advisors, LLC
American United Life Insurance Company
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Ascensus (formerly BISYS Retirement Services, Inc.)
BB&T
BMO Harris Bank N.A.
BNY Mellon, N.A.
Benefit Plans Administrative Services, Inc.
Benefit Trust Company
Cetera
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Chase Investment Services
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Commonwealth Equity Services, LLP, DBA Commonwealth Financial Network
Davenport & Co., LLC
Digital Retirement Solutions, Inc.
Dyatech, LLC
Edward Jones
Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC/National Financial Services LLC
Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. (FIIOC)/Fidelity Advisors Retirement
Financial Data Services, Inc.
First Clearing
Genesis Employee Benefits, Inc. DBA America’s VEBA Solution
S-80

Goldman Sachs
Great West Life and Annuity Insurance Co.
GWFS Equities, Inc.
Hartford Life Insurance Company
Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc.
ICMA Retirement Corporation
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.
J.P. Morgan Retirement Plan Services, LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
John Hancock Trust Company
Kestra Investment Services, LLC
LPL Financial Services
Ladenburg Thalmann Advisor Network LLC
Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation
Lincoln Retirement Services Company LLC/AMG Service Corp.
Linsco/Private Ledger Corp.
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
Mercer HR Outsourcing LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation
Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated/Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
MSCS Financial Services Division of Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC
National Financial Services, LLC
Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.
Newport Retirement Services, Inc.
Northwestern Mutual
NYLife Distributors LLC
Oppenheimer & Co.
Pershing LLC
Principal Life Insurance Company
Prudential Insurance Company of America (The)
Prudential Investment Management Services, LLC/Prudential Investments LLC
Raymond James & Associates/Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Reliance Trust Company
Retirement Plan Company, LLC (The)
Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.
SI Financial Advisors
Southwest Securities, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc./T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
TD Ameritrade Trust Company (formerly Fiserv Trust Company/International Clearing Trust Company)
TIAA-CREF Individual & Institutional Services, LLC
Trust Company of America
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.
U.S. Bank N.A.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Unified Trust Company, N.A.
VALIC Retirement Services Company (formerly AIG Retirement Services Company)
Vanguard Group, Inc.
Voya Financial (formerly ING)
S-81

Wedbush Morgan Securities
Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement & Trust
Wilmington Trust Company
Wilmington Trust Retirement and Institutional Services Company (formerly AST Capital Trust Company)
Any additions, modifications or deletions to the list of Intermediaries identified above that have occurred since January 15, 2021 are not reflected in the list.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year appear in the Fund’s Annual Report dated September 30, 2020. The Fund’s Annual Report is incorporated by reference into this SAI and is available without charge by calling (800) 257-8787.
S-82

APPENDIX A
RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
S&P Global Ratings
—A brief description of the applicable S&P Global Ratings’ (“
S&P
”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
Issue Credit Ratings
An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:
1.
 
The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
2.
 
The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and
3.
 
The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
   
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.
A-1

   
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
*Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
   
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
A-2

   
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“
Moody’s
”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
   
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
   
P-1
Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.
P-2
Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.
P-3
Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short- term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Medium-Term Note Program Ratings
Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).
A-3

MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating. The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
U.S. Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by US municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.
For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scales discussed below.
Moody’s uses the MIG scale for US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, we use the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.
   
MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Demand Obligation Ratings
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon-demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade. Please see Moody’s methodology that discusses demand obligations with conditional liquidity support.
   
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
A-4

   
VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
Fitch Ratings
—A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings (“
Fitch
”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings relating to securities and obligations of an issuer can include a recovery expectation. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. The agency’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance, and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions, and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its web page. Such issues are also denoted as ‘NR’.
Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss.
Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the
ability
of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the
obligation
to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).
In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).
International Long-Term Ratings
Issuer Credit Rating Scales
   
AAA
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be
A-5

   
 
more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC
Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
CC
Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
C
Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
·
 
the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
·
 
the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;
·
 
the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; or
·
 
a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
   
RD
Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:
·
 
an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but
·
 
has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and
·
 
has not otherwise ceased operating.
This would include:
·
 
the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
·
 
the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
·
 
the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
   
D
Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or that has otherwise ceased business.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
A-6

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
International Short-Term Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
   
F1
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.
Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term ratings:
Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category.
Ratings that have been withdrawn will be indicated by the symbol ‘WD’.
Rating Watch: Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating that a rating could stay at its present level or potentially be upgraded, “Negative”, to indicate that the rating could stay at its present level or potentially be downgraded, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first.
A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis.
A-7


 
APPENDIX B
 
 
LOGO
 
B-1

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
T A B L E   O F   C O N T E N T S
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
1.
  
 
 
8
 
  
 
 
8
 
  
 
 
8
 
  
 
 
9
 
  
 
 
11
 
  
 
 
12
 
  
 
 
13
 
  
 
 
16
 
  
 
 
16
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
21
 
2.
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
3.
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
26
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
2 of 72
 
 
B-2

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
26
 
  
 
 
26
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
28
 
  
 
 
28
 
  
 
 
28
 
  
 
 
29
 
  
 
 
29
 
  
 
 
29
 
  
 
 
30
 
  
 
 
30
 
  
 
 
30
 
  
 
 
30
 
4.
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
37
 
  
 
 
38
 
  
 
 
38
 
  
 
 
39
 
  
 
 
39
 
  
 
 
39
 
5.
  
 
 
41
 
  
 
 
41
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
3 of 72
 
 
B-3

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
41
 
  
 
 
42
 
  
 
 
42
 
  
 
 
43
 
  
 
 
44
 
  
 
 
44
 
  
 
 
44
 
  
 
 
45
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
47
 
  
 
 
47
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
49
 
  
 
 
49
 
  
 
 
49
 
  
 
 
50
 
  
 
 
50
 
  
 
 
50
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
53
 
  
 
 
53
 
  
 
 
53
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
55
 
  
 
 
55
 
6.
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
4 of 72
 
 
B-4

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
7.
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
59
 
  
 
 
59
 
  
 
 
59
 
  
 
 
60
 
  
 
 
60
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
67
 
  
 
 
67
 
8.
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
5 of 72
 
 
B-5

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
   
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
6 of 72
 
 
B-6

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Coverage
The U.S. research team provides proxy analyses and voting recommendations for common shareholder meetings of publicly - traded U.S. - incorporated companies that are held in our institutional investor clients’ portfolios and includes all S&P 1500 and Russell 3000 companies that are considered U.S. Domestic Issuers by the SEC. Coverage generally includes corporate actions for common equity holders, such as written consents and bankruptcies. ISS’ U.S. coverage includes investment companies (including
open-end
funds,
closed-end
funds, exchange-traded funds, and unit investment trusts), limited partnerships (“LPs”), master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and business development companies. ISS reviews its universe of coverage on an annual basis, and the coverage is subject to change based on client need and industry trends.
The U.S. research team also produces, for subscribing clients, research and recommendations for fixed income meetings, and meetings of certain preferred securities, including Auction Rate Preferred Securities (“ARPS”) and Variable Rate Municipal Term Preferred securities (“VMTPs”).
Foreign-incorporated companies
In addition to U.S. - incorporated companies, U.S. policies are applied to certain foreign-incorporated company analyses. Like the SEC, ISS distinguishes two types of companies that list but are not incorporated in the U.S.:
 
 
 
U.S. Domestic Issuers – which have a majority of outstanding shares held in the U.S. and meet other criteria, as determined by the SEC, and are subject to the same disclosure and listing standards as U.S. incorporated companies – are generally covered under standard U.S. policy guidelines.
 
 
Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs) – which do not meet the Domestic Issuer criteria and are exempt from most disclosure requirements (e.g., they do not file DEF14A reports) and listing standards (e.g., for required levels of board and committee independence) – are covered under a combination of policy guidelines:
 
 
FPI Guidelines (see the
Americas Regional Proxy Voting Guidelines
), which apply certain minimum independence and disclosure standards in the evaluation of key proxy ballot items, such as the election of directors and approval of financial reports; and
 
 
For other issues, guidelines for the market that is responsible for, or most relevant to, the item on the ballot.
In all cases – including with respect to other companies with cross-market features that may lead to ballot items related to multiple markets – items that are on the ballot solely due to the requirements of another market (listing, incorporation, or national code) may be evaluated under the policy of the relevant market, regardless of the “assigned” market coverage.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
7 of 72
 
 
B-7

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
1.   Board of Directors
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:
Independence
: Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.
Composition
: Companies should ensure that directors add value to the board through their specific skills and expertise and by having sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members. Boards should be sufficiently diverse to ensure consideration of a wide range of perspectives.
Responsiveness
: Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or
non-binding),
and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered.
Accountability
: Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition, and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees
1
considered on
case-by-case
basis):
Independence
Vote against
2
or withhold from
non-independent
directors (Executive Directors and
Non-Independent
Non-Executive
Directors per
ISS’ Classification of Directors
) when:
 
 
 
Independent directors comprise 50 percent or less of the board;
 
 
The
non-independent
director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;
 
 
The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or
 
 
The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.
 
 
1
A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a
case-by-case
basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.
2
In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
8 of 72
 
 
B-8

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
ISS Classification of Directors – U.S.
 
 
 
1.
Executive Director
 
 
1.1.
Current officer
1
of the company or one of its affiliates
2
.
 
 
2.
Non-Independent
Non-Executive
Director
 
 
Board Identification
 
 
2.1.
Director identified as not independent by the board.
 
 
Controlling/Significant Shareholder
 
2.2.
Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).
 
 
Current Employment at Company or Related Company
 
 
2.3.
Non-officer
employee of the firm (including employee representatives).
 
2.4.
Officer
1
, former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.
 
 
Former Employment
 
 
2.5.
Former CEO of the company.
3, 4
 
2.6.
Former
non-CEO
officer
1
of the company or an affiliate
2
within the past five years.
 
2.7.
Former officer
1
of an acquired company within the past five years.
4
 
2.8.
Officer
1
of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off within the past five years.
 
2.9.
Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.
5
 
 
Family Members
 
 
2.10.
Immediate family member
6
of a current or former officer
1
of the company or its affiliates
2
within the last five years.
 
2.11.
Immediate family member
6
of a current employee of company or its affiliates
2
where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a
non-Section
16 officer in a key strategic role).
 
 
Professional, Transactional, 
and Charitable Relationships
 
 
2.12.
Director who (or whose immediate family member
6
) currently provides professional services
7
in excess of $10,000 per year to: the company, an affiliate
2
, or an individual officer of the company or an affiliate; or who is (or whose immediate family member
6
is) a partner, employee, or controlling shareholder of an organization which provides the services.
 
2.13.
Director who (or whose immediate family member
6
) currently has any material transactional relationship
8
with the company or its affiliates
2
; or who is (or whose immediate family member
6
is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has the material transactional relationship
8
(excluding investments in the company through a private placement).
 
2.14.
Director who (or whose immediate family member
6
)
is a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or
non-profit
organization that receives material grants or endowments
8
from the company or its affiliates
2
.
 
 
Other Relationships
 
 
2.15.
Party to a voting agreement
9
to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.
 
2.16.
Has (or an immediate family member
6
has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee.
10
 
2.17.
Founder
11
of the company but not currently an employee.
 
2.18.
Director with pay comparable to Named Executive Officers.
 
2.19.
Any material
12
relationship with the company.
 
 
3.
Independent Director
 
3.1.
No material
12
connection to the company other than a board seat.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
9 of 72
 
 
B-9

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Footnotes:
1.
The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A
non-employee
director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will generally be classified as a
Non-Independent
Non-Executive
Director under “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation exceeding $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Director.
2.
“Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation. The manager/advisor of an externally managed issuer (EMI) is considered an affiliate.
3.
Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).
4.
When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, ISS will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
5.
ISS will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent,
non-temporary
CEOs. ISS will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.
6.
“Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings,
in-laws,
and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
7.
Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or
fee-based
payment structure. Professional services generally include but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services, commercial banking (beyond deposit services), investment services, insurance services, accounting/audit services, consulting services, marketing services, legal services, property management services, realtor services, lobbying services, executive search services, and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services, IT tech support services, educational services, and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a
non-lead
bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.
8.
A material transactional relationship, including grants to
non-profit
organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity, exceeding the greater of: $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NYSE listing standards. For a company that follows neither of the preceding standards, ISS will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
9.
Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as Independent Directors if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
10.
Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
10 of 72
 
 
B-10

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
11.
The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, ISS may deem him or her an Independent Director.
12.
For purposes of ISS’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.
Composition
Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:
Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year
3
) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:
 
 
 
Medical issues/illness;
 
 
Family emergencies; and
 
 
Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).
In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.
If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.
Overboarded Directors:
Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:
 
 
 
Sit on more than five public company boards; or
 
 
Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards
4
.
Gender Diversity:
For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a
case-by-case
basis) at companies where there are no women on the company’s board. An exception will be made if there was a woman on the board at the
 
 
3
Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.
4
Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards with publicly-traded common stock will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
11 of 72
 
 
B-11

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to return to a gender-diverse status within a year.
Racial and/or Ethnic Diversity:
For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, highlight boards with no apparent racial and/or ethnic diversity
5
.
For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, effective for meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2022, generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a
case-by-case
basis) where the board has no apparent racially or ethnically diverse members. An exception will be made if there was racial and/or ethnic diversity on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to appoint at least one racial and/or ethnic diverse member within a year.
Responsiveness
Vote
case-by-case
on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:
 
 
 
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:
 
 
Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;
 
 
Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;
 
 
The subject matter of the proposal;
 
 
The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;
 
 
Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;
 
 
The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and
 
 
Other factors as appropriate.
 
 
The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;
 
 
At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.
Vote
case-by-case
on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:
 
 
 
The company’s previous
say-on-pay
received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast. Factors that will be considered are:
 
 
The company’s response, including:
 
 
Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);
 
 
Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the
say-on-pay
opposition;
 
 
Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;
 
 
Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;
 
 
Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
5
Aggregate diversity statistics provided by the board will only be considered if specific to racial and/or ethnic diversity.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
12 of 72
 
 
B-12

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.
 
 
The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.
Accountability
Problematic Takeover Defenses/Governance Structure
Poison Pills:
Vote against or withhold from all nominees (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if:
 
 
 
The company has a poison pill that was not approved by shareholders
6
. However, vote
case-by-case
on nominees if the board adopts an initial pill with a term of one year or less, depending on the disclosed rationale for the adoption, and other factors as relevant (such as a commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote);
 
 
The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or
 
 
The pill, whether short-term
7
or long-term, has a deadhand or slowhand feature.
Classified Board Structure:
The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.
Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards:
The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.
Director Performance Evaluation:
The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by
one-,
three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:
 
 
 
A classified board structure;
 
 
A supermajority vote requirement;
 
 
Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections, or a majority vote standard in contested elections;
 
 
The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;
 
 
The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;
 
 
A multi-class capital structure; and/or
 
 
A
non-shareholder-approved
poison pill.
Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures:
Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:
 
 
6
Public shareholders only, approval prior to a company’s becoming public is insufficient.
7
If the short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, ISS will generally still recommend withhold/against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
13 of 72
 
 
B-13

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;
 
 
Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;
 
 
The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;
 
 
The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure;
 
 
The company’s existing governance provisions;
 
 
The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and
 
 
Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.
Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote
case-by-case
on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if the directors:
 
 
 
Classified the board;
 
 
Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or
 
 
Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.
Problematic Capital Structure—Newly Public Companies:
For newly public companies
8
, generally vote against or withhold from the entire board (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights without subjecting the multi-class capital structure to a reasonable time-based sunset. In assessing the reasonableness of a time-based sunset provision, consideration will be given to the company’s lifespan, its
post-IPO
ownership structure and the board’s disclosed rationale for the sunset period selected. No sunset period of more than seven years from the date of the IPO will be considered to be reasonable.
Continue to vote against or withhold from incumbent directors in subsequent years, unless the problematic capital structure is reversed or removed.
Problematic Governance Structure—Newly Public Companies
: For newly public companies
8
, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:
 
 
 
Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;
 
 
A classified board structure; or
 
 
Other egregious provisions.
A reasonable sunset provision will be considered a mitigating factor.
Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote
case-by-case
on director nominees in subsequent years.
 
 
8
Newly-public companies generally include companies that emerge from bankruptcy, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
14 of 72
 
 
B-14

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions:
Vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;
 
 
The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
 
 
Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;
 
 
Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;
 
 
The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;
 
 
The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;
 
 
Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.
Restrictions on Shareholders’ Rights
Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:
Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:
 
 
 
The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule
14a-8.
Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis.
Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule
14a-8
for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. Generally continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.
Problematic Audit-Related Practices
Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:
 
 
 
The
non-audit
fees paid to the auditor are
excessive
;
 
 
The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or
 
 
There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Vote
case-by-case
on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.
Problematic Compensation Practices
In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (
pay for performance
);
 
 
The company maintains significant
problematic pay practices
; or
 
 
The board exhibits a significant level of
poor communication and responsiveness
to shareholders.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
15 of 72
 
 
B-15

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Generally vote against or withhold from the Compensation Committee chair, other committee members, or potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or
 
 
The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.
Generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting
non-employee
director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more years) of awarding excessive
non-employee
director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.
Problematic Pledging of Company Stock:
Vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company sto1ck by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;
 
 
The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;
 
 
Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and
 
 
Any other relevant factors.
Governance Failures
Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:
 
 
 
Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight
9
, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;
 
 
Failure to replace management as appropriate; or
 
 
Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.
Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote-No
Campaigns
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public
“vote-no”
campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.
 
 
9
Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant adverse legal judgments or settlement; or hedging of company stock.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
16 of 72
 
 
B-16

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Proxy Contests/Proxy Access
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;
 
 
Management’s track record;
 
 
Background to the contested election;
 
 
Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;
 
 
Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;
 
 
Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and
 
 
Stock ownership positions.
In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote
case-by-case
considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether there are more candidates than board seats).
Other Board-Related Proposals
Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.
Board Refreshment
Board refreshment is best implemented through an ongoing program of individual director evaluations, conducted annually, to ensure the evolving needs of the board are met and to bring in fresh perspectives, skills, and diversity as needed.
Term/Tenure Limits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals regarding director term/tenure limits, considering:
 
 
 
The rationale provided for adoption of the term/tenure limit;
 
 
The robustness of the company’s board evaluation process;
 
 
Whether the limit is of sufficient length to allow for a broad range of director tenures;
 
 
Whether the limit would disadvantage independent directors compared to
non-independent
directors; and
 
 
Whether the board will impose the limit evenly, and not have the ability to waive it in a discriminatory manner.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking for the company to adopt director term/tenure limits, considering:
 
 
 
The scope of the shareholder proposal; and
 
 
Evidence of problematic issues at the company combined with, or exacerbated by, a lack of board refreshment.
Age Limits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors through mandatory retirement ages. Vote for proposals to remove mandatory age limits.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
17 of 72
 
 
B-17

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Board Size
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.
Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.
Classification/Declassification of the Board
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board.
Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
CEO Succession Planning
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:
 
 
 
The reasonableness/scope of the request; and
 
 
The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.
Cumulative Voting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:
 
 
 
The company has proxy access
10
, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and
 
 
The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a
carve-out
for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.
Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection.
Vote against proposals that would:
 
 
 
Eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.
 
 
Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.
 
 
Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company’s board (
i.e.
, “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.
Vote for only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:
 
 
 
If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that s/he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and
 
 
10
A proxy access right that meets the
recommended guidelines
.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
18 of 72
 
 
B-18

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.
Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;
 
 
The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal.
Establish Other Board Committee Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal.
Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies. Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
Independent Board Chair
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the board chair position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:
 
 
 
The scope and rationale of the proposal;
 
 
The company’s current board leadership structure;
 
 
The company’s governance structure and practices;
 
 
Company performance; and
 
 
Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.
The following factors will increase the likelihood of a “for” recommendation:
 
 
 
A majority
non-independent
board and/or the presence of
non-independent
directors on key board committees;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
19 of 72
 
 
B-19

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
A weak or poorly-defined lead independent director role that fails to serve as an appropriate counterbalance to a combined CEO/chair role;
 
 
The presence of an executive or
non-independent
chair in addition to the CEO, a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair, and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair;
 
 
Evidence that the board has failed to oversee and address material risks facing the company;
 
 
A material governance failure, particularly if the board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns or if the board has materially diminished shareholder rights; or
 
 
Evidence that the board has failed to intervene when management’s interests are contrary to shareholders’ interests.
Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’ definition of Independent Director (See
ISS’ Classification of Directors
.)
Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.
Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. Vote against if no
carve-out
for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.
Generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a
carve-out
for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.
Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.
Proxy Access
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:
 
 
 
Ownership threshold:
maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;
 
 
Ownership duration:
maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;
 
 
Aggregation:
minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;
 
 
Cap:
cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.
Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.
Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.
Require More Nominees than Open Seats
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
20 of 72
 
 
B-20

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:
 
 
 
Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;
 
 
Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;
 
 
Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and
 
 
The company has an independent chair or a lead director, according to I
SS’ definition
. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
21 of 72
 
 
B-21

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
2.   Audit-Related
Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:
 
 
 
The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;
 
 
The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;
 
 
The quality of the company’s disclosure; and
 
 
The company’s historical practices in the audit area.
Vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Auditor Ratification
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:
 
 
 
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;
 
 
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
 
 
Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as fraud or misapplication of GAAP; or
 
 
Fees for
non-audit
services (“Other” fees) are excessive.
Non-audit
fees are excessive if:
 
 
 
Non-audit
(“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees
Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.
In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant
one-time
capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard
“non-audit
fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the
non-audit
fees considered in determining the ratio of
non-audit
to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether
non-audit
fees are excessive.
Shareholder Proposals Limiting
Non-Audit
Services
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in
non-audit
services.
Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:
 
 
 
The tenure of the audit firm;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
22 of 72
 
 
B-22

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The length of rotation specified in the proposal;
 
 
Any significant audit-related issues at the company;
 
 
The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;
 
 
The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and
 
 
Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
23 of 72
 
 
B-23

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
3.   Shareholder Rights & Defenses
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.
To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/nominations must be no earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous year’s meeting and have a submittal window of no shorter than 30 days from the beginning of the notice period (also known as a
90-120
day window).The submittal window is the period under which shareholders must file their proposals/nominations prior to the deadline.
In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.
Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Any impediments to shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws (i.e. supermajority voting requirements);
 
 
The company’s ownership structure and historical voting turnout;
 
 
Whether the board could amend bylaws adopted by shareholders; and
 
 
Whether shareholders would retain the ability to ratify any board-initiated amendments.
Control Share Acquisition Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.
Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.
Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.
Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.
Control Share
Cash-Out
Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of control share
cash-out
statutes.
Control share
cash-out
statutes give dissident shareholders the right to
“cash-out”
of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
24 of 72
 
 
B-24

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.
Disgorgement Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.
Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these
recapture-of-profits
provisions.
Fair Price Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.
Generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
Freeze-Out
Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of state
freeze-out
provisions.
Freeze-out
provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.
Greenmail
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
Vote
case-by-case
on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.
Shareholder Litigation Rights
Federal Forum Selection Provisions
Federal forum selection provisions require that U.S. federal courts be the sole forum for shareholders to litigate claims arising under federal securities law.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for federal forum selection provisions in the charter or bylaws that specify “the district courts of the United States” as the exclusive forum for federal securities law matters, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.
Vote against provisions that restrict the forum to a particular federal district court; unilateral adoption (without a shareholder vote) of such a provision will generally be considered a
one-time
failure under the
Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments
policy.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
25 of 72
 
 
B-25

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters
Exclusive forum provisions in the charter or bylaws restrict shareholders’ ability to bring derivative lawsuits against the company, for claims arising out of state corporate law, to the courts of a particular state (generally the state of incorporation).
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for charter or bylaw provisions that specify courts located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters for Delaware corporations, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.
For states other than Delaware, vote
case-by-case
on exclusive forum provisions, taking into consideration:
 
 
 
The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;
 
 
Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder lawsuits in more than one forum;
 
 
The breadth of application of the charter or bylaw provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and
 
 
Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.
Generally vote against provisions that specify a state other than the state of incorporation as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters, or that specify a particular local court within the state; unilateral adoption of such a provision will generally be considered a
one-time
failure under the
Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments
policy.
Fee shifting
Fee-shifting
provisions in the charter or bylaws require that a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation and its directors and officers.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against provisions that mandate
fee-shifting
whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., including cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).
Unilateral adoption of a
fee-shifting
provision will generally be considered an ongoing failure under the
Unilateral
Bylaw/Charter Amendments
policy.
Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.
Vote
case-by-case,
considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:
 
 
 
The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new
5-percent
holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing
5-percent
holder);
 
 
The value of the NOLs;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
26 of 72
 
 
B-26

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);
 
 
The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and
 
 
Any other factors that may be applicable.
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:
 
 
 
Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or
 
 
The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.
If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.
Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:
 
 
 
No lower than a 20 percent trigger,
flip-in
or flip-over;
 
 
A term of no more than three years;
 
 
No deadhand, slowhand,
no-hand,
or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;
 
 
Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.
In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.
Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:
 
 
 
The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);
 
 
The value of the NOLs;
 
 
Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
27 of 72
 
 
B-27

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and
 
 
Any other factors that may be applicable.
Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker
non-votes
in the company’s vote-counting methodology.
While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:
 
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal;
 
 
The company’s stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;
 
 
The company’s vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;
 
 
Whether the company’s disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;
 
 
Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company’s proxy voting mechanics;
 
 
Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and
 
 
Any other factors that may be relevant.
Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or bylaws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.
In addition, voting against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:
 
 
 
The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;
 
 
The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
 
 
Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;
 
 
Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;
 
 
The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;
 
 
The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;
 
 
Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.
When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.
Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
28 of 72
 
 
B-28

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;
 
 
One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;
 
 
Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and
 
 
The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.
Reincorporation Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated
case-by-case,
giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:
 
 
 
Reasons for reincorporation;
 
 
Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and
 
 
Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.
Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.
Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:
 
 
 
Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;
 
 
The consent threshold;
 
 
The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;
 
 
Investor ownership structure; and
 
 
Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:
 
 
 
An unfettered
11
right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;
 
 
A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;
 
 
No
non-shareholder-approved
pill; and
 
 
An annually elected board.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.
Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:
 
 
 
Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;
 
 
Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10 percent preferred);
 
 
The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;
 
11
“Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
29 of 72
 
 
B-29

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Investor ownership structure; and
 
 
Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.
Stakeholder Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals that ask the board to consider
non-shareholder
constituencies or other
non-financial
effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.
State Antitakeover Statutes
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).
Supermajority Vote Requirements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.
 
 
 
Vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote
case-by-case,
taking into account:
 
 
Ownership structure;
 
 
Quorum requirements; and
 
 
Vote requirements.
Virtual Shareholder Meetings
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude
in-person
meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only
12
meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an
in-person
meeting.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals concerning virtual-only meetings, considering:
 
 
 
Scope and rationale of the proposal; and
 
 
Concerns identified with the company’s prior meeting practices.
 
 
12
Virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding
in-person
meeting.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
30 of 72
 
 
B-30

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
4. Capital/Restructuring
Capital
Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
 
 
 
 
LOGO

General Recommendation:
Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.
Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.
Common Stock Authorization
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.
Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.
Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:
 
 
 
Past Board Performance:
 
 
The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;
 
 
 
The Current Request:
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and
 
 
The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.
ISS will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):
 
 
A.
Most companies:
100
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
 
B.
Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance:
50
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
 
C.
Companies with
one-
and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end:
50
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
 
D.
Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present:
25
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that ISS is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
31 of 72
 
 
B-31

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Dual Class Structure
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:
 
 
 
The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:
 
 
The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or
 
 
The new class of shares will be transitory;
 
 
The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and
 
 
The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.
Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a
non-shareholder-approved
shareholder rights plan (poison pill).
Preemptive Rights
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration:
 
 
 
The size of the company;
 
 
The shareholder base; and
 
 
The liquidity of the stock.
Preferred Stock Authorization
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.
Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:
 
 
 
Past Board Performance:
 
 
The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;
 
 
 
The Current Request:
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;
 
 
In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and
 
 
Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.
Recapitalization Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
32 of 72
 
 
B-32

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
More simplified capital structure;
 
 
Enhanced liquidity;
 
 
Fairness of conversion terms;
 
 
Impact on voting power and dividends;
 
 
Reasons for the reclassification;
 
 
Conflicts of interest; and
 
 
Other alternatives considered.
Reverse Stock Splits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:
 
 
 
The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or
 
 
The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:
 
 
 
Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;
 
 
Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;
 
 
The company’s rationale; or
 
 
Other factors as applicable.
Share Repurchase Programs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
For U.S.-incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges,
vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:
 
 
 
Greenmail,
 
 
The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics,
 
 
Threats to the company’s long-term viability, or
 
 
Other company-specific factors as warranted.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.
Share Repurchase Programs Shareholder Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
33 of 72
 
 
B-33

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Tracking Stock
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:
 
 
 
Adverse governance changes;
 
 
Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;
 
 
Unfair method of distribution;
 
 
Diminution of voting rights;
 
 
Adverse conversion features;
 
 
Negative impact on stock option plans; and
 
 
Alternatives such as
spin-off.
Restructuring
Appraisal Rights
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.
Asset Purchases
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Purchase price;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
Financial and strategic benefits;
 
 
How the deal was negotiated;
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Other alternatives for the business;
 
 
Non-completion
risk.
Asset Sales
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on asset sales, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;
 
 
Potential elimination of diseconomies;
 
 
Anticipated financial and operating benefits;
 
 
Anticipated use of funds;
 
 
Value received for the asset;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
How the deal was negotiated;
 
 
Conflicts of interest.
Bundled Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
34 of 72
 
 
B-34

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Conversion of Securities
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals, the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.
Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:
 
 
 
Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;
 
 
Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;
 
 
Financial issues - company’s financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;
 
 
Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
 
Control issues - change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and
 
 
Conflict of interest - arm’s length transaction, managerial incentives.
Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
Formation of Holding Company
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:
 
 
 
The reasons for the change;
 
 
Any financial or tax benefits;
 
 
Regulatory benefits;
 
 
Increases in capital structure; and
 
 
Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.
Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:
 
 
 
Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or
 
 
Adverse changes in shareholder rights.
Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority
Squeeze-outs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on going private transactions, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Offer price/premium;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
How the deal was negotiated;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
35 of 72
 
 
B-35

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Other alternatives/offers considered; and
 
 
Non-completion
risk.
Vote
case-by-case
on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:
 
 
 
Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);
 
 
Balanced interests of continuing vs.
cashed-out
shareholders, taking into account the following:
 
 
Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?
 
 
Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?
 
 
Does the company have strong corporate governance?
 
 
Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?
 
 
Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?
Joint Ventures
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Percentage of assets/business contributed;
 
 
Percentage ownership;
 
 
Financial and strategic benefits;
 
 
Governance structure;
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Other alternatives; and
 
 
Non-completion
risk.
Liquidations
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on liquidations, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
 
Appraisal value of assets; and
 
 
The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.
Mergers and Acquisitions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
 
 
 
Valuation
- Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.
 
 
Market reaction
- How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.
 
 
Strategic rationale
- Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
36 of 72
 
 
B-36

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Negotiations and process
- Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at
arm’s-length?
Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.
 
 
Conflicts of interest
- Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to
non-insider
shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.
 
 
Governance
- Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:
 
 
 
Dilution to existing shareholders’ position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.
 
 
 
Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):
 
 
 
The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.
 
 
 
When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry, and anticipation of future performance.
 
 
 
Financial issues:
 
 
The company’s financial condition;
 
 
Degree of need for capital;
 
 
Use of proceeds;
 
 
Effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;
 
 
Current and proposed cash burn rate;
 
 
Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.
 
 
 
Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger, or sale of part or all of the company.
 
 
 
Control issues:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
37 of 72
 
 
B-37

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Change in management;
 
 
Change in control;
 
 
Guaranteed board and committee seats;
 
 
Standstill provisions;
 
 
Voting agreements;
 
 
Veto power over certain corporate actions; and
 
 
Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium.
 
 
 
Conflicts of interest:
 
 
Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.
 
 
Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?
 
 
 
Market reaction:
 
 
The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the
one-day
impact on the unaffected stock price.
Vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:
 
 
 
Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;
 
 
Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;
 
 
Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);
 
 
The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);
 
 
Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and
 
 
Governance of the reorganized company.
Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Valuation
- Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the
pre-merger
value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.
 
 
Market reaction
- How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the
one-day
impact on the unaffected stock price.
 
 
Deal timing
- A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.
 
 
Negotiations and process
- What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.
 
 
Conflicts of interest
- How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
38 of 72
 
 
B-38

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 perecnt of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the
18-24
month timeframe.
 
 
Voting agreements
- Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?
 
 
Governance
- What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?
Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on SPAC extension proposals taking into account the length of the requested extension, the status of any pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process, any added incentive for
non-redeeming
shareholders, and any prior extension requests.
 
 
 
Length of request
: Typically, extension requests range from two to six months, depending on the progression of the SPAC’s acquistion process.
 
 
Pending transaction(s)
or
progression of the acquisition process:
Sometimes an intial business combination was already put to a shareholder vote, but, for varying reasons, the transaction could not be consummated by the termination date and the SPAC is requesting an extension. Other times, the SPAC has entered into a definitive transaction agreement, but needs additional time to consummate or hold the shareholder meeting.
 
 
Added incentive for
non-redeeming
shareholders
: Sometimes the SPAC sponsor (or other insiders) will contribute, typically as a loan to the company, additional funds that will be added to the redemption value of each public share as long as such shares are not redeemed in connection with the extension request. The purpose of the “equity kicker” is to incentivize shareholders to hold their shares through the end of the requested extension or until the time the transaction is put to a shareholder vote, rather than electing redeemption at the extension proposal meeting.
 
 
Prior extension requests
: Some SPACs request additional time beyond the extension period sought in prior extension requests.
Spin-offs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on spin-offs, considering:
 
 
 
Tax and regulatory advantages;
 
 
Planned use of the sale proceeds;
 
 
Valuation of spinoff;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
Benefits to the parent company;
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Managerial incentives;
 
 
Corporate governance changes;
 
 
Changes in the capital structure.
Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:
 
 
 
Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;
 
 
Selling the company; or
 
 
Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.
These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:
 
 
 
Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;
 
 
Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
39 of 72
 
 
B-39

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Strategic plan in place for improving value;
 
 
Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and
 
 
The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
40 of 72
 
 
B-40

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
5.   Compensation
Executive Pay Evaluation
Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:
 
 
1.
Maintain appropriate
pay-for-performance
alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;
 
2.
Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;
 
3.
Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (
e.g.
, including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);
 
4.
Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;
 
5.
Avoid inappropriate pay to
non-executive
directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors is reasonable and does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals
(Say-on-Pay)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.
Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
(Say-on-Pay
or “SOP”) if:
 
 
 
There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);
 
 
The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;
 
 
The board exhibits a significant level of
poor communication and responsiveness
to shareholders.
Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP would otherwise be warranted due to
pay-for-performance
misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;
 
 
The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;
 
 
The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or
 
 
The situation is egregious.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
41 of 72
 
 
B-41

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay
Pay-for-Performance
Evaluation
ISS annually conducts a
pay-for-performance
analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the S&P1500, Russell 3000, or Russell 3000E Indices
13
, this analysis considers the following:
 
 
1.
  Peer Group
14
Alignment:
 
 
 
The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.
 
 
The rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.
 
 
The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median in the most recent fiscal year.
 
 
2.
Absolute Alignment
15
– the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.
If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term
pay-for-performance
alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, a misalignment between pay and performance is otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to an evaluation of how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:
 
 
 
The ratio of performance- to time-based incentive awards;
 
 
The overall ratio of performance-based compensation to fixed or discretionary pay;
 
 
The rigor of performance goals;
 
 
The complexity and risks around pay program design;
 
 
The transparency and clarity of disclosure;
 
 
The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;
 
 
Financial/operational results, both absolute and relative to peers;
 
 
Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g.,
bi-annual
awards);
 
 
Realizable pay
16
compared to grant pay; and
 
 
Any other factors deemed relevant.
Problematic Pay Practices
The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:
 
 
 
Problematic practices related to
non-performance-based
compensation elements;
 
 
13
The
Russell 3000E
Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
14
The revised peer group is generally comprised of
14-24
companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a
market-cap
bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.
15
Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
16
ISS research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
42 of 72
 
 
B-42

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking or present a windfall risk; and
 
 
Pay decisions that circumvent
pay-for-performance,
such as options backdating or waiving performance requirements.
Problematic Pay Practices related to
Non-Performance-Based
Compensation Elements
Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated
case-by-case
considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated
pay-for-performance
philosophy. Please refer to ISS’
U.S. Compensation Policies FAQ
document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:
 
 
 
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARs without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);
 
 
Extraordinary perquisites or tax
gross-ups;
 
 
New or materially amended agreements that provide for:
 
 
Excessive termination or CIC severance payments (generally exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus);
 
 
CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers) or in connection with a problematic Good Reason definition;
 
 
CIC excise tax
gross-up
entitlements (including “modified”
gross-ups);
 
 
Multi-year guaranteed awards that are not at risk due to rigorous performance conditions;
 
 
Liberal CIC definition combined with any single-trigger CIC benefits;
 
 
Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible;
 
 
Any other provision or practice deemed to be egregious and present a significant risk to investors.
Options Backdating
The following factors should be examined
case-by-case
to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:
 
 
 
Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;
 
 
Duration of options backdating;
 
 
Size of restatement due to options backdating;
 
 
Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or
re-pricing
backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and
 
 
Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.
Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness
Consider the following factors
case-by-case
when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:
 
 
 
Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or
 
 
Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous
say-on-pay
proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:
 
 
Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
43 of 72
 
 
B-43

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the
say-on-pay
opposition;
 
 
Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;
 
 
Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;
 
 
Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.
Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.
Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing
change-in-control
arrangements maintained with named executive officers but also considering new or extended arrangements.
Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):
 
 
 
Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;
 
 
Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;
 
 
Full acceleration of equity awards granted shortly before the change in control;
 
 
Acceleration of performance awards above the target level of performance without compelling rationale;
 
 
Excessive cash severance (generally >3x base salary and bonus);
 
 
Excise tax
gross-ups
triggered and payable;
 
 
Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or
 
 
Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or
 
 
The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.
Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.
In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management
say-on-pay),
ISS will evaluate the
say-on-pay
proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.
Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans
Please refer to ISS’
U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ
document for additional details on the Equity Plan Scorecard policy.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
44 of 72
 
 
B-44

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on certain equity-based compensation plans
17
depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “Equity Plan Scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:
 
 
 
Plan Cost:
The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:
 
 
SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and
 
 
SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.
 
 
 
Plan Features:
 
 
Quality of disclosure around vesting upon a change in control (CIC);
 
 
Discretionary vesting authority;
 
 
Liberal share recycling on various award types;
 
 
Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;
 
 
Dividends payable prior to award vesting.
 
 
 
Grant Practices:
 
 
The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;
 
 
Vesting requirements in CEO’s recent equity grants
(3-year
look-back);
 
 
The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);
 
 
The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;
 
 
Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back policy;
 
 
Whether the company maintains sufficient post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.
Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors (“overriding factors”) apply:
 
 
 
Awards may vest in connection with a liberal
change-of-control
definition;
 
 
The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for
non-listed
companies);
 
 
The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant
pay-for-performance
disconnect under certain circumstances;
 
 
The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders’ holdings;
 
 
The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or
 
 
Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.
Further Information on certain EPSC Factors:
Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)
The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new
 
 
17
Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated
case-by-case.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
45 of 72
 
 
B-45

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full-value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types.
For proposals that are not subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.
18
Three-Year Burn Rate
Burn-rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation (ó) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500), and
non-Russell
3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark. See the
U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ
for the benchmarks.
Egregious Factors
Liberal Change in Control Definition
Generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change in control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.
Repricing Provisions
Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” typically includes the ability to do any of the following:
 
 
 
Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;
 
 
Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs;
 
 
Cancel underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or
 
 
Provide cash buyouts of underwater options.
 
 
18
For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
46 of 72
 
 
B-46

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
While the above cover most types of repricing, ISS may view other provisions as akin to repricing depending on the facts and circumstances.
Also, vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by ISS), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.
Vote against plans that do not expressly prohibit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval if the company has a history of repricing/buyouts without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.
Problematic Pay Practices or Significant
Pay-for-Performance
Disconnect
If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for
problematic pay practices
, vote against the plan.
ISS may recommend a vote against the equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for
pay-for-performance
misalignment. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:
 
 
 
Severity of the
pay-for-performance
misalignment;
 
 
Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or
 
 
Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.
Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.
Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:
 
 
 
Addresses administrative features only; or
 
 
Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes
only
, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent directors, per
ISS’ Classification of Directors
. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time for any reason (including after the company’s initial public offering), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be
case-by-case
(see below).
Vote against proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:
 
 
 
Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent directors, per
ISS’ Classification of Directors.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:
 
 
 
If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.
 
 
If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company’s IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
47 of 72
 
 
B-47

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments do not include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown only for informational purposes.
In the first two
case-by-case
evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.
Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations
Dividend Equivalent Rights
Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and
non-employee
directors and this cost should be captured.
Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.
Other Compensation Plans
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).
Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:
 
 
 
Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;
 
 
Offering period is 27 months or less; and
 
 
The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.
Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria.
Employee Stock Purchase
Plans—Non-Qualified
Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:
 
 
 
Broad-based participation;
 
 
Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;
 
 
Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
48 of 72
 
 
B-48

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase when there is a company matching contribution.
Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria. If the matching contribution or effective discount exceeds the above, ISS may evaluate the SVT cost of the plan as part of the assessment.
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:
 
 
 
Historic trading
patterns--the
stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back
“in-the-money”
over the near term;
 
 
Rationale for the
re-pricing--was
the stock price decline beyond management’s control?;
 
 
Is this a
value-for-value
exchange?;
 
 
Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?;
 
 
Timing--repricing
should occur at least one year out from any precipitous drop in company’s stock price;
 
 
Option
vesting--does
the new option vest immediately or is there a
black-out
period?;
 
 
Term of the
option--the
term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
 
 
Exercise
price--should
be set at fair market or a premium to market;
 
 
Participants--executive
officers and directors must be excluded.
If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for
re-issuance,
then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.
In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing and warrants additional scrutiny. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the
52-week
high for the stock price.
Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.
Vote for
non-employee
director-only equity plans that provide a
dollar-for-dollar
cash-for-stock
exchange.
Vote
case-by-case
on plans which do not provide a
dollar-for-dollar
cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not
dollar-for-dollar,
the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, ISS will not make any adjustments to carve out the
in-lieu-of
cash compensation.
Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
One-time
Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit
one-time
transfers to shareholders for approval.
Vote
case-by-case
on
one-time
transfers. Vote for if:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
49 of 72
 
 
B-49

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Executive officers and
non-employee
directors are excluded from participating;
 
 
Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models; and
 
 
There is a
two-year
minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.
Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back
“in-the-money”
over the near term.
Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:
 
 
 
Eligibility;
 
 
Vesting;
 
 
Bid-price;
 
 
Term of options;
 
 
Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and
 
 
Option repricing policy.
Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.
Director Compensation
Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals seeking ratification of
non-employee
director compensation, based on the following factors:
 
 
 
If the equity plan under which
non-employee
director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and
 
 
An assessment of the following qualitative factors:
 
 
The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;
 
 
The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;
 
 
Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;
 
 
Equity award vesting schedules;
 
 
The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
 
 
Meaningful limits on director compensation;
 
 
The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and
 
 
The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.
Equity Plans for
Non-Employee
Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on compensation plans for
non-employee
directors, based on:
 
 
 
The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;
 
 
The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers (in certain circumstances); and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
50 of 72
 
 
B-50

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).
On occasion,
non-employee
director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn-rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote
case-by-case
on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:
 
 
 
The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;
 
 
The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;
 
 
Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;
 
 
Equity award vesting schedules;
 
 
The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
 
 
Meaningful limits on director compensation;
 
 
The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and
 
 
The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.
Non-Employee
Director Retirement Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against retirement plans for
non-employee
directors. Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
non-employee
directors.
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:
 
 
 
The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;
 
 
Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and
 
 
Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.
Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the company, board, or compensation committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid.
Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.
Generally vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation (such as types of compensation elements or specific metrics) to be used for executive or directors.
Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
51 of 72
 
 
B-51

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Vote
case-by-case
on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account relevant factors, including but not limited to: company performance, pay level and design versus peers, history of compensation concerns or
pay-for-performance
disconnect, and/or the scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal.
Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.
Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:
 
 
 
The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;
 
 
The time period required to retain the shares;
 
 
Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;
 
 
Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;
 
 
Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and
 
 
Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.
Pay Disparity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other
non-executive
employees. The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of its executive compensation setting process, including how the company considers pay disparity;
 
 
If any problematic pay practices or
pay-for-performance
concerns have been identified at the company; and
 
 
The level of shareholder support for the company’s pay programs.
Generally vote against proposals calling for the company to use the pay disparity analysis or pay ratio in a specific way to set or limit executive pay.
Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:
 
 
 
First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based awards.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
52 of 72
 
 
B-52

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.
In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.
Pay for Superior Performance
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a
pay-for-superior
performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:
 
 
 
Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;
 
 
Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;
 
 
Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and
non-financial
performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;
 
 
Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;
 
 
Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.
Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:
 
 
 
What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?
 
 
If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?
 
 
Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?
 
 
What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?
Pre-Arranged
Trading Plans
(10b5-1
Plans)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans
(10b5-1
plans) for executives. These principles include:
 
 
 
Adoption, amendment, or termination of a
10b5-1
Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a
Form 8-K;
 
 
Amendment or early termination of a
10b5-1
Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;
 
 
Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a
10b5-1
Plan and initial trading under the plan;
 
 
Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a
10b5-1
Plan;
 
 
An executive may not trade in company stock outside the
10b5-1
Plan;
 
 
Trades under a
10b5-1
Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.
Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
53 of 72
 
 
B-53

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company’s financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive’s fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.
In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, ISS will take into consideration the following factors:
 
 
 
If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;
 
 
The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;
 
 
Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;
 
 
Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;
 
 
Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or
 
 
Any other relevant factors.
Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval
prior
to entering into employment contracts.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:
 
 
 
The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;
 
 
The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable
W-2
compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs);
 
 
Change-in-control
payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.
Share Buyback Impact on Incentive Program Metrics
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting the company exclude the impact of share buybacks from the calculation of incentive program metrics, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The frequency and timing of the company’s share buybacks;
 
 
The use of
per-share
metrics in incentive plans;
 
 
The effect of recent buybacks on incentive metric results and payouts; and
 
 
Whether there is any indication of metric result manipulation.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
54 of 72
 
 
B-54

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary or those pay elements covered for the general employee population.
Tax
Gross-Up
Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not poviding tax
gross-up
payments to executives, except in situations where
gross-ups
are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.
Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.
The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
The company’s current treatment of equity upon employment termination and/or in
change-in-control
situations (i.e., vesting is double triggered and/or pro rata, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.);
 
 
Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as
gross-ups
embedded in those agreements.
Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits automatic acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives upon a voluntary termination of employment or in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
55 of 72
 
 
B-55

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
6.   Routine /Miscellaneous
Adjourn Meeting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.
Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”
Amend Quorum Requirements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.
Amend Minor Bylaws
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).
Change Company Name
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.
Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.
Vote against shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.
Other Business
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
56 of 72
 
 
B-56

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
7.   Social and Environmental Issues
Global Approach
Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short or long term.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote
case-by-case,
examining primarily whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value. The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;
 
 
If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;
 
 
Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;
 
 
The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;
 
 
Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices;
 
 
If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and
 
 
If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Endorsement of Principles
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals seeking a company’s endorsement of principles that support a particular public policy position. Endorsing a set of principles may require a company to take a stand on an issue that is beyond its own control and may limit its flexibility with respect to future developments. Management and the board should be afforded the flexibility to make decisions on specific public policy positions based on their own assessment of the most beneficial strategies for the company.
Animal Welfare
Animal Welfare Policies
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, unless:
 
 
 
The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;
 
 
The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and
 
 
There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers’ treatment of animals.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
57 of 72
 
 
B-57

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Animal Testing
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, unless:
 
 
 
The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;
 
 
The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or
 
 
There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.
Animal Slaughter
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.
Consumer Issues
Genetically Modified Ingredients
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products. The labeling of products with GE ingredients is best left to the appropriate regulatory authorities.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:
 
 
 
The potential impact of such labeling on the company’s business;
 
 
The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and
 
 
Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling.
Generally vote against proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.
Generally vote against proposals to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such decisions are more appropriately made by management with consideration of current regulations.
Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:
 
 
 
Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;
 
 
Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;
 
 
Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and
 
 
Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
58 of 72
 
 
B-58

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:
 
 
 
The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;
 
 
Existing disclosure of relevant policies;
 
 
Deviation from established industry norms;
 
 
Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;
 
 
Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;
 
 
The potential burden and scope of the requested report;
 
 
Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.
Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain, unless:
 
 
 
The company already discloses similar information through existing reports such as a supplier code of conduct and/or a sustainability report;
 
 
The company has formally committed to the implementation of a toxic/hazardous materials and/or product safety and supply chain reporting and monitoring program based on industry norms or similar standards within a specified time frame; and
 
 
The company has not been recently involved in relevant significant controversies, fines, or litigation.
Vote
case-by-case
on resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to
phase-out
of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its product safety policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;
 
 
Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates; and
 
 
Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic/hazardous materials at the company.
Generally vote against resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.
Tobacco-Related Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:
 
 
 
Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;
 
 
Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
59 of 72
 
 
B-59

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;
 
 
Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and
 
 
Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;
 
 
 
Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;
 
 
The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and
 
 
The risk of any health-related liabilities.
Generally vote against resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to
spin-off
tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.
Generally vote against proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.
Climate Change
Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change on its operations and investments or on how the company identifies, measures, and manages such risks, considering:
 
 
 
Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;
 
 
The company’s level of disclosure compared to industry peers; and
 
 
Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s climate change-related performance.
Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:
 
 
 
The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;
 
 
The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and
 
 
There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:
 
 
 
Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;
 
 
Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;
 
 
The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;
 
 
The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
60 of 72
 
 
B-60

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.
Energy Efficiency
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies, unless:
 
 
 
The company complies with applicable energy efficiency regulations and laws, and discloses its participation in energy efficiency policies and programs, including disclosure of benchmark data, targets, and performance measures; or
 
 
The proponent requests adoption of specific energy efficiency goals within specific timelines.
Renewable Energy
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources unless the report would be duplicative of existing disclosure or irrelevant to the company’s line of business.
Generally vote against proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy resources. Such decisions are best left to management’s evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have on the company.
Generally vote against proposals that call for the adoption of renewable energy goals, taking into account:
 
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal;
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure on renewable energy use and GHG emissions; and
 
 
The company’s disclosure of policies, practices, and oversight implemented to manage GHG emissions and mitigate climate change risks.
Diversity
Board Diversity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:
 
 
 
The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and
 
 
The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:
 
 
 
The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;
 
 
The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;
 
 
The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;
 
 
Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;
 
 
The independence of the company’s nominating committee;
 
 
Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and
 
 
Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
61 of 72
 
 
B-61

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Equality of Opportunity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for
EEO-1
data, unless:
 
 
 
The company publicly discloses equal opportunity policies and initiatives in a comprehensive manner;
 
 
The company already publicly discloses comprehensive workforce diversity data; and
 
 
The company has no recent significant
EEO-related
violations or litigation.
Generally vote against proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers. Such requests may pose a significant burden on the company.
Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome.
Generally vote against proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from, domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.
Gender, Race/Ethnicity Pay Gap
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for reports on a company’s pay data by gender or race/ ethnicity, or a report on a company’s policies and goals to reduce any gender or race/ethnicity pay gaps, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current policies and disclosure related to both its diversity and inclusion policies and practices and its compensation philosophy on fair and equitable compensation practices;
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap issues;
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers; and
 
 
Local laws regarding categorization of race and/or ethnicity and definitions of ethnic and/or racial minorities.
Environment and Sustainability
Facility and Workplace Safety
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of its workplace health and safety performance data, health and safety management policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;
 
 
The nature of the company’s business, specifically regarding company and employee exposure to health and safety risks;
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or violations related to workplace health and safety; and
 
 
The company’s workplace health and safety performance relative to industry peers.
Vote
case-by-case
on resolutions requesting that a company report on safety and/or security risks associated with its operations and/or facilities, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
62 of 72
 
 
B-62

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and
 
 
The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.
General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for reports on policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations, considering:
 
 
 
Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;
 
 
The impact of regulatory
non-compliance,
litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;
 
 
The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);
 
 
The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and
 
 
The scope of the resolution.
Hydraulic Fracturing
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant policies and oversight mechanisms;
 
 
The company’s current level of such disclosure relative to its industry peers;
 
 
Potential relevant local, state, or national regulatory developments; and
 
 
Controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s hydraulic fracturing operations.
Operations in Protected Areas
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, unless:
 
 
 
Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;
 
 
The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or
 
 
The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.
Recycling
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to report on an existing recycling program, or adopt a new recycling program, taking into account:
 
 
 
The nature of the company’s business;
 
 
The current level of disclosure of the company’s existing related programs;
 
 
The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;
 
 
The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and
 
 
How the company’s recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.
Sustainability Reporting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
63 of 72
 
 
B-63

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an environment, health, and safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive code of corporate conduct; and/or a diversity report; or
 
 
The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame.
Water Issues
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting a company report on, or adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;
 
 
Whether or not the company’s existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;
 
 
The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and
 
 
Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.
General Corporate Issues
Charitable Contributions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.
Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:
 
 
 
The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;
 
 
Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;
 
 
The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;
 
 
Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and
 
 
Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.
Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to link, or report on linking, executive compensation to sustainability (environmental and social) criteria, considering:
 
 
 
The scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal;
 
 
Whether the company has significant and/or persistent controversies or regulatory violations regarding social and/or environmental issues;
 
 
Whether the company has management systems and oversight mechanisms in place regarding its social and environmental performance;
 
 
The degree to which industry peers have incorporated similar
non-financial
performance criteria in their executive compensation practices; and
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its environmental and social performance.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
64 of 72
 
 
B-64

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Human Rights, Human Capital Management, and International Operations
Human Rights Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:
 
 
 
The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;
 
 
Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;
 
 
Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;
 
 
Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;
 
 
Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;
 
 
Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;
 
 
The scope of the request; and
 
 
Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process, considering:
 
 
 
The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed, including information on the implementation of these policies and any related oversight mechanisms;
 
 
The company’s industry and whether the company or its suppliers operate in countries or areas where there is a history of human rights concerns;
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights involving the company or its suppliers, and whether the company has taken remedial steps; and
 
 
Whether the proposal is unduly burdensome or overly prescriptive.
Mandatory Arbitration
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for a report on a company’s use of mandatory arbitration on employment-related claims, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims;
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims; and
 
 
The company’s disclosure of its policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements compared to its peers.
Operations in High Risk Markets
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:
 
 
 
The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
65 of 72
 
 
B-65

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;
 
 
Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;
 
 
Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and
 
 
Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets.
Outsourcing/Offshoring
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:
 
 
 
Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);
 
 
The value of the requested report to shareholders;
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and
 
 
The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.
Sexual Harassment
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for a report on company actions taken to strengthen policies and oversight to prevent workplace sexual harassment, or a report on risks posed by a company’s failure to prevent workplace sexual harassment, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current policies, practices, oversight mechanisms related to preventing workplace sexual harassment;
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to workplace sexual harassment issues; and
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding workplace sexual harassment policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers.
Weapons and Military Sales
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.
Generally vote against proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve multiple military and
non-military
uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.
Political Activities
Lobbying
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
66 of 72
 
 
B-66

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Political Contributions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or political activities.
Vote against proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Vote against proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.
Political Ties
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, so long as:
 
 
 
There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and
 
 
The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.
Vote against proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
67 of 72
 
 
B-67

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
8.   Mutual Fund Proxies
Election of Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.
Closed End Funds- Unilateral
Opt-In
to Control Share Acquisition Statutes
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
For
closed-end
management investment companies (CEFs), vote against or withhold from nominating/governance committee members (or other directors on a
case-by-case
basis) at CEFs that have not provided a compelling rationale for
opting-in
to a Control Share Acquisition statute, nor submitted a
by-law
amendment to a shareholder vote.
Converting
Closed-end
Fund to
Open-end
Fund
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Past performance as a
closed-end
fund;
 
 
Market in which the fund invests;
 
 
Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and
 
 
Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related praposals.
Proxy Contests
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proxy contests, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Past performance relative to its peers;
 
 
Market in which the fund invests;
 
 
Measures taken by the board to address the issues;
 
 
Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;
 
 
Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;
 
 
Independence of directors;
 
 
Experience and skills of director candidates;
 
 
Governance profile of the company;
 
 
Evidence of management entrenchment.
Investment Advisory Agreements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Proposed and current fee schedules;
 
 
Fund category/investment objective;
 
 
Performance benchmarks;
 
 
Share price performance as compared with peers;
 
 
Resulting fees relative to peers;
 
 
Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Preferred Stock Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
68 of 72
 
 
B-68

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Stated specific financing purpose;
 
 
Possible dilution for common shares;
 
 
Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.
1940 Act Policies
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Potential competitiveness;
 
 
Regulatory developments;
 
 
Current and potential returns; and
 
 
Current and potential risk.
 
 
Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a
non-fundamental
restriction, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The fund’s target investments;
 
 
The reasons given by the fund for the change; and
 
 
The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to
non-fundamental.
Name Change Proposals
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on name change proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Political/economic changes in the target market;
 
 
Consolidation in the target market; and
 
 
Current asset composition.
Change in Fund’s Subclassification
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on changes in a fund’s
sub-classification,
considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Potential competitiveness;
 
 
Current and potential returns;
 
 
Risk of concentration;
 
 
Consolidation in target industry.
Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:
 
 
 
The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
 
 
The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company’s independent directors and (2) a majority of the company’s directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
69 of 72
 
 
B-69

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:
 
 
Outperforming peers in its
8-digit
GICS group as measured by
one-
and three-year median TSRs; or
 
 
Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing
non-participating
shareholders.
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Strategies employed to salvage the company;
 
 
The fund’s past performance;
 
 
The terms of the liquidation.
Changes to the Charter Document
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The degree of change implied by the proposal;
 
 
The efficiencies that could result;
 
 
The state of incorporation;
 
 
Regulatory standards and implications.
Vote against any of the following changes:
 
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;
 
 
Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund’s shares;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.
Changing the Domicile of a Fund
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on
re-incorporations,
considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Regulations of both states;
 
 
Required fundamental policies of both states;
 
 
The increased flexibility available.
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.
Distribution Agreements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;
 
 
The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;
 
 
The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;
 
 
The terms of the agreement.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
70 of 72
 
 
B-70

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Master-Feeder Structure
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
Mergers
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on merger proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Resulting fee structure;
 
 
Performance of both funds;
 
 
Continuity of management personnel;
 
 
Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.
Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote for the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.
Terminate the Investment Advisor
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);
 
 
The fund’s history of shareholder relations;
 
 
The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
71 of 72
 
 
B-71

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
We empower investors and companies to build
for long-term and sustainable growth by providing
high-quality data, analytics, and insight.
G E T   S T A R T E D   W I T H   I S S   S O L U T I O N S
Email sales@issgovernance.com or visit issgovernance.com for more information.
Founded in 1985, the Institutional Shareholder Services group of companies (“ISS”) is the world’s leading provider of corporate governance and responsible investment solutions alongside fund intelligence and services, events, and editorial content for institutional investors, globally. ISS’ solutions include objective governance research and recommendations; responsible investment data, analytics, and research;
end-to-end
proxy voting and distribution solutions; turnkey securities class-action claims management (provided by Securities Class Action Services, LLC); reliable global governance data and modeling tools; asset management intelligence, portfolio execution and monitoring, fund services, and media. Clients rely on ISS’ expertise to help them make informed investment decisions.
This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.
The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.
The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.
ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS,
NON-INFRINGEMENT,
COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.
Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.
©
2020 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
72 of 72
 
 
B-72

 
MAI-NFI-0121D


   
   
   
 
January 29, 2021
   
       
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
 
 
Ticker Symbols: Class A—NPSAX, Class C—NPSCX, Class R3—NPSTX, Class R6—NPSFX, Class I—NPSRX
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Statement of Additional Information (“
SAI”
) is not a prospectus. This SAI relates to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus dated January 29, 2021 for Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund (the “
Fund”
), a series of Nuveen Investment Trust V. A Prospectus may be obtained without charge from certain securities representatives, banks and other financial institutions that have entered into sales agreements with Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “
Distributor
”), or from the Fund, by written request to Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund, c/o Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140, or by calling (800) 257-8787.
The audited financial statements for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year appear in the Fund’s Annual Report dated September 30, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference and is available without charge by calling (800) 257-8787.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
Page
S-
3
S-
3
S-
5
S-
5
S-
6
S-
7
S-
8
S-
9
S-
10
S-
11
S-
18
S-
19
S-
19
S-
22
S-
23
S-
25
S-
26
S-
28
S-
35
S-
38
S-
41
S-
44
S-
44
S-
44
S-
44
S-
46
S-
46
S-
48
S-
48
S-
48
S-
48
S-
48
S-
49
S-
49
S-
50
S-
53
S-
54
S-
54
S-
58
S-
58
S-
58
S-
58
S-
59
S-
59
S-
59
S-
60
S-
60
S-1

     
S-
60
S-
60
S-
60
S-
61
S-
61
S-
61
S-
61
S-
62
S-
62
S-
62
S-
65
S-
65
S-
66
S-
67
S-
68
S-
69
S-
71
S-
72
S-
74
S-
74
S-
75
S-
77
S-
79
A-
1
Appendix B – ISS United States Proxy Voting Guidelines
B-
1
S-2

GENERAL INFORMATION
The Fund is a diversified series of Nuveen Investment Trust V (the “
Trust”
), an open-end management investment company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on September 27, 2006. Each series of the Trust represents shares of beneficial interest in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets, with its own objective(s) and policies. Currently, three series of the Trust are authorized and outstanding. The Fund was formerly named Nuveen Preferred Securities Fund. The Fund’s investment adviser is Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“
Nuveen Fund Advisors
” or the “
Adviser
”). The Fund’s sub-adviser is Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“
Nuveen Asset Management”
or the “
Sub-Adviser
”).
Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliate, Teachers Advisors, LLC (“
TAL
”), are both wholly owned subsidiaries of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“
TIAA
”). As a result of their common ownership by Nuveen, LLC and, ultimately, TIAA, Nuveen Fund Advisors and TAL are considered affiliated persons under common control, and the registered investment companies managed by each are considered to be part of the same group of investment companies.
Certain matters under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “
1940 Act”
), which must be submitted to a vote of the holders of the outstanding voting securities of a series, shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of each series affected by such matter.
INVESTMENT
RESTRICTIONS
The investment objective and certain investment policies of the Fund are described in the Prospectus for the Fund. The Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting shares:
(1) Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.
(2) Act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
(3) Make loans, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.
(4) Purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; but this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from investing in options on commodity indices, commodity futures contracts and options thereon, commodity-related swap agreements, other commodity-related derivative instruments, and investment companies that provide exposure to commodities.
(5) Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).
(6) Issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
(7) Purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers whose principal business activities are in the same industry; except that this restriction shall not be applicable to securities issued by financial services companies or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
(8) Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.
Except with respect to the limitation set forth in number (1) above, the foregoing restrictions and limitations will apply only at the time of purchase of securities, and the percentage limitations will not be
S-3

considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of an acquisition of securities, unless otherwise indicated.
For purposes of applying the limitations set forth in numbers (1) and (6) above, under the 1940 Act as currently in effect, the Fund is not permitted to issue senior securities, except that the Fund may borrow from any bank if immediately after such borrowing the value of the Fund’s total assets is at least 300% of the principal amount of all of the Fund’s borrowings (i.e., the principal amount of the borrowings may not exceed 33⅓% of the Fund’s total assets). In the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, the Fund shall, within three calendar days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowing shall be at least 300%. No exemptive orders have been issued with respect to the limitation set forth in number (1).
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (3) above, there are no limitations with respect to unsecured loans made by the Fund to an unaffiliated party. However, if the Fund loans its portfolio securities, the obligation on the part of the Fund to return collateral upon termination of the loan could be deemed to involve the issuance of a senior security within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act. In order to avoid violation of Section 18(f), the Fund may not make a loan of portfolio securities if, as a result, more than one-third of its total asset value (at market value computed at the time of making a loan) would be on loan. No exemptive orders have been issued with respect to the limitation set forth in number (3).
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (7) above, issuers of the following securities will not be considered to be members of any industry: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; except as set forth in the following sentence, tax-exempt securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. To the extent that the income from a municipal bond is derived principally from the assets and revenues of non-governmental users, the securities will be deemed to be from the industry of that non-governmental user. To the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies, it will consider the investments of the underlying investment companies when determining compliance with the limitation set forth in number (7) above, to the extent the Fund has sufficient information about such investments. For purposes of this limitation, all sovereign debt of a single country will be considered investments in a single industry.
Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank.
With respect to the limitation in number (8) above, the Fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) repurchase agreements fully collateralized by U.S. government securities, or (iii) securities issued by other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (i) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of total assets, the Fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer.
The foregoing fundamental investment policies, together with the investment objective of the Fund, cannot be changed without approval by holders of a “majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting shares.” As defined in the 1940 Act, this means the vote of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s shares, whichever is less.
In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees. The Fund may not:
(1)
 
Acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments.
S-4

(2)
 
Acquire any securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment
trusts
in
reliance
on
subparagraph
(F)
or
subparagraph
(G)
of
Section
12(d)(1)
of
the 1940
Act.
(3)
 
Invest directly in futures, options on futures and swaps to the extent that the Adviser would be required to register with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (
“CFTC”
) as a commodity pool operator. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Derivatives—Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps.”
For purposes of number (1) above, the Fund will monitor portfolio liquidity on an ongoing basis and, in the event that more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets are invested in illiquid investments, the Fund will reduce such holdings to at or below the 15% limit within a reasonable period of time. The term “illiquid investments” has the same meaning as given in Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act and associated guidance.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, principal investment strategies, policies and techniques that appears in the Prospectus for the Fund. Additional information concerning principal investment strategies of the Fund, and other investment strategies that may be used by the Fund, is set forth below in alphabetical order.
If a percentage limitation on investments by the Fund stated in this SAI or its Prospectus is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from changes in asset value will not be deemed to violate the limitation except in the case of the limitations on borrowing. The Fund, which is limited to investing in securities with specified ratings or of a certain credit quality, is not required to sell a security if its rating is reduced or its credit quality declines after purchase, but may consider doing so. In connection with the Fund’s ratings restrictions, any reference in this SAI or the Prospectus to a specific rating encompasses all gradations of that rating (e.g., if this SAI or the Prospectus states that the Fund may invest in securities rated as low as B, the Fund may invest in securities rated B-). Descriptions of the rating categories of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“
Standard & Poor’s
”), Fitch, Inc. (“
Fitch
”) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“
Moody’s
”) are contained in Appendix A. The descriptions in Appendix A are provided for illustrative purposes only. The Fund may consider ratings given by Standard & Poor’s, Fitch, Moody’s or any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“
NRSRO
”) or, for unrated securities, ratings assigned by the Sub-Adviser, when determining whether it is in compliance with the ratings and credit quality limitations on investments by the Fund stated in this SAI or the Prospectus.
References in this section to the Adviser also apply, to the extent applicable, to the Sub-Adviser of the Fund.
Asset Coverage Requirements
Consistent with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("
SEC
") staff guidance, the Fund will only engage in transactions that expose it to an obligation to another party if it owns either (a) an offsetting position for the same type of financial asset or (b) cash or liquid securities, designated on the Fund’s books or held in a segregated account, with a value sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations not covered as provided in (a). Examples of transactions governed by these asset coverage requirements include, for example, short sales, options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swaps and when-issued and delayed delivery transactions. Assets used as offsetting positions, designated on the Fund’s books, or held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the positions requiring cover are open unless replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of assets to be used as offsetting positions or to be designated or segregated in such a manner could impede portfolio management or the ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
To the extent the Fund writes a credit default swap, the Fund must set aside or earmark liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value (generally, the total numerical value of the asset underlying a credit default swap at the time of valuation) while the positions are open. In the case of long positions in futures contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund may set aside or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions equal to such contracts’ full notional value, less any margin
S-5

on deposit for liquid assets, while the positions are open. In the case of short positions in futures contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund may set aside or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions equal to such contracts’ current market value, less any margin on deposit for liquid assets, while the positions are open. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets or enter into an offsetting position in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily mark-to-market net obligation (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value. By setting aside or earmarking assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional value of such contracts.
The SEC recently adopted new Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, which imposes limits on the amount of derivatives the Fund can enter into and replaces the asset segregation framework previously used by the Fund to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, among other requirements. The Fund will comply with the new rule’s asset segregation framework and other requirements upon the SEC’s compliance date in 2022.
The Fund reserves the right to modify its policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff, such as the SEC’s recently adopted Rule 18f-4, regarding asset segregation.
Borrowing
Joint Credit Agreement
The Fund, along with certain other funds managed by the Adviser (“
Participating Funds
”), is a party to a 364-day, approximately $2.405 billion credit agreement with a group of lenders (the “
Credit Agreement”
), which expires in June 2021, unless extended or renewed. The Fund may borrow under the Credit Agreement to meet shareholder redemptions and for other lawful temporary purposes. Borrowing results in interest expense and being a Participating Fund results in other fees and expenses, which may increase the Fund’s net expenses and reduce the Fund’s return. In addition, borrowing by the Fund may create leverage by increasing the Fund’s investment exposure. This will result in any changes in the Fund’s net asset value, either positive or negative, being greater than they would have been if the Fund had not borrowed. Participating Funds have been allocated different first priority portions of the committed amount of the Credit Facility based primarily on the expected likelihood and extent of the need to borrow under the Credit Agreement. Administration, legal, arrangement, upfront and undrawn fees under the Credit Agreement are allocated among Participating Funds based upon these first priority portions of the aggregate commitment available to them and other factors deemed relevant by the Adviser and the Board of each Participating Fund, while fees on any amounts drawn by a Participating Fund under the Credit Agreement are borne by that Participating Fund.
Inter-Fund Borrowing and Lending
The SEC has granted an exemptive order permitting registered open-end and closed-end Nuveen Funds to participate in an inter-fund lending facility whereby the Nuveen Funds may directly lend to and borrow money from each other for temporary purposes (e.g., to satisfy redemption requests or when a sale of securities “fails,” resulting in an unanticipated cash shortfall) (the “
Inter-Fund Program
”). The closed-end Nuveen Funds will participate only as lenders, and not as borrowers, in the Inter-Fund Program because such closed-end funds rarely, if ever, need to borrow cash to meet redemptions. The Inter-Fund Program is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, the requirements that (1) no Nuveen Fund may borrow or lend money through the Inter-Fund Program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than is typically available from a bank or other financial institution for a comparable transaction; (2) no Nuveen Fund may borrow on an unsecured basis through the Inter-Fund Program unless the Nuveen Fund’s outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the inter-fund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided that if the borrowing Nuveen Fund has a secured borrowing outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another Nuveen Fund, the inter-fund loan must be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value; (3) if a Nuveen Fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an inter-fund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the Nuveen Fund may borrow
S-6

through the inter-fund loan on a secured basis only; (4) no Nuveen Fund may lend money if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the Inter-Fund Program to exceed 15% of its net assets at the time of the loan; (5) a Nuveen Fund’s inter-fund loans to any one Nuveen Fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending Nuveen Fund’s net assets; (6) the duration of inter-fund loans will be limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event more than seven days; and (7) each inter-fund loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending Nuveen Fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing Nuveen Fund. In addition, a Nuveen Fund may participate in the Inter-Fund Program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with the Nuveen Fund’s investment objective(s) and investment policies. The Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds is responsible for overseeing the Inter-Fund Program.
The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting the Inter-Fund Program are designed to minimize the risks associated with Inter-Fund Program for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When the Fund borrows money from another Nuveen Fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher rate or take other actions to payoff such loan if an inter-fund loan is not available from another Nuveen Fund. Any delay in repayment to a lending fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional borrowing costs.
Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
The Fund may hold assets in cash or cash equivalents, money market funds and short-term taxable fixed income securities in such proportions as warranted by prevailing market conditions and the Fund’s principal investment strategies. For temporary defensive purposes or during periods of high cash inflows or outflows, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in such holdings. During such periods, the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment objective. The Fund may only invest in short-term taxable fixed income securities with a maturity of one year or less and whose issuers have a long-term rating of at least A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s, A3 or higher by Moody’s or A- or higher by Fitch. Short-term taxable fixed income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
(1)
U.S. Government Securities.
The Fund may invest in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest, which are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities, and consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate. In addition, the Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations of non-U.S. countries. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest in a timely manner may be affected by a number of factors, including its cash flow situation, the extent of its non-U.S. reserves, the availability of sufficient non-U.S. exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which it may be subject.
(2)
Certificates of Deposit.
The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. If such certificates of deposit are non-negotiable, they will be considered illiquid securities and be subject to the Fund’s 15% restriction on investments in illiquid securities. Pursuant to the certificate of deposit, the issuer agrees to pay the
S-7

amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current FDIC regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured. The Fund may only invest in certificates of deposit issued by U.S. banks with at least $1 billion in assets.
(3)
Bankers’ Acceptances.
The Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances, which are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity.
(4)
Repurchase Agreements.
The Fund may invest in repurchase agreements which involve purchases of debt securities. In such an action, at the time the Fund purchases the security, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver the security to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the security at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, however, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The portfolio managers monitor the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The portfolio managers do so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(5)
Bank Time Deposits.
The Fund may invest in bank time deposits, which are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.
(6)
Commercial Paper.
The Fund may invest in commercial paper, which are short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for the notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The portfolio managers will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. The Fund may only invest in commercial paper rated A-2 or higher by Standard & Poor’s, Prime-2 or higher by Moody’s or F2 or higher by Fitch, or unrated commercial paper which is, in the opinion of the portfolio managers, of comparable quality.
Contingent Capital Securities
The Fund may invest in contingent capital securities. Contingent capital securities (sometimes referred to as “
CoCos
”) are hybrid securities, issued primarily by non-U.S. financial institutions, which have loss absorption mechanisms benefitting the issuer built into their terms. CoCos provide for mandatory conversion into the common stock of the issuer or a permanent or temporary full or partial write-down of the principal amount of the security upon the occurrence of certain “triggers” linked to minimum regulatory capital thresholds. In addition, they may explicitly provide for mandatory conversion
S-8

or a principal write-down upon the occurrence of certain events such as regulatory bodies calling into question the issuing institution’s continued viability as a going-concern. Equity conversion or principal write-down features are tailored to the issuer and its regulatory requirements and, unlike traditional convertible securities, conversions are not voluntary and are not intended to benefit the investor.
A trigger event for CoCos would likely be the result of, or related to, the deterioration of the issuer’s financial condition (e.g., a decrease in the issuer’s capital ratio) and status as a going concern. In such a case, with respect to CoCos that provide for conversion into common stock upon the occurrence of the trigger event, the market price of the issuer’s common stock received by the Fund will have likely declined, perhaps substantially, and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value. Further, the issuer’s common stock would be subordinate to the issuer’s other classes of securities and therefore would worsen the Fund’s standing in a bankruptcy proceeding. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero. In view of the foregoing, CoCos are often rated below investment grade and are subject to the risks of high yield securities.
CoCos may be subject to an automatic write-down (i.e., the automatic write-down of the principal amount or value of the securities, potentially to zero, and the cancellation of the securities) under certain circumstances, which could result in the Fund losing a portion or all of its investment in such securities. In addition, the Fund may not have any rights with respect to repayment of the principal amount of the securities that has not become due or the payment of interest or dividends on such securities for any period from (and including) the interest or dividend payment date falling immediately prior to the occurrence of such automatic write-down. An automatic write-down could also result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.
In certain scenarios, investors in CoCos may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. The prices of CoCos may be volatile. There is no guarantee that the Fund will receive a return of principal on CoCos. Any indication that an automatic write-down or conversion event may occur can be expected to have a material adverse effect on the market price of CoCos.
Convertible Securities
Convertible securities are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of debt securities or preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time (typically for the entire life of the security) into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. They also include debt securities with warrants or common stock attached and derivatives combining the features of debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt, or dividends paid or accrued on preferred securities, until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.
The market value of a convertible security generally is a function of its “investment value” and its “conversion value.” A security’s “investment value” represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a comparable non-convertible fixed income security). The investment value is determined by, among other things, reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar non-convertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s “conversion value” is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security. If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security will trade like non-convertible debt or a preferred security in the sense that its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security into which it can be converted. Instead, the convertible security’s price will tend to move in the opposite direction from interest rates. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security will be more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying stock. In that case, the convertible security’s price may be as volatile as that of the common stock. Because both
S-9

interest rate and market movements can influence its value, a convertible security is not generally as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed income security, nor is it generally as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.
The Fund’s investments in convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid. The Fund’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. For issues where the conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the Fund may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.
In addition, some convertible securities are often rated below investment-grade or are not rated, and therefore may be considered speculative investments. The credit rating of a company’s convertible securities is generally lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are normally considered “junior” securities—that is, the company usually must pay interest on its conventional corporate debt before it can make payments on its convertible securities. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to interest rate changes when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the issuing company’s common stock.
Corporate Debt Securities
The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities. The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and may carry variable or floating rates of interest. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations, although corporate debt instruments may also include bank loans to companies. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured.
Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of its issuers, corporate debt securities have widely varying potentials for return and risk profiles. Rates on corporate debt securities are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security. For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated investment-grade may have a modest return on principal, but carries relatively limited risk. On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued by a small non-U.S. corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated by an NRSRO may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal, but carries a relatively high degree of risk.
Corporate debt securities carry both credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the risk that the Fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it’s due. Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment-grade are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities. The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment. For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) securities. This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated securities while making payments on senior securities. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise. In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate debt securities with shorter terms. Additionally, corporate debt securities may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.
S-10

In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities. As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing debt securities may decline significantly.
Derivatives
Subject to the limitations set forth below under “Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps,” the Fund may use derivative instruments as described below. Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives generally take the form of contracts under which the parties agree to payments between them based upon the performance of a wide variety of underlying references, such as stocks, bonds, loans, commodities, interest rates, currency exchange rates, and various domestic and foreign indices.
The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including as a substitute for investing directly in securities, as part of a hedging strategy (that is, for the purpose of reducing risk to the Fund), to manage the effective duration of the Fund's portfolio, or for other purposes related to the management of the Fund. Derivatives permit the Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the Fund can increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, of its portfolio by making investments in specific securities. However, derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest. As a result, a small investment in derivatives could have a large impact on the Fund’s performance.
While transactions in some derivatives may be effected on established exchanges, many other derivatives are privately negotiated and entered into in the over-the-counter (“
OTC”
) market with a single counterparty. When exchange-traded derivatives are purchased and sold, a clearing agency associated with the exchange stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, either on a limited basis through a guaranty fund or to the full extent of the clearing agency’s balance sheet. Transactions in OTC derivatives not subject to a clearing requirement have no such protection. Each party to an uncleared OTC derivative bears the risk that its direct counterparty will default. In addition, OTC derivatives are generally less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives because they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction.
The use of derivative instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC, various state regulatory authorities and, with respect to exchange-traded derivatives, the several exchanges upon which they are traded. As discussed above under “Asset Coverage Requirements,” in order to engage in certain transactions in derivatives, the Fund may be required to hold offsetting positions or to hold cash or liquid securities in a segregated account or designated on the Fund’s books. In addition, the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by tax considerations.
The particular derivative instruments the Fund can use are described below. The Fund’s portfolio managers may decide not to employ some or all of these instruments, and there is no assurance that any derivatives strategy used by the Fund will succeed. The Fund may employ new derivative instruments and strategies when they are developed, if those investment methods are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and are permissible under applicable regulations governing the Fund.
Options Transactions
The Fund may purchase put and call options on specific securities (including groups or "baskets" of specific securities), interest rates, stock indices and/or bond indices. In addition, the Fund may write put and call options on such financial instruments.
Options on Securities.
The Fund may purchase put and call options on securities. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right (but not the obligation) to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at a stated price (the “exercise price”) at any time before the option expires. A call option on a security gives the purchaser the right (but not the obligation) to buy, and the writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time before
S-11

the option expires. The purchase price for a put or call option is the “premium” paid by the purchaser for the right to sell or buy.
The Fund may purchase put options to hedge against a decline in the value of its portfolio. By using put options in this way, the Fund would reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. In similar fashion, the Fund may purchase call options to protect against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund anticipates purchasing in the future, a practice sometimes referred to as “anticipatory hedging.” The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by the Fund upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire unexercised.
Options on Interest Rates and Indices.
The Fund may purchase put and call options on interest rates and on stock and bond indices. An option on interest rates or on an index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing value of the underlying interest rate or index is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the exercise-settlement value of the interest rate option or the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple (the “multiplier”). The writer of the option is obligated, for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. Settlements for interest rate and index options are always in cash.
Writing Options.
The Fund may write (sell) put and call options. These transactions would be undertaken principally to produce additional income. The Fund receives a premium from writing options which it retains whether or not the option is exercised. The Fund may write straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying instrument.
The Fund will write a call option on a security only if (a) the Fund owns the security underlying the call, (b) the Fund has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other liquid assets in such amount are segregated), or (c) the Fund holds a call on the same security where the exercise price of the call is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
The Fund will write a call option on a basket of securities or an index only if (a) the Fund segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to the contract value of the index or basket, or (b) the Fund holds a call on the same index or basket as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
The Fund will write a put option on a security, basket of securities or index only if (a) the Fund segregates liquid assets equal to the exercise price or (b) the Fund holds a put on the same security, basket of securities or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
When the Fund writes a straddle, sufficient assets will be segregated to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may segregate the same liquid assets for both the call and put options in a straddle where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”
Expiration or Exercise of Options.
If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.
S-12

The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.
Futures
The Fund may engage in futures transactions. The Fund may buy and sell futures contracts that relate to (1) interest rates, (2) debt securities, (3) bond indices, (4) stock indices, and (5) individual stocks. The Fund may only enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.
A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, index or interest rate (each a “
financial instrument
”) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract. Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract.
Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with its futures broker (also known as a futures commission merchant (“
FCM”
)) an amount of cash or securities equal to a specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held as margin is generally invested by the FCM in high-quality instruments permitted under CFTC regulations, with returns retained by the FCM and interest paid to the Fund on the cash at an agreed-upon rate. The Fund will also receive any interest paid from coupon-bearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Fund as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Fund, the Fund may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs.
Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several
S-13

consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.
Options on Futures
The Fund may purchase or write put and call options on futures contracts. A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. Prior to exercise or expiration, a futures option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of a futures option of the same series.
The Fund may use options on futures contracts in connection with hedging strategies. The writing of a call option or the purchasing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of a written call option is below the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the Fund’s holdings of securities. If the futures price when the option is exercised is above the exercise price, however, the Fund will incur a loss, which may be offset, in whole or in part, by the increase in the value of the securities held by the Fund that were being hedged. Writing a put option or purchasing a call option on a futures contract serves as a partial hedge against an increase in the value of the securities the Fund intends to acquire.
When writing a call option, the Fund must either segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the fluctuating market value of the optioned futures contract, or the Fund must own an option to purchase the same futures contract having an exercise price that is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.
When writing a put option, the Fund must segregate liquid assets in an amount not less than the exercise price, or own a put option on the same futures contract where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid
assets.
As with investments in futures contracts, the Fund is required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it.
Swap Transactions
The Fund may enter into equity, interest rate, currency and credit default swap agreements.
The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment objective and strategies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, to reduce risk arising from the ownership of a particular instrument, or to gain exposure to certain securities, reference rates, sectors or markets.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for a specified period of time. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a particular predetermined asset, reference rate or index. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount, e.g., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. The notional amount of the swap agreement generally is only used as a basis upon which to calculate the obligations that the parties to the swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Fund’s current obligations under a net swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and the Fund will segregate assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty. See “Asset Coverage Requirements” above.
Equity Swaps.
In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for
S-14

example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that the Fund will be committed to pay.
Interest Rate Swaps.
Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for-floating rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for-floating rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for-floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met. Like a traditional investment in a debt security, the Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.
Currency Swaps.
A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. The Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. Changes in non-U.S. exchange rates and changes in interest rates may negatively affect currency swaps.
Credit Default Swaps.
A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements either as a buyer or a seller. The Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in one or more of its individual holdings or in a segment of the fixed income securities market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual bonds or market segments which it does not own. The Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular bonds or market segments without investing directly in those bonds or market segments.
As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Fund will pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. If a credit event occurs, however, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations.
If the Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a credit event occurs, however, generally the Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Thus, the Fund bears the same risk as it would by buying the reference obligations directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument discussed below under “Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.”
Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.
The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may only close out a swap or other two-party contract with its particular counterparty, and may only transfer a position with the consent of that counterparty. In addition, the price at which the Fund may close out such a two party contract may not
S-15

correlate with the price change in the underlying reference asset. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there can be no assurance that the counterparty will be able to meet its contractual obligations or that the Fund will succeed in enforcing its rights. It also is possible that developments in the derivatives market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap or other agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Interest Rate Caps, Collars and Floors
The Fund may enter into interest rate caps, floors and collars. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar involves selling a cap and purchasing a floor or vice versa to protect the Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps
The Fund will limit its direct investments in CFTC-regulated futures, options on futures and swaps (“
CFTC Derivatives
”) to the extent necessary for the Adviser to claim the exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund under CFTC Rule 4.5, as such rule may be amended from time to time. Under Rule 4.5 as currently in effect, the Fund will limit its trading activity in CFTC Derivatives (excluding activity for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined by the CFTC) such that it meets one of the following tests:
·
 
Aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its positions in CFTC Derivatives do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or
·
 
Aggregate net notional value of its positions in CFTC Derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions.
With respect to the Fund, the Adviser has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator thereunder.
The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company may also limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in CFTC Derivatives. See “Tax Matters—Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company.”
Federal Income Tax Treatment of Futures Contracts and Options
The Fund’s transactions in futures contracts and options will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “
Code
”), that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital, or short-term or long-term), may accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and may defer Fund losses. These rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a regulated investment company and the distribution requirement for avoiding excise taxes.
Risks and Special Considerations Concerning Derivatives
The use of derivative instruments involves certain general risks and considerations as described below.
1)
Market Risk.
Market risk is the risk that the value of the underlying assets may go up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose the Fund to losses. The successful use of derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the portfolio
S-16

managers' ability to predict movements in the relevant markets, which may require different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy adopted will
succeed.
2)
Counterparty Risk.
Counterparty risk is the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded derivatives is generally less than for OTC derivatives, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For many OTC instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee and there is less regulation or supervision of transactions. In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the derivative transactions and possibly other losses to the Fund. The Fund will enter into derivatives transactions only with counterparties that its portfolio managers reasonably believe are capable of performing under the
contract.
3)
Correlation Risk.
Correlation risk is the risk that there might be an imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a derivative instrument and price movements of investments
being
hedged.
When
a
derivative
transaction
is
used
to
completely
hedge
another
position, changes in the market value of the combined position (the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments.
With a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged with any change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the value of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not
perfectly
correlated.
For
example,
if
the
value
of
a
derivative
instrument
used
in
a
short
hedge
(such as writing a call option, buying a put option or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated. This might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other
pressures
on
the
markets
in
which
these
instruments
are
traded.
The
effectiveness
of
hedges
using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and the price movements in the investments being
hedged.
4)
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed out or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value. Generally, exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction. The Fund might be required by applicable regulatory requirements to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., instruments other than purchase options). If the Fund is unable to close out its positions in such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expires, matures or is closed out. These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time. The Fund’s ability to sell or close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. There is no assurance that any derivatives position can be sold or closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.
5)
Legal Risk.
Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the unenforceability of a party’s obligations under the derivative. While a party seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive payoff. Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has lost money in a derivative transaction may try to
avoid
payment
by
exploiting
various
legal
uncertainties
about
certain
derivative
products.
6)
Systemic or “Interconnection” Risk.
Systemic or interconnection risk is the risk that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all market participants. In other words, a disruption in one market will spill over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction. Much of the OTC derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating a large
S-17

interconnected web of financial obligations. This interconnectedness raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses for other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
instruments.
7)
Leverage Risk.
Leverage risk
is the
risk that the
Fund
may be more
volatile than
if it had not
been leveraged
due to
leverage’s tendency
to
exaggerate
the
effect
of any
increase
or
decrease
in the
value
of the
Fund’s
portfolio
securities.
The
use
of
leverage
may
also
cause
the
Fund
to
liquidate
portfolio
positions when
it
may
not
be
advantageous
to
do
so
to
satisfy
its
obligations
or
to
meet
segregation
requirements.
8)
Regulatory Risk
. The Dodd-Frank Act Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “
Dodd-Frank Act”
) has initiated a dramatic revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework and covers a broad range of topics, including (among many others) a reorganization of federal financial regulators; a process intended to improve financial systemic stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; and new rules for derivatives trading. Instruments in which the Fund may invest, or the issuers of such instruments, may be affected by this legislation and regulation in ways that are unforeseeable. Certain of the implementing regulations have not yet been finalized or made effective. Accordingly, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, including on the derivative instruments in which the Fund may invest, is not yet certain.
Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
The Fund may invest in other investment companies, such as open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts, and exchange-traded funds (“
ETFs
”) registered under the 1940 Act ("
1940 Act ETFs
"), that invest primarily in Fund-eligible investments. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investment in such securities is generally limited to 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company; 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the aggregate. Many 1940 Act ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in their shares beyond these statutory limits, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to contractual arrangements between the ETFs and the investing funds. The Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in investing in 1940 Act ETFs. The Fund’s investments in other investment companies may include money market mutual funds. Investments in money market funds are not subject to the percentage limitations set forth above.
ETFs in which the Fund may invest are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock and represents a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. ETFs can give exposure to all or a portion of the U.S. market, a foreign market, a region, a commodity, a currency, or to any other index that an ETF tracks. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. An ETF may fail to accurately track the returns of the market segment or index that it is designed to track, and the price of an ETF’s shares may fluctuate. In addition, because they, unlike traditional mutual funds, are traded on an exchange, ETFs are subject to the following risks: (i) the performance of the ETF may not replicate the performance of the underlying index that it is designed to track; (ii) the market price of the ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or discount to the ETF’s net asset value; (iii) an active trading market for an ETF may not develop or be maintained; and (iv) there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the ETF will continue to be met or remain unchanged. Trading in an ETF may be halted if the trading in one or more of the ETF’s underlying securities is halted, which could result in the ETF being more volatile. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting ETFs should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of the Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected.
The Fund may also invest in pooled investment vehicles other than registered investment companies. The Fund will only invest in other pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Fund-eligible investments.
If the Fund invests in other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles, Fund shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also, indirectly, the similar expenses of the underlying investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Shareholders would
S-18

also be exposed to the risks associated not only with the Fund, but also with the portfolio investments of the underlying investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Shares of certain closed-end funds may at times be acquired at market prices representing premiums to their net asset values. Shares acquired at a premium to their net asset value may be more likely to subsequently decline in price, resulting in a loss to the Fund and its shareholders.
Lending of Portfolio Securities
In order to generate additional income, the Fund may lend portfolio securities representing up to one-third of the value of its total assets to broker-dealers, banks or other institutional borrowers of securities that the Adviser has determined are creditworthy. The securities lending agent will generally bear the risk that a borrower may default on its obligation to return loaned securities, however the Fund bears the risk that the securities lending agent may default on its contractual obligations to the Fund. The Fund also bears the market risk with respect to the investment of the cash collateral used to secure the loan. The Fund may lose money on its investment of cash collateral or may fail to earn sufficient income on its investments to meet its obligations to the borrower. The Fund will pay a portion of the income earned on other lending transactions to the placing broker and may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with these loans.
In these loan arrangements, the Fund will receive cash collateral equal to at least 102% of the value of the securities loaned as determined at the time of loan origination. If the market value of the loaned securities increases, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to the Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any dividends or interest paid on the securities. Loans are subject to termination at any time by the Fund or the borrower. While the Fund does not have the right to vote securities on loan, it would terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if that were considered important with respect to the investment.
When the Fund lends portfolio securities to a borrower, payments in lieu of dividends made by the borrower to the Fund will not constitute “qualified dividends” taxable at the same rate as long-term capital gains, even if the actual dividends would have constituted qualified dividends had the Fund held the securities. See “Taxation.”
Municipal Bonds and Other Municipal Obligations
The Fund may invest in municipal bonds and other municipal obligations. These bonds and other obligations are issued by the states and by their local and special-purpose political subdivisions. The term “municipal bond” includes short-term municipal notes issued by the states and their political subdivisions, including, but not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“
TANs
”), bond anticipation notes (“
BANs
”), revenue anticipation notes (“
RANs
”), construction loan notes, tax free commercial paper, and tax free participation certificates. In general, municipal obligations include debt obligations issued by states, cities and local authorities to obtain funds for various public purposes, including construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, schools, streets and water and sewer works.
General obligation bonds are backed by the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to rate and amount. For a limited obligation or revenue bond, the only security is typically the net revenue derived from payments by a particular facility or class of facilities financed by the proceeds of the bonds or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special tax or other special revenues. Although the security behind these bonds varies widely, many lower rated bonds provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund that may also be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. In addition, some revenue obligations (as well as general obligations) are insured by a bond insurance company or backed by a letter of credit issued by a banking institution. The credit quality of revenue bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facility being financed or of an institution which provides a guarantee, letter of credit or other credit enhancement for the bond issue. Revenue bonds do not generally constitute the pledge of the credit of the issuer of such bonds and are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality. Revenue bonds are included in the term municipal obligations if the interest paid thereon is exempt from federal
S-19

income tax. Revenue bonds may include, but are not limited to, pollution control, health care, housing, education-related and industrial development bonds.
Generally, the creditworthiness of a local municipal obligation is unrelated to that of the municipal obligations of the state itself if the state has no responsibility to guarantee or otherwise make payments on those local municipal obligations.
Generally, interest received on municipal obligations is exempt from federal income tax. The tax-exempt nature of the interest on a municipal obligation is generally the subject of a bond counsel opinion delivered in connection with the issuance of the instrument. Tax opinions are generally provided at the time the municipal security is initially issued and neither the Fund or its portfolio managers will independently review the bases for those tax opinions or guarantee that the tax opinions are correct. There is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with bond counsel’s opinion that such interest is tax-exempt or that the interest payments on such municipal obligations will continue to be tax exempt for the life of the municipal obligation. Issuers or other parties generally enter into covenants requiring continuing compliance with federal tax requirements to preserve the tax-free status of interest payments over the life of the municipal obligation. If at any time the covenants are not complied with, or if the Internal Revenue Service otherwise determines that the issuer did not comply with relevant tax requirements, interest payments from a municipal obligation could become federally taxable, possibly retroactively to the date the municipal obligation was issued, and an investor may need to file an amended income tax return.
Obligations of issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. The application of state law to municipal obligation issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal obligation issuers within a state. These uncertainties could have a significant impact on the prices of the municipal obligations in which the Fund invests. In addition, issuers of municipal obligations may become subject to the laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda extending the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal obligations may be materially affected.
Municipal Bonds
The two general classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the governmental issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest upon a default by the issuer of its principal and interest payment obligations. They are usually paid from general revenues of the issuing governmental entity. Revenue bonds, on the other hand, are usually payable only out of a specific revenue source rather than from general revenues. Revenue bonds ordinarily are not backed by the faith, credit or general taxing power of the issuing governmental entity. The principal and interest on revenue bonds for private facilities are typically paid out of rents or other specified payments made to the issuing governmental entity by a private company which uses or operates the facilities. Examples of these types of obligations are industrial revenue bond and pollution control revenue bonds. Industrial revenue bonds are issued by governmental entities to provide financing aid to community facilities such as hospitals, hotels, business or residential complexes, convention halls and sport complexes. Pollution control revenue bonds are issued to finance air, water and solids pollution control systems for privately operated industrial or commercial facilities.
Revenue bonds for private facilities usually do not represent a pledge of the credit, general revenues or taxing powers of issuing governmental entity. Instead, the private company operating the facility is the sole source of payment of the obligation. Sometimes, the funds for payment of revenue bonds come solely from revenue generated by operation of the facility. Federal income tax laws place substantial limitations on industrial revenue bonds, and particularly certain specified private activity bonds issued after August 7, 1986. In the future, legislation could be introduced in Congress which could further restrict or eliminate the income tax exemption for interest on debt obligations in which the Fund may invest.
S-20

Refunded Bonds
The Fund may invest in refunded bonds. Refunded bonds may have originally been issued as general obligation or revenue bonds, but become refunded when they are secured by an escrow fund, usually consisting entirely of direct U.S. government obligations and/or U.S. government agency obligations sufficient for paying the bondholders. There are two types of refunded bonds: pre-refunded bonds and escrowed-to-maturity (“
ETM
”) bonds. The escrow fund for a pre-refunded municipal bond may be structured so that the refunded bonds are to be called at the first possible date or a subsequent call date established in the original bond debenture. The call price usually includes a premium from 1% to 3% above par. This type of structure usually is used for those refundings that either reduce the issuer’s interest payment expenses or change the debt maturity schedule. In escrow funds for ETM refunded municipal bonds, the maturity schedules of the securities in the escrow funds match the regular debt-service requirements on the bonds as originally stated in the bond indentures.
Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation
The Fund also may purchase municipal lease obligations, primarily through certificates of participation. Certificates of participation in municipal leases are undivided interests in a lease, installment purchase contract or conditional sale contract entered into by a state or local governmental unit to acquire equipment or facilities. Municipal leases frequently have special risks which generally are not associated with general obligation bonds or revenue bonds. Municipal leases and installment purchase or conditional sales contracts (which usually provide for title to the leased asset to pass to the governmental issuer upon payment of all amounts due under the contract) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of municipal debt.
Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the lease obligation. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In evaluating securities for purchase, the Fund will take into account the incentive of the issuer to appropriate under the lease, among other factors. Some lease obligations may be illiquid under certain circumstances. Although non-appropriation lease obligations are secured by the leased equipment or facilities, disposition of the property in the event of foreclosure might prove difficult and time consuming. In addition, disposition upon non-appropriation or foreclosure might not result in recovery by the Fund of the full principal amount represented by an obligation.
In light of these concerns, the Fund has adopted and follows procedures for determining whether any municipal lease obligations purchased by the Fund are liquid and for monitoring the liquidity of municipal lease securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. These procedures require that a number of factors be used in evaluating the liquidity of a municipal lease security, including the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers, the willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in security, the nature of the marketplace in which the security trades, and other factors which the Sub-Adviser may deem relevant. As set forth in “Investment Restrictions” above, the Fund is subject to limitations on the percentage of illiquid securities it can hold.
Derivative Municipal Securities
The Fund may also acquire derivative municipal securities, which are custodial receipts of certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain municipal securities. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal securities and deposits them in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the obligation.
The principal and interest payments on the municipal securities underlying custodial receipts may be allocated in a number of ways. For example, payments may be allocated such that certain custodial
S-21

receipts may have variable or floating interest rates and others may be stripped securities which pay only the principal or interest due on the underlying municipal securities.
Variable Rate Demand Notes (“VRDNs”)
VRDNs are long-term municipal obligations that have variable or floating interest rates and provide the Fund with the right to tender the security for repurchase at its stated principal amount plus accrued interest. Such securities typically bear interest at a rate that is intended to cause the securities to trade at par. The interest rate may float or be adjusted at regular intervals (ranging from daily to annually), and is normally based on an applicable interest index or another published interest rate or interest rate index. Most VRDNs allow the Fund to demand the repurchase of the security on not more than seven days prior notice. Other notes only permit the Fund to tender the security at the time of each interest rate adjustment or at other fixed intervals. Variable interest rates generally reduce changes in the market value of municipal obligations from their original purchase prices. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease, the potential for capital appreciation is less for variable rate municipal obligations than for fixed income obligations.
Inverse Floating Rate Municipal Securities
The Fund may invest in inverse floating rate municipal securities or “inverse floaters,” whose rates vary inversely to interest rates on a specified short-term municipal bond index or on another instrument. Such securities involve special risks as compared to conventional fixed-rate bonds. Should short-term interest rates rise, the Fund’s investment in inverse floaters likely would adversely affect the Fund’s earnings and distributions to shareholders. Also, because changes in the interest rate on the other index or other instrument inversely affect the rate of interest received on an inverse floater, and because inverse floaters essentially represent a leveraged investment in a long-term bond, the value of an inverse floater is generally more volatile than that of a conventional fixed-rate bond having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity. Although volatile in value, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields substantially exceeding the yields available on conventional fixed-rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. The markets for inverse floating rate securities may be less developed and have less liquidity than the markets for conventional securities. The Fund will only invest in inverse floating rate securities whose underlying bonds are rated A or higher.
Non-Investment Grade Debt Securities (Junk Bonds)
The Fund may invest in non-investment grade debt securities. Non-investment grade debt securities are medium- to low-quality debt obligations. Debt obligations rated below investment grade (BB/Ba or lower) are commonly known as “high yield,” “high risk” or “junk” bonds. Junk bonds, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed below. Refer to Appendix A of this Statement of Additional Information for a discussion of securities ratings.
(1)
Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes.
All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. In addition, the market values of junk bond securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do the market values of higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Junk bond securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of junk bond securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than by an issuer of higher rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a junk bond security defaults, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these and thus in the Fund’s net asset value.
S-22

The value of a junk bond security will generally decrease in a rising interest rate market and, accordingly, so will the Fund’s net asset value. If the Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of certain junk bond securities, the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount. Any such liquidation would reduce the Fund’s asset base over which expenses could be allocated and could result in a reduced rate of return for the Fund.
(2)
Payment Expectations.
Junk bond securities typically contain redemption, call, or prepayment provisions that permit the issuer of securities containing such provisions to redeem the securities at its discretion. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, the Fund may have to replace the securities with lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.
(3)
Credit Ratings.
Credit ratings are issued by credit rating agencies and are indicative of the rated securities’ safety of principal and interest payments. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of junk bond securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of such an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in junk bonds will depend more upon credit analysis by the Sub-Adviser than investments in investment grade debt securities. The Sub-Adviser employs its own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of the issuer’s existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debts and pay dividends, sensitivity to economic conditions, operating history, and current earnings trend. The Sub-Adviser continually monitors the Fund’s investments and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain junk bond securities whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed.
(4)
Liquidity and Valuation.
The Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain junk bond securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Not all dealers maintain markets in all junk bond securities. As a result, there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its securities. Market quotations are generally available on many junk bond issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of junk bond securities, especially in a thinly traded market.
Non-U.S. Securities
The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by non-U.S. companies. Investments in securities of non-U.S. companies involve risks in addition to the usual risks inherent in domestic investments.
Non-U.S. securities are affected by the fact that in many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in the reports and ratings published about companies in the United States and such issuers may not be subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards. Other risks inherent in non-U.S. investments include expropriation; confiscatory taxation; withholding taxes on dividends and interest; less extensive regulation of non-U.S. brokers, securities markets and issuers; diplomatic developments; and political or social instability. Non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in various respects, and many non-U.S. securities are less liquid and their prices tend to be more volatile than comparable U.S. securities. From time to time, non-U.S. securities may be difficult to liquidate rapidly without adverse price effects.
S-23

The Fund may also invest in non-U.S. securities by purchasing depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“
ADRs
”), European Depositary Receipts (“
EDRs
”), Global Depositary Receipts (“
GDRs
”) or other securities representing indirect ownership interests in the securities of non-U.S. companies, including New York Shares. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designated for use in the U.S. securities markets, while EDRs and GDRs are typically in bearer form and may be denominated in non-U.S. currencies and are designed for use in European and other markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying non-U.S. security. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent, except that ADRs, EDRs and GDRs shall be treated as indirect non-U.S. investments. Thus, an ADR, EDR or GDR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs do not eliminate all of the risks associated with directly investing in the securities of non-U.S. companies, such as changes in non-U.S. currency exchange rates. However, by investing in ADRs rather than directly in non-U.S. companies’ stock, the Fund avoids currency risks during the settlement period.
Other types of depositary receipts include American Depositary Shares (“
ADSs
”), Global Depositary Certificates (“
GDCs
”) and International Depositary Receipts (“
IDRs
”). ADSs are shares issued under a deposit agreement representing the underlying ordinary shares that trade in the issuer’s home market. An ADR, described above, is a certificate that represents a number of ADSs. GDCs and IDRs are typically issued by a non-U.S. bank or trust company, although they may sometimes also be issued by a U.S. bank or trust company. GDCs and IDRs are depositary receipts that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by either a non-U.S. or a U.S. corporation.
Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by a depositary and the issuer of the security underlying the receipt. An unsponsored facility may be established by a depositary without participation by the issuer of the security underlying the receipt. There are greater risks associated with holding unsponsored depositary receipts. For example, if the Fund holds an unsponsored depositary receipt, it will generally bear all of the costs of establishing the unsponsored facility. In addition, the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security. Whether a sponsored or unsponsored facility, there is no assurance that either would pass through to the holders of the receipts voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.
In considering whether to invest in the securities of a non-U.S. company, the portfolio managers consider such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends, and the performance of securities markets in the United States and other countries. The portfolio managers also consider factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located.
Securities transactions conducted outside the United States may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, non-U.S. securities, currencies and other instruments. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex non-U.S. political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in non-U.S. markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and the margin requirements than in the United States, (v) currency exchange rate changes, and (vi) lower trading volume and liquidity.
Emerging Markets Risk
The Fund may invest in securities issued by companies located in emerging markets. Emerging market countries are generally in the initial stages of their industrialization cycles with low per capita income. The markets of emerging markets countries are generally more volatile than the markets of developed countries with more mature economies. They generally do not have the level of market efficiency and strict standards in accounting and securities regulation to be on par with advanced economies, but emerging markets will typically have a physical financial infrastructure, including banks, a stock exchange and a unified currency. Investments in emerging markets come with much greater risk due to political instability, domestic infrastructure problems, currency volatility and limited investment
S-24

opportunities (many large companies may still be “state-run” or private). Also, local securities exchanges may not offer liquid markets for outside investors. All of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities described above are heightened by investing in emerging markets countries.
Currency Risk
Even though the non-U.S. securities held by the Fund are traded in U.S. dollars, their prices are typically indirectly influenced by currency fluctuations. The exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and non-U.S. currencies depend upon such factors as supply and demand in the currency exchange markets, international balance of payments, governmental intervention, speculation and other economic and political conditions. The Fund may also be subject to currency risk through investments in ADRs and other non-U.S. securities denominated in U.S. dollars.
Preferred Securities
The Fund may invest in preferred securities with different distribution structures. The various coupon structures may be broadly characterized as follows:
·
 
Fixed Rate Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that pay a fixed rate of interest throughout the life of the security and tend to exhibit more price volatility during times of rising or falling interest rates than securities with variable or floating rates of interest. The value of fixed-rate securities tends to fall when interest rates rise (and vice versa).
·
 
Fixed-to-Fixed Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that have a distribution rate of payment that is fixed for a certain period (typically five or ten years when first issued) and such period is usually aligned with the first call date. After the defined period expires, the fixed distribution rate then resets to another fixed distribution rate, according to a specified formula, and typically resets with the same longer-term frequency for the remaining life of the security (typically five or ten years).
·
 
Fixed-to-Floating Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that have a distribution rate of payment that is fixed for a certain period (typically five or ten years when first issued) and such period is usually aligned with the first call date. After this period, distribution rates vary for the remaining life of the security, periodically adjusting according to a specified formula, usually with reference to some interest rate index or market interest rate. The value of fixed-to-floating preferred securities may fluctuate less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of preferred securities with a fixed interest rate, because the interest rate paid by fixed-to-floating preferred securities is variable.
·
 
Floating-Rate Preferred Securities
are preferred securities that offer a distribution rate of payment that resets periodically (commonly every 90 days) to an increment over some predetermined interest rate index or benchmark rate. Some commonly used indices include the 3-month U.S. Treasury bill rate, the 180-day U.S. Treasury bill, or the one-month or three-month LIBOR. The value of floating-rate preferred securities may fluctuate less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of preferred securities with a fixed interest rate. For the floating-rate preferred securities that use LIBOR, which is expected to be phased out, as a benchmark rate, there remains some uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate.
As a general matter, dividend or interest payments on preferred securities may be cumulative or non-cumulative. Although issuers of cumulative preferred securities generally can defer distributions for a specified period of time, no redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met. Issuers may, however, be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to any cumulative dividends payable. For non-cumulative preferred securities, the issuer does not have any obligation with respect to skipped payments.
Preferred securities may be issued with either a final maturity date, or as a perpetual structure. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without any adverse consequence to the issuer.
S-25

Other Investment Policies and Techniques
When-Issued or Delayed-Delivery Transactions
The Fund may from time to time purchase securities on a “when-issued” or other delayed-delivery basis. The price of securities purchased on a when-issued basis is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. Normally, the settlement date occurs within 45 days of the purchase. During the period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to the issuer and no interest is accrued on debt securities and no dividend income is earned on equity securities. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of the Fund’s other assets. Although when-issued securities may be sold prior to the settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose of actually acquiring them. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security in determining its net asset value. The Fund does not believe that net asset value will be adversely affected by purchases of securities on a when-issued basis.
The Fund will designate on its books or maintain in a segregated account cash and liquid securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued securities. When the time comes to pay for when-issued securities, the Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, sale of the segregated securities, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the Fund’s payment obligation).
Illiquid Securities
The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable). For purposes of this restriction, illiquid securities include, but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws) and repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days. However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Board of Trustees or its delegate has the ultimate authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities laws, which securities are liquid or illiquid for purposes of this 15% limitation. The Board of Trustees has delegated to the Adviser the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any portfolio security, although it has retained oversight over and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Adviser works with and to a large extent relies on the expertise and advice of the Sub-Adviser in making these liquidity determinations. Although no definitive liquidity criteria are used, the Board of Trustees has directed the Adviser to look to such factors as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale market; the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; and the amount of time normally needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer), (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g., certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments), and (iii) other permissible relevant facts.
Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees or its delegate.
Short Sales Against the Box
When the Fund’s portfolio managers believe that the price of a particular security held by the Fund may decline, it may make “short sales against the box” to hedge the unrealized gain on such security. Selling short against the box involves selling a security which the Fund owns for delivery at a specified date in the future. The Fund will limit its transactions in short sales against the box to 5% of its net assets.
S-26

If, for example, the Fund bought 100 shares of ABC at $40 per share in January and the price appreciates to $50 in March, the Fund might “sell short” the 100 shares at $50 for delivery the following July. Thereafter, if the price of the stock declines to $45, it will realize the full $1,000 gain rather than the $500 gain it would have received had it sold the stock in the market. On the other hand, if the price appreciates to $55 per share, the Fund would be required to sell at $50 and thus receive a $1,000 gain rather than the $1,500 gain it would have received had it sold the stock in the market. The Fund may also be required to pay a premium for short sales which would partially offset any gain.
S-27

MANAGEMENT
The management of the Trust, including general supervision of the duties performed for the Fund by the Adviser under the Investment Management Agreement, is the responsibility of the Board of Trustees. The number of trustees of the Trust is ten, all of whom are not interested persons (referred to herein as “
independent trustees
”). None of the independent trustees has ever been a trustee, director or employee of, or consultant to, the Adviser or its affiliates. The names, business addresses and years of birth of the trustees and officers of the Fund, their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, the number of portfolios each trustee oversees and other directorships they hold are set forth below. Except as noted in the table below, the trustees of the Trust are directors or trustees, as the case may be, of 149 Nuveen-sponsored registered investment companies (the “
Nuveen Funds
”), which include 68 open-end mutual funds (the “
Nuveen Mutual Funds
”), 68 closed-end funds and 13 exchange-traded funds.
             
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
Independent Trustees:
 
     
 
   
Jack B. Evans
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1948
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Chairman (since 2019), formerly, President (1996-2019), The Hall-Perrine Foundation (private philanthropic corporation); Life Trustee of Coe College and the Iowa College Foundation; formerly, Director, Public Member, American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery (2015-2020); formerly, Director (1998-2003), Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago; formerly, President and Chief Operating Officer (1972-1995), SCI Financial Group, Inc. (regional financial services firm); formerly, Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System; formerly, Director, The Gazette Company (media and publishing).
149
Director and Chairman (since 2009), United Fire Group, a publicly held company; formerly, Director (2000-2013), Alliant Energy.
     
 
   
William C. Hunter
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1948
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Dean Emeritus, formerly, Dean (2006-2012), Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa; past Director (2005-2015) and past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society; formerly, Director (1997-2007), Credit Research Center at Georgetown University; formerly, Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance (2003-2006), School of Business at the University of Connecticut; previously, Senior Vice President and Director of Research (1995-2003) at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.
149
Director (since 2009) of Wellmark, Inc.; formerly, Director (2004-2018) of Xerox Corporation.
S-28

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Albin F. Moschner
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1952
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2016
Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Northcroft Partners, LLC (management consulting) (since 2012); previously, held positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc. (consumer wireless services), including Consultant (2011-2012), Chief Operating Officer (2008-2011) and Chief Marketing Officer (2004-2008); formerly, President, Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. (telecommunication services) (2000-2003); formerly, President, One Point Services at One Point Communications (telecommunication services) (1999-2000); formerly, Vice Chairman of the Board, Diba, Incorporated (internet technology provider) (1996-1997); formerly, various executive positions (1991-1996) and Chief Executive Officer (1995-1996) of Zenith Electronics Corporation (consumer electronics).
149
Formerly, Chairman (2019) and Director (2012-2019), USA Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions and services to facilitate electronic payment transactions; formerly, Director, Wintrust Financial Corporation (1996-2016).
     
 
   
John K. Nelson
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1962
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2013
Member of Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (private firm which develops branding, marketing and communications strategies for clients) (since 2008); served The President's Council of Fordham University (2010-2019) and previously a Director of the Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018); formerly, senior external advisor to the Financial Services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014); former Chair of the Board of Trustees of Marian University (2010-2014 as trustee, 2011-2014 as Chair); formerly Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., North America, and Global Head of the Financial Markets Division (2007-2008), with various executive leadership roles in ABN AMRO Bank N.V. between 1996 and 2007.
149
None
S-29

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Judith M. Stockdale
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1947
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Board Member of the Land Trust Alliance (national public charity addressing natural land and water conservation in the U.S.) (since 2013); formerly, Board Member of the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (national endowment addressing forest health, sustainable forest production and markets, and economic health of forest-reliant communities in the U.S.) (2013-12/2019); formerly, Executive Director (1994-2012), Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation (private foundation endowed to support both natural land conservation and artistic vitality); prior thereto, Executive Director, Great Lakes Protection Fund (endowment created jointly by seven of the eight Great Lake states’ Governors to take a regional approach to improving the health of the Great Lakes) (1990-1994).
149
None
     
 
   
Carole E. Stone
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1947
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2007
Former Director, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (2006-2017) and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (2009-2017); formerly, Commissioner, New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform (2005-2010).
149
Formerly, Director (2010-2020), Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (formerly named CBOE Holdings, Inc.).
     
 
   
Matthew Thornton III
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1958
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2020
Formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2018-2019), FedEx Freight Corporation, a subsidiary of FedEx Corporation (“
FedEx
”) (provider of transportation, e-commerce and business services through its portfolio of companies); formerly, Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations (2006-2018), Federal Express Corporation, a subsidiary of FedEx; formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2012-2018), Safe Kids Worldwide
®
(a non-profit organization dedicated to preventing childhood injuries).
149
Member of the Board of Directors (since 2014), The Sherwin-Williams Company (develops, manufactures, distributes and sells paints, coatings and related products); Member of the Board of Directors (since 2020), Crown Castle International (provider of communications infrastructure).
S-30

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Terence J. Toth
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1959
Chair of
the Board and Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2008
Formerly, Co-Founding Partner, Promus Capital (investment advisory firm) (2008-2017); Director, Quality Control Corporation (manufacturing) (since 2012); formerly, Director, Fulcrum IT Service LLC (information technology services firm to government entities) (2010-2019); formerly, Director, LogicMark LLC (health services) (2012-2016); formerly, Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (asset management) (2008-2013); formerly, CEO and President, Northern Trust Global Investments (financial services) (2004-2007); Executive Vice President, Quantitative Management & Securities Lending (2000-2004); prior thereto, various positions with Northern Trust Company (financial services) (since 1994); Member, Catalyst Schools of Chicago Board (since 2008) and Mather Foundation Board (philanthropy) (since 2012) and is Chair of its Investment Committee; formerly, Member, Chicago Fellowship Board (philanthropy) (2005-2016); formerly, Member, Northern Trust Mutual Funds Board (2005-2007), Northern Trust Global Investments Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Japan Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Securities Inc. Board (2003-2007) and Northern Trust Hong Kong Board (1997-2004).
149
None
     
 
   
Margaret L. Wolff
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1955
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2016
Formerly, Of Counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (Mergers & Acquisitions Group) (legal services) (2005-2014); Member of the Board of Trustees of New York-Presbyterian Hospital (since 2005); Member (since 2004) and Chair (since 2015) of the Board of Trustees of The John A. Hartford Foundation (philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults); formerly, Member (2005-2015) and Vice Chair (2011-2015) of the Board of Trustees of Mt. Holyoke College.
149
Formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2013-2017) of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each, a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.).
S-31

           
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years
     
 
   
Robert L. Young
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1963
Trustee
Term—Indefinite*
Length of Service—
Since 2017
Formerly, Chief Operating Officer and Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (financial services) (2010-2016); formerly, President and Principal Executive Officer (2013-2016), and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2005-2010), of J.P. Morgan Funds; formerly, Director and various officer positions for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (formerly, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. and formerly, One Group Administrative Services) and JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (financial services) (formerly, One Group Dealer Services, Inc.) (1999-2017).
149
None
*
 
Each trustee serves an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected.
S-32

       
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time
Served with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years
Officers of the Trust:
 
       
Mark J. Czarniecki
901 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55402
1979
Vice President and Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2013
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2016) and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2017); Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2018); Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen, LLC (since 2013).
       
Diana R. Gonzalez
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1978
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2017
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2017); Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen, LLC (since 2017); Associate General Counsel of Jackson National Asset Management (2012-2017).
       
Nathaniel T. Jones
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1979
Vice President and Treasurer
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2016
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017), formerly, Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen, LLC; Managing Director (since 2015) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Chartered Financial Analyst.
       
Tina M. Lazar
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1961
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2014-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC.
       
Brian J. Lockhart
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1974
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Vice President (2010-2017) of Nuveen, LLC; Head of Investment Oversight (since 2017), formerly, Team Leader of Manager Oversight (2015-2017); Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Financial Risk Manager.
       
Jacques M. Longerstaey
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
1963
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Senior Managing Director, Chief Risk Officer, Nuveen, LLC (since 2019); Senior Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; formerly, Chief Investment and Model Risk Officer, Wealth & Investment Management Division, Wells Fargo Bank (NA) (2013–2019).
       
Kevin J. McCarthy
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1966
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2007
Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary and General Counsel (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017), Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Nuveen Securities, LLC, formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017), Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, formerly, Co-General Counsel (2011-2020), Executive Vice President (2016-2017), Managing Director (2008-2016) and Assistant Secretary (2007-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017), Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, formerly, Associate General Counsel (2011-2020), Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2011-2016); Vice President (since 2007) and Secretary (since 2016), formerly, Assistant Secretary, of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC, and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC.
S-33

       
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time
Served with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years
       
Jon Scott Meissner
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
1973
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Managing Director of Mutual Fund Tax and Financial Reporting groups at Nuveen, LLC (since 2017); Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Senior Director of Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (since 2016); Senior Director (since 2015) Mutual Fund Taxation to the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and the CREF Accounts; has held various positions with TIAA since 2004.
       
Deann D. Morgan
730 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017
1969
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2020
President of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2020); Executive Vice President, Global Head of Product at Nuveen, LLC (since November 2019); Co-Chief Executive Officer of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since March 2020); Managing Member of MDR Collaboratory LLC (since 2018); Managing Director, Head of Wealth Management Product Structuring & COO Multi Asset Investing, The Blackstone Group (2013-2017).
       
Christopher M. Rohrbacher
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1971
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2008
Managing Director (since 2017), General Counsel (since 2020) and Assistant Secretary (since 2016), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2020); Managing Director (since 2017), and Associate General Counsel (since 2016), formerly, Senior Vice President (2012-2017) and Assistant General Counsel (2008-2016) of Nuveen, LLC.
       
William A. Siffermann
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1975
Vice President
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2017
Managing Director (since 2017), formerly Senior Vice President (2016-2017) and Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen, LLC.
       
Christopher E. Stickrod

333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1976
Chief Administrative Officer
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2020
Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Head of Advisory Product (since 2020), formerly, Managing Director (2016-2017) and Senior Vice President (2013-2016) of Nuveen, LLC; Senior Managing Director of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2018) and of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019).
       
E. Scott Wickerham
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
1973
Vice President and Controller
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2019
Senior Managing Director, Head of Fund Administration at Nuveen, LLC (since 2019), formerly, Managing Director; Senior Managing Director (since 2019), of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer (since 2017) of the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and Treasurer (since 2017) to the CREF Accounts; Senior Director, TIAA-CREF Fund Administration (2014-2015); has held various positions with TIAA since 2006.
       
Mark L. Winget
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1968
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2008
Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2008); Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019); Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2020); Vice President (since 2010) and Associate General Counsel (since 2019), formerly, Assistant General Counsel (2008-2016) of Nuveen, LLC.
S-34

       
Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time
Served with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years
       
Gifford R. Zimmerman
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1956
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Term—Until
August 2021
Length of Service—
Since 2006
Formerly, Managing Director (2004-2020) and Assistant Secretary (1994-2020) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; formerly, Managing Director (2002-2020) and Assistant Secretary (2002-2020) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; formerly, Managing Director (2002-2020), Assistant Secretary (1997-2020) and Co-General Counsel (2011-2020) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; formerly, Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (2011-2020); formerly, Vice President and Assistant Secretary of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC (2006-2020) and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (2010-2020); Chartered Financial Analyst.
Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees (as the case may be, each is referred to hereafter as the “
Board
” or “
Board of Trustees
” and the directors or trustees of the Nuveen Funds, as applicable, are each referred to herein as “
trustees
”) oversees the operations and management of the Nuveen Funds, including the duties performed for the Nuveen Funds by the Adviser. The Board has adopted a unitary board structure. A unitary board consists of one group of trustees who serve on the board of every fund in the Nuveen Fund complex. In adopting a unitary board structure, the trustees seek to provide effective governance through establishing a board, the overall composition of which will, as a body, possess the appropriate skills, diversity (including, among other things, gender, race and ethnicity), independence and experience to oversee the Nuveen Funds’ business. With this overall framework in mind, when the Board, through its Nominating and Governance Committee discussed below, seeks nominees for the Board, the trustees consider, not only the candidate’s particular background, skills and experience, among other things, but also whether such background, skills and experience enhance the Board’s diversity and at the same time complement the Board given its current composition and the mix of skills and experiences of the incumbent trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes that the Board generally benefits from diversity of background (including, among other things, gender, race and ethnicity), skills, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy on diversity or any particular definition of diversity.
The Board believes the unitary board structure enhances good and effective governance, particularly given the nature of the structure of the investment company complex. Funds in the same complex generally are served by the same service providers and personnel and are governed by the same regulatory scheme which raises common issues that must be addressed by the trustees across the fund complex (such as compliance, valuation, liquidity, brokerage, trade allocation or risk management). The Board believes it is more efficient to have a single board review and oversee common policies and procedures which increases the Board’s knowledge and expertise with respect to the many aspects of fund operations that are complex-wide in nature. The unitary structure also enhances the Board’s influence and oversight over the investment adviser and other service providers.
In an effort to enhance the independence of the Board, the Board also has a Chair that is an independent trustee. The Board recognizes that a chair can perform an important role in setting the agenda for the Board, establishing the boardroom culture, establishing a point person on behalf of the Board for fund management, and reinforcing the Board’s focus on the long-term interests of shareholders. The Board recognizes that a chair may be able to better perform these functions without any conflicts of interests arising from a position with fund management. Accordingly, the trustees have elected Mr. Toth to serve as the independent Chair of the Board. Specific responsibilities of the Chair include: (i) presiding at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders; (ii) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the trustees are carried into effect; and (iii) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the trustees and the shareholders.
Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as advisory contracts, underwriting contracts and fund performance), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight
S-35

responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit trustees to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the Nuveen Funds, including risk oversight. More specifically, with respect to risk oversight, the Board has delegated matters relating to valuation and compliance to certain committees (as summarized below) as well as certain aspects of investment risk. In addition, the Board believes that the periodic rotation of trustees among the different committees allows the trustees to gain additional and different perspectives of a Nuveen Fund’s operations. The Board has established six standing committees: the Executive Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee. The Board may also from time to time create ad hoc committees to focus on particular issues as the need arises. The membership and functions of the standing committees are summarized below.
The Executive Committee, which meets between regular meetings of the Board, is authorized to exercise all of the powers of the Board. The members of the Executive Committee are Mr. Toth, Chair, Mr. Moschner and Ms. Wolff. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Executive Committee did not meet.
The Audit Committee assists the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices of the Nuveen Funds, and the audits of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the Nuveen Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence; and the pricing procedures of the Nuveen Funds and the Adviser’s internal valuation group. It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to select, evaluate and replace any independent auditors (subject only to Board and, if applicable, shareholder ratification) and to determine their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for, among other things, overseeing the valuation of securities comprising the Nuveen Funds’ portfolios. Subject to the Board’s general supervision of such actions, the Audit Committee addresses any valuation issues, oversees the Nuveen Funds’ pricing procedures and actions taken by the Adviser’s internal valuation group which provides regular reports to the committee, reviews any issues relating to the valuation of the Nuveen Funds’ securities brought to its attention and considers the risks to the Nuveen Funds in assessing the possible resolutions to these matters. The Audit Committee may also consider any financial risk exposures for the Nuveen Funds in conjunction with performing its functions.
To fulfill its oversight duties, the Audit Committee receives annual and semi-annual reports and has regular meetings with the external auditors for the Nuveen Funds and the Adviser’s internal audit group. The Audit Committee also may review in a general manner the processes the Board or other Board committees have in place with respect to risk assessment and risk management as well as compliance with legal and regulatory matters relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. Members of the Audit Committee shall be independent (as set forth in the charter) and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the trustees, would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment as an Audit Committee member. The members of the Audit Committee are Ms. Stone, Chair, Mr. Evans, Dr. Hunter, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson and Ms. Stockdale, each of whom is an independent trustee of the Nuveen Funds. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Audit Committee met four times.
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for seeking, identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, the assignment and rotation of committee members, and the establishment of corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable, and matters related thereto. Although the unitary and committee structure has been developed over the years and the Nominating and Governance Committee believes the structure has provided efficient and effective governance, the committee recognizes that as demands on the Board evolve over time (such as through an increase in the number of funds overseen or an increase in the complexity of the issues raised), the committee must continue to evaluate the Board and committee structures and their
S-36

processes and modify the foregoing as may be necessary or appropriate to continue to provide effective governance. Accordingly, the Nominating and Governance Committee has a separate meeting each year to, among other things, review the Board and committee structures, their performance and functions, and recommend any modifications thereto or alternative structures or processes that would enhance the Board’s governance of the Nuveen Funds.
In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee, among other things, makes recommendations concerning the continuing education of trustees; monitors performance of legal counsel and other service providers; establishes and monitors a process by which security holders are able to communicate in writing with members of the Board; and periodically reviews and makes recommendations about any appropriate changes to trustee compensation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee receives suggestions from various sources, including shareholders, as to suitable candidates. Suggestions should be sent in writing to William Siffermann, Manager of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. The Nominating and Governance Committee sets appropriate standards and requirements for nominations for new trustees and reserves the right to interview any and all candidates and to make the final selection of any new trustees. In considering a candidate’s qualifications, each candidate must meet certain basic requirements, including relevant skills and experience, time availability (including the time requirements for due diligence meetings to sub-advisers and service providers) and, if qualifying as an independent trustee candidate, independence from the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, the Distributor and other service providers, including any affiliates of these entities. These skill and experience requirements may vary depending on the current composition of the Board, since the goal is to ensure an appropriate range of skills, diversity and experience, in the aggregate. Accordingly, the particular factors considered and weight given to these factors will depend on the composition of the Board and the skills and backgrounds of the incumbent trustees at the time of consideration of the nominees. All candidates, however, must meet high expectations of personal integrity, independence, governance experience and professional competence. All candidates must be willing to be critical within the Board and with management and yet maintain a collegial and collaborative manner toward other Board members. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. This committee is composed of the independent trustees of the Nuveen Funds. Accordingly, the members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Mr. Toth, Chair, Mr. Evans, Dr. Hunter, Mr. Moschner, Mr. Nelson, Ms. Stockdale, Ms. Stone, Mr. Thornton, Ms. Wolff and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Nominating and Governance Committee met four times.
The Dividend Committee is authorized to declare distributions on the Nuveen Funds’ shares, including, but not limited to, regular and special dividends, capital gains and ordinary income distributions. The members of the Dividend Committee are Mr. Young, Chair, Dr. Hunter, Mr. Moschner and Ms. Wolff. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Dividend Committee met five times.
The Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee (the “
Compliance Committee
”) is responsible for the oversight of compliance issues, risk management and other regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds that are not otherwise the jurisdiction of the other committees. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews policies and procedures designed to address the Nuveen Funds’ compliance and risk matters. As part of its duties, the Compliance Committee reviews the policies and procedures relating to compliance matters and recommends modifications thereto as necessary or appropriate to the full Board; develops new policies and procedures as new regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds arise from time to time; evaluates or considers any comments or reports from examinations from regulatory authorities and responses thereto; and performs any special reviews, investigations or other oversight responsibilities relating to risk management, compliance and/or regulatory matters as requested by the Board.
In addition, the Compliance Committee is responsible for risk oversight, including, but not limited to, the oversight of risks related to investments and operations. Such risks include, among other things, exposures to particular issuers, market sectors, or types of securities; risks related to product structure elements, such as leverage; and techniques that may be used to address those risks, such as hedging and swaps. In assessing issues brought to the committee’s attention or in reviewing a particular policy, procedure, investment technique or strategy, the Compliance Committee evaluates the risks to the
S-37

Nuveen Funds in adopting a particular approach compared to the anticipated benefits to the Nuveen Funds and their shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations, the Compliance Committee meets on a quarterly basis, and at least once a year in person. The Compliance Committee receives written and oral reports from the Nuveen Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“
CCO
”) and meets privately with the CCO at each of its quarterly meetings. The CCO also provides an annual report to the full Board regarding the operations of the Nuveen Funds’ and other service providers’ compliance programs as well as any recommendations for modifications thereto. The Compliance Committee also receives reports from the Adviser’s investment services group regarding various investment risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board also participates in discussions with management regarding certain matters relating to investment risk, such as the use of leverage and hedging. The investment services group therefore also reports to the full Board at its quarterly meetings regarding, among other things, fund performance and the various drivers of such performance. Accordingly, the Board directly and/or in conjunction with the Compliance Committee oversees matters relating to investment risks. Matters not addressed at the committee level are addressed directly by the full Board. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Compliance Committee are Ms. Wolff, Chair, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Thornton, Mr. Toth and Mr. Young. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Compliance Committee met five times.
The Open-End Funds Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the Nuveen Funds that are registered as open-end management investment companies (“
Open-End Funds
”). The committee may review and evaluate matters related to the formation and the initial presentation to the Board of any new Open-End Fund and may review and evaluate any matters relating to any existing Open-End Fund. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Open-End Funds Committee are Mr. Moschner, Chair, Mr. Nelson, Ms. Stockdale, Ms. Stone, Mr. Thornton and Mr. Toth. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Open-End Funds Committee met five times.
Board Diversification and Trustee Qualifications
In determining that a particular trustee was qualified to serve on the Board, the Board has considered each trustee’s background, skills, experience and other attributes in light of the composition of the Board with no particular factor controlling. The Board believes that trustees need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, and the Board believes each trustee satisfies this standard. An effective trustee may achieve this ability through his or her educational background; business, professional training or practice; public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member or executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Accordingly, set forth below is a summary of the experiences, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this document, that each trustee should continue to serve in that capacity. References to the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills of trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any trustee as having any special expertise or experience and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
Jack B. Evans
Mr. Evans has served as Chairman (since 2019) and President (1996-2019) of the Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation. Mr. Evans was formerly President and Chief Operating Officer (1972-1995) of the SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm headquartered in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. He was a member of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago from 1998 to 2003 as well as a Director of Alliant Energy from 2000 to 2013 and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System. Mr. Evans is Chairman of the Board (since 2009) of United Fire Group, a Life Trustee of Coe College and formerly served as a Director and Public Member of the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery from 2015 to 2020 and served on the Board of The Gazette Company. He has a Bachelor of Arts from Coe College and an M.B.A. from the University of Iowa.
S-38

William C. Hunter
Dr. Hunter became Dean Emeritus of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa in 2012, after having served as Dean of the College since July 2006. He had been Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance at the University of Connecticut School of Business from 2003 to 2006. From 1995 to 2003, he was the Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. He has held faculty positions at Emory University, Atlanta University, the University of Georgia and Northwestern University. He has consulted with numerous foreign central banks and official agencies in Europe, Asia, Central America and South America. He has been a Director of Wellmark, Inc. since 2009. He is a past Director (2005-2015) and a past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society and a past Director (2004-2018) of the Xerox Corporation. Dr. Hunter received his PhD (1978) and MBA (1970) from Northwestern University and his BS from Hampton University (1970).
Albin F. Moschner
Mr. Moschner is a consultant in the wireless industry and, in July 2012, founded Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm that provides operational, management and governance solutions. Prior to founding Northcroft Partners, LLC, Mr. Moschner held various positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., a provider of wireless services, where he was a consultant from February 2011 to July 2012, Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to February 2011, and Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Before he joined Leap Wireless International, Inc., Mr. Moschner was President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. from 2000 to 2003, and President of One Point Services at One Point Communications from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Moschner also served at Zenith Electronics Corporation as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 1996, and as Director, President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Moschner was Chairman of the Board (2019) and a member of the Board of Directors (2012-2019) of USA Technologies, Inc. and, from 1996 until 2016, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation. In addition, he is emeritus (since 2018) of the Advisory Boards of the Kellogg School of Management (1995-2018) and the Archdiocese of Chicago Financial Council (2012-2018). Mr. Moschner received a Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York in 1974 and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University in 1979.
John K. Nelson
Mr. Nelson is on the Board of Directors of Core12, LLC (since 2008), a private firm that develops branding, marketing, and communications strategies for clients. Mr. Nelson has extensive experience in global banking and markets, having served in several senior executive positions with ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. and its affiliated entities and predecessors, including LaSalle Bank Corporation from 1996 to 2008, ultimately serving as Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America. During his tenure at the bank, he also served as Global Head of its Financial Markets Division, which encompassed the bank's Currency, Commodity, Fixed Income, Emerging Markets, and Derivatives businesses. He was a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States and during his tenure with ABN AMRO served as the bank's representative on various committees of The Bank of Canada, European Central Bank, and The Bank of England. Mr. Nelson previously served as a senior, external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014). At Fordham University, he served as a director of The President's Council (2010- 2019) and previously served as a director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018). He served as a trustee and Chairman of The Board of Trustees of Marian University (2011-2013). Mr. Nelson is a graduate of Fordham University and holds a BA in Economics (1984) and an MBA in Finance (1991).
Judith M. Stockdale
Ms. Stockdale retired in 2012 as Executive Director of the Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation, a private foundation working in land conservation and artistic vitality in the Chicago region and the Low Country of South Carolina. She is currently a board member of the Land Trust Alliance (since 2013). Her previous positions include Executive Director of the Great Lakes Protection Fund, Executive Director of Openlands, and Senior Staff Associate at the Chicago Community Trust. She has served on the Advisory Council of the National Zoological Park, the Governor’s Science Advisory Council
S-39

(Illinois), and the Nancy Ryerson Ranney Leadership Grants Program. She has served on the Boards of Brushwood Center, Forefront f/k/a Donors Forum and the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities. Ms. Stockdale, a native of the United Kingdom, has a Bachelor of Science degree in geography from the University of Durham (UK) and a Master of Forest Science degree from Yale University.
Carole E. Stone
Ms. Stone recently retired from the Board of Directors of the Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (formerly, CBOE Holdings, Inc.), having served from 2010-2020. She previously served on the Boards of the Chicago Board Options Exchange and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated. Ms. Stone retired from the New York State Division of the Budget in 2004, having served as its Director for nearly five years and as Deputy Director from 1995 through 1999. She has also served as the Chair of the New York Racing Association Oversight Board, as a Commissioner on the New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform and as a member of the Boards of Directors of several New York State public authorities. Ms. Stone has a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Skidmore College.
Matthew Thornton III
Mr. Thornton has over 40 years of broad leadership and operating experience from his career with FedEx Corporation (“
FedEx
”), which, through its portfolio of companies, provides transportation, e-commerce and business services. In November 2019, Mr. Thornton retired as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of FedEx Freight Corporation (FedEx Freight), a subsidiary of FedEx, where, from May 2018 until his retirement, he had been responsible for day-to-day operations, strategic guidance, modernization of freight operations and delivering innovative customer solutions. From September 2006 to May 2018, Mr. Thornton served as Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations at Federal Express Corporation (FedEx Express), a subsidiary of FedEx. Prior to September 2006, Mr. Thornton held a range of positions of increasing responsibility with FedEx, including various management positions. In addition, Mr. Thornton currently (since 2014) serves on the Board of Directors of The Sherwin-Williams Company, where he is a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Board of Directors of Crown Castle International (since 2020), where he is a member of the Strategy Committee and the Compensation Committee. Formerly (2012-2018), he was a member of the Board of Directors of Safe Kids Worldwide
®
, a non-profit organization dedicated to the prevention of childhood injuries. Mr. Thornton is a member (since 2014) of the Executive Leadership Council (ELC), the nation’s premier organization of global black senior executives. He is also a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD). Mr. Thornton has been recognized by Black Enterprise on its 2017 list of the Most Powerful Executives in Corporate America and by Ebony on its 2016 Power 100 list of the world’s most influential and inspiring African Americans. Mr. Thornton received a B.B.A. degree from the University of Memphis in 1980 and an M.B.A. from the University of Tennessee in 2001.
Terence J. Toth
Mr. Toth, the Nuveen Funds’ Independent Chair, was a Co-Founding Partner of Promus Capital (2008-2017). From 2010 to 2019, he was a Director of Fulcrum IT Service LLC and from 2012 to 2016, he was a Director of LogicMark LLC. From 2008 to 2013, he was a Director of Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Northern Trust Global Investments, and Executive Vice President of Quantitative Management & Securities Lending from 2000 to 2004. He also formerly served on the Board of the Northern Trust Mutual Funds. He joined Northern Trust in 1994 after serving as Managing Director and Head of Global Securities Lending at Bankers Trust (1986 to 1994) and Head of Government Trading and Cash Collateral Investment at Northern Trust from 1982 to 1986. He currently serves on the Boards of Quality Control Corporation (since 2012) and Catalyst Schools of Chicago (since 2008). He is on the Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and is the Chair of its Investment Committee. Mr. Toth graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Illinois, and received his MBA from New York University. In 2005, he graduated from the CEO Perspectives Program at Northwestern University.
Margaret L. Wolff
Ms. Wolff retired from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in 2014 after more than 30 years of providing client service in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group. During her legal career, Ms. Wolff devoted
S-40

significant time to advising boards and senior management on U.S. and international corporate, securities, regulatory and strategic matters, including governance, shareholder, fiduciary, operational and management issues. From 2013 to 2017, she was a Board member of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each of which is a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). Ms. Wolff has been a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital since 2005 and, since 2004, she has served as a trustee of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults) where she currently is the Chair. From 2005 to 2015, she was a trustee of Mt. Holyoke College and served as Vice Chair of the Board from 2011 to 2015. Ms. Wolff received her Bachelor of Arts from Mt. Holyoke College and her Juris Doctor from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.
Robert L. Young
Mr. Young has more than 30 years of experience in the investment management industry. From 1997 to 2017, he held various positions with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“
J.P. Morgan Investment
”) and its affiliates (collectively, “
J.P. Morgan
”). Most recently, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Director of J.P. Morgan Investment (from 2010 to 2016) and as President and Principal Executive Officer of the J.P. Morgan Funds (from 2013 to 2016). As Chief Operating Officer of J.P. Morgan Investment, Mr. Young led service, administration and business platform support activities for J.P. Morgan’s domestic retail mutual fund and institutional commingled and separate account businesses, and co-led these activities for J.P. Morgan’s global retail and institutional investment management businesses. As President of the J.P. Morgan Funds, Mr. Young interacted with various service providers to these funds, facilitated the relationship between such funds and their boards, and was directly involved in establishing board agendas, addressing regulatory matters, and establishing policies and procedures. Before joining J.P. Morgan, Mr. Young, a former Certified Public Accountant (CPA), was a Senior Manager (Audit) with Deloitte & Touche LLP (formerly, Touche Ross LLP), where he was employed from 1985 to 1996. During his tenure there, he actively participated in creating, and ultimately led, the firm’s midwestern mutual fund practice. Mr. Young holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Dayton and, from 2008 to 2011, he served on the Investment Committee of its Board of Trustees.
Board Compensation
The following table shows, for each independent trustee, (1) the aggregate compensation (including deferred amounts) paid by the Fund for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, (2) the amount of total compensation paid by the Fund that has been deferred, and (3) the total compensation (including deferred amounts) paid to each trustee by the Nuveen Funds during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Pursuant to the Board’s deferred compensation plan, a portion of the independent trustees’ compensation may be deferred and treated as though an equivalent dollar amount has been invested in shares of one or more eligible Nuveen Funds. The amount of total compensation that has been deferred provided below represents the total deferred fees (including the return from the assumed investment in the eligible Nuveen Funds) payable from the Fund.
                                     
Name of Trustee
   
Aggregate
Compensation
From Fund
   
Amount of Total
Compensation that
Has Been Deferred
   
Total Compensation
From Nuveen Funds
Paid to Trustee
 
Jack B. Evans
 
$
10,364
 
$
844
 
$
403,711
 
William C. Hunter
 
 
10,865
   
   
425,500
 
Albin F. Moschner
 
 
9,902
   
   
385,300
 
John K. Nelson
 
 
11,338
   
   
441,000
 
Judith M. Stockdale
 
 
10,256
   
2,421
   
400,320
 
Carole E. Stone
 
 
10,819
   
4,305
   
421,393
 
Matthew Thornton III
1
 
 
   
   
 
Terence J. Toth
 
 
12,525
   
   
484,300
 
Margaret L. Wolff
 
 
9,879
   
3,250
   
385,632
 
Robert L. Young
 
 
10,721
   
10,721
   
416,682
 
1
Mr. Thornton was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds effective November 16, 2020.
S-41

Prior to January 1, 2020, independent trustees received a $190,000 annual retainer plus (a) a fee of $6,500 per day for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (d) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance was required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance was not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acted as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees were received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings were held; and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Open-End Funds Committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required; provided that no fees were received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings were held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chair of the Board received $90,000, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee received $15,000 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also received a fee of $3,000 per day for site visits to entities that provided services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting was held. When ad hoc committees were organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee at the time of formation determined compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees were $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance was required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance was not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses were allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management might have, in its discretion, established a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund.
Effective January 1, 2020, independent trustees receive a $195,000 annual retainer, increased to $200,000 as of January 1, 2021, plus they receive (a) a fee of $6,750 per day, increased to $7,000 per day as of January 1, 2021, for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (d) a fee of $5,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acts as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held; and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Open-End Funds Committee meetings where in-
S-42

person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chair of the Board receives $90,000, increased to $100,000 as of January 1, 2021, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee receive $15,000 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also receive a fee of $3,000 per day, increased to $3,500 per day as of January 1, 2021, for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting is held. When ad hoc committees are organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee will at the time of formation determine compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees will be $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses are allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may, in its discretion, establish a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund. In certain instances fees and expenses will be allocated only to those Nuveen Funds that are discussed at a given meeting. In certain circumstances, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board may hold in-person meetings by telephonic or videographic means and be compensated at the in-person rate.
The Trust does not have a retirement or pension plan. The Trust is a participant in a deferred compensation plan (the “
Deferred Compensation Plan
”) that permits any independent trustee to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as an independent trustee. The deferred compensation of a participating trustee is credited to a book reserve account of the participating Nuveen Funds when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the trustee. The value of the trustee’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen Funds. An independent trustee may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. No participating Nuveen Fund will be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
The Fund has no employees. Each officer of the Trust serves without any compensation from the Fund. The CCO’s compensation, which is composed of base salary and incentive compensation, is paid by the Adviser, with review and input by the Board. The Fund reimburses the Adviser for an allocable portion of the Adviser’s cost of the CCO’s incentive compensation.
S-43

Share Ownership
The information in the table below discloses the dollar ranges of (i) each trustee’s beneficial ownership in the Fund, and (ii) each trustee’s aggregate beneficial ownership in all funds within the Nuveen Funds complex, including in each case the value of fund shares elected by the trustee in the trustees’ deferred compensation plan, based on the value of fund shares as of December 31, 2020:
               
Name of Trustee
   
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
In the Fund
 
Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
All Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by Trustee in
Family of
Investment Companies
Jack B. Evans
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
William C. Hunter
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Albin F. Moschner
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
John K. Nelson
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Judith M. Stockdale
 
 
$10,001- $50,000
 
Over $100,000
Carole E. Stone
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Matthew Thornton III
1
 
 
$
0
 
$0
Terence J. Toth
 
 
Over $100,000
 
Over $100,000
Margaret L. Wolff
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
Robert L. Young
 
 
$
0
 
Over $100,000
1
Mr. Thornton was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds effective November 16, 2020.
As of January 4, 2021, the officers and trustees of the Trust, in the aggregate, owned less than 1% of the shares of the Fund.
As of January 4, 2021, none of the independent trustees or their immediate family members owned, beneficially, or of record, any securities in (i) an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund or (ii) a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.
Sales Loads
Trustees of the Trust and certain other Fund affiliates may purchase the Fund's Class R6 or Class I shares. See the Fund's Prospectus for details.
SERVICE PROVIDERS
Investment Adviser
Nuveen Fund Advisors, located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the investment adviser of the Fund, with responsibility for the overall management of the Fund. The Adviser is also responsible for managing the Fund’s business affairs and providing day-to-day administrative services to the Fund. The Adviser has selected its affiliate, Nuveen Asset Management, located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, to serve as sub-adviser to manage the investment portfolio of the Fund. For additional information regarding the management services performed by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, see “Who Manages the Fund” in the Prospectus.
The Adviser is an affiliate of the Distributor, which is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Distributor is the principal underwriter for the Nuveen Mutual Funds, and has served as co-managing underwriter for the shares of the Nuveen Closed-End Funds. The Adviser and the Distributor are subsidiaries of Nuveen, LLC, the investment management arm of TIAA.
For the management services and facilities furnished by the Adviser, the Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee at a rate set forth in the Prospectus under “Who Manages the Fund.”
The Fund’s management fee is divided into two components—a complex-level fee based on the aggregate amount of all eligible Nuveen Fund assets and a specific fund-level fee based only on the amount of assets within the Fund. This pricing structure enables Fund shareholders to benefit from
S-44

growth in the assets within the Fund as well as from growth in the amount of complex-wide assets managed by the Adviser. Under no circumstances will this pricing structure result in the Fund paying management fees at a rate higher than would otherwise have been applicable had the complex-wide management fee structure not been implemented.
The Fund has agreed to pay an annual fund-level management fee, payable monthly, based upon the average daily net assets of the Fund as set forth in the Prospectus.
The annual complex-level management fee for the Fund, payable monthly, which is additive to the fund-level fee, is based on the aggregate amount of total eligible assets managed for all Nuveen-branded closed-end funds and Nuveen Mutual Funds as stated in the table below:
       
Complex-Level Asset
   
Effective Rate at
Breakpoint Level*
   
Breakpoint Level
$55 billion
 
 
0.2000%
$56 billion
 
 
0.1996%
$57 billion
 
 
0.1989%
$60 billion
 
 
0.1961%
$63 billion
 
 
0.1931%
$66 billion
 
 
0.1900%
$71 billion
 
 
0.1851%
$76 billion
 
 
0.1806%
$80 billion
 
 
0.1773%
$91 billion
 
 
0.1691%
$125 billion
 
 
0.1599%
$200 billion
 
 
0.1505%
$250 billion
 
 
0.1469%
$300 billion
 
 
0.1445%
*
 
The complex-level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily “eligible assets” of all Nuveen-branded closed-end funds and Nuveen Mutual Funds. Except as described below, eligible assets include the net assets of all Nuveen-branded closed-end funds and Nuveen Mutual Funds organized in the United States. Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen Funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen Fund complex in connection with Nuveen Fund Advisors’ assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011
, but do include certain assets of certain Nuveen Mutual Funds that were reorganized into funds advised by an affiliate of Nuveen Fund Advisors during the 2019 calendar year
. Eligible assets include closed-end fund assets managed by the Adviser that are attributable to financial leverage. For these purposes, financial leverage includes the closed-end funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by a TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by the Adviser as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining eligible assets in certain circumstances.
The Fund’s complex-level fee rate will not exceed the maximum overall complex-level fee rate of 0.2000%. As of December 31, 2020, the Fund’s effective complex-level fee rate was 0.1557%.
The following tables set forth the management fees (net of fee waivers and expense reimbursements) paid by the Fund and the fees waived and expenses reimbursed by the Adviser for the specified periods.
                             
 
Management Fees Paid to the
Adviser Net of Fee Waivers and
Expense Reimbursements
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
26,366,239
   
$
22,810,856
   
$
25,539,785
   
S-45

                           
 
Fee Waivers and Expense
Reimbursements from
the Adviser
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
In addition to the Adviser’s management fee, the Fund also pays a portion of the Trust’s general administrative expenses allocated in proportion to the net assets of the Fund. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of dividends to investors.
Sub-Adviser
The Adviser has selected its affiliate, Nuveen Asset Management, to serve as sub-adviser to manage the investment portfolio of the Fund. The Adviser pays Nuveen Asset Management a portfolio management fee out of the advisory fee paid to the Adviser for its services to the Fund.
Portfolio Managers
Douglas M. Baker, CFA, and Brenda A. Langenfeld, CFA, have primary
responsibility
for
the
day-to-day implementation
of
the
investment
strategies
of
the
Fund.
Compensation
Portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary and variable components consisting of (i) a cash bonus; (ii) a long-term performance award; and (iii) participation in a profits interest plan.
Base salary.
A portfolio manager’s base salary is determined based upon an analysis of the portfolio manager’s general performance, experience and market levels of base pay for such position.
Cash bonus.
A portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus that is based on three variables: risk-adjusted investment performance relative to benchmark generally measured over the most recent one, three and five year periods (unless the portfolio manager’s tenure is shorter), ranking versus Morningstar peer funds generally measured over the most recent one, three and five year periods (unless the portfolio manager’s tenure is shorter), and management and peer reviews.
Long-term performance award.
A portfolio manager is eligible to receive a long-term performance award that vests after three years. The amount of the award when granted is based on the same factors used in determining the cash bonus. The value of the award at the completion of the three-year vesting period is adjusted based on the risk-adjusted investment performance of Fund(s) managed by the portfolio manager during the vesting period and the performance of the TIAA organization as a whole.
Profits interest plan.
Portfolio managers are eligible to receive profits interests in Nuveen Asset Management and its affiliate, TAL, which vest over time and entitle their holders to a percentage of the firms’ annual profits. Profits interests are allocated to each portfolio manager based on such person’s overall contribution to the firms.
There are generally no differences between the methods used to determine compensation with respect to the Fund and the Other Accounts shown in the table below.
Other Accounts Managed
In addition to the Fund, as of September 30, 2020, the portfolio managers were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts:
                         
Portfolio Manager
 
Type of Account Managed
 
Number of Accounts
 
Assets
 
Number of Accounts with Performance-Based Fees
 
Assets of Accounts with Performance-Based Fees
Douglas M. Baker
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
 
5
 
$
3.2 billion
 
0
 
$
0
   
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
 
0
   
0 million
 
0
   
0
   
Other Accounts
 
904
   
1.1 billion
 
0
   
0
Brenda A. Langenfeld
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
 
7
   
4.9 billion
 
0
   
0
   
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
 
1
   
29.3 million
 
0
   
0
   
Other Accounts
 
906
   
1.1 billion
 
0
   
0
S-46

Conflicts of Interest
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple accounts are presented a number of potential conflicts, including, among others, those discussed below.
The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. Nuveen Asset Management seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most accounts managed by a portfolio manager in a particular investment strategy are managed using the same investment
models.
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one account, an account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible accounts. To deal with these situations, Nuveen Asset Management has adopted procedures for allocating limited opportunities across multiple accounts.
With respect to many of its clients’ accounts, Nuveen Asset Management determines which broker to use to execute transaction orders, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts, Nuveen Asset Management may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Nuveen Asset Management may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for the Fund and other accounts which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Fund or the other accounts.
Some clients are subject to different regulations. As a consequence of this difference in regulatory requirements, some clients may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions or to engage in these transactions to the same extent as the other accounts managed by a portfolio manager. Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Nuveen Asset Management has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates
to
the
management
of
some
accounts,
with
respect
to
which
a
portfolio
manager
has day-to-day management responsibilities.
Conflicts of interest may also arise when the Sub-Adviser invests one or more of its client accounts in different or multiple parts of the same issuer’s capital structure, including investments in public versus private securities, debt versus equity, or senior versus junior/subordinated debt, or otherwise where there are different or inconsistent rights or benefits. Decisions or actions such as investing, trading, proxy voting, exercising, waiving or amending rights or covenants, workout activity, or serving on a board, committee or other involvement in governance may result in conflicts of interest between clients holding different securities or investments. Generally, individual portfolio managers will seek to act in a manner that they believe serves the best interest of the accounts they manage. In cases where a portfolio manager or team faces a conflict among its client accounts, it will seek to act in a manner that it believes best reflects its overall fiduciary duty, which may result in relative advantages or disadvantages for particular accounts.
Nuveen Asset Management has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts common among investment managers. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
Beneficial Ownership of Securities
The following table indicates as of September 30, 2020 the value, within the indicated range, of shares beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Fund. For purposes of this table, the following letters indicate the range listed next to each letter:
S-47

         
A
- $0
 
B
- $1 - $10,000
     
C
- $10,001 - $50,000
     
D
- $50,001 - $100,000
     
E
- $100,001 - $500,000
     
F
- $500,001 - $1,000,000
     
G
- More than $1 million
     
         
Portfolio Manager
   
Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned in Fund Managed
 
Douglas M. Baker
 
   
E
Brenda A. Langenfeld
 
   
D
Transfer Agent
The Fund's transfer, shareholder services, and dividend paying agent is DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (
“DST”
), P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140.
Custodian
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company (“
State Street”
), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services.
Distributor
Nuveen Securities, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the distributor for the Fund's shares pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a Distribution Agreement dated December 15, 2006 (the “
Distribution Agreement
”). Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Fund appointed the Distributor to be its agent for the distribution of the Fund's shares on a continuous offering basis.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP, 200 East Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, independent registered public accounting firm, has been selected as auditors for the Fund.
Securities Lending Agent
State Street serves as the securities lending agent to the Fund. Pursuant to a Securities Lending Agreement and in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, State Street effects loans of Fund securities to any firm on a list of approved borrowers, negotiates loan terms, monitors the value of the loaned securities and collateral, requests additional collateral as necessary, manages reinvestment of collateral in a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle, arranges for the return of loaned securities to the Fund, and maintains records and prepares reports regarding loans that are made and the income derived therefrom.
The following table provides the dollar amounts of income and fees and/or compensation related to the Fund's securities lending activities during the period from the inception of the securities lending program on August 14, 2020 through the end of the Fund's fiscal year on September 30, 2020:
S-48

         
Gross income from securities lending activities
$
2,355
 
Fees and/or compensation paid by the Fund for securities lending activities and related services:
     
 
Fees paid to Securities Lending Agent from a revenue split
 
(185
)
 
Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split
 
(37
)
 
Administrative fees not included in the revenue split
 
 
 
Indemnification fees not included in the revenue split
 
 
 
Rebate (paid to borrower)
 
 
 
Other fees not included in the revenue split
 
 
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities
 
(222
)
Net income from securities lending activities
$
2,133
 
CODES OF ETHICS
The Fund, the Adviser, Nuveen Asset Management and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and with respect to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, addressing personal securities transactions and other conduct by investment personnel and access persons who may have access to information about the Fund's securities transactions. The codes are intended to address potential conflicts of interest that can arise in connection with personal trading activities of such persons. Persons subject to the codes are generally permitted to engage in personal securities transactions, including investing in securities eligible for investment by the Fund, subject to certain prohibitions, which may include prohibitions on investing in certain types of securities, pre-clearance requirements, blackout periods, annual and quarterly reporting of personal securities holdings and limitations on personal trading of initial public offerings. Violations of the codes are subject to review by the Board of Trustees and could result in severe penalties.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The Fund has delegated authority to the Adviser to vote proxies for securities held by the Fund, and the Adviser has in turn delegated that responsibility to the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser’s proxy voting policy establishes minimum standards for the exercise of proxy voting authority by the Sub-Adviser.
A member of the Fund’s management team is responsible for oversight of the Fund’s proxy voting process. With regard to equity securities, Nuveen Asset Management has engaged the services of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“
ISS
”) to make recommendations on the voting of proxies relating to securities held by the Fund and managed by Nuveen Asset Management. ISS provides voting recommendations based upon established guidelines and practices. Nuveen Asset Management reviews and frequently follows ISS recommendations. However, on selected issues, Nuveen Asset Management may not vote in accordance with the ISS recommendations when it believes that specific ISS recommendations are not in the best economic interest of the Fund. If Nuveen Asset Management manages the assets of a company or its pension plan and any of Nuveen Asset Management's clients hold any securities of that company, Nuveen Asset Management will vote proxies relating to such company’s securities in accordance with the ISS recommendations to avoid any conflict of interest. Where a material conflict of interest has been identified by Nuveen Asset Management and ISS does not offer a recommendation on the matter, Nuveen Asset Management shall disclose the conflict and Nuveen Asset Management’s Proxy Voting Committee shall determine the manner in which to vote and notify the Fund’s Board of Trustees or its designated committee.
Although Nuveen Asset Management has affiliates that provide investment advisory, broker-dealer, insurance or other financial services, Nuveen Asset Management does not receive non-public information about the business arrangements of such affiliates (except with regard to major distribution partners of its investment products) or the directors, officers and employees of such affiliates. Therefore, Nuveen Asset
S-49

Management is unable to consider such information when determining whether there are material conflicts of interests.
Nuveen Asset Management has adopted the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines. While these guidelines are not intended to be all-inclusive, they do provide guidance on the Sub-Adviser’s general voting policies. Please see Appendix B for the ISS United States Proxy Voting Guidelines and ISS’s website at http://www.issgovernance.com/policy-gateway/voting-policies for access to all of the current ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines.
Voted Proxies
. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge by accessing Nuveen’s website at http://www.nuveen.com or the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
Decisions with respect to which securities are to be bought or sold, the total amount of securities to be bought or sold, the broker-dealer with or through which the securities transactions are to be effected and the commission rates applicable to the trades are made by Nuveen Asset Management.
In selecting a broker-dealer to execute securities transactions, Nuveen Asset Management considers the full range and quality of a broker-dealer’s services including, among other things: the value, nature and quality of any brokerage and research products and services; execution capability; commission rate; financial responsibility (including willingness to commit capital); the likelihood of price improvement; the speed of execution and likelihood of execution for limit orders; the ability to minimize market impact; the maintenance of the confidentiality of orders; and responsiveness of the broker-dealer. The determinative factor is not the lowest possible commission cost but whether the transaction represents the best qualitative execution for the Fund. Subject to the satisfaction of its obligation to seek best execution, another factor considered by Nuveen Asset Management in selecting a broker-dealer may include the broker-dealer’s access to initial public offerings.
For certain transactions, Nuveen Asset Management may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer a commission higher than that which another broker-dealer might have charged for effecting the same transaction (a practice commonly referred to as “paying up”). Nuveen Asset Management causes the Fund to pay up in recognition of the value of the brokerage and research products and services (“
Research Services
”) the broker-dealer provides. The broker-dealer may directly provide Research Services to the Fund or may purchase them from a third party for the Fund. In such cases, Nuveen Asset Management is in effect paying for the Research Services with client commissions – so-called “soft dollars.” Nuveen Asset Management will only cause the Fund to pay up if Nuveen Asset Management, subject to its overall duty to seek best execution, determines in good faith that the Research Services are eligible brokerage and research under Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the amount of the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the Research Services provided, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities of Nuveen Asset Management or its affiliates with respect to the managing of its accounts.
Nuveen Asset Management employs the use of commission sharing arrangements administered by its centralized equity trading desk. Under these arrangements, when Nuveen Asset Management pays a commission to an executing broker, a portion of the commission is for execution of the trade (brokerage) and a portion is for Research Services. The broker will allocate the Research Services portion of the commission to a pool of commission credits it maintains. The commission manager, at Nuveen Asset Management’s direction, pays Research Services providers for eligible research products and services. An executing broker may or may not be a Research Services provider. Nuveen Asset Management uses commission sharing arrangements to pay for both proprietary and third party Research Services. The centralized equity trading desk does not select Research Services.
Under Nuveen Asset Management’s commission sharing arrangements, Nuveen Equities (the integrated equity investment team of Nuveen Asset Management (excluding Public Real Assets) and certain affiliates) aggregates commission credits into a single pool, and allocates the Research Services among the respective Nuveen Equities investment teams based on factors such as asset size of the team’s equity strategy and the strategy’s geographic considerations. Commission credits generated by
S-50

Nuveen Asset Management’s Public Real Assets accounts are aggregated into a separate pool to purchase Research Services, which generally supports the Nuveen Asset Management Public Real Assets investment team. Research Services will not necessarily directly and specifically benefit the particular account(s) that generated the brokerage commissions used to acquire the Research Services.
Research Services consist of products and services including some or all of the following: economic analysis and forecasts, financial market analysis and forecasts, industry and company specific analysis, interest rate forecasts, arbitrage relative valuation analysis of various debt securities, analytical tools for investment research and related consulting services, market data services and other services that assist in the investment decision making process, and meetings arranged by broker-dealers with corporate management teams and spokespersons, as well as industry spokespersons. Research products include written reports, computer-generated services, telephone contacts and personal meetings with securities analysts.
Nuveen Asset Management will use Research Services to benefit any client of Nuveen Asset Management or its affiliates, including the Fund, and at times the Research Services will not directly benefit the particular account(s) that generated the brokerage commissions used to acquire the Research Services. For example, Nuveen Asset Management uses clients’ equity commissions to pay for Research Services that at times will benefit other accounts of Nuveen Asset Management and its affiliates.
The Research Services that Nuveen Asset Management receives from broker-dealers supplement Nuveen Asset Management’s own research activities. As a practical matter, in some cases Nuveen Asset Management could not, on its own, generate all of the Research Services that broker-dealers provide without materially increasing its expenses. Because of the nature of soft dollar arrangements, and because of the fact that any particular Research Service may be used to service all of Nuveen Asset Management’s advisory accounts (possibly to varying degrees) or fewer than all of its advisory accounts, Nuveen Asset Management is unable to quantify or estimate the value of any such services attributable to a particular advisory account with any meaningful degree of accuracy.
Many of the Fund’s portfolio transactions involve payment of a brokerage commission by the Fund. In some cases, transactions are with dealers or issuers who act as principal for their own accounts and not as brokers. Transactions effected on a principal basis, other than certain transactions effected on a so-called riskless principal basis, are made without the payment of brokerage commissions but at net prices which usually include a spread or markup. In effecting transactions in over-the-counter securities, the Fund typically deals with market makers unless it appears that better price and execution are available elsewhere.
It is expected that the Fund will purchase most foreign equity securities in the over-the-counter markets or stock exchanges located in the countries in which the respective principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located if that is the best available market. The commission paid in connection with foreign stock transactions may be higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. transactions. There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges than in the United States. Foreign securities settlements may in some instances be subject to delays and related administrative uncertainties.
Foreign equity securities may be held in the form of depositary receipts or securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter markets in the United States or overseas. The foreign and domestic debt securities and money market instruments in which the Fund may invest are generally traded in the over-the-counter markets.
The Fund does not effect any brokerage transactions in its portfolio securities with any broker or dealer affiliated directly or indirectly with the Adviser, Nuveen Asset Management or Distributor unless such transactions, including the frequency thereof, the receipt of commission payable in connection therewith, and the selection of the affiliated broker or dealer effecting such transactions are not unfair or unreasonable to the shareholders of the Fund, as determined by the Board of Trustees. Any transactions with an affiliated broker or dealer must be on terms that are both at least as favorable to the Fund as the Fund can obtain elsewhere and at least as favorable as such affiliated broker or dealer normally gives to others.
S-51

When two or more clients of Nuveen Asset Management are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the prices and amounts are allocated in a manner considered by Nuveen Asset Management to be equitable to each client. In some cases, this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as each client is concerned. In other cases, however, the ability of the clients to participate in volume transactions may produce better executions for each client.
On behalf of the Fund, Nuveen Asset Management may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by Nuveen Asset Management or an affiliate. Nuveen Asset Management may effect purchases and sales between its clients or clients of its affiliates, including the Fund (referred to herein as “
cross trades
”), if it believes that such transactions are appropriate based on each party’s investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. Cross trades may give rise to potential conflicts of interest for Nuveen Asset Management. On any occasion when the Fund participates in a cross trade, the Fund will comply with procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act and applicable SEC guidance.
The following table sets forth the aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the specified periods:
                 
Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Fund
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30, 2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30, 2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30, 2020
$
20,322
 
$
28,152
 
$
69,414
Brokerage commissions paid by the Fund may vary substantially from year to year as a result of changing asset levels throughout the year, portfolio turnover rates, differences in shareholder purchase and redemption activity, varying market conditions and other factors.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Fund did not pay commissions to brokers in return for research services.
The Fund has acquired during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 the securities of its regular brokers or dealers as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act or of the parents of the brokers or dealers. The following table sets forth those brokers or dealers and states the value of the Fund’s aggregate holdings of the securities of each issuer as of close of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:
             
Broker/Dealer
 
Issuer
 
Aggregate Fund Holdings of Broker/Dealer
or Parent (as of
September 30, 2020)
Bank of America
 
Bank of America Corp
 
$
67,755,874
BNP Paribas
 
BNP Paribas SA
   
90,808,145
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
Citigroup Capital III
   
5,590,966
   
Citigroup Inc.
   
120,253,066
Credit Suisse
 
Credit Suisse Group AG
   
153,480,929
Deutsche Bank Trust Co.
 
Deutsche Bank AG
   
27,738,000
Goldman Sachs & Co.
 
Goldman Sachs Group Inc.
   
78,474,152
JP Morgan Securities, Inc.
 
JPMorgan Chase & Co.
   
110,430,436
Morgan Stanley & Co.
 
Morgan Stanley
   
76,968,475
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
Wachovia Capital Trust III
   
25,359,299
   
Wells Fargo & Co.
   
80,611,885
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not purchase portfolio securities from any underwriting syndicate of which the Distributor is a member except under certain limited conditions set forth in Rule 10f-3. The Rule sets forth requirements relating to, among other things, the terms of a security purchased by the Fund, the amount of securities that may be purchased in any one issue and the assets of the Fund that may be invested in a particular issue. In addition, purchases of securities made pursuant to the terms of
S-52

the Rule must be approved at least quarterly by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the independent trustees.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Nuveen Mutual Funds have adopted a portfolio holdings disclosure policy which governs the dissemination of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. In accordance with this policy, the Fund may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties no earlier than the time a report is filed with the SEC that is required to contain such information or one day after the information is posted on the Fund’s publicly accessible website, www.nuveen.com. A complete list of portfolio holdings information is generally made available on the Fund's website ten business days after the end of the month. Additionally, the Fund publishes on the website a list of its top ten holdings as of the end of each month, approximately two to five business days after the end of the month for which the information is current. This information will remain available on the website at least until the Fund files with the SEC its Form N-CSR or Form N-PORT for the period that includes the date as of which the website information is current.
Additionally,
the
Fund
may
disclose
portfolio
holdings
information
that
has
not
been
included
in a
filing
with
the
SEC
or
posted
on
the
Fund’s
website
(i.e.,
non-public
portfolio
holdings
information) only if there is a legitimate business purpose for doing so and if the recipient is required, either by explicit
agreement
or
by
virtue
of
the
recipient’s
duties
to
the
Fund
as
an
agent
or
service
provider, to maintain the confidentiality of the information and to not use the information in an improper manner
(e.g.,
personal
trading).
In this context, portfolio holdings information does not include summary information from which the identity of the Fund’s specific portfolio holdings cannot reasonably be derived. The
Fund
may
disclose
on
an
ongoing
basis non-public portfolio holdings information in the normal course of its investment and administrative operations to various service providers, including the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser, independent registered public accounting firm, custodian, financial printer, proxy voting service(s), borrowers of its securities pursuant to securities lending transactions, and to the legal counsel for the Fund’s independent trustees. Also, the Adviser may transmit to service providers non-public portfolio holdings information to enable the Adviser to perform portfolio attribution analysis using third-party systems and software programs. The Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser may also provide certain portfolio holdings information to broker-dealers from time to time in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or requests for price quotations or bids on one or more securities. In providing this information, reasonable precautions are taken in an effort to avoid potential misuse of the disclosed information, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, when appropriate. The Fund, the Adviser, and the Sub-Adviser do not receive compensation or other consideration in exchange for the disclosure of portfolio holdings.
Non-public portfolio holdings information may be provided to other persons if approved by the Fund’s Chief Administrative Officer or Secretary upon a determination that there is a legitimate business purpose for doing so, the disclosure is consistent with the interests of the Fund, and the recipient is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the information and not misuse it, which includes a prohibition on trading on such non-public information.
Compliance officers of the Fund and the Adviser and Sub-Adviser periodically monitor overall compliance with the policy to ascertain whether portfolio holdings information is disclosed in a manner that is consistent with the Fund’s policy. Reports are made to the Fund’s Board of Trustees on an annual basis.
There
is
no
assurance
that
the
Fund’s
policies
on
portfolio
holdings
information
will
protect
the Fund
from
the
potential
misuse
of
portfolio
holdings
information
by
individuals
or
firms
in
possession of
such
information.
The following parties currently receive non-public portfolio holdings information regarding one or more of the Nuveen Mutual Funds on an ongoing basis pursuant to the various arrangements described above:
Advent
Ascendant
Bank of America PriceServe
Barclays Capital, Inc.
Barra
S-53

Bloomberg
Broadridge Investor Communication Solutions, Inc.
Broadridge Systems
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
Chapman and Cutler LLP
Confluence NXT
Donnelley Financial Solutions
Eagle Investment Systems, LLC
Electra Information Systems
Ernst & Young
FactSet Research Systems
Financial Graphic Services
Glass, Lewis & Co.
ICE Benchmark Administration Limited
ICE Data Services
IHS Markit, Ltd.
ISS
Investortools
KPMG LLP
Lipper Inc.
Moody’s
Morningstar, Inc.
Northern Trust Corp.
Omgeo LLC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricingDirect Inc.
Refinitiv
Rimes Technologies Corporation
SS&C
State Street Bank and Trust Co.
Strategic Insight
Wolters Kluwer
NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund’s net asset value is determined as set forth in the Prospectus under “General Information—Net Asset Value.”
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
The Board of Trustees of the Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares in one or more
series,
which
may
be
divided
into
classes
of
shares.
Currently,
there
are
three series authorized and outstanding, each of which may be generally divided into different classes of shares designated as Class A shares, Class C shares, Class R3 shares, Class R6 shares and Class I shares. Each
class
of
shares
represents
an
interest
in
the
same
portfolio
of
investments
of
the
Fund.
Each
class of shares has equal rights as to voting, redemption, dividends and liquidation, except that each bears different class expenses, including different distribution and service fees, and each has exclusive voting rights with respect to any distribution or service plan applicable to its shares. There are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Board of Trustees of the Trust has the right to establish additional series and classes of shares in the future, to change those series or classes and to
determine
the
preferences,
voting
powers,
rights
and
privileges
thereof.
The Trust is not required and does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders. Shareholders owning more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Fund have the right to call a special meeting to remove trustees or for any other purpose.
S-54

Under
Massachusetts
law
applicable
to
Massachusetts
business
trusts,
shareholders
of
such
a
trust may,
under
certain
circumstances,
be
held
personally
liable
as
partners
for
its
obligations.
However, the
Declaration
of
Trust
of
the
Trust
contains
an
express
disclaimer
of
shareholder
liability
for
acts
or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation
or
instrument
entered
into
or
executed
by
the
Trust
or
the
trustees.
The
Trust’s
Declaration of
Trust
further
provides
for
indemnification
out
of
the
assets
and
property
of
the
Trust
for
all
losses and
expenses
of
any
shareholder
held
personally
liable
for
the
obligations
of
the
Trust.
Thus,
the
risk of
a
shareholder
incurring
financial
loss
on
account
of
shareholder
liability
is
limited
to
circumstances in which both inadequate insurance existed and the Trust or the Fund itself was unable to meet its obligations.
The
Trust
believes
the
likelihood
of
the
occurrence
of
these
circumstances
is
remote.
The following table sets forth the percentage ownership of each person, who, as of January 4, 2021, owned of record, or is known by the Trust to have owned beneficially, 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s shares.
             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Class A Shares
 
 

Charles Schwab & Co Inc
For the Benefit of their Customers
211 Main St
San Francisco CA 94105-1905
 

12.64%
   
 
   
   
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market Street
St Louis MO 63103-2523
 
9.52%
   
 
   
   
National Financial Services LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of our
Customers
Attn Mutual Fund Dept 4
th
Floor
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310-1995
 
9.44%
   
 
   
   
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Bene of its Cust
1 New York Plz Fl 12
New York NY 10004-1932
 
8.74%
   
 
   
   
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
Special Custody A/C FBO Customers
Attn Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco CA 94105-1905
 
8.59%
   
 
   
   
MLPF&S for the Benefit of its
Customers
Attn Fund Admin
4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl 3
Jacksonville FL 32246-6484
 
8.17%
   
 
   
   
TD Ameritrade Inc FBO
Our Customers
PO Box 2226
Omaha NE 68103-2226
 
6.31%
   
 
   
S-55

             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
   
JP Morgan Securities LLC Omnibus
Account for the Exclusive Benefit
Of Customers
4 Chase Metrotech Ctr 3
rd
Fl
Mutual Fund Department
Brooklyn NY 11245-0003
 
5.94%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
5.56%
   
 
   
   
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
House Acct
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St Petersburg FL 33716-1102
 
5.01%
   
 
   
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Class C Shares
 
 

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market Street
St Louis MO 63103-2523
 

21.43%
   
 
   
   
American Enterprise Investment Serv
707 2
nd
Ave S
Minneapolis MN 55402-2405
 
11.22%
   
 
   
   
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
For the Exclusive Bene of its Cust
1 New York Plz Fl 12
New York NY 10004-1932
 
10.56%
   
 
   
   
Raymond James
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
House Acct
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Parkway
St Petersburg FL 33716-1102
 
9.52%
   
 
   
   
JP Morgan Securities LLC Omnibus
Account for the Exclusive Benefit
Of Customers
4 Chase Metrotech Ctr 3
rd
Fl
Mutual Fund Department
Brooklyn NY 11245-0003
 
9.35%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
6.77%
   
 
   
   
UBS WM USA
Omni Account M/F
Spec Cdy A/C EBOC UBSFSI
1000 Harbor Blvd
Weehawken NJ 07086-6761
 
6.31%
   
 
   
S-56

             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
   
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
Special Custody Acct FBO Customers
Attn: Mutual Funds
211 Main St
San Francisco CA 94105-1905
 
6.25%
   
 
   
   
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn Mutual Fund Trading
4707 Executive Dr
San Diego CA 92121-3091
 
5.42%
   
 
   
   
MLPF&S for the Benefit of its
Customers
Attn Fund Admin
4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl 3
Jacksonville FL 32246-6484
 
5.10%
   
 
   
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Class R3 Shares
 
 

National Financial Services LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of our
Customers
Attn Mutual Fund Dept 4
th
Floor
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310-1995
 

65.64%
   
 
   
   
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City NJ 07399-0002
 
21.20%
   
 
   
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Class R6 Shares
 
 

JP Morgan Securities LLC Omnibus
Account for the Exclusive Benefit
Of Customers
4 Chase Metrotech Ctr 3
rd
Fl
Mutual Fund Department
Brooklyn NY 11245-0003
 

97.07%
   
 
   
Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund
Class I Shares
 
 

National Financial Services LLC
For the Exclusive Benefit of our
Customers
Attn Mutual Fund Dept 4
th
Floor
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310-1995
 

29.27%
   
 
   
   
American Enterprise Investment Serv
707 2
nd
Ave S
Minneapolis MN 55402-2405
 
8.48%
   
 
   
   
MLPF&S for the Benefit of its
Customers
Attn Fund Admn
4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl 3
Jacksonville FL 32246-6484
 
7.36%
   
 
   
S-57

             
Name of Fund and Class
   
Name and Address of Owner
 
Percentage of
Ownership
   
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
Attn Special Custody A/C
FBO Customers
Attn Mutual Funds
211 Main St
San Francisco CA 94105-1905
 
6.95%
   
 
   
   
LPL Financial
Omnibus Customer Account
Attn Mutual Fund Trading
4707 Executive Dr
San Diego CA 92121-3091
 
5.27%
TAX MATTERS
Federal Income Tax Matters
This section summarizes some of the main U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning shares of the Fund. Tax laws and interpretations change frequently, and this summary does not describe all of the tax consequences to all taxpayers. For example, this summary generally does not describe your situation if you are a corporation, a non-U.S. person, a broker-dealer or other investor with special circumstances, or if you are investing through a tax-deferred account, such as an IRA or 401(k) plan. In addition, this section does not describe your state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences. This federal income tax summary is based in part on the advice of counsel to the Fund. The Internal Revenue Service could disagree with any conclusions set forth in this section. In addition, Fund's counsel was not asked to review, and has not reached a conclusion with respect to the federal income tax treatment of the assets to be deposited in the Fund. Consequently, this summary may not be sufficient for you to use for the purpose of avoiding penalties under federal tax law. As with any investment, you should seek advice based on your individual circumstances from your own tax professional.
Fund Status
The Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the federal tax laws. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes its income as required by the tax law, the Fund generally will not pay federal income taxes. If the Fund fails for any taxable year to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes, the Fund itself will generally be subject to federal income taxation (which will reduce the amount of Fund income available for distribution) and your tax consequences will be different from those described in this section (for example, all distributions to you will generally be taxed as ordinary income, even if those distributions are derived from capital gains realized by the Fund).
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (
i.e.
, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes to shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income for the year (the “
Distribution Requirement
”) and satisfies certain other requirements of the Code that are generally described below. The Fund also intends to make such distributions as are necessary to avoid the otherwise applicable 4% non-deductible excise tax on certain undistributed earnings.
In addition to satisfying the Distribution Requirement, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (1) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or disposition of stock, securities or non-U.S. currencies and other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (2) net income derived from an interest in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as such term is defined in the Code). The Fund
S-58

must also satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a regulated investment company. Under this test, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (1) 50% or more of the value of the Fund’s assets must be represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), United States government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (2) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets may be invested in securities of (a) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies), or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (b) in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as such term is defined in the Code). There are certain exceptions for failure to qualify if the failure is for reasonable cause or is
de minimis
and certain corrective action is taken and certain tax payments are made by the Fund.
Distributions
Fund distributions are generally taxable. After the end of each year, you will receive a tax statement that separates the Fund’s distributions into three categories: ordinary income distributions, capital gain dividends and returns of capital. Ordinary income distributions are generally taxed at your ordinary tax rate, however, as further discussed below, certain ordinary income distributions received from the Fund may be taxed at the capital gains tax rates. Some portion of the ordinary income distributions that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from shares in certain real estate investment trusts may be designated by the Fund as eligible for a deduction for qualified business income, provided certain holding period requirements are satisfied. Generally, you will treat all capital gain dividends as long-term capital gains regardless of how long you have owned your shares. To determine your actual tax liability for your capital gain dividends, you must calculate your total net capital gain or loss for the tax year after considering all of your other taxable transactions, as described below. In addition, the Fund may make distributions that represent a return of capital for tax purposes and thus will generally not be immediately taxable to you unless the distribution exceeds your basis in your shares. The tax status of your distributions from the Fund is not affected by whether you reinvest your distributions in additional shares or receive them in cash. The income from the Fund that you must take into account for federal income tax purposes is not reduced by amounts used to pay a deferred sales fee, if any. The tax laws may require you to treat distributions made to you in January as if you had received them on December 31 of the previous year. Income from the Fund may also be subject to a 3.8 percent “Medicare tax.” This tax generally applies to your net investment income if your adjusted gross income exceeds certain threshold amounts, which are $250,000 in the case of married couples filing joint returns and $200,000 in the case of single individuals.
Dividends Received Deduction
A corporation that owns shares generally will not be entitled to the dividends received deduction (“
DRD
”) with respect to many dividends received from the Fund because the DRD is generally not available for distributions from regulated investment companies. However, the Fund may invest in preferred securities that are eligible for the DRD. Pursuant to the DRD, corporations may generally deduct a percentage of the dividend income they receive. Corporate shareholders of a regulated investment company like the Fund generally are permitted to claim a deduction with respect to that portion of their distributions designated by the Fund and attributable to amounts received by the regulated investment company that qualify for the DRD and that are properly reported by the regulated investment company as being eligible for the DRD. However, not all preferred securities pay dividends that are eligible for the DRD, and the Fund may invest in DRD-eligible and DRD-ineligible preferred securities. Accordingly, any corporate shareholder of the Fund which otherwise would qualify for the DRD should understand that only a portion (or perhaps none) of the distributions it receives from the Fund may qualify for the DRD.
If You Sell or Redeem Shares
If you sell or redeem your shares, you will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss. To determine the amount of this gain or loss, you must subtract your tax basis in your shares from the amount you receive in the transaction. Your tax basis in your shares is generally equal to the cost of your shares,
S-59

generally including sales charges. In some cases, however, you may have to adjust your tax basis after you purchase your shares.
Taxation of Capital Gains and Losses
If you are an individual, the maximum marginal stated federal tax rate for net capital gains is generally 20% (15% or 0% for taxpayers with taxable incomes below certain thresholds). Some capital gains, including some portion of your capital gain dividends from the Fund, may be taxed at a higher marginal stated federal tax rate. Capital gains received from assets held for more than one year that are considered “unrecaptured section 1250 gain” (which may be the case, for example, with some capital gains attributable to equity interests in real estate investment trusts that constitute interests in entities treated as real estate investment trusts for federal tax purposes) are taxed at a maximum stated rate of 25%. In the case of capital gain dividends, the determination of which portion of the capital gain dividends, if any, is subject to the 25% tax rate, will be made based on the rules prescribed by the United States Treasury. Capital gains may also be subject to the “Medicare tax” described above.
Net capital gain equals net long-term capital gain minus net short-term capital loss for the taxable year. Capital gain or loss is long-term if the holding period for the asset is more than one year and is short-term if the holding period for the asset is one year or less. You must exclude the date you purchase your shares to determine your holding period. However, if you receive a capital gain dividend from the Fund and sell your share at a loss after holding it for six months or less, the loss will be recharacterized as long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain dividend received. The tax rates for capital gains realized from assets held for one year or less are generally the same as for ordinary income. The Code treats certain capital gains as ordinary income in special situations.
An election may be available to you to defer recognition of the gain attributable to a capital gain dividend if you make certain qualifying investments within a limited time. You should talk to your tax advisor about the availability of this deferral election and its requirements.
Taxation of Certain Ordinary Income Dividends
Ordinary income dividends received by an individual shareholder from a regulated investment company such as the Fund are generally taxed at the same rates that apply to net capital gain (as discussed above), provided certain holding period requirements are satisfied and provided the dividends are attributable to qualifying dividends received by the Fund itself. Distributions with respect to shares in real estate investment trusts are qualifying dividends only in limited circumstances. The Fund will provide notice to its shareholders of the amount of any distribution which may be taken into account as a dividend which is eligible for the capital gains tax rates.
When the Fund lends portfolio securities to a borrower as described above in “Investment Policies and Techniques—Lending of Portfolio Securities,” payments in lieu of dividends made by the borrower to the Fund will not constitute “qualified dividends” taxable at the same rate as long-term capital gains, even if the actual dividends would have constituted qualified dividends had the Fund held the securities. Such payments in lieu of dividends are taxable as ordinary income.
In-Kind Distributions
Under certain circumstances, as described in the Prospectus, you may receive an in-kind distribution of Fund securities when you redeem shares or when the Fund terminates. This distribution will be treated as a sale for federal income tax purposes and you will generally recognize gain or loss, generally based on the value at that time of the securities and the amount of cash received. The Internal Revenue Service could, however, assert that a loss may not be currently deducted.
Exchanges
If you exchange shares of the Fund for shares of another Nuveen Mutual Fund, the exchange would generally be considered a sale for federal income tax purposes.
Treatment of Fund Expenses
Expenses incurred and deducted by the Fund will generally not be treated as income taxable to you. In some cases, however, you may be required to treat your portion of these Fund expenses as income. You may not be able to deduct some or all of these expenses prior to 2026.
S-60

Non-U.S. Tax Credit
If the Fund invests in any non-U.S. securities, the tax statement that you receive may include an item showing non-U.S. taxes the Fund paid to other countries. In this case, dividends taxed to you will include your share of the taxes the Fund paid to other countries. You may be able to deduct or receive a tax credit for your share of these taxes.
Investments in Certain Non-U.S. Corporations
If the Fund holds an equity interest in any “passive foreign investment companies” (“
PFICs
”), which are generally certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and additional interest charges on gains and certain distributions with respect to those equity interests, even if all the income or gain is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund will not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such taxes. The Fund may be able to make an election that could ameliorate these adverse tax consequences. In this case, the Fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such PFIC shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under this election, the Fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirement and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax. Dividends paid by PFICs are not treated as qualified dividend income.
Non-U.S. Investors
If you are a non-U.S. investor (i.e., an investor other than a U.S. citizen or resident or a U.S. corporation, partnership, estate or trust), you should be aware that, generally, subject to applicable tax treaties, distributions from the Fund will be characterized as dividends for federal income tax purposes (other than dividends which the Fund properly reports as capital gain dividends) and will be subject to U.S. income taxes, including withholding taxes, subject to certain exceptions described below. However, distributions received by a non-U.S. investor from the Fund that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends may not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, including withholding taxes, provided that the Fund makes certain disclosures and certain other conditions are met. Distributions from the Fund that are properly reported by the Fund as an interest-related dividend attributable to certain interest income received by the Fund or as a short-term capital gain dividend attributable to certain net short-term capital gain income received by the Fund may not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, including withholding taxes when received by certain foreign investors, provided that the Fund makes certain disclosures and certain other conditions are met. These conditions include, but are not limited to, providing valid tax documentation certifying an investor’s non-U.S. status. Distributions to, and the gross proceeds from dispositions of shares by, (i) certain non-U.S. financial institutions that have not entered into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to collect and disclose certain information and are not resident in a jurisdiction that has entered into such an agreement with the U.S. Treasury and (ii) certain other non-U.S. entities that do not provide certain certifications and information about the entity’s U.S. owners, may be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30%. However, proposed regulations may eliminate the requirement to withhold on payments of gross proceeds from dispositions.
Capital Loss Carry-Forward
When the Fund has a capital loss carry-forward, it does not make capital gain distributions until the loss has been offset or expired. As of September 30, 2020, the Fund had capital loss carry-forwards available for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated.
         
Expiration Year
 
Capital Loss
Carry-Forwards
Not subject to expiration
 
$
177,380,766
S-61

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES
As described in the Prospectus, the Fund provides you with alternative ways of purchasing Fund shares based upon your individual investment needs and preferences.
Each class of shares of the Fund represents an interest in the same portfolio of investments. Each class of shares is identical in all respects except that each class bears its own class expenses, including distribution and administration expenses, and each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to any distribution or service plan applicable to its shares. As a result of the differences in the expenses borne by each class of shares, net income per share, dividends per share and net asset value per share will vary among the Fund’s classes of shares. There are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights.
Shareholders of each class will share expenses proportionately for services that are received equally by all shareholders. A particular class of shares will bear only those expenses that are directly attributable to that class, where the type or amount of services received by a class varies from one class to another. For example, class-specific expenses generally will include distribution and service fees for those classes that pay such fees.
The expenses to be borne by specific classes of shares may include (i) transfer agency fees attributable to a specific class of shares, (ii) printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses and proxy statements to current shareholders of a specific class of shares, (iii) SEC and state securities registration fees incurred by a specific class of shares, (iv) the expense of administrative personnel and services required to support the shareholders of a specific class of shares, (v) litigation or other legal expenses relating to a specific class of shares, (vi) trustees’ fees or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to a specific class of shares, (vii) accounting expenses relating to a specific class of shares and (viii) any additional incremental expenses subsequently identified and determined to be properly allocated to one or more classes of shares.
Class A Shares
Class A shares may be purchased at a public offering price equal to the applicable net asset value per share plus an up-front sales charge imposed at the time of purchase as set forth in the Prospectus. Shareholders may qualify for a reduced sales charge, or the sales charge may be waived in its entirety, as described below. Class A shares are also subject to an annual service fee of 0.25%. See “Distribution and Service Plan.” Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the Fund. The example assumes a purchase on September 30, 2020 of Class A shares of the Fund aggregating less than $50,000 subject to the schedule of sales charges set forth in the Prospectus at a price based upon the net asset value of the Class A shares.
       
Net asset value per share
 
 
$
16.73
Per share sales charge—4.75% of public offering price (4.96% of net asset value per share)
 
   
0.83
Per share offering price to the public
 
 
$
17.56
The Fund receives the entire net asset value of all Class A shares that are sold. The Distributor retains the full applicable sales charge from which it pays the uniform reallowances shown in the Prospectus to financial intermediaries.
Investors may purchase Class A shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class A shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class A shares.
Reduction or Elimination of Up-Front Sales Charge on Class A Shares
The availability of the sales charge reductions and waivers discussed below will depend on the policies of the financial intermediary through which you purchase your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the reductions and waivers discussed below are disclosed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain
S-62

Intermediaries.” In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts.
In order to obtain waivers and discounts that are not available through your intermediary, you will have to purchase Fund shares through another intermediary.
Rights of Accumulation.
You may qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund (and your financial advisor’s commission will be reduced accordingly) if the amount of your purchase, when added to the value that day of all of your shares of any Nuveen Mutual Fund, falls within the amounts stated in the Class A Sales Charges and Commissions table in “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares” in the Prospectus. You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor or the Fund’s transfer agent of any cumulative discount whenever you plan to purchase Class A shares of the Fund that you wish to qualify for a reduced sales charge.
Letter of Intent.
You may qualify for a reduced sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund if you plan to purchase Class A shares of Nuveen Mutual Funds over the next 13 months and the total amount of your purchases would, if purchased at one time, qualify you for one of the reduced sales charges shown in the Class A Sales Charges and Commissions table in “How You Can Buy and Sell Shares” in the Prospectus. In order to take advantage of this option, you must complete the applicable section of the Application Form or sign and deliver to your financial advisor or other financial intermediary or to the Fund’s transfer agent a written Letter of Intent in a form acceptable to the Distributor. A Letter of Intent states that you intend, but are not obligated, to purchase over the next 13 months a stated total amount of Class A shares that would qualify you for a reduced sales charge shown above. You may count shares of all Nuveen Mutual Funds that you already own and any Class C and Class I shares of a Nuveen Mutual Fund that you purchase over the next 13 months towards completion of your investment program, but you will receive a reduced sales charge only on new Class A shares you purchase with a sales charge over the 13 months. You cannot count towards completion of your investment program Class A shares that you purchase without a sales charge through investment of distributions from a Nuveen Mutual Fund or a Nuveen Defined Portfolio (unit investment trusts offered through the Distributor prior to March 1, 2002), or otherwise.
By establishing a Letter of Intent, you agree that your first purchase of Class A shares of the Fund following execution of the Letter of Intent will be at least 5% of the total amount of your intended purchases. You further agree that shares representing 5% of the total amount of your intended purchases will be held in escrow pending completion of these purchases. All dividends and capital gain distributions on Class A shares held in escrow will be credited to your account. If total purchases, less redemptions, prior to the expiration of the 13 month period equal or exceed the amount specified in your Letter of Intent, the Class A shares held in escrow will be transferred to your account. If the total purchases, less redemptions, are less than the amount specified, you must pay the Distributor an amount equal to the difference between the amounts paid for these purchases and the amounts which would have been paid if the higher sales charge had been applied. If you do not pay the additional amount within 20 days after written request by the Distributor or your financial advisor, the Distributor will redeem an appropriate number of your escrowed Class A shares to meet the required payment. By establishing a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint the Distributor as attorney to give instructions to redeem any or all of your escrowed shares, with full power of substitution in the premises.
You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor or the Fund's transfer agent whenever you make a purchase of Fund shares that you wish to be covered under the Letter of Intent option.
For purposes of determining whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge as described under
Rights of Accumulation
and
Letter of Intent
, you may include together with your own purchases those made by your spouse or domestic partner and your children under the age of 21 years, whether these purchases are made through a taxable or non-taxable account. You may also include purchases made by a corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship which is 100% owned, either alone or in combination, by any of the foregoing. In addition, a trustee or other fiduciary can count all shares purchased for a single trust, estate or other single fiduciary account that has multiple accounts (including one or more employee benefit plans of the same employer).
Elimination of Sales Charge on Class A Shares.
Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge by the following categories of investors:
S-63

·
 
investors purchasing $1,000,000 or more;
·
 
investors purchasing shares through the reinvestment of Nuveen Mutual Fund dividends and capital gain distributions;
·
 
investors purchasing shares for accounts held directly with the Fund that do not have a financial intermediary of record;
·
 
current and former trustees/directors of the Nuveen Funds;
·
 
current and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates or their immediate family members (immediate family members are defined as their spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings);
·
 
any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director or employee of any financial intermediary, or their immediate family members;
·
 
bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity;
·
 
investors purchasing on a periodic fee, asset-based fee or no transaction fee basis through a broker-dealer sponsored mutual fund purchase program;
·
 
employer-sponsored retirement plans as defined below, except that, in the case of employer-sponsored retirement plans held through a brokerage account, Class A shares will be available at net asset value without a sales charge only if the broker-dealer has entered into an agreement with the Distributor that allows for such purchases. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.” For this purpose, employer-sponsored retirement plans include, but are not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, health savings accounts, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans, Roth 401(k) plans and Roth 403(b) plans, and do not include SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs (except as described below), SIMPLE 401(k) plans, Solo 401(k) plans, KEOGH plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and single defined benefit plans;
·
 
SIMPLE IRAs opened before January 1, 2011 where Nuveen Securities, LLC is the broker of record;
·
 
clients of investment advisers, financial planners or other financial intermediaries that charge periodic or asset-based fees for their services; and
·
 
investors purchasing through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer the Fund's shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts and that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers. Intermediaries that have entered into such an agreement are listed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.”
You or your financial advisor must notify the Distributor or the Fund’s transfer agent whenever you make a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund that you wish to be covered under these special sales charge waivers.
Class A shares of the Fund may be issued at net asset value without a sales charge in connection with the acquisition by the Fund of another investment company. All purchases under the special sales charge waivers will be subject to minimum purchase requirements as established by the Fund.
The reduced sales charge programs may be modified or discontinued by the Fund at any time. For more information about the purchase of Class A shares or the reduced sales charge program, or to obtain the required application forms, call Nuveen Funds toll-free at (800) 257-8787.
S-64

Class C Shares
You may purchase Class C shares at a public offering price equal to the applicable net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. Class C shares are subject to an annual distribution fee of 0.75% to compensate the Distributor for paying your financial advisor or other financial intermediary an ongoing sales commission. Class C shares are also subject to an annual service fee of 0.25% to compensate financial intermediaries for providing you with ongoing financial advice and other account services. The Distributor compensates financial intermediaries for sales of Class C shares at the time of the sale at a rate of 1.00% of the amount of Class C shares purchased, which represents an advance of the first year’s distribution fee of 0.75% plus an advance on the first year’s annual service fee of 0.25%. See “Distribution and Service Plan.”
Class C share purchase orders equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 will not be accepted. In addition, Class C share purchase orders for a single purchaser that, when added to the value that day of all of such purchaser’s shares of any class of any Nuveen Mutual Fund, cause the purchaser’s cumulative total of shares in Nuveen Mutual Funds to equal or exceed $1,000,000 will not be accepted. Your financial intermediary may set a lower maximum for Class C shares. Shareholders purchasing Class C shares should consider whether they would qualify for a reduced or eliminated sales charge on Class A shares that would make purchasing Class A shares a better choice. Class A share sales charges can be reduced or eliminated based on the size of the purchase, or pursuant to a letter of intent or rights of accumulation. See “Reduction or Elimination of Up-Front Sales Charge on Class A Shares” above.
Redemption of Class C shares within 12 months of purchase may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“
CDSC
”) of 1.00% of the lower of the purchase price or redemption proceeds. Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares after 10 years (effective March 1, 2021, 8 years), thus reducing future annual expenses. Conversions occur during the month in which the 10-year (effective March 1, 2021, 8-year) anniversary of the purchase occurs. Class C shares that have been held for longer than 8 years as of March 1, 2021 will convert to Class A shares in March 2021. The automatic conversion is based on the relative net asset values of the two share classes without the imposition of a sales charge or fee. The automatic conversion of Class C shares to Class A shares may not apply to shares held through group retirement plan recordkeeping platforms of certain financial intermediaries who hold such shares in an omnibus account and do not track participant level share lot aging to facilitate such a conversion. Furthermore, the availability of the automatic Class C share conversion and the terms under which the conversion takes place may depend on the policies and/or system limitations of the financial intermediary through which you hold your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the Class C share conversion discussed above is disclosed in the appendix to the Prospectus, “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Through Certain Intermediaries.”
Investors may purchase Class C shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund. In addition, Class C shares may not be available through certain financial intermediaries. Please consult with your financial intermediary to determine whether their policies allow for an investment in Class C shares.
Reduction or Elimination of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
The availability of the sales charge reductions and waivers discussed below will depend on the policies of the financial intermediary through which you purchase your shares. Information on intermediaries’ variations from the reductions and waivers discussed below are disclosed in the appendix to the Prospectus titled “Variations in Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers Available Through Certain Intermediaries.” In all instances, it is your responsibility to notify your financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying you for sales charge waivers or discounts.
In order to obtain waivers and discounts that are not available through your intermediary, you will have to purchase Fund shares through another intermediary.
Class A shares are normally redeemed at net asset value, without any CDSC. However, in the case of Class A shares purchased at net asset value without a sales charge because the purchase amount exceeded $1,000,000, a CDSC is imposed on any redemption within 18 months of purchase. Class C shares are redeemed at net asset value, without any CDSC, except that a CDSC of 1.00% is imposed
S-65

upon any redemption within 12 months of purchase (except in cases where a shareholder is eligible for a waiver).
In determining whether a CDSC is payable, the Fund will first redeem shares not subject to any charge and then will redeem shares held for the longest period, unless the shareholder specifies another order. No CDSC is charged on shares purchased as a result of automatic reinvestment of dividends or capital gains paid. In addition, no CDSC will be charged on exchanges of shares into another Nuveen Mutual Fund. The holding period is calculated on a monthly basis and begins on the first day of the month in which the purchase was made. The CDSC is assessed on an amount equal to the lower of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed. Accordingly, no sales charge is imposed on increases of net asset value above the initial purchase price. The Distributor receives the amount of any CDSC shareholders pay.
The CDSC may be waived or reduced under the following circumstances: (i) in the event of total disability (as evidenced by a determination by the federal Social Security Administration) of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner) occurring after the purchase of the shares being redeemed; (ii) in the event of the death of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner); (iii) for redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, up to 1% monthly, 3% quarterly, 6% semiannually or 12% annually of an account’s net asset value depending on the frequency of the plan as designated by the shareholder; (iv) redemptions in connection with a payment of account or plan fees; (v) redemptions in connection with the exercise of the Fund’s right to redeem all shares in an account that does not maintain a certain minimum balance; (vi) upon an optional conversion by the Fund of Class C shares held in an account which no longer has a financial intermediary of record into Class A shares; (vii) redemptions of Class C shares in cases where the Distributor did not advance the first year’s service and distribution fees when such shares were purchased; and (viii) redemptions of Class A shares where the Distributor did not pay a sales commission when such shares were purchased. If the Fund waives or reduces the CDSC, such waiver or reduction would be uniformly applied to all Fund shares in the particular category. In waiving or reducing a CDSC, the Fund will comply with the requirements of Rule 22d-1 under the 1940 Act.
In addition, the CDSC will be waived in connection with the following redemptions of shares held by an employer-sponsored qualified defined contribution retirement plan: (i) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a distribution without penalty under Section 72(t) of the Code from a retirement plan: (a) upon attaining age 59½, (b) as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, or (c) upon separation from service and attaining age 55; (ii) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a qualifying loan or hardship withdrawal; (iii) complete redemptions in connection with termination of employment, plan termination or transfer to another employer’s plan or IRA; and (iv) redemptions resulting from the return of an excess contribution. The CDSC will also be waived in connection with the following redemptions of shares held in an IRA account: (i) for redemptions made pursuant to an IRA systematic withdrawal based on the shareholder’s life expectancy including, but not limited to, substantially equal periodic payments described in Code Section 72(t)(A)(iv) prior to age 59½; and (ii) for redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions from an IRA account upon reaching the qualified age based on applicable laws and regulations (with the maximum amount subject to this waiver being based only upon the shareholder’s Nuveen IRA accounts).
Class R3 Shares
Class R3 shares are available for purchase at the offering price, which is the net asset value per share without any up-front sales charge. Class R3 shares are subject to annual distribution and service fees of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The annual 0.25% service fee compensates your financial advisor or other financial intermediary for providing ongoing service to you. The annual 0.25% distribution fee compensates the Distributor for paying your financial advisor or other financial intermediary an ongoing sales commission.
Investors may purchase Class R3 shares only for Fund accounts held with a financial advisor or other financial intermediary, and not directly with the Fund.
Class R3 shares are only available for purchase by eligible retirement plans. Eligible retirement plans include, but are not limited to, 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing
S-66

and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and health care benefit funding plans. In addition, Class R3 shares are available only to retirement plans where Class R3 shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts (either at the retirement plan level or at the level of the retirement plan’s financial intermediary). Class R3 shares are not available to traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or individual 403(b) plans.
The administrator of a retirement plan or employee benefits office can provide plan participants with detailed information on how to participate in the retirement plan and how to elect the Fund as an investment option. Retirement plan participants may be permitted to elect different investment options, alter the amounts contributed to the retirement plan, or change how contributions are allocated among investment options in accordance with the retirement plan’s specific provisions. The retirement plan administrator or employee benefits office should be consulted for details. For questions about their accounts, participants should contact their employee benefits office, the retirement plan administrator, or the organization that provides recordkeeping services for the retirement plan.
Eligible retirement plans may open an account and purchase Class R3 shares by contacting any financial intermediary authorized to sell Class R3 shares of the Fund. Financial intermediaries may provide or arrange for the provision of some or all of the shareholder servicing and account maintenance services required by retirement plan accounts and their retirement plan participants, including, without limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes. Financial intermediaries may also perform other functions, including generating confirmation statements, and may arrange with retirement plan administrators for other investment or administrative services.
Financial intermediaries may independently establish and charge retirement plans and retirement plan participants transaction fees and/or other additional amounts for such services, which may change over time. Similarly, retirement plans may charge retirement plan participants for certain expenses. These fees and additional amounts could reduce investment returns in Class R3 shares of the Fund.
Financial intermediaries and retirement plans may have omnibus accounts and similar arrangements with the Fund and may be paid for providing shareholder servicing and other services. A financial intermediary or retirement plan may be paid for its services directly or indirectly by the Fund or the Distributor. The Distributor may pay a financial intermediary an additional amount for sub-transfer agency or other administrative services. Such sub-transfer agency or other administrative services may include, but are not limited to, the following: processing and mailing trade confirmations, monthly statements, prospectuses, annual reports, semiannual reports and shareholder notices and other required communications; capturing and processing tax data; issuing and mailing dividend checks to shareholders who have selected cash distributions; preparing record date shareholder lists for proxy solicitations; collecting and posting distributions to shareholder accounts; and establishing and maintaining systematic withdrawals, automated investment plans and shareholder account registrations. Your retirement plan may establish various minimum investment requirements for Class R3 shares of the Fund and may also establish certain privileges with respect to purchases, redemptions and exchanges of Class R3 shares or the reinvestment of dividends. Retirement plan participants should contact their retirement plan administrator with respect to these issues. This SAI should be read in conjunction with the retirement plan’s and/or the financial intermediary’s materials regarding their fees and services.
Class R6 Shares
Class R6 shares are available to the following classes of investors, provided they meet the minimum investment and other eligibility requirements set forth below:
·
 
Qualified retirement plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts, including 401(k) plans, employer sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing pension plans, money purchase pension plans, target benefit plans, defined benefit pension plans and Taft Hartley multi-employer pension plans;
·
 
Foundations and endowment funds;
·
 
Any state, county, or city, or its instrumentality, department, authority or agency;
·
 
457 plans, including 457(b) governmental entity plans and tax exempt plans;
S-67

·
 
Omnibus or other pooled accounts registered to insurance companies, trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisor firms and family offices;
·
 
Investment companies;
·
 
Corporations, including corporate non-qualified deferred compensation plans of such corporations;
·
 
Collective investment trusts;
·
 
Discretionary accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates;
·
 
Health savings accounts held in plan-level or omnibus accounts; and
·
 
529 savings plans held in plan-level or omnibus accounts.
There is no minimum initial investment for qualified retirement plans, health savings accounts and 529 savings plans; however, the shares must be held through plan-level or omnibus accounts held on the books of the Fund. Class R6 shares are also available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be waived for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class R6 shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also waive the minimum for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class R6 share holdings level. All other eligible investors must meet a minimum initial investment of at least $1,000,000 in the Fund. Such minimum investment requirement may be applied collectively to affiliated accounts, in the discretion of the Distributor. Class R6 shares may be purchased through financial intermediaries only if such intermediaries have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Class R6 shares. Class R6 shares are only available in cases where neither the investor nor the intermediary will receive any commission payments, account servicing fees, record keeping fees, 12b-1 fees, sub-transfer agent fees, so called “finder’s fees,” administration fees or similar fees with respect to Class R6 shares. Class R6 shares are not available directly to traditional or Roth IRAs, Coverdell Savings Accounts, Keoghs, SEPs, SARSEPs, or SIMPLE IRAs.
Class R6 shares also are available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
 
current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (“
immediate family members
” are defined as spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings);
·
 
officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members; and
·
 
full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members, including any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other business organization that is wholly owned by one or more of such persons.
Class I Shares
Class I shares are available for purchase by clients of financial intermediaries who charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting or related services. Such clients may include individuals, corporations, endowments and foundations. The minimum initial investment for such clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of financial intermediaries anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
Class I shares are also available for purchase by family offices and their clients. A family office is a company that provides certain financial and other services to a high net worth family or families. The minimum initial investment for family offices and their clients is $100,000, but this minimum will be lowered to $250 for clients of family offices that have accounts holding Class I shares with an aggregate value of at least $100,000. The Distributor may also lower the minimum to $250 for clients of family offices anticipated to reach this Class I share holdings level.
S-68

Class I shares also are available for purchase, with no minimum initial investment, by the following categories of investors:
·
 
employer-sponsored
retirement
plans,
except
SEPs,
SAR-SEPs,
SIMPLE
IRAs
and
KEOGH
plans;
·
 
bank or broker-affiliated trust departments investing funds over which they exercise exclusive discretionary investment authority and that are held in a fiduciary, agency, advisory, custodial or similar capacity;
·
 
advisory accounts of Nuveen Fund Advisors and its affiliates, including other Nuveen Mutual Funds whose investment policies permit investments in other investment companies;
·
 
investors purchasing through a brokerage platform of a financial intermediary that has an agreement with the Distributor to offer such shares solely when acting as an agent for such investors. Investors transacting through a financial intermediary’s brokerage platform may be required to pay a commission directly to the intermediary;
·
 
any registered investment company that is not affiliated with the Nuveen Funds and which invests in securities of other investment companies;
·
 
any plan organized under section 529 under the Code (i.e., a 529 plan);
·
 
participants in the TIAA IRA or TIAA-CREF Investment Solutions IRA;
·
 
current and former trustees/directors of any Nuveen Fund, and their immediate family members (“
immediate family members
” are defined as spouses or domestic partners, parents, children, grandparents, grandchildren, parents-in-law, sons-in-law and daughters-in-law, siblings, a sibling’s spouse and a spouse’s siblings);
·
 
officers of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members;
·
 
full-time and retired employees of Nuveen, LLC and its affiliates, and their immediate family members, including any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other business organization that is wholly owned by one or more of such persons; and
·
 
any person who, for at least the last 90 days, has been an officer, director or employee of any financial intermediary, and their immediate family members.
Holders of Class I shares may purchase additional Class I shares using dividends and capital gain distributions on their shares.
If you are eligible to purchase either Class I shares or Class A shares without a sales charge at net asset value, you should be aware of the differences between these two classes of shares. Class A shares are subject to an annual service fee to compensate financial intermediaries for providing you with ongoing account services. Class I shares are not subject to a distribution or service fee and, consequently, holders of Class I shares may not receive the same types or levels of services from financial intermediaries. In choosing between Class A shares and Class I shares, you should weigh the benefits of the services to be provided by financial intermediaries against the annual service fee imposed upon the Class A shares.
A financial intermediary through which you hold Class I shares may have the authority under its account agreement to exchange your Class I shares for another class of Fund shares having higher expenses than Class I shares if you withdraw from or are no longer eligible for the intermediary’s fee-based program or under other circumstances. You may be subject to the sales charges and service and/or distribution fees applicable to the share class that you receive in such an exchange. You should contact your financial intermediary for more information about your eligibility to purchase Class I shares and the class of shares you would receive in an exchange if you no longer meet Class I eligibility requirements.
Shareholder Programs
Exchange Privilege
You may exchange Fund shares into an identically registered account for the same class of another Nuveen Mutual Fund available in your state. Your exchange must meet the minimum purchase requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging.
S-69

You may also, under certain limited circumstances, exchange between certain classes of shares of the same Fund. You should be aware that exchanges between classes of shares of the same Fund may not be available for all accounts and may not be offered by the financial intermediary through which you may hold shares and that the financial intermediary through whom you hold shares may be authorized (e.g., under its account or similar agreement with you) to reject any share class exchange. An exchange between classes of shares of the same Fund may not be considered a taxable event; please consult your own tax advisor for further information.
If you hold your shares directly with the Fund, you may exchange your shares by either sending a written request to the Fund, c/o Nuveen Funds, P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140 or by calling Nuveen Funds toll free at (800) 257-8787.
If you exchange shares between different Nuveen Mutual Funds and your shares are subject to a CDSC, no CDSC will be charged at the time of the exchange. However, if you subsequently redeem the shares acquired through the exchange, the redemption may be subject to a CDSC, depending on when you purchased your original shares and the CDSC schedule of the fund from which you exchanged your shares. If you exchange between classes of shares of the same Fund and your original shares are subject to a CDSC, the CDSC will be assessed at the time of the exchange.
For federal income tax purposes, an exchange between different Nuveen Mutual Funds constitutes a sale and purchase of shares and may result in capital gain or loss. Before making any exchange, you should obtain the Prospectus for the Nuveen Mutual Fund you are purchasing and read it carefully. If the registration of the account for the Fund you are purchasing is not exactly the same as that of the fund account from which the exchange is made, written instructions from all holders of the account from which the exchange is being made must be received, with signatures guaranteed by a member of an approved Medallion Signature Guarantee Program or in such other manner as may be acceptable to the Fund. You may also exchange shares by telephone if you authorize telephone exchanges by checking the applicable box on the Application Form or by calling Nuveen Funds toll-free at (800) 257-8787 to obtain an authorization form. The Fund reserves the right to revise or suspend the exchange privilege, limit the amount or number of exchanges, or reject any exchange. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days’ notice of any material revision to or termination of the exchange privilege.
The exchange privilege is not intended to permit the Fund to be used as a vehicle for short-term trading. Excessive exchange activity may interfere with portfolio management, raise expenses and otherwise have an adverse effect on all shareholders. In order to limit excessive exchange activity and in other circumstances where Fund management believes doing so would be in the best interest of the Fund, the Fund reserves the right to revise or terminate the exchange privilege, or limit the amount or number of exchanges or reject any exchange. Shareholders would be notified of any such action to the extent required by law. See “Frequent Trading Policy” below.
Reinstatement Privilege
If you redeemed Class A or Class C shares of a Nuveen Mutual Fund, you have up to one year to reinvest all or part of the full amount of the redemption in the same class of shares of any Nuveen Mutual Fund at net asset value. This reinstatement privilege can be exercised only once for any redemption, and reinvestment will be made at the net asset value next calculated after reinstatement of the appropriate class of Fund shares. If you reinstate shares that were subject to a CDSC, any shares purchased pursuant to the reinstatement privilege will not be subject to a CDSC. The federal income tax consequences of any capital gain realized on a redemption will not be affected by reinstatement, but a capital loss may be disallowed in whole or in part depending on the timing, the amount of the reinvestment and the fund from which the redemption occurred. Your financial advisor will not receive a commission on shares purchased pursuant to the reinstatement privilege.
Suspension of Right of Redemption
The Fund may suspend the right of redemption of Fund shares or delay payment more than seven days (a) during any period when the New York Stock Exchange (the “
NYSE
”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is restricted or an emergency exists as determined by the SEC so that trading of the Fund’s investments or
S-70

determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable, or (c) for any other periods that the SEC by order may permit for protection of Fund shareholders.
Redemption In-Kind
The
Fund
has
reserved
the
right
to
redeem
in-kind
(that
is,
to
pay
redemption
requests
in
cash and
portfolio
securities,
or
wholly
in
portfolio
securities).
Pursuant
to
a
notice
of
election
under Rule 18f-1, the Fund voluntarily has committed to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder, limited as to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of the 90-day period.
Frequent Trading Policy
The Fund's Frequent Trading Policy is as follows:
Nuveen Mutual Funds are intended as long-term investments and not as short-term trading vehicles. At the same time, the Fund recognizes the need of investors to periodically make purchases and redemptions of Fund shares when rebalancing their portfolios and as their financial needs or circumstances change. Nuveen Mutual Funds have adopted the following Frequent Trading Policy that seeks to balance these needs against the potential for higher operating costs, portfolio management disruption and other inefficiencies that can be caused by excessive trading of Fund shares.
1.
 
Definition
of
Round
Trip
A Round Trip trade is the purchase and subsequent redemption of Fund shares, including by exchange. Each side of a Round Trip trade may be comprised of either a single transaction or a series of closely-spaced transactions.
2.
 
Round Trip Trade
Limitations
Nuveen Mutual Funds limit the frequency of Round Trip trades that may be placed in the Fund. Subject to certain exceptions noted below, the Fund limits an investor to two Round Trips per trailing 60-day period.
3.
 
Enforcement
Trades placed in violation of the foregoing policies are subject to rejection or cancellation by Nuveen
Mutual
Funds.
Nuveen
Mutual
Funds
may
also
bar
an
investor
(and/or
the
investor’s
financial advisor)
who
has
violated
these
policies
from
opening
new
accounts
with
the
Fund
and
may
restrict the
investor’s
existing
account(s)
to
redemptions
only.
Nuveen
Mutual
Funds
reserve
the
right,
in
their sole
discretion,
to
(a)
interpret
the
terms
and
application
of
these
policies,
(b)
waive
unintentional
or minor violations (including transactions below certain dollar thresholds) if Nuveen Mutual Funds determine
that
doing
so
does
not
harm
the
interests
of
Fund
shareholders,
and
(c)
exclude
certain classes
of
redemptions
from
the
application
of
the
trading
restrictions
set
forth
above.
Nuveen Mutual Funds reserve the right to impose restrictions on purchases or exchanges that are more restrictive than those stated above if they determine, in their sole discretion, that a proposed transaction or series of transactions involve market timing or excessive trading that is likely to be detrimental to the Fund. The Fund may also modify or suspend the Frequent Trading Policy without notice during periods of market stress or other unusual circumstances.
The ability of Nuveen Mutual Funds to implement the Frequent Trading Policy for omnibus accounts at certain financial intermediaries may be dependent on receiving from those intermediaries sufficient shareholder information to permit monitoring of trade activity and enforcement of the Fund's Frequent Trading Policy. In addition, the Fund may rely on a financial intermediary’s policy to restrict market timing and excessive trading if the Fund believes that the policy is reasonably designed to prevent market timing that is detrimental to the Fund. Such policy may be more or less restrictive than the Fund's Policy. The Fund cannot ensure that these financial intermediaries will in all cases apply the Fund's policy or their own policies, as the case may be, to accounts under their control.
Exclusions from the Frequent Trading Policy
As stated above, certain redemptions are eligible for exclusion from the Frequent Trading Policy, including: (i) redemptions or exchanges by shareholders investing through the fee-based platforms of
S-71

certain financial intermediaries (where the intermediary charges an asset-based or comprehensive “wrap” fee for its services) that are effected by the financial intermediaries in connection with systematic portfolio rebalancing; (ii) when there is a verified trade error correction, which occurs when a dealer firm sends a trade to correct an earlier trade made in error and then the firm sends an explanation to the Nuveen Mutual Funds confirming that the trade is actually an error correction;
(iii) in the event of total disability (as evidenced by a determination by the federal Social Security Administration) of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner) occurring after the purchase of the shares being redeemed; (iv) in the event of the death of the shareholder (including a registered joint owner); (v) redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, up to 1% monthly,
3% quarterly, 6% semiannually or 12% annually of an account’s net asset value depending on the frequency of the plan as designated by the shareholder; (vi) redemptions of shares that were purchased through a systematic investment program; (vii) involuntary redemptions caused by operation of law; (viii) redemptions in connection with a payment of account or plan fees; (ix) redemptions or exchanges by any “fund of funds” advised by the Adviser; (x) redemptions or exchanges by certain 529 plans; and (xi) redemptions in connection with the exercise of the Fund’s right to redeem all shares in an account that does not maintain a certain minimum balance or that the Board has determined may have material adverse consequences to the shareholders of the
Fund.
In addition, the following redemptions of shares by an employer-sponsored qualified defined contribution retirement plan are excluded from the Frequent Trading Policy: (i) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a distribution without penalty under Section 72(t) of the Code from a retirement plan: (a) upon attaining age 59
1
¤
2
; (b) as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments; or (c) upon separation from service and attaining age 55; (ii) partial or complete redemptions in connection with a qualifying loan or hardship withdrawal; (iii) complete redemptions in connection with termination of employment, plan termination, transfer to another employer’s plan or IRA or changes in a plan’s recordkeeper; and (iv) redemptions resulting from the return of an excess contribution. Also, the following redemptions of shares held in an IRA account are excluded from the application of the Frequent Trading Policy: (i) redemptions made pursuant to an IRA systematic withdrawal based on the shareholder’s life expectancy including, but not limited to, substantially equal periodic payments described in Code Section 72(t)(A)(iv) prior to age 59
1
¤
2
; and (ii) redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions from an IRA account due to a shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable laws and regulations.
Distribution and Service Plan
The Fund has adopted a plan (the “
Plan
”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Rule 12b-1 provides in substance that a mutual fund may not engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares, except pursuant to a plan adopted under the Rule. The Plan authorizes the Fund to pay the Distributor distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees on the Fund’s Class A, Class C and Class R3 shares as described below. The distribution fees under the Plan are used for the primary purpose of compensating participating intermediaries for their sales of the Fund. The shareholder servicing fees are used primarily for the purpose of providing compensation for the ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts. Pursuant to the Plan, Class C and Class R3 shares are subject to an annual distribution fee and Class A, Class C and Class R3 shares are subject to the annual service fees (distribution and service fees collectively referred to herein as “
12b-1 fees
”). The 12b-1 fees are based on the average daily net assets of the class of shares of the Fund and are as follows:
                   
   
Annual Distribution Fee
 
Annual Service Fee
 
Total 12b-1 Fee
Class A
 
 
   
0.25
%
 
0.25
%
Class C
 
 
0.75
%
 
0.25
%
 
1.00
%
Class R3
 
 
0.25
%
 
0.25
%
 
0.50
%
Class R6 and Class I shares are not subject to either distribution or service fees.
The distribution fee applicable to Class C and Class R3 shares under the Fund’s Plan compensates the Distributor for expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of Class C and Class R3 shares, respectively. These expenses include payments to financial intermediaries, including the Distributor, who are brokers of record with respect to the Class C and Class R3 shares, as well as, without limitation,
S-72

expenses of printing and distributing Prospectuses to persons other than shareholders of the Fund, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing advertising and sales literature and reports to shareholders used in connection with the sale of Class C and Class R3 shares, certain other expenses associated with the distribution of Class C and Class R3 shares, and any other distribution-related expenses that may be authorized from time to time by the Board of Trustees.
The service fee applicable to Class A, Class C and Class R3 shares under the Fund’s Plan is used to compensate financial intermediaries in connection with the provision of ongoing account services to shareholders. These services may include establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts, answering shareholder inquiries and providing other personal services to shareholders.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Fund incurred 12b-1 fees pursuant to its Plan in the amounts set forth in the table below. 12b-1 fees are calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine. As noted above, no 12b-1 fees are paid with respect to Class R6 or Class I shares. For this period, substantially all of the 12b-1 service fees on Class A shares were paid out as compensation to financial intermediaries for providing services to shareholders relating to their investments. To compensate for commissions advanced to financial intermediaries, all 12b-1 fees on Class C shares during the first year following a purchase are retained by the Distributor. After the first year following a purchase, 12b-1 fees on Class C shares are paid to financial intermediaries.
       
     
12b-1 Fees Incurred by the Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2020
Class A
 
 
$ 1,090,720
Class C
 
 
2,481,381
Class R3
 
 
10,198
The Plan is a “compensation-type” plan under which the Distributor is entitled to receive the distribution and shareholder servicing fees regardless of whether its actual distribution and shareholder servicing expenses are more or less than the amount of the fees. It is therefore possible that the Distributor may realize a profit in a particular year as a result of these payments. The Plan recognizes that the Distributor and the Adviser, in their discretion, may from time to time use their own assets to pay for certain additional costs of distributing Class A, Class C and Class R3 shares. Any such arrangements to pay such additional costs may be commenced or discontinued by the Distributor or the Adviser at any time.
Under the Fund’s Plan, the Fund will report quarterly to the Board of Trustees for its review of all amounts expended per class of shares under the Plan. The Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to any class of shares, without the payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the independent trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class. The Plan may be renewed from year to year if approved by a vote of the Board of Trustees and a vote of the independent trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan. The Plan may be continued only if the trustees who vote to approve such continuance conclude, in the exercise of reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties under applicable law, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the cost which a class of shares may bear under the Plan without the approval of the shareholders of the affected class, and any other material amendments of the Plan must be approved by the independent trustees by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such amendments. During the continuance of the Plan, the selection and nomination of the independent trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the independent trustees then in office. With the exception of the Distributor and its affiliates, no “interested person” of the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, and no trustee of the Fund has a direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any related agreement.
S-73

If the Fund closes to new investors, it may continue to make payments under the Plan. Such payments would be made for the various services provided to existing shareholders by the participating intermediaries receiving such payments.
General Matters
The Fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Fund's behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee accepts the order. Customer orders received by such broker (or their designee) will be priced at the Fund’s net asset value next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker (or their designee). Orders accepted by an authorized broker (or their designee) before the close of regular trading on the NYSE will receive that day’s share price; orders accepted after the close of trading will receive the next business day’s share price.
If you choose to invest in the Fund, an account will be opened and maintained for you by DST, the Fund's shareholder services agent. Shares will be registered in the name of the investor or the investor’s financial advisor. The Fund does not issue share certificates. A change in registration or transfer of shares held in the name of a financial advisor may only be made by an order in good standing form from the financial advisor acting on the investor’s behalf. The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order and to waive or increase minimum investment requirements.
Distribution Arrangements
The Distributor sells shares to or through brokers, dealers, banks or other qualified financial intermediaries (collectively referred to as “
Dealers
”), or others, in a manner consistent with the then effective registration statement of the Trust. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, at its own expense, finances certain activities incident to the sale and distribution of the Fund's shares, including printing and distributing of prospectuses and statements of additional information to other than existing shareholders, the printing and distributing of sales literature, advertising and payment of compensation and giving of concessions to Dealers.
The Distributor receives for its services the excess, if any, of the sales price of the Fund’s shares less the net asset value of those shares, and reallows a majority or all of such amounts to the Dealers who sold the shares. The Distributor also receives distribution fees pursuant to a distribution plan adopted by the Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 and described herein under “Distribution and Service Plan.” The Distributor also receives any CDSCs imposed on redemptions of shares. The Distributor may also act as a Dealer.
The following tables set forth the amount of underwriting commissions paid by the Fund, the amount of such commissions retained by the Distributor, and the amount of compensation on redemptions and repurchases for the specified periods. All figures are presented in thousands and are rounded to the nearest thousand.
                                 
 
Amount of Underwriting Commissions
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
1,449
   
$
1,216
   
$
1,621
   
                                 
 
Amount Retained by the Distributor
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
128
   
$
124
   
$
154
   
S-74

                                     
 
Amount of Compensation on Redemptions and Repurchases
 
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2019
 
Fiscal Year
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
 
$
56
   
$
53
   
$
81
   
To help financial advisors and investors better understand and more efficiently use the Fund to reach their investment goals, the Distributor may advertise and create specific investment programs and systems. For example, this may include information on how to use the Fund to accumulate assets for future education needs or periodic payments such as insurance premiums. The Distributor may produce software, electronic information sites or additional sales literature to promote the advantages of using the Fund to meet these and other specific investor needs. In addition, wholesale representatives of the Distributor may visit financial advisors on a regular basis to educate them about the Fund and to encourage the sale of Fund shares to their clients. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law. Nuveen wholesalers may receive additional compensation if they meet certain targets for sales of one or more Nuveen Mutual Funds.
Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries and Other Payments
As described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this SAI, intermediaries that sell shares of the Nuveen Mutual Funds or provide services to their shareholders, such as brokers, dealers, banks, registered investment advisers, retirement plan administrators and other intermediaries (individually, an “
Intermediary
,” and collectively, “
Intermediaries
”), may receive sales charge payments and, out of Fund assets, may be paid Rule 12b-1 distribution and service payments and sub-transfer agency payments. The Distributor and the Adviser make additional payments out of their own assets to selected Intermediaries. These payments are made for the purposes of promoting the sale of Fund shares, maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder services.
The amounts of these payments could be significant and may create an incentive for an Intermediary or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Nuveen Mutual Funds to its customers. The Intermediary may elevate the prominence or profile of the Fund within the Intermediary’s organization by, for example, placing the Fund on a list of preferred or recommended funds and/or granting the Distributor preferential or enhanced opportunities to promote the Fund in various ways within the Intermediary’s organization. These payments are made pursuant to negotiated agreements with Intermediaries. The categories of payments described below are not mutually exclusive, and a single Intermediary may receive payments under all categories. Further, representatives of the Distributor and its affiliates receive additional compensation related to the Nuveen Mutual Funds.
These payments do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a share or the amount the Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales. Furthermore, these payments are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fee table section of the Fund's Prospectus and described above because they are not paid by the Fund.
Distribution-Related Payments
The Distributor and/or the Adviser make payments (sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing” payments) to selected Intermediaries as compensation for services such as providing the Fund with “shelf space” or a higher profile for the Intermediary’s personnel or their customers, placing the Fund on the Intermediary’s preferred or recommended fund list, granting access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the Intermediary, providing assistance in training and educating the Intermediary’s personnel on the Fund, and furnishing marketing support and other services.
The Adviser and/or the Distributor compensate Intermediaries differently depending upon, among other factors, the number or value of Nuveen Mutual Funds shares that the Intermediary sells or may sell, the value of the assets invested in the Nuveen Mutual Funds by the Intermediary’s customers, redemption rates, ability to attract and retain assets, reputation in the industry and the level and/or type of
S-75

marketing assistance and educational activities provided by the Intermediary. Such payments are generally asset-based but also may include the payment of a lump sum.
Servicing Payments
The Adviser and/or the Distributor make payments to selected Intermediaries that are registered as holders or dealers of record for accounts invested in one or more of the Nuveen Mutual Funds or that make Nuveen Mutual Fund shares available through employee benefit plans or fee-based advisory programs to compensate them for the variety of services they provide.
Services for which an Intermediary receives servicing payments typically include recordkeeping, reporting, or transaction processing, but may also include services rendered in connection with fund/ investment selection and monitoring, employee enrollment and education, plan balance rollover or separation, or other similar services. An Intermediary may perform the services itself or arrange with a third party to perform such services.
TIAA-CREF Individual & Institutional Services, LLC (“
TIAA
-
CREF IIS
”), an affiliate of the Adviser and the Distributor, is one intermediary that receives servicing payments. The shareholder services agreement between TIAA-CREF IIS and the Distributor provides that in exchange for such services, TIAA-CREF IIS will receive payments of 0.25% of the average net assets of Fund shares on the TIAA-CREF IIS retirement platform on an annual basis. The Distributor pays the portion of the fee that represents 0.05% of the average net assets of Fund shares attributable to TIAA-CREF IIS and the Fund pays the remainder.
Servicing payments typically apply to employee benefit plans, such as retirement plans, or fee-based advisory programs but may apply to retail sales and assets in certain situations. The payments are based on such factors as the type and nature of services or support furnished by the Intermediary and are generally asset-based.
Distribution-Related and Servicing Payment Guidelines
In the case of any one Intermediary, distribution-related and servicing payments made by the Adviser and/or the Distributor are not expected, with certain limited exceptions, to exceed, in the aggregate, 0.35% of the average net assets of Fund shares attributable to that Intermediary on an annual basis. In connection with the sale of a business by U.S. Bank N.A. to Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company (“
Great-West
”), the Adviser and/or the Distributor has a services agreement with GWFS Equities, Inc., an affiliate of Great-West, which provides for payments of up to 0.60% of the average net assets of Fund shares attributable to GWFS Equities, Inc. on an annual basis (which amount also includes payments by the Fund for sub-transfer agency services).
Other Payments to Intermediaries
The Adviser and/or the Distributor, at their expense, provide other compensation to Intermediaries that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund, which may be in addition to distribution-related and servicing payments described above. For example, the Adviser and/or the Distributor may: (i) compensate Intermediaries for National Securities Clearing Corporation networking system services (e.g., shareholder communication, account statements, trade confirmations, and tax reporting) on an asset-based or per account basis; (ii) compensate Intermediaries for providing Fund shareholder trading information; (iii) make one-time or periodic payments to reimburse selected Intermediaries for items such as ticket charges (i.e., fees that an Intermediary charges its representatives for effecting transactions in Fund shares) of up to $25 per purchase or exchange order, operational charges (e.g., fees that an Intermediary charges for establishing the Fund on its trading system), and literature printing and/or distribution costs; (iv) at the direction of a retirement plan’s sponsor, reimburse or pay direct expenses of an employee benefit plan that would otherwise be payable by the plan; and (v) provide payments to broker-dealers to help defray their technology or infrastructure costs.
The Adviser and/or the Distributor pay selected Intermediaries for enabling the Adviser and/or the Distributor to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other Intermediary employees, client and investor events and other Intermediary-sponsored events, and for travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, asset retention and due diligence
S-76

meetings. These payments vary depending upon the Intermediary and the nature of the event. The Adviser and/or the Distributor make payments for such events as it deems appropriate, subject to its internal guidelines and applicable law.
The Adviser and/or the Distributor occasionally sponsor due diligence meetings for Intermediaries’ registered representatives during which the registered representatives receive updates on various Nuveen Mutual Funds and are afforded the opportunity to speak with portfolio managers. Although invitations to these meetings are not conditioned on selling a specific number of shares, those who have shown an interest in Nuveen Mutual Funds are more likely to be considered. To the extent permitted by their firm’s policies and procedures, all or a portion of registered representatives’ expenses in attending these meetings may be covered by the Adviser and/or the Distributor.
Compensation to the Distributor’s Representatives
Representatives of the Distributor and its affiliates receive additional compensation from the Adviser and/or the Distributor based on whether certain targets are met for sales of one or more Nuveen Mutual Funds and other subjective factors. Such compensation varies by Fund, by distribution channel and by affiliate.
Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. Investors can ask their Intermediary for information about any payments it receives from the Adviser and/or the Distributor and the services it provides for those payments.
Investors may wish to take Intermediary payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to Fund shares.
Intermediaries Receiving Additional Payments
The following is a list of Intermediaries eligible to receive one or more of the types of payments discussed above as of January 15, 2021:
ADP Broker-Dealer, Inc.
AXA Advisors, LLC
American United Life Insurance Company
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Ascensus (formerly BISYS Retirement Services, Inc.)
BB&T
BMO Harris Bank N.A.
BNY Mellon, N.A.
Benefit Plans Administrative Services, Inc.
Benefit Trust Company
Cetera
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
Chase Investment Services
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Commonwealth Equity Services, LLP, DBA Commonwealth Financial Network
Davenport & Co., LLC
Digital Retirement Solutions, Inc.
Dyatech, LLC
Edward Jones
Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC/National Financial Services LLC
Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. (FIIOC)/Fidelity Advisors Retirement
Financial Data Services, Inc.
First Clearing
Genesis Employee Benefits, Inc. DBA America’s VEBA Solution
Goldman Sachs
Great West Life and Annuity Insurance Co.
GWFS Equities, Inc.
Hartford Life Insurance Company
Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc.
S-77

ICMA Retirement Corporation
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.
J.P. Morgan Retirement Plan Services, LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
John Hancock Trust Company
Kestra Investment Services, LLC
LPL Financial Services
Ladenburg Thalmann Advisor Network LLC
Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation
Lincoln Retirement Services Company LLC/AMG Service Corp.
Linsco/Private Ledger Corp.
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
Mercer HR Outsourcing LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation
Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated/Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
MSCS Financial Services Division of Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC
National Financial Services, LLC
Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.
Newport Retirement Services, Inc.
Northwestern Mutual
NYLife Distributors LLC
Oppenheimer & Co.
Pershing LLC
Principal Life Insurance Company
Prudential Insurance Company of America (The)
Prudential Investment Management Services, LLC/Prudential Investments LLC
Raymond James & Associates/Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Reliance Trust Company
Retirement Plan Company, LLC (The)
Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.
SI Financial Advisors
Southwest Securities, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc./T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
TD Ameritrade Trust Company (formerly Fiserv Trust Company/International Clearing Trust Company)
TIAA-CREF Individual & Institutional Services, LLC
Trust Company of America
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.
U.S. Bank N.A.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Unified Trust Company, N.A.
VALIC Retirement Services Company (formerly AIG Retirement Services Company)
Vanguard Group, Inc.
Voya Financial (formerly ING)
Wedbush Morgan Securities
Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement & Trust
Wilmington Trust Company
S-78

Wilmington Trust Retirement and Institutional Services Company (formerly AST Capital Trust Company)
Any additions, modifications or deletions to the list of Intermediaries identified above that have occurred since January 15, 2021 are not reflected in the list.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year appear in the Fund’s Annual Report dated September 30, 2020. The Fund’s Annual Report is incorporated by reference into this SAI and is available without charge by calling (800) 257-8787.
S-79

APPENDIX A
RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
S&P Global Ratings
—A brief description of the applicable S&P Global Ratings’ (“
S&P
”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
Issue Credit Ratings
An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:
1.
 
The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
2.
 
The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and
3.
 
The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
   
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.
A-1

   
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
*Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
   
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
A-2

   
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“
Moody’s
”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
   
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
   
P-1
Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.
P-2
Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.
P-3
Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short- term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Medium-Term Note Program Ratings
Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).
A-3

MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating. The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
U.S. Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by US municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.
For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scales discussed below.
Moody’s uses the MIG scale for US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, we use the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.
   
MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Demand Obligation Ratings
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon-demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade. Please see Moody’s methodology that discusses demand obligations with conditional liquidity support.
   
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
A-4

   
VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
Fitch Ratings
—A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings (“
Fitch
”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings relating to securities and obligations of an issuer can include a recovery expectation. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. The agency’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance, and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions, and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated on its web page. Such issues are also denoted as ‘NR’.
Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss.
Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the
ability
of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the
obligation
to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).
In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).
International Long-Term Ratings
Issuer Credit Rating Scales
   
AAA
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be

   
more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC
Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
CC
Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
C
Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
·
 
the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
·
 
the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;
·
 
the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; or
·
 
a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
RD
Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:
·
 
an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but
·
 
has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and
·
 
has not otherwise ceased operating.
This would include:
·
 
the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
·
 
the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
·
 
the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
D
Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or that has otherwise ceased business.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
A-6

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
International Short-Term Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
   
F1
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.
Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term ratings:
Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category.
Ratings that have been withdrawn will be indicated by the symbol ‘WD’.
Rating Watch: Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating that a rating could stay at its present level or potentially be upgraded, “Negative”, to indicate that the rating could stay at its present level or potentially be downgraded, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first.
A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis.
A-7


 
APPENDIX B
 
 
LOGO
 
B-1

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
T A B L E   O F   C O N T E N T S
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
1.
  
 
 
8
 
  
 
 
8
 
  
 
 
8
 
  
 
 
9
 
  
 
 
11
 
  
 
 
12
 
  
 
 
13
 
  
 
 
16
 
  
 
 
16
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
17
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
18
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
19
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
20
 
  
 
 
21
 
2.
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
  
 
 
22
 
3.
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
24
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
25
 
  
 
 
26
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
2 of 72
 
 
B-2

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
26
 
  
 
 
26
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
27
 
  
 
 
28
 
  
 
 
28
 
  
 
 
28
 
  
 
 
29
 
  
 
 
29
 
  
 
 
29
 
  
 
 
30
 
  
 
 
30
 
  
 
 
30
 
  
 
 
30
 
4.
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
31
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
32
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
33
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
34
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
35
 
  
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
36
 
  
 
 
37
 
  
 
 
38
 
  
 
 
38
 
  
 
 
39
 
  
 
 
39
 
  
 
 
39
 
5.
  
 
 
41
 
  
 
 
41
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
3 of 72
 
 
B-3

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
41
 
  
 
 
42
 
  
 
 
42
 
  
 
 
43
 
  
 
 
44
 
  
 
 
44
 
  
 
 
44
 
  
 
 
45
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
46
 
  
 
 
47
 
  
 
 
47
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
48
 
  
 
 
49
 
  
 
 
49
 
  
 
 
49
 
  
 
 
50
 
  
 
 
50
 
  
 
 
50
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
51
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
52
 
  
 
 
53
 
  
 
 
53
 
  
 
 
53
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
54
 
  
 
 
55
 
  
 
 
55
 
6.
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
4 of 72
 
 
B-4

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
56
 
  
 
 
56
 
7.
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
57
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
58
 
  
 
 
59
 
  
 
 
59
 
  
 
 
59
 
  
 
 
60
 
  
 
 
60
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
61
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
62
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
63
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
64
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
65
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
66
 
  
 
 
67
 
  
 
 
67
 
8.
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
5 of 72
 
 
B-5

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
68
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
69
 
   
  
 
 
69
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
70
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
  
 
 
71
 
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
6 of 72
 
 
B-6

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Coverage
The U.S. research team provides proxy analyses and voting recommendations for common shareholder meetings of publicly - traded U.S. - incorporated companies that are held in our institutional investor clients’ portfolios and includes all S&P 1500 and Russell 3000 companies that are considered U.S. Domestic Issuers by the SEC. Coverage generally includes corporate actions for common equity holders, such as written consents and bankruptcies. ISS’ U.S. coverage includes investment companies (including
open-end
funds,
closed-end
funds, exchange-traded funds, and unit investment trusts), limited partnerships (“LPs”), master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and business development companies. ISS reviews its universe of coverage on an annual basis, and the coverage is subject to change based on client need and industry trends.
The U.S. research team also produces, for subscribing clients, research and recommendations for fixed income meetings, and meetings of certain preferred securities, including Auction Rate Preferred Securities (“ARPS”) and Variable Rate Municipal Term Preferred securities (“VMTPs”).
Foreign-incorporated companies
In addition to U.S. - incorporated companies, U.S. policies are applied to certain foreign-incorporated company analyses. Like the SEC, ISS distinguishes two types of companies that list but are not incorporated in the U.S.:
 
 
 
U.S. Domestic Issuers – which have a majority of outstanding shares held in the U.S. and meet other criteria, as determined by the SEC, and are subject to the same disclosure and listing standards as U.S. incorporated companies – are generally covered under standard U.S. policy guidelines.
 
 
Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs) – which do not meet the Domestic Issuer criteria and are exempt from most disclosure requirements (e.g., they do not file DEF14A reports) and listing standards (e.g., for required levels of board and committee independence) – are covered under a combination of policy guidelines:
 
 
FPI Guidelines (see the
Americas Regional Proxy Voting Guidelines
), which apply certain minimum independence and disclosure standards in the evaluation of key proxy ballot items, such as the election of directors and approval of financial reports; and
 
 
For other issues, guidelines for the market that is responsible for, or most relevant to, the item on the ballot.
In all cases – including with respect to other companies with cross-market features that may lead to ballot items related to multiple markets – items that are on the ballot solely due to the requirements of another market (listing, incorporation, or national code) may be evaluated under the policy of the relevant market, regardless of the “assigned” market coverage.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
7 of 72
 
 
B-7

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
1.   Board of Directors
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:
Independence
: Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.
Composition
: Companies should ensure that directors add value to the board through their specific skills and expertise and by having sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members. Boards should be sufficiently diverse to ensure consideration of a wide range of perspectives.
Responsiveness
: Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or
non-binding),
and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered.
Accountability
: Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition, and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees
1
considered on
case-by-case
basis):
Independence
Vote against
2
or withhold from
non-independent
directors (Executive Directors and
Non-Independent
Non-Executive
Directors per
ISS’ Classification of Directors
) when:
 
 
 
Independent directors comprise 50 percent or less of the board;
 
 
The
non-independent
director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;
 
 
The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or
 
 
The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.
 
 
1
A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a
case-by-case
basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.
2
In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
8 of 72
 
 
B-8

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
ISS Classification of Directors – U.S.
 
 
 
1.
Executive Director
 
 
1.1.
Current officer
1
of the company or one of its affiliates
2
.
 
 
2.
Non-Independent
Non-Executive
Director
 
 
Board Identification
 
 
2.1.
Director identified as not independent by the board.
 
 
Controlling/Significant Shareholder
 
2.2.
Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).
 
 
Current Employment at Company or Related Company
 
 
2.3.
Non-officer
employee of the firm (including employee representatives).
 
2.4.
Officer
1
, former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.
 
 
Former Employment
 
 
2.5.
Former CEO of the company.
3, 4
 
2.6.
Former
non-CEO
officer
1
of the company or an affiliate
2
within the past five years.
 
2.7.
Former officer
1
of an acquired company within the past five years.
4
 
2.8.
Officer
1
of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off within the past five years.
 
2.9.
Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.
5
 
 
Family Members
 
 
2.10.
Immediate family member
6
of a current or former officer
1
of the company or its affiliates
2
within the last five years.
 
2.11.
Immediate family member
6
of a current employee of company or its affiliates
2
where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a
non-Section
16 officer in a key strategic role).
 
 
Professional, Transactional, 
and Charitable Relationships
 
 
2.12.
Director who (or whose immediate family member
6
) currently provides professional services
7
in excess of $10,000 per year to: the company, an affiliate
2
, or an individual officer of the company or an affiliate; or who is (or whose immediate family member
6
is) a partner, employee, or controlling shareholder of an organization which provides the services.
 
2.13.
Director who (or whose immediate family member
6
) currently has any material transactional relationship
8
with the company or its affiliates
2
; or who is (or whose immediate family member
6
is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has the material transactional relationship
8
(excluding investments in the company through a private placement).
 
2.14.
Director who (or whose immediate family member
6
)
is a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or
non-profit
organization that receives material grants or endowments
8
from the company or its affiliates
2
.
 
 
Other Relationships
 
 
2.15.
Party to a voting agreement
9
to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.
 
2.16.
Has (or an immediate family member
6
has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee.
10
 
2.17.
Founder
11
of the company but not currently an employee.
 
2.18.
Director with pay comparable to Named Executive Officers.
 
2.19.
Any material
12
relationship with the company.
 
 
3.
Independent Director
 
3.1.
No material
12
connection to the company other than a board seat.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
9 of 72
 
 
B-9

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Footnotes:
1.
The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A
non-employee
director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will generally be classified as a
Non-Independent
Non-Executive
Director under “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation exceeding $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Director.
2.
“Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation. The manager/advisor of an externally managed issuer (EMI) is considered an affiliate.
3.
Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).
4.
When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, ISS will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
5.
ISS will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent,
non-temporary
CEOs. ISS will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.
6.
“Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings,
in-laws,
and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
7.
Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or
fee-based
payment structure. Professional services generally include but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services, commercial banking (beyond deposit services), investment services, insurance services, accounting/audit services, consulting services, marketing services, legal services, property management services, realtor services, lobbying services, executive search services, and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services, IT tech support services, educational services, and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a
non-lead
bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.
8.
A material transactional relationship, including grants to
non-profit
organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity, exceeding the greater of: $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NYSE listing standards. For a company that follows neither of the preceding standards, ISS will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
9.
Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as Independent Directors if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
10.
Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
10 of 72
 
 
B-10

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
11.
The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, ISS may deem him or her an Independent Director.
12.
For purposes of ISS’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.
Composition
Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:
Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year
3
) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:
 
 
 
Medical issues/illness;
 
 
Family emergencies; and
 
 
Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).
In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.
If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.
Overboarded Directors:
Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:
 
 
 
Sit on more than five public company boards; or
 
 
Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards
4
.
Gender Diversity:
For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a
case-by-case
basis) at companies where there are no women on the company’s board. An exception will be made if there was a woman on the board at the
 
 
3
Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.
4
Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards with publicly-traded common stock will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
11 of 72
 
 
B-11

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to return to a gender-diverse status within a year.
Racial and/or Ethnic Diversity:
For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, highlight boards with no apparent racial and/or ethnic diversity
5
.
For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, effective for meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2022, generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a
case-by-case
basis) where the board has no apparent racially or ethnically diverse members. An exception will be made if there was racial and/or ethnic diversity on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to appoint at least one racial and/or ethnic diverse member within a year.
Responsiveness
Vote
case-by-case
on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:
 
 
 
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:
 
 
Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;
 
 
Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;
 
 
The subject matter of the proposal;
 
 
The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;
 
 
Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;
 
 
The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and
 
 
Other factors as appropriate.
 
 
The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;
 
 
At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.
Vote
case-by-case
on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:
 
 
 
The company’s previous
say-on-pay
received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast. Factors that will be considered are:
 
 
The company’s response, including:
 
 
Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);
 
 
Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the
say-on-pay
opposition;
 
 
Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;
 
 
Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;
 
 
Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
5
Aggregate diversity statistics provided by the board will only be considered if specific to racial and/or ethnic diversity.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
12 of 72
 
 
B-12

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.
 
 
The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.
Accountability
Problematic Takeover Defenses/Governance Structure
Poison Pills:
Vote against or withhold from all nominees (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if:
 
 
 
The company has a poison pill that was not approved by shareholders
6
. However, vote
case-by-case
on nominees if the board adopts an initial pill with a term of one year or less, depending on the disclosed rationale for the adoption, and other factors as relevant (such as a commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote);
 
 
The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or
 
 
The pill, whether short-term
7
or long-term, has a deadhand or slowhand feature.
Classified Board Structure:
The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.
Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards:
The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.
Director Performance Evaluation:
The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by
one-,
three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:
 
 
 
A classified board structure;
 
 
A supermajority vote requirement;
 
 
Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections, or a majority vote standard in contested elections;
 
 
The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;
 
 
The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;
 
 
A multi-class capital structure; and/or
 
 
A
non-shareholder-approved
poison pill.
Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures:
Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:
 
 
6
Public shareholders only, approval prior to a company’s becoming public is insufficient.
7
If the short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, ISS will generally still recommend withhold/against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
13 of 72
 
 
B-13

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;
 
 
Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;
 
 
The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;
 
 
The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure;
 
 
The company’s existing governance provisions;
 
 
The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and
 
 
Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.
Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote
case-by-case
on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if the directors:
 
 
 
Classified the board;
 
 
Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or
 
 
Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.
Problematic Capital Structure—Newly Public Companies:
For newly public companies
8
, generally vote against or withhold from the entire board (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights without subjecting the multi-class capital structure to a reasonable time-based sunset. In assessing the reasonableness of a time-based sunset provision, consideration will be given to the company’s lifespan, its
post-IPO
ownership structure and the board’s disclosed rationale for the sunset period selected. No sunset period of more than seven years from the date of the IPO will be considered to be reasonable.
Continue to vote against or withhold from incumbent directors in subsequent years, unless the problematic capital structure is reversed or removed.
Problematic Governance Structure—Newly Public Companies
: For newly public companies
8
, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees
1
, who should be considered
case-by-case)
if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:
 
 
 
Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;
 
 
A classified board structure; or
 
 
Other egregious provisions.
A reasonable sunset provision will be considered a mitigating factor.
Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote
case-by-case
on director nominees in subsequent years.
 
 
8
Newly-public companies generally include companies that emerge from bankruptcy, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
14 of 72
 
 
B-14

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions:
Vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;
 
 
The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
 
 
Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;
 
 
Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;
 
 
The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;
 
 
The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;
 
 
Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.
Restrictions on Shareholders’ Rights
Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:
Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:
 
 
 
The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule
14a-8.
Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis.
Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule
14a-8
for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. Generally continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.
Problematic Audit-Related Practices
Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:
 
 
 
The
non-audit
fees paid to the auditor are
excessive
;
 
 
The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or
 
 
There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Vote
case-by-case
on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.
Problematic Compensation Practices
In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (
pay for performance
);
 
 
The company maintains significant
problematic pay practices
; or
 
 
The board exhibits a significant level of
poor communication and responsiveness
to shareholders.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
15 of 72
 
 
B-15

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Generally vote against or withhold from the Compensation Committee chair, other committee members, or potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or
 
 
The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.
Generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting
non-employee
director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more years) of awarding excessive
non-employee
director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.
Problematic Pledging of Company Stock:
Vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company sto1ck by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;
 
 
The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;
 
 
Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and
 
 
Any other relevant factors.
Governance Failures
Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:
 
 
 
Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight
9
, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;
 
 
Failure to replace management as appropriate; or
 
 
Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.
Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote-No
Campaigns
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public
“vote-no”
campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.
 
 
9
Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant adverse legal judgments or settlement; or hedging of company stock.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
16 of 72
 
 
B-16

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Proxy Contests/Proxy Access
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;
 
 
Management’s track record;
 
 
Background to the contested election;
 
 
Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;
 
 
Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;
 
 
Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and
 
 
Stock ownership positions.
In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote
case-by-case
considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether there are more candidates than board seats).
Other Board-Related Proposals
Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.
Board Refreshment
Board refreshment is best implemented through an ongoing program of individual director evaluations, conducted annually, to ensure the evolving needs of the board are met and to bring in fresh perspectives, skills, and diversity as needed.
Term/Tenure Limits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals regarding director term/tenure limits, considering:
 
 
 
The rationale provided for adoption of the term/tenure limit;
 
 
The robustness of the company’s board evaluation process;
 
 
Whether the limit is of sufficient length to allow for a broad range of director tenures;
 
 
Whether the limit would disadvantage independent directors compared to
non-independent
directors; and
 
 
Whether the board will impose the limit evenly, and not have the ability to waive it in a discriminatory manner.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking for the company to adopt director term/tenure limits, considering:
 
 
 
The scope of the shareholder proposal; and
 
 
Evidence of problematic issues at the company combined with, or exacerbated by, a lack of board refreshment.
Age Limits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors through mandatory retirement ages. Vote for proposals to remove mandatory age limits.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
17 of 72
 
 
B-17

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Board Size
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.
Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.
Classification/Declassification of the Board
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board.
Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
CEO Succession Planning
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:
 
 
 
The reasonableness/scope of the request; and
 
 
The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.
Cumulative Voting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:
 
 
 
The company has proxy access
10
, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and
 
 
The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a
carve-out
for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.
Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection.
Vote against proposals that would:
 
 
 
Eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.
 
 
Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.
 
 
Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company’s board (
i.e.
, “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.
Vote for only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:
 
 
 
If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that s/he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and
 
 
10
A proxy access right that meets the
recommended guidelines
.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
18 of 72
 
 
B-18

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.
Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;
 
 
The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal.
Establish Other Board Committee Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;
 
 
Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal.
Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies. Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
Independent Board Chair
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the board chair position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:
 
 
 
The scope and rationale of the proposal;
 
 
The company’s current board leadership structure;
 
 
The company’s governance structure and practices;
 
 
Company performance; and
 
 
Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.
The following factors will increase the likelihood of a “for” recommendation:
 
 
 
A majority
non-independent
board and/or the presence of
non-independent
directors on key board committees;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
19 of 72
 
 
B-19

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
A weak or poorly-defined lead independent director role that fails to serve as an appropriate counterbalance to a combined CEO/chair role;
 
 
The presence of an executive or
non-independent
chair in addition to the CEO, a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair, and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair;
 
 
Evidence that the board has failed to oversee and address material risks facing the company;
 
 
A material governance failure, particularly if the board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns or if the board has materially diminished shareholder rights; or
 
 
Evidence that the board has failed to intervene when management’s interests are contrary to shareholders’ interests.
Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’ definition of Independent Director (See
ISS’ Classification of Directors
.)
Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.
Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. Vote against if no
carve-out
for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.
Generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a
carve-out
for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.
Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.
Proxy Access
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:
 
 
 
Ownership threshold:
maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;
 
 
Ownership duration:
maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;
 
 
Aggregation:
minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;
 
 
Cap:
cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.
Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.
Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.
Require More Nominees than Open Seats
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
20 of 72
 
 
B-20

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:
 
 
 
Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;
 
 
Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;
 
 
Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and
 
 
The company has an independent chair or a lead director, according to I
SS’ definition
. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
21 of 72
 
 
B-21

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
2.   Audit-Related
Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:
 
 
 
The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;
 
 
The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;
 
 
The quality of the company’s disclosure; and
 
 
The company’s historical practices in the audit area.
Vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Auditor Ratification
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:
 
 
 
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;
 
 
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
 
 
Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as fraud or misapplication of GAAP; or
 
 
Fees for
non-audit
services (“Other” fees) are excessive.
Non-audit
fees are excessive if:
 
 
 
Non-audit
(“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees
Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.
In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant
one-time
capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard
“non-audit
fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the
non-audit
fees considered in determining the ratio of
non-audit
to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether
non-audit
fees are excessive.
Shareholder Proposals Limiting
Non-Audit
Services
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in
non-audit
services.
Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:
 
 
 
The tenure of the audit firm;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
22 of 72
 
 
B-22

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The length of rotation specified in the proposal;
 
 
Any significant audit-related issues at the company;
 
 
The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;
 
 
The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and
 
 
Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
23 of 72
 
 
B-23

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
3.   Shareholder Rights & Defenses
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.
To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/nominations must be no earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous year’s meeting and have a submittal window of no shorter than 30 days from the beginning of the notice period (also known as a
90-120
day window).The submittal window is the period under which shareholders must file their proposals/nominations prior to the deadline.
In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.
Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Any impediments to shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws (i.e. supermajority voting requirements);
 
 
The company’s ownership structure and historical voting turnout;
 
 
Whether the board could amend bylaws adopted by shareholders; and
 
 
Whether shareholders would retain the ability to ratify any board-initiated amendments.
Control Share Acquisition Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.
Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.
Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.
Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.
Control Share
Cash-Out
Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of control share
cash-out
statutes.
Control share
cash-out
statutes give dissident shareholders the right to
“cash-out”
of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
24 of 72
 
 
B-24

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.
Disgorgement Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.
Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these
recapture-of-profits
provisions.
Fair Price Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.
Generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
Freeze-Out
Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to opt out of state
freeze-out
provisions.
Freeze-out
provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.
Greenmail
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
Vote
case-by-case
on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.
Shareholder Litigation Rights
Federal Forum Selection Provisions
Federal forum selection provisions require that U.S. federal courts be the sole forum for shareholders to litigate claims arising under federal securities law.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for federal forum selection provisions in the charter or bylaws that specify “the district courts of the United States” as the exclusive forum for federal securities law matters, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.
Vote against provisions that restrict the forum to a particular federal district court; unilateral adoption (without a shareholder vote) of such a provision will generally be considered a
one-time
failure under the
Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments
policy.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
25 of 72
 
 
B-25

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters
Exclusive forum provisions in the charter or bylaws restrict shareholders’ ability to bring derivative lawsuits against the company, for claims arising out of state corporate law, to the courts of a particular state (generally the state of incorporation).
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for charter or bylaw provisions that specify courts located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters for Delaware corporations, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.
For states other than Delaware, vote
case-by-case
on exclusive forum provisions, taking into consideration:
 
 
 
The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;
 
 
Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder lawsuits in more than one forum;
 
 
The breadth of application of the charter or bylaw provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and
 
 
Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.
Generally vote against provisions that specify a state other than the state of incorporation as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters, or that specify a particular local court within the state; unilateral adoption of such a provision will generally be considered a
one-time
failure under the
Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments
policy.
Fee shifting
Fee-shifting
provisions in the charter or bylaws require that a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation and its directors and officers.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against provisions that mandate
fee-shifting
whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., including cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).
Unilateral adoption of a
fee-shifting
provision will generally be considered an ongoing failure under the
Unilateral
Bylaw/Charter Amendments
policy.
Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.
Vote
case-by-case,
considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:
 
 
 
The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new
5-percent
holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing
5-percent
holder);
 
 
The value of the NOLs;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
26 of 72
 
 
B-26

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);
 
 
The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and
 
 
Any other factors that may be applicable.
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:
 
 
 
Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or
 
 
The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.
If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.
Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:
 
 
 
No lower than a 20 percent trigger,
flip-in
or flip-over;
 
 
A term of no more than three years;
 
 
No deadhand, slowhand,
no-hand,
or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;
 
 
Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.
In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.
Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:
 
 
 
The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);
 
 
The value of the NOLs;
 
 
Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
27 of 72
 
 
B-27

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and
 
 
Any other factors that may be applicable.
Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker
non-votes
in the company’s vote-counting methodology.
While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:
 
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal;
 
 
The company’s stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;
 
 
The company’s vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;
 
 
Whether the company’s disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;
 
 
Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company’s proxy voting mechanics;
 
 
Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and
 
 
Any other factors that may be relevant.
Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or bylaws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.
In addition, voting against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:
 
 
 
The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;
 
 
The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
 
 
Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;
 
 
Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;
 
 
The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;
 
 
The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;
 
 
Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.
When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.
Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
28 of 72
 
 
B-28

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;
 
 
One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;
 
 
Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and
 
 
The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.
Reincorporation Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated
case-by-case,
giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:
 
 
 
Reasons for reincorporation;
 
 
Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and
 
 
Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.
Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.
Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:
 
 
 
Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;
 
 
The consent threshold;
 
 
The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;
 
 
Investor ownership structure; and
 
 
Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:
 
 
 
An unfettered
11
right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;
 
 
A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;
 
 
No
non-shareholder-approved
pill; and
 
 
An annually elected board.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.
Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:
 
 
 
Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;
 
 
Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10 percent preferred);
 
 
The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;
 
11
“Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
29 of 72
 
 
B-29

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Investor ownership structure; and
 
 
Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.
Stakeholder Provisions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals that ask the board to consider
non-shareholder
constituencies or other
non-financial
effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.
State Antitakeover Statutes
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).
Supermajority Vote Requirements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.
 
 
 
Vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote
case-by-case,
taking into account:
 
 
Ownership structure;
 
 
Quorum requirements; and
 
 
Vote requirements.
Virtual Shareholder Meetings
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude
in-person
meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only
12
meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an
in-person
meeting.
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals concerning virtual-only meetings, considering:
 
 
 
Scope and rationale of the proposal; and
 
 
Concerns identified with the company’s prior meeting practices.
 
 
12
Virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding
in-person
meeting.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
30 of 72
 
 
B-30

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
4. Capital/Restructuring
Capital
Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
 
 
 
 
LOGO

General Recommendation:
Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.
Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.
Common Stock Authorization
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.
Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.
Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:
 
 
 
Past Board Performance:
 
 
The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;
 
 
 
The Current Request:
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and
 
 
The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.
ISS will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):
 
 
A.
Most companies:
100
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
 
B.
Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance:
50
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
 
C.
Companies with
one-
and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end:
50
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
 
D.
Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present:
25
 percent
of existing authorized shares.
If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that ISS is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
31 of 72
 
 
B-31

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Dual Class Structure
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:
 
 
 
The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:
 
 
The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or
 
 
The new class of shares will be transitory;
 
 
The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and
 
 
The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.
Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a
non-shareholder-approved
shareholder rights plan (poison pill).
Preemptive Rights
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration:
 
 
 
The size of the company;
 
 
The shareholder base; and
 
 
The liquidity of the stock.
Preferred Stock Authorization
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.
Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:
 
 
 
Past Board Performance:
 
 
The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;
 
 
 
The Current Request:
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;
 
 
Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;
 
 
In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and
 
 
Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.
Recapitalization Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
32 of 72
 
 
B-32

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
More simplified capital structure;
 
 
Enhanced liquidity;
 
 
Fairness of conversion terms;
 
 
Impact on voting power and dividends;
 
 
Reasons for the reclassification;
 
 
Conflicts of interest; and
 
 
Other alternatives considered.
Reverse Stock Splits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:
 
 
 
The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or
 
 
The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:
 
 
 
Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;
 
 
Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;
 
 
The company’s rationale; or
 
 
Other factors as applicable.
Share Repurchase Programs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
For U.S.-incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges,
vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:
 
 
 
Greenmail,
 
 
The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics,
 
 
Threats to the company’s long-term viability, or
 
 
Other company-specific factors as warranted.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.
Share Repurchase Programs Shareholder Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
33 of 72
 
 
B-33

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Tracking Stock
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:
 
 
 
Adverse governance changes;
 
 
Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;
 
 
Unfair method of distribution;
 
 
Diminution of voting rights;
 
 
Adverse conversion features;
 
 
Negative impact on stock option plans; and
 
 
Alternatives such as
spin-off.
Restructuring
Appraisal Rights
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.
Asset Purchases
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Purchase price;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
Financial and strategic benefits;
 
 
How the deal was negotiated;
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Other alternatives for the business;
 
 
Non-completion
risk.
Asset Sales
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on asset sales, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;
 
 
Potential elimination of diseconomies;
 
 
Anticipated financial and operating benefits;
 
 
Anticipated use of funds;
 
 
Value received for the asset;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
How the deal was negotiated;
 
 
Conflicts of interest.
Bundled Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
34 of 72
 
 
B-34

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Conversion of Securities
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals, the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.
Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:
 
 
 
Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;
 
 
Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;
 
 
Financial issues - company’s financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;
 
 
Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
 
Control issues - change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and
 
 
Conflict of interest - arm’s length transaction, managerial incentives.
Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
Formation of Holding Company
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:
 
 
 
The reasons for the change;
 
 
Any financial or tax benefits;
 
 
Regulatory benefits;
 
 
Increases in capital structure; and
 
 
Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.
Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:
 
 
 
Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or
 
 
Adverse changes in shareholder rights.
Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority
Squeeze-outs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on going private transactions, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Offer price/premium;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
How the deal was negotiated;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
35 of 72
 
 
B-35

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Other alternatives/offers considered; and
 
 
Non-completion
risk.
Vote
case-by-case
on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:
 
 
 
Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);
 
 
Balanced interests of continuing vs.
cashed-out
shareholders, taking into account the following:
 
 
Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?
 
 
Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?
 
 
Does the company have strong corporate governance?
 
 
Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?
 
 
Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?
Joint Ventures
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Percentage of assets/business contributed;
 
 
Percentage ownership;
 
 
Financial and strategic benefits;
 
 
Governance structure;
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Other alternatives; and
 
 
Non-completion
risk.
Liquidations
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on liquidations, taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
 
Appraisal value of assets; and
 
 
The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.
Mergers and Acquisitions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
 
 
 
Valuation
- Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.
 
 
Market reaction
- How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.
 
 
Strategic rationale
- Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
36 of 72
 
 
B-36

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Negotiations and process
- Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at
arm’s-length?
Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.
 
 
Conflicts of interest
- Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to
non-insider
shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.
 
 
Governance
- Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:
 
 
 
Dilution to existing shareholders’ position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.
 
 
 
Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):
 
 
 
The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.
 
 
 
When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry, and anticipation of future performance.
 
 
 
Financial issues:
 
 
The company’s financial condition;
 
 
Degree of need for capital;
 
 
Use of proceeds;
 
 
Effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;
 
 
Current and proposed cash burn rate;
 
 
Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.
 
 
 
Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger, or sale of part or all of the company.
 
 
 
Control issues:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
37 of 72
 
 
B-37

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Change in management;
 
 
Change in control;
 
 
Guaranteed board and committee seats;
 
 
Standstill provisions;
 
 
Voting agreements;
 
 
Veto power over certain corporate actions; and
 
 
Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium.
 
 
 
Conflicts of interest:
 
 
Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.
 
 
Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?
 
 
 
Market reaction:
 
 
The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the
one-day
impact on the unaffected stock price.
Vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:
 
 
 
Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;
 
 
Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;
 
 
Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);
 
 
The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);
 
 
Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and
 
 
Governance of the reorganized company.
Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:
 
 
 
Valuation
- Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the
pre-merger
value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.
 
 
Market reaction
- How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the
one-day
impact on the unaffected stock price.
 
 
Deal timing
- A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.
 
 
Negotiations and process
- What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.
 
 
Conflicts of interest
- How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
38 of 72
 
 
B-38

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 perecnt of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the
18-24
month timeframe.
 
 
Voting agreements
- Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?
 
 
Governance
- What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?
Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on SPAC extension proposals taking into account the length of the requested extension, the status of any pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process, any added incentive for
non-redeeming
shareholders, and any prior extension requests.
 
 
 
Length of request
: Typically, extension requests range from two to six months, depending on the progression of the SPAC’s acquistion process.
 
 
Pending transaction(s)
or
progression of the acquisition process:
Sometimes an intial business combination was already put to a shareholder vote, but, for varying reasons, the transaction could not be consummated by the termination date and the SPAC is requesting an extension. Other times, the SPAC has entered into a definitive transaction agreement, but needs additional time to consummate or hold the shareholder meeting.
 
 
Added incentive for
non-redeeming
shareholders
: Sometimes the SPAC sponsor (or other insiders) will contribute, typically as a loan to the company, additional funds that will be added to the redemption value of each public share as long as such shares are not redeemed in connection with the extension request. The purpose of the “equity kicker” is to incentivize shareholders to hold their shares through the end of the requested extension or until the time the transaction is put to a shareholder vote, rather than electing redeemption at the extension proposal meeting.
 
 
Prior extension requests
: Some SPACs request additional time beyond the extension period sought in prior extension requests.
Spin-offs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on spin-offs, considering:
 
 
 
Tax and regulatory advantages;
 
 
Planned use of the sale proceeds;
 
 
Valuation of spinoff;
 
 
Fairness opinion;
 
 
Benefits to the parent company;
 
 
Conflicts of interest;
 
 
Managerial incentives;
 
 
Corporate governance changes;
 
 
Changes in the capital structure.
Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:
 
 
 
Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;
 
 
Selling the company; or
 
 
Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.
These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:
 
 
 
Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;
 
 
Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
39 of 72
 
 
B-39

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Strategic plan in place for improving value;
 
 
Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and
 
 
The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
40 of 72
 
 
B-40

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
5.   Compensation
Executive Pay Evaluation
Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:
 
 
1.
Maintain appropriate
pay-for-performance
alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;
 
2.
Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;
 
3.
Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (
e.g.
, including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);
 
4.
Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;
 
5.
Avoid inappropriate pay to
non-executive
directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors is reasonable and does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals
(Say-on-Pay)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.
Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
(Say-on-Pay
or “SOP”) if:
 
 
 
There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);
 
 
The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;
 
 
The board exhibits a significant level of
poor communication and responsiveness
to shareholders.
Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:
 
 
 
There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP would otherwise be warranted due to
pay-for-performance
misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;
 
 
The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;
 
 
The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or
 
 
The situation is egregious.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
41 of 72
 
 
B-41

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay
Pay-for-Performance
Evaluation
ISS annually conducts a
pay-for-performance
analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the S&P1500, Russell 3000, or Russell 3000E Indices
13
, this analysis considers the following:
 
 
1.
  Peer Group
14
Alignment:
 
 
 
The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.
 
 
The rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.
 
 
The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median in the most recent fiscal year.
 
 
2.
Absolute Alignment
15
– the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.
If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term
pay-for-performance
alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, a misalignment between pay and performance is otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to an evaluation of how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:
 
 
 
The ratio of performance- to time-based incentive awards;
 
 
The overall ratio of performance-based compensation to fixed or discretionary pay;
 
 
The rigor of performance goals;
 
 
The complexity and risks around pay program design;
 
 
The transparency and clarity of disclosure;
 
 
The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;
 
 
Financial/operational results, both absolute and relative to peers;
 
 
Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g.,
bi-annual
awards);
 
 
Realizable pay
16
compared to grant pay; and
 
 
Any other factors deemed relevant.
Problematic Pay Practices
The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:
 
 
 
Problematic practices related to
non-performance-based
compensation elements;
 
 
13
The
Russell 3000E
Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
14
The revised peer group is generally comprised of
14-24
companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a
market-cap
bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.
15
Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
16
ISS research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
42 of 72
 
 
B-42

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking or present a windfall risk; and
 
 
Pay decisions that circumvent
pay-for-performance,
such as options backdating or waiving performance requirements.
Problematic Pay Practices related to
Non-Performance-Based
Compensation Elements
Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated
case-by-case
considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated
pay-for-performance
philosophy. Please refer to ISS’
U.S. Compensation Policies FAQ
document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:
 
 
 
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARs without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);
 
 
Extraordinary perquisites or tax
gross-ups;
 
 
New or materially amended agreements that provide for:
 
 
Excessive termination or CIC severance payments (generally exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus);
 
 
CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers) or in connection with a problematic Good Reason definition;
 
 
CIC excise tax
gross-up
entitlements (including “modified”
gross-ups);
 
 
Multi-year guaranteed awards that are not at risk due to rigorous performance conditions;
 
 
Liberal CIC definition combined with any single-trigger CIC benefits;
 
 
Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible;
 
 
Any other provision or practice deemed to be egregious and present a significant risk to investors.
Options Backdating
The following factors should be examined
case-by-case
to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:
 
 
 
Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;
 
 
Duration of options backdating;
 
 
Size of restatement due to options backdating;
 
 
Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or
re-pricing
backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and
 
 
Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.
Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness
Consider the following factors
case-by-case
when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:
 
 
 
Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or
 
 
Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous
say-on-pay
proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:
 
 
Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
43 of 72
 
 
B-43

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the
say-on-pay
opposition;
 
 
Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;
 
 
Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;
 
 
Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;
 
 
The company’s ownership structure; and
 
 
Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.
Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.
Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing
change-in-control
arrangements maintained with named executive officers but also considering new or extended arrangements.
Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):
 
 
 
Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;
 
 
Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;
 
 
Full acceleration of equity awards granted shortly before the change in control;
 
 
Acceleration of performance awards above the target level of performance without compelling rationale;
 
 
Excessive cash severance (generally >3x base salary and bonus);
 
 
Excise tax
gross-ups
triggered and payable;
 
 
Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or
 
 
Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or
 
 
The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.
Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.
In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management
say-on-pay),
ISS will evaluate the
say-on-pay
proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.
Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans
Please refer to ISS’
U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ
document for additional details on the Equity Plan Scorecard policy.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
44 of 72
 
 
B-44

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on certain equity-based compensation plans
17
depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “Equity Plan Scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:
 
 
 
Plan Cost:
The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:
 
 
SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and
 
 
SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.
 
 
 
Plan Features:
 
 
Quality of disclosure around vesting upon a change in control (CIC);
 
 
Discretionary vesting authority;
 
 
Liberal share recycling on various award types;
 
 
Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;
 
 
Dividends payable prior to award vesting.
 
 
 
Grant Practices:
 
 
The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;
 
 
Vesting requirements in CEO’s recent equity grants
(3-year
look-back);
 
 
The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);
 
 
The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;
 
 
Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back policy;
 
 
Whether the company maintains sufficient post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.
Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors (“overriding factors”) apply:
 
 
 
Awards may vest in connection with a liberal
change-of-control
definition;
 
 
The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for
non-listed
companies);
 
 
The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant
pay-for-performance
disconnect under certain circumstances;
 
 
The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders’ holdings;
 
 
The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or
 
 
Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.
Further Information on certain EPSC Factors:
Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)
The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new
 
 
17
Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated
case-by-case.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
45 of 72
 
 
B-45

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full-value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types.
For proposals that are not subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.
18
Three-Year Burn Rate
Burn-rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation (ó) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500), and
non-Russell
3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark. See the
U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ
for the benchmarks.
Egregious Factors
Liberal Change in Control Definition
Generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change in control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.
Repricing Provisions
Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” typically includes the ability to do any of the following:
 
 
 
Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;
 
 
Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs;
 
 
Cancel underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or
 
 
Provide cash buyouts of underwater options.
 
 
18
For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
46 of 72
 
 
B-46

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
While the above cover most types of repricing, ISS may view other provisions as akin to repricing depending on the facts and circumstances.
Also, vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by ISS), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.
Vote against plans that do not expressly prohibit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval if the company has a history of repricing/buyouts without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.
Problematic Pay Practices or Significant
Pay-for-Performance
Disconnect
If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for
problematic pay practices
, vote against the plan.
ISS may recommend a vote against the equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for
pay-for-performance
misalignment. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:
 
 
 
Severity of the
pay-for-performance
misalignment;
 
 
Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or
 
 
Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.
Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.
Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:
 
 
 
Addresses administrative features only; or
 
 
Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes
only
, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent directors, per
ISS’ Classification of Directors
. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time for any reason (including after the company’s initial public offering), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be
case-by-case
(see below).
Vote against proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:
 
 
 
Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent directors, per
ISS’ Classification of Directors.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes.
Vote
case-by-case
on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:
 
 
 
If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.
 
 
If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company’s IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
47 of 72
 
 
B-47

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments do not include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown only for informational purposes.
In the first two
case-by-case
evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.
Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations
Dividend Equivalent Rights
Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and
non-employee
directors and this cost should be captured.
Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.
Other Compensation Plans
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).
Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:
 
 
 
Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;
 
 
Offering period is 27 months or less; and
 
 
The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.
Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria.
Employee Stock Purchase
Plans—Non-Qualified
Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:
 
 
 
Broad-based participation;
 
 
Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;
 
 
Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
48 of 72
 
 
B-48

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase when there is a company matching contribution.
Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria. If the matching contribution or effective discount exceeds the above, ISS may evaluate the SVT cost of the plan as part of the assessment.
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:
 
 
 
Historic trading
patterns--the
stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back
“in-the-money”
over the near term;
 
 
Rationale for the
re-pricing--was
the stock price decline beyond management’s control?;
 
 
Is this a
value-for-value
exchange?;
 
 
Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?;
 
 
Timing--repricing
should occur at least one year out from any precipitous drop in company’s stock price;
 
 
Option
vesting--does
the new option vest immediately or is there a
black-out
period?;
 
 
Term of the
option--the
term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
 
 
Exercise
price--should
be set at fair market or a premium to market;
 
 
Participants--executive
officers and directors must be excluded.
If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for
re-issuance,
then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.
In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing and warrants additional scrutiny. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the
52-week
high for the stock price.
Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.
Vote for
non-employee
director-only equity plans that provide a
dollar-for-dollar
cash-for-stock
exchange.
Vote
case-by-case
on plans which do not provide a
dollar-for-dollar
cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not
dollar-for-dollar,
the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, ISS will not make any adjustments to carve out the
in-lieu-of
cash compensation.
Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
One-time
Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit
one-time
transfers to shareholders for approval.
Vote
case-by-case
on
one-time
transfers. Vote for if:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
49 of 72
 
 
B-49

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Executive officers and
non-employee
directors are excluded from participating;
 
 
Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models; and
 
 
There is a
two-year
minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.
Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back
“in-the-money”
over the near term.
Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:
 
 
 
Eligibility;
 
 
Vesting;
 
 
Bid-price;
 
 
Term of options;
 
 
Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and
 
 
Option repricing policy.
Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.
Director Compensation
Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on management proposals seeking ratification of
non-employee
director compensation, based on the following factors:
 
 
 
If the equity plan under which
non-employee
director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and
 
 
An assessment of the following qualitative factors:
 
 
The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;
 
 
The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;
 
 
Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;
 
 
Equity award vesting schedules;
 
 
The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
 
 
Meaningful limits on director compensation;
 
 
The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and
 
 
The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.
Equity Plans for
Non-Employee
Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on compensation plans for
non-employee
directors, based on:
 
 
 
The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;
 
 
The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers (in certain circumstances); and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
50 of 72
 
 
B-50

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).
On occasion,
non-employee
director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn-rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote
case-by-case
on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:
 
 
 
The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;
 
 
The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;
 
 
Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;
 
 
Equity award vesting schedules;
 
 
The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
 
 
Meaningful limits on director compensation;
 
 
The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and
 
 
The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.
Non-Employee
Director Retirement Plans
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against retirement plans for
non-employee
directors. Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
non-employee
directors.
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:
 
 
 
The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;
 
 
Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and
 
 
Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.
Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the company, board, or compensation committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid.
Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.
Generally vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation (such as types of compensation elements or specific metrics) to be used for executive or directors.
Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
51 of 72
 
 
B-51

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Vote
case-by-case
on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account relevant factors, including but not limited to: company performance, pay level and design versus peers, history of compensation concerns or
pay-for-performance
disconnect, and/or the scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal.
Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.
Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:
 
 
 
The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;
 
 
The time period required to retain the shares;
 
 
Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;
 
 
Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;
 
 
Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and
 
 
Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.
Pay Disparity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other
non-executive
employees. The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of its executive compensation setting process, including how the company considers pay disparity;
 
 
If any problematic pay practices or
pay-for-performance
concerns have been identified at the company; and
 
 
The level of shareholder support for the company’s pay programs.
Generally vote against proposals calling for the company to use the pay disparity analysis or pay ratio in a specific way to set or limit executive pay.
Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:
 
 
 
First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based awards.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
52 of 72
 
 
B-52

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.
In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.
Pay for Superior Performance
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a
pay-for-superior
performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:
 
 
 
Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;
 
 
Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;
 
 
Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and
non-financial
performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;
 
 
Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;
 
 
Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.
Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:
 
 
 
What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?
 
 
If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?
 
 
Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?
 
 
What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?
Pre-Arranged
Trading Plans
(10b5-1
Plans)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans
(10b5-1
plans) for executives. These principles include:
 
 
 
Adoption, amendment, or termination of a
10b5-1
Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a
Form 8-K;
 
 
Amendment or early termination of a
10b5-1
Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;
 
 
Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a
10b5-1
Plan and initial trading under the plan;
 
 
Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a
10b5-1
Plan;
 
 
An executive may not trade in company stock outside the
10b5-1
Plan;
 
 
Trades under a
10b5-1
Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.
Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
53 of 72
 
 
B-53

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company’s financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive’s fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.
In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, ISS will take into consideration the following factors:
 
 
 
If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;
 
 
The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;
 
 
Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;
 
 
Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;
 
 
Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or
 
 
Any other relevant factors.
Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval
prior
to entering into employment contracts.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:
 
 
 
The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;
 
 
The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable
W-2
compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs);
 
 
Change-in-control
payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.
Share Buyback Impact on Incentive Program Metrics
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting the company exclude the impact of share buybacks from the calculation of incentive program metrics, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The frequency and timing of the company’s share buybacks;
 
 
The use of
per-share
metrics in incentive plans;
 
 
The effect of recent buybacks on incentive metric results and payouts; and
 
 
Whether there is any indication of metric result manipulation.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
54 of 72
 
 
B-54

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary or those pay elements covered for the general employee population.
Tax
Gross-Up
Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not poviding tax
gross-up
payments to executives, except in situations where
gross-ups
are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.
Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.
The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
The company’s current treatment of equity upon employment termination and/or in
change-in-control
situations (i.e., vesting is double triggered and/or pro rata, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.);
 
 
Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as
gross-ups
embedded in those agreements.
Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits automatic acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives upon a voluntary termination of employment or in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
55 of 72
 
 
B-55

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
6.   Routine /Miscellaneous
Adjourn Meeting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.
Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”
Amend Quorum Requirements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.
Amend Minor Bylaws
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).
Change Company Name
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.
Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.
Vote against shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.
Other Business
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
56 of 72
 
 
B-56

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
7.   Social and Environmental Issues
Global Approach
Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short or long term.
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote
case-by-case,
examining primarily whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value. The following factors will be considered:
 
 
 
If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;
 
 
If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;
 
 
Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;
 
 
The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;
 
 
Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices;
 
 
If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and
 
 
If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Endorsement of Principles
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals seeking a company’s endorsement of principles that support a particular public policy position. Endorsing a set of principles may require a company to take a stand on an issue that is beyond its own control and may limit its flexibility with respect to future developments. Management and the board should be afforded the flexibility to make decisions on specific public policy positions based on their own assessment of the most beneficial strategies for the company.
Animal Welfare
Animal Welfare Policies
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, unless:
 
 
 
The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;
 
 
The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and
 
 
There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers’ treatment of animals.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
57 of 72
 
 
B-57

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Animal Testing
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, unless:
 
 
 
The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;
 
 
The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or
 
 
There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.
Animal Slaughter
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.
Consumer Issues
Genetically Modified Ingredients
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products. The labeling of products with GE ingredients is best left to the appropriate regulatory authorities.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:
 
 
 
The potential impact of such labeling on the company’s business;
 
 
The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and
 
 
Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling.
Generally vote against proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.
Generally vote against proposals to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such decisions are more appropriately made by management with consideration of current regulations.
Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:
 
 
 
Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;
 
 
Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;
 
 
Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and
 
 
Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
58 of 72
 
 
B-58

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:
 
 
 
The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;
 
 
Existing disclosure of relevant policies;
 
 
Deviation from established industry norms;
 
 
Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;
 
 
Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;
 
 
The potential burden and scope of the requested report;
 
 
Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.
Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain, unless:
 
 
 
The company already discloses similar information through existing reports such as a supplier code of conduct and/or a sustainability report;
 
 
The company has formally committed to the implementation of a toxic/hazardous materials and/or product safety and supply chain reporting and monitoring program based on industry norms or similar standards within a specified time frame; and
 
 
The company has not been recently involved in relevant significant controversies, fines, or litigation.
Vote
case-by-case
on resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to
phase-out
of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its product safety policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;
 
 
Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates; and
 
 
Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic/hazardous materials at the company.
Generally vote against resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.
Tobacco-Related Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:
 
 
 
Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;
 
 
Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
59 of 72
 
 
B-59

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;
 
 
Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and
 
 
Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;
 
 
 
Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;
 
 
The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and
 
 
The risk of any health-related liabilities.
Generally vote against resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to
spin-off
tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.
Generally vote against proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.
Climate Change
Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change on its operations and investments or on how the company identifies, measures, and manages such risks, considering:
 
 
 
Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;
 
 
The company’s level of disclosure compared to industry peers; and
 
 
Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s climate change-related performance.
Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:
 
 
 
The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;
 
 
The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and
 
 
There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:
 
 
 
Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;
 
 
Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;
 
 
The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;
 
 
The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
60 of 72
 
 
B-60

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.
Energy Efficiency
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies, unless:
 
 
 
The company complies with applicable energy efficiency regulations and laws, and discloses its participation in energy efficiency policies and programs, including disclosure of benchmark data, targets, and performance measures; or
 
 
The proponent requests adoption of specific energy efficiency goals within specific timelines.
Renewable Energy
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources unless the report would be duplicative of existing disclosure or irrelevant to the company’s line of business.
Generally vote against proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy resources. Such decisions are best left to management’s evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have on the company.
Generally vote against proposals that call for the adoption of renewable energy goals, taking into account:
 
 
 
The scope and structure of the proposal;
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure on renewable energy use and GHG emissions; and
 
 
The company’s disclosure of policies, practices, and oversight implemented to manage GHG emissions and mitigate climate change risks.
Diversity
Board Diversity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:
 
 
 
The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and
 
 
The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:
 
 
 
The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;
 
 
The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;
 
 
The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;
 
 
Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;
 
 
The independence of the company’s nominating committee;
 
 
Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and
 
 
Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
61 of 72
 
 
B-61

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Equality of Opportunity
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for
EEO-1
data, unless:
 
 
 
The company publicly discloses equal opportunity policies and initiatives in a comprehensive manner;
 
 
The company already publicly discloses comprehensive workforce diversity data; and
 
 
The company has no recent significant
EEO-related
violations or litigation.
Generally vote against proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers. Such requests may pose a significant burden on the company.
Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome.
Generally vote against proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from, domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.
Gender, Race/Ethnicity Pay Gap
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for reports on a company’s pay data by gender or race/ ethnicity, or a report on a company’s policies and goals to reduce any gender or race/ethnicity pay gaps, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current policies and disclosure related to both its diversity and inclusion policies and practices and its compensation philosophy on fair and equitable compensation practices;
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap issues;
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers; and
 
 
Local laws regarding categorization of race and/or ethnicity and definitions of ethnic and/or racial minorities.
Environment and Sustainability
Facility and Workplace Safety
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of its workplace health and safety performance data, health and safety management policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;
 
 
The nature of the company’s business, specifically regarding company and employee exposure to health and safety risks;
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or violations related to workplace health and safety; and
 
 
The company’s workplace health and safety performance relative to industry peers.
Vote
case-by-case
on resolutions requesting that a company report on safety and/or security risks associated with its operations and/or facilities, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
62 of 72
 
 
B-62

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and
 
 
The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.
General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for reports on policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations, considering:
 
 
 
Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;
 
 
The impact of regulatory
non-compliance,
litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;
 
 
The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);
 
 
The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and
 
 
The scope of the resolution.
Hydraulic Fracturing
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant policies and oversight mechanisms;
 
 
The company’s current level of such disclosure relative to its industry peers;
 
 
Potential relevant local, state, or national regulatory developments; and
 
 
Controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s hydraulic fracturing operations.
Operations in Protected Areas
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, unless:
 
 
 
Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;
 
 
The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or
 
 
The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.
Recycling
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to report on an existing recycling program, or adopt a new recycling program, taking into account:
 
 
 
The nature of the company’s business;
 
 
The current level of disclosure of the company’s existing related programs;
 
 
The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;
 
 
The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and
 
 
How the company’s recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.
Sustainability Reporting
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
63 of 72
 
 
B-63

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an environment, health, and safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive code of corporate conduct; and/or a diversity report; or
 
 
The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame.
Water Issues
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting a company report on, or adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;
 
 
Whether or not the company’s existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;
 
 
The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and
 
 
Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.
General Corporate Issues
Charitable Contributions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.
Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:
 
 
 
The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;
 
 
Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;
 
 
The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;
 
 
Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and
 
 
Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.
Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to link, or report on linking, executive compensation to sustainability (environmental and social) criteria, considering:
 
 
 
The scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal;
 
 
Whether the company has significant and/or persistent controversies or regulatory violations regarding social and/or environmental issues;
 
 
Whether the company has management systems and oversight mechanisms in place regarding its social and environmental performance;
 
 
The degree to which industry peers have incorporated similar
non-financial
performance criteria in their executive compensation practices; and
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its environmental and social performance.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
64 of 72
 
 
B-64

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Human Rights, Human Capital Management, and International Operations
Human Rights Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:
 
 
 
The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;
 
 
Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;
 
 
Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;
 
 
Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;
 
 
Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;
 
 
Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;
 
 
The scope of the request; and
 
 
Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process, considering:
 
 
 
The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed, including information on the implementation of these policies and any related oversight mechanisms;
 
 
The company’s industry and whether the company or its suppliers operate in countries or areas where there is a history of human rights concerns;
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights involving the company or its suppliers, and whether the company has taken remedial steps; and
 
 
Whether the proposal is unduly burdensome or overly prescriptive.
Mandatory Arbitration
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for a report on a company’s use of mandatory arbitration on employment-related claims, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims;
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims; and
 
 
The company’s disclosure of its policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements compared to its peers.
Operations in High Risk Markets
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:
 
 
 
The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
65 of 72
 
 
B-65

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;
 
 
Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;
 
 
Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and
 
 
Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets.
Outsourcing/Offshoring
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:
 
 
 
Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);
 
 
The value of the requested report to shareholders;
 
 
The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and
 
 
The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.
Sexual Harassment
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on requests for a report on company actions taken to strengthen policies and oversight to prevent workplace sexual harassment, or a report on risks posed by a company’s failure to prevent workplace sexual harassment, taking into account:
 
 
 
The company’s current policies, practices, oversight mechanisms related to preventing workplace sexual harassment;
 
 
Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to workplace sexual harassment issues; and
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding workplace sexual harassment policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers.
Weapons and Military Sales
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.
Generally vote against proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve multiple military and
non-military
uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.
Political Activities
Lobbying
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
66 of 72
 
 
B-66

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Political Contributions
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:
 
 
 
The company’s policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;
 
 
The company’s disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and
 
 
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or political activities.
Vote against proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Vote against proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.
Political Ties
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, so long as:
 
 
 
There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and
 
 
The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.
Vote against proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
67 of 72
 
 
B-67

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
8.   Mutual Fund Proxies
Election of Directors
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.
Closed End Funds- Unilateral
Opt-In
to Control Share Acquisition Statutes
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
For
closed-end
management investment companies (CEFs), vote against or withhold from nominating/governance committee members (or other directors on a
case-by-case
basis) at CEFs that have not provided a compelling rationale for
opting-in
to a Control Share Acquisition statute, nor submitted a
by-law
amendment to a shareholder vote.
Converting
Closed-end
Fund to
Open-end
Fund
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Past performance as a
closed-end
fund;
 
 
Market in which the fund invests;
 
 
Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and
 
 
Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related praposals.
Proxy Contests
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proxy contests, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Past performance relative to its peers;
 
 
Market in which the fund invests;
 
 
Measures taken by the board to address the issues;
 
 
Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;
 
 
Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;
 
 
Independence of directors;
 
 
Experience and skills of director candidates;
 
 
Governance profile of the company;
 
 
Evidence of management entrenchment.
Investment Advisory Agreements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Proposed and current fee schedules;
 
 
Fund category/investment objective;
 
 
Performance benchmarks;
 
 
Share price performance as compared with peers;
 
 
Resulting fees relative to peers;
 
 
Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Preferred Stock Proposals
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
68 of 72
 
 
B-68

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
Stated specific financing purpose;
 
 
Possible dilution for common shares;
 
 
Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.
1940 Act Policies
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Potential competitiveness;
 
 
Regulatory developments;
 
 
Current and potential returns; and
 
 
Current and potential risk.
 
 
Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a
non-fundamental
restriction, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The fund’s target investments;
 
 
The reasons given by the fund for the change; and
 
 
The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to
non-fundamental.
Name Change Proposals
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on name change proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Political/economic changes in the target market;
 
 
Consolidation in the target market; and
 
 
Current asset composition.
Change in Fund’s Subclassification
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on changes in a fund’s
sub-classification,
considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Potential competitiveness;
 
 
Current and potential returns;
 
 
Risk of concentration;
 
 
Consolidation in target industry.
Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:
 
 
 
The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
 
 
The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company’s independent directors and (2) a majority of the company’s directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
69 of 72
 
 
B-69

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
 
 
The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:
 
 
Outperforming peers in its
8-digit
GICS group as measured by
one-
and three-year median TSRs; or
 
 
Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing
non-participating
shareholders.
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Strategies employed to salvage the company;
 
 
The fund’s past performance;
 
 
The terms of the liquidation.
Changes to the Charter Document
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
The degree of change implied by the proposal;
 
 
The efficiencies that could result;
 
 
The state of incorporation;
 
 
Regulatory standards and implications.
Vote against any of the following changes:
 
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;
 
 
Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund’s shares;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements;
 
 
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.
Changing the Domicile of a Fund
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on
re-incorporations,
considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Regulations of both states;
 
 
Required fundamental policies of both states;
 
 
The increased flexibility available.
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.
Distribution Agreements
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;
 
 
The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;
 
 
The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;
 
 
The terms of the agreement.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
70 of 72
 
 
B-70

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
Master-Feeder Structure
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote for the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
Mergers
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on merger proposals, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Resulting fee structure;
 
 
Performance of both funds;
 
 
Continuity of management personnel;
 
 
Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.
Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote for the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.
Terminate the Investment Advisor
 
LOGO
General Recommendation:
Vote
case-by-case
on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:
 
 
 
Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);
 
 
The fund’s history of shareholder relations;
 
 
The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
71 of 72
 
 
B-71

U N I T E D  S T A T E S
P R O X Y  V O T I N G  G U I D E L I N E S
  
 
                
 
  
  LOGO  
 
We empower investors and companies to build
for long-term and sustainable growth by providing
high-quality data, analytics, and insight.
G E T   S T A R T E D   W I T H   I S S   S O L U T I O N S
Email sales@issgovernance.com or visit issgovernance.com for more information.
Founded in 1985, the Institutional Shareholder Services group of companies (“ISS”) is the world’s leading provider of corporate governance and responsible investment solutions alongside fund intelligence and services, events, and editorial content for institutional investors, globally. ISS’ solutions include objective governance research and recommendations; responsible investment data, analytics, and research;
end-to-end
proxy voting and distribution solutions; turnkey securities class-action claims management (provided by Securities Class Action Services, LLC); reliable global governance data and modeling tools; asset management intelligence, portfolio execution and monitoring, fund services, and media. Clients rely on ISS’ expertise to help them make informed investment decisions.
This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.
The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.
The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.
ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS,
NON-INFRINGEMENT,
COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.
Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.
©
2020 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates
 
   
I S S G O V E R N A N C E . C O M
  
 
72 of 72
 
 
B-72

 
MAI-INV5-0121D


PART C—OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits
 
 
(a
)(1) 
 
 
(a
)(2) 
 
 
(a
)(3) 
 
 
(b
 
 
(c
 
Not applicable.
 
(d
)(1) 
 
 
(d
)(2) 
 
 
(d
)(3) 
 
 
(d
)(4) 
 
 
(d
)(5) 
 
 
(d
)(6) 
 
 
(d
)(7) 
 
 
(d
)(8) 
 
 
(d
)(9) 
 
 
(e
)(1) 
 
 
(e
)(2) 
 
 
(e
)(3) 
 
 
C-1

 
(e
)(4) 
 
 
(f
 
Not applicable.
 
(g
)(1) 
 
 
(g
)(2) 
 
 
(h
)(1) 
 
 
(h
)(2) 
 
 
(h
)(3) 
 
 
(h
)(4) 
 
 
(h
)(5) 
 
 
(i
 
Not applicable.
 
(j
)(1) 
 
 
(j
)(2) 
 
 
(k
 
Not applicable.
 
(l
 
 
(m
 
 
(n
 
 
(o
 
Not applicable.
 
(p
)(1) 
 
 
(p
)(2) 
 
 
(q
 
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with the Fund
Not applicable.
 
C-2

Item 30. Indemnification
Section 4 of Article XII of Registrant’s Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in this Section 4, every person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, including persons who serve at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents of another organization in which the Trust has an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been such a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.
No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:
(a) against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of a final adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that he engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;
(b) with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Trust; or
(c) in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication (as provided in paragraph (a) or (b)) and resulting in a payment by a Covered Person, unless there has been either a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition or a reasonable determination, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that he did not engage in such conduct:
(i) by a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the Disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter); or
(ii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel.
The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which Trust personnel other than Covered Persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.
Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Section 4 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 4, provided that either:
(a) such undertaking is secured by a surety bond or some other appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of any such advances; or
(b) a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the Disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter) or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based upon a review of the readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the recipient ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
As used in this Section 4, a “Disinterested Trustee” is one (x) who is not an Interested Person of the Trust (including, as such Disinterested Trustee, anyone who has been exempted from being an
 
C-3

Interested Person by any rule, regulation or order of the Commission), and (y) against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending.
As used in this Section 4, the words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, actions, suits, proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or other, including appeals), actual or threatened; and the word “liability” and “expenses” shall include without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.
 
 
The trustees and officers of the Registrant are covered by joint errors and omissions insurance policies against liability and expenses of claims of wrongful acts arising out of their position with the Registrant and other Nuveen funds, subject to such policies’ coverage limits, exclusions and deductibles.
Insofar as the indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) may be permitted to the officers, trustees or controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the Declaration of Trust of the Registrant or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by an officer or trustee or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such officer, trustee or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
(a) Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“Nuveen Fund Advisors”) (formerly known as Nuveen Fund Advisors, Inc. and Nuveen Asset Management) manages the Registrant and serves as investment adviser or manager to other open-end and closed-end management investment companies. The principal business address for all of these investment companies and the persons named below is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
A description of any business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the directors and officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors who serve as officers or trustees of the Registrant have engaged during the last two years for his or her account or in the capacity of director, officer,
 
C-4

employee, partner or trustee appears under “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information. Such information for the remaining senior officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors appears below:
 
Name and Position with Nuveen Fund Advisors
  
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years
Oluseun Salami, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  


Director (since 2020) NIS/R&T, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Nuveen Alternative Advisors LLC (since 2020), Nuveen, LLC (since 2020), Teachers Advisors, LLC (since 2020), TIAA-CREF Asset Management LLC (since 2020) and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (since 2020); Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Business Finance and Planning (since 2020) Chief Accounting Officer (2019), Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller (2018-2020), Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller, College Retirement Equities Fund, TIAA Board of Overseers, TIAA Separate Account VA-1, TIAA-CREF Funds, TIAA-CREF Life Funds (2018-2020).
Erik Mogavero, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer
  


Formerly employed by Deutsche Bank (2013-2017) as Managing Director, Head of Asset Management and Wealth Management Compliance for the Americas region and Chief Compliance Officer of Deutsche Investment Management Americas.
Michael A. Perry, Executive Vice President
  
Co-Chief Executive Officer (since April 2019), formerly, Executive Vice President (2017-2019), formerly, Managing Director (2015-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; and Executive Vice President (since 2017) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC.
Megan Sendlak, Managing Director and Controller
  
Managing Director and Controller (since 2020) of Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, Nuveen Investments, Inc., Teachers Advisors, LLC, and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Managing Director and Controller (since 2020), formerly, Vice President and Corporate Accounting Director (2018-2020) of Nuveen, LLC; Vice President and Assistant Controller (since 2019) of NIS/R&T, INC., NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC and Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC.
 
C-5

(b) Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management”) acts as the
sub-investment
adviser to Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund, and also serves as
sub-investment
adviser to other
open-end
and
closed-end
funds and investment adviser to separately managed accounts. The following is a list of the senior officers of Nuveen Asset Management. The principal business address of each person is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
A description of any business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the directors and officers of Nuveen Asset Management who serve as officers or trustees of the Registrant have engaged during the last two years for his or her account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee appears under “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information. Such information for the remaining senior officers of Nuveen Asset Management appears below:
 
Name
  
Position and Offices with
Nuveen Asset Management
  
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years
William T. Huffman
  
President
  
None
Stuart J. Cohen
  
Managing Director and Head of Legal
  
Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2002) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2007) and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC.
Travis M. Pauley
  
Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer
  
Regional Head of Compliance and Regulatory Legal (2013-2020) of AXA Investment Managers.
Megan Sendlak
  
Managing Director and Controller
  
Managing Director and Controller (since 2020) of Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, Nuveen Investments, Inc., Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Managing Director and Controller (since 2020), formerly, Vice President and Corporate Accounting Director (2018-2020) of Nuveen, LLC; Vice President and Assistant Controller (since 2019) of NIS/R&T, INC., NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC and Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC.
(c) NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC (“NWQ”) acts as sub-investment adviser to the Registrant for Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund. In addition, NWQ serves as sub-investment adviser to other open-end funds and as investment adviser to separately managed accounts. The following is a list of the executive officers of NWQ. The principal business address of each person is 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90067.
 
Name
  
Positions and Offices with NWQ
  
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years
Jon D. Bosse, CFA
  
Chief Investment Officer, Co-head of NWQ,
Portfolio Manager, Equity Analyst
  
None
Mary Ann Iudice
  
Chief Compliance Officer
  
Chief Compliance Officer of Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC.
 
C-6

Name
  
Positions and Offices with NWQ
  
Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years
Thomas J. Lavia, Jr.
  
Co-head of NWQ, Director of Research, Portfolio Manager, Equity Analyst
  
None
Avi M. Mizrachi
  
Senior Managing Director, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
  
Senior Managing Director, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC.
Item 32. Principal Underwriters
(a) Nuveen Securities, LLC (“Nuveen”) acts as principal underwriter to the following open-end management type investment companies: Nuveen Multistate Trust I, Nuveen Multistate Trust II, Nuveen Multistate Trust III, Nuveen Multistate Trust IV, Nuveen Municipal Trust, Nuveen Managed Accounts Portfolios Trust, Nuveen Investment Trust, Nuveen Investment Trust II, Nuveen Investment Trust III, Nuveen Investment Funds, Inc., NuShares ETF Trust, TIAA-CREF Life Funds, TIAA-CREF Funds and the Registrant.
(b)
 
Name and Principal
Business Address
  
Positions and Offices
with Nuveen Securities
  
Positions and Offices
with Registrant
Deann D. Morgan
100 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016
  
Co-Chief Executive Officer
  
Vice President
Michael A. Perry
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
  
Co-Chief Executive Officer
  
None
William Huffman
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
  
Executive Vice President
  
None
Kevin J. McCarthy
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
  
Senior Managing Director and Assistant Secretary
  
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Christopher M. Rohrbacher
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
  
Managing Director and Assistant Secretary
  
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Lucas A. Satre
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
  
Managing Director, Secretary and General Counsel
  
None
Mark J. Czarniecki
901 Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
  
Vice President and Secretary
(c) Not applicable.
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records
Nuveen Fund Advisors, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, maintains the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, minutes of trustees and shareholder meetings and contracts of the Registrant and all advisory material of the investment adviser.
 
C-7

State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, currently maintains all general and subsidiary ledgers, journals, trial balances, records of all portfolio purchases and sales, and all other required records not maintained by Nuveen Fund Advisors.
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 219140, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9140, maintains all the required records in its capacity as transfer, dividend paying, and shareholder service agent for the Registrant.
Item 34. Management Services
Not applicable.
Item 35. Undertakings
Not applicable.
 
C-8

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this registration statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and has duly caused this
post-effective
amendment to its registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Chicago and State of Illinois, on the 28th day of January, 2021.
 
NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V
BY:
 
/S/    MARK J. CZARNIECKI        
 
Mark J. Czarniecki
Vice President and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this post-effective amendment to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
Signature
  
Title
 
 
 
 
 
Date
/S/    E. SCOTT WICKERHAM
E. SCOTT WICKERHAM
  
Vice President and Controller (principal financial and accounting officer)
 
 
 
January 28, 2021
/S/    CHRISTOPHER E. STICKROD
CHRISTOPHER E. STICKROD
  
Chief Administrative Officer (principal executive officer)
 
 
 
January 28, 2021
TERENCE J. TOTH*
  
Chairman of the Board and Trustee
 
ü

ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ý
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
ï
þ
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    MARK J. CZARNIECKI
MARK J. CZARNIECKI
Attorney-in-Fact
January 28, 2021
JACK B. EVANS*
  
Trustee
WILLIAM C. HUNTER*
  
Trustee
ALBIN F. MOSCHNER*
  
Trustee
JOHN K. NELSON*
  
Trustee
JUDITH M. STOCKDALE*
  
Trustee
CAROLE E. STONE*
  
Trustee
MATTHEW THORNTON III*
  
Trustee
MARGARET L. WOLFF*
  
Trustee
ROBERT L. YOUNG*
  
Trustee
 
*
An original power of attorney authorizing, among others, Mark J. Czarniecki and Christopher M. Rohrbacher to execute this registration statement, and amendments thereto, for each of the trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this registration statement is filed, has been executed and is filed herewith.

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit
Number
  
Exhibit
(b)
  
By-Laws of Registrant, amended and restated as of May 20, 2020.
(d)(4)
  
Continuance of Management Agreement between Registrant and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, dated July 30, 2020.
(d)(8)
  
Notice of Continuance of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, dated July 31, 2020.
(d)(9)
  
Notice of Continuance of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, dated July 31, 2020.
(e)(4)
  
Renewal of Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Nuveen Securities, LLC (f/k/a Nuveen Investments, LLC), dated August 7, 2020.
(g)(2)
  
Amendment and Appendix A to the Amended and Restated Custodian Agreement, updated as of July 31, 2020.
(h)(3)
  
Amendment and Schedule A to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, effective as of May 10, 2020.
(h)(4)
  
Amendment and Schedule A to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, effective as of December 7, 2020.
(h)(5)
  
Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between the Nuveen Funds and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated August 12, 2020.
(j)(1)
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, dated January 22, 2021.
(j)(2)
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, dated January 22, 2021.
(p)(1)
  
Code of Ethics, as amended August 13, 2020.
(q)
  
Original Powers of Attorney of Messrs. Evans, Hunter, Moschner, Nelson, Thornton, Toth and Young and Mss. Stockdale, Stone and Wolff, dated November 19, 2020.

BY-LAWS

OF

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V

ORGANIZED AS

MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS TRUSTS

(Amended and Restated as of May 20, 2020)

ARTICLE I

DECLARATION OF TRUST

AND

OFFICES

Section 1.1.    The Trust; Declaration of Trust. These are the By-Laws, of each Nuveen Open-End Fund listed on Exhibit A, each a Massachusetts business trust established by its own Declaration of Trust (each such fund being referred to individually as the “Trust”). The Trust shall be subject to the Declaration of Trust, as from time to time in effect (the “Declaration of Trust”).

Section 1.2.    Other Offices. The Trust may have such other offices and places of business within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Board of Trustees shall determine.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1.    Place of Meetings. (a) Meetings of the Shareholders may be held at such place or places within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as shall be fixed by the Board of Trustees and stated in the notice of the meeting, or in accordance with the following paragraph (b).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these By-Laws, the Trustees or a committee of the Board of Trustees or an officer of the Trust designated by the Board of Trustees for such purpose may determine at any time, including, without limitation, after the calling of any meeting of Shareholders, that any meeting of Shareholders be held solely by means of remote


 

-2-

    

communication or both at a physical location and by means of remote communication. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these By-Laws, if it is determined after notice of the meeting has been delivered to Shareholders that participation by Shareholders in the meeting shall or may be conducted by means of remote communication, announcement of such change may be made at any time by press release or any other means as may be permitted or required by Applicable Law (as defined below). Shareholders and proxy holders entitled to be present and to vote at the meeting that are not physically present at such a meeting but participate by means of remote communication shall be considered present in person for all purposes under these By-Laws and may vote at such a meeting. Subject to any guidelines and procedures that the Board of Trustees (or such committee or officer) may adopt, any meeting at which Shareholders or proxy holders are permitted to participate by means of remote communication shall be conducted in accordance with the following, except to the extent otherwise permitted by the federal securities laws and the rules thereunder applicable to the Trust, including any exemptive, interpretive or other relief (including no-action relief) or guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, “Applicable Law”).

(i) The Trust shall implement, at the direction of the Chief Administrative Officer or his or her designee, reasonable measures to verify that each person considered present and authorized to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a Shareholder or proxy holder;

(ii) The Trust shall implement, at the direction of the Chief Administrative Officer or his or her designee, reasonable measures to provide the Shareholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the Shareholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with the proceedings; and

(iii) In the event any Shareholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of the vote or other action shall be maintained by the Trust.

Section 2.2.    Regular Meeting. Regular meetings of the Shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on an annual or other less frequent periodic basis at such date and time as the Board of Trustees by resolution shall designate, except as otherwise required by applicable law.


 

-3-

    

Section 2.3.    Special Meeting. Special meetings of the Shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Administrative Officer or two or more Trustees, and may also be called at the written request stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting, of Shareholders entitled to cast at least l0 percent of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.

Section 2.4.    Notice of Meetings. Notice stating the time and place of the meeting and in the case of a special meeting the purpose or purposes thereof and by whom called, shall be delivered to each Shareholder not less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the meeting, except where the meeting is an adjourned meeting and the date, time and place of the meeting were announced at the time of the adjournment.

Section 2.5.    Quorum and Action. (a) The holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of beneficial interest of the Trust (the “Shares”) entitled to vote at a meeting are a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the Shareholders present may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of Shareholders originally present leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, when the holders of Preferred Shares are entitled to elect any of the Trust’s Trustees by class vote of such holders, the holders of 33 1/3% of the Shares entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of such an election.

(b)    The Shareholders shall take action by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority, except in the case of the election of Trustees which shall only require a plurality, of the voting power of the Shares present and entitled to vote at a meeting of Shareholders at which a quorum is present, except as may be otherwise required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Declaration of Trust or any resolution of the Trustees which authorizes the issuance of Preferred Shares.

Section 2.6.    Voting. At each meeting of the Shareholders, every holder of Shares then entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy and shall have one vote for each Share registered in his or her name.

Section 2.7.    Proxy Representation. A Shareholder may cast or authorize the casting of a vote by filing a written appointment of a proxy with an officer of the Trust at or before the meeting at which the appointment is to be effective. The placing of a Shareholder’s name on a proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures which are reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such Shareholder, shall constitute execution of such proxy by or on behalf of such


 

-4-

    

Shareholder. The appointment of a proxy is valid for eleven months, unless a longer period is expressly provided in the appointment. No appointment is irrevocable unless the appointment is coupled with an interest in the Shares or in the Trust. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a proxy may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original proxy for any and all purposes for which the original proxy could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original proxy.

Section 2.8.    Adjourned and Postponed Meetings. Any meeting of Shareholders may by announcement by the person presiding thereat, be adjourned to a designated time and place (or to be held in accordance with Section 2.1(b) hereof) by the vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present and entitled to vote thereon with respect to the matter to be adjourned whether or not a quorum is so present.    Any meeting of Shareholders may be postponed prior to the meeting by the Trustees or a committee of the Board of Trustees or an officer of the Trust designated by the Board of Trustees for such purpose, in which case announcement of such postponement may be made by press release or other means of public communication as permitted or required by Applicable Law (as defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof). An adjourned or postponed meeting may reconvene or convene as designated or announced, and when a quorum is present any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

Section 2.9.    Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting of Shareholders. See Section 6.3 of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE III

TRUSTEES

Section 3.1.    Qualifications and Number: Vacancies. Each Trustee shall be a natural person. A Trustee need not be a Shareholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The number of Trustees of the Trust, their term and election and the filling of vacancies, shall be as provided in the Declaration of Trust.

Section 3.2.    Powers. The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees. All powers of the Trust may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Trustees, except those conferred on or reserved to the Shareholders by statute, the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws.


 

-5-

    

Section 3.3.    Investment Policies. It shall be the duty of the Board of Trustees to ensure that the purchase, sale, retention and disposal of portfolio securities and the other investment practices of the Trust are at all times consistent with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions with respect to securities investments and otherwise of the Trust filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as required by the 1940 Act, unless such duty is delegated to an investment adviser pursuant to a written contract, as provided in the Declaration of Trust. The Trustees, however, may delegate the duty of management of the assets of the Trust and may delegate such other of their powers and duties to the Executive Committee or any other committee, or to an individual or corporate investment adviser to act as investment adviser or subadviser pursuant to a written contract.

Section 3.4.    Meetings. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without notice at such times as the Trustees shall fix. Special meetings of the Trustees may be called by the Chair of the Board or the Chief Administrative Officer, and shall be called at the written request of two or more Trustees. Unless waived by each Trustee, three days’ notice of special meetings shall be given to each Trustee in person, by mail, by telephone, or by telegram or cable, or by any other means that reasonably may be expected to provide similar notice. Notice of special meetings need not state the purpose or purposes thereof. Meetings of the Trustees may be held at any place within or outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. A conference among Trustees by any means of communication through which the Trustees may simultaneously hear each other during the conference constitutes a meeting of the Trustees or of a committee of the Trustees, if the notice requirements have been met (or waived) and if the number of Trustees participating in the conference would be sufficient to constitute a quorum at such meeting. Participation in such meeting by that means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.5.    Quorum and Action. A majority of the Trustees currently holding office, or in the case of a meeting of a committee of the Trustees, a majority of the members of such committee, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting. If a quorum is present when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the Trustees present may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of Trustees originally present leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum. At any duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the Trustees present shall be the act of the Trustees or the committee, as the case may be, on any question, except where the act of a greater number is required by these By-Laws or by the Declaration of Trust.


 

-6-

    

Section 3.6.    Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Meetings of Trustees. An action which is required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Trustees or a committee of the Trustees may be taken by written action signed by the number of Trustees that would be required to take the same action at a meeting of the Trustees or committee, as the case may be, at which all Trustees were present. The written action is effective when signed by the required number of Trustees, unless a different effective time is provided in the written action. When written action is taken by less than all Trustees, all Trustees shall be notified immediately of its text and effective date.

Section 3.7.    Committees. The Trustees, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees, may designate from their members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee (whose function shall be to advise the Trustees as to the selection of and review of the work of the independent public accountants of the Trust) and any other committee or committees, each such committee to consist of two or more Trustees and to have such powers and authority (to the extent permitted by law) as may be provided in such resolution. Any such committee may be terminated at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1.    Number and Qualifications. The officers of the Trust shall include a Chief Administrative Officer, a Controller, one or more Vice Presidents (one of whom may be designated Executive Vice President), a Treasurer, and a Secretary. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Unless otherwise determined by the Trustees, each officer shall be appointed by the Trustees for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Trustees following the next regular meeting of Shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall have resigned or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws. The Trustees may from time to time elect, or delegate to the Chair of the Board or the Chief Administrative Officer, or both, the power to appoint, such officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries) and such agents as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Trust. Such other officers shall hold office for such terms as may be prescribed by the Trustees or by the appointing authority. The Chair of the Board is not deemed to be an officer of the Trust by virtue of serving as Board Chair.

Section 4.2.    Resignations. Any officer of the Trust may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Trustees, the Chair of the


 

-7-

    

Board, the Chief Administrative Officer or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.3.    Removal. An officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees present at a duly convened meeting of the Trustees.

Section 4.4.    Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Trustees, or in the manner determined by the Trustees.

Section 4.5.    The Chair of the Board. The Chair of the Board shall be elected from among the Trustees. He or she shall:

(a)    have general active management of the business of the Trust;

(b)    when present, preside at all meetings of the Trustees and of the Shareholders, except that regardless of whether present he or she may delegate (i) the responsibility to preside at meetings of the Trustees to another Trustee, and (ii) the responsibility to preside at meetings of the Shareholders to another Trustee, to the Chief Administrative Officer, or to another officer of the Fund;

(c)    see that all orders and resolutions of the Trustees are carried into effect;

(d)    sign and deliver in the name of the Trust any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments pertaining to the business of the Trust, except in cases in which the authority to sign and deliver is required by law to be exercised by another person or is expressly delegated by the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws or by the Trustees to some other officer or agent of the Trust; and

(e)    maintain records of and, whenever necessary, certify all proceedings of the Trustees and the Shareholders.

In the absence of the Chief Administrative Officer or in the event of his or her disability, or inability to act or to continue to act, the Chair of the Board may either (i) perform the duties of the Chief Administrative Officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the


 

-8-

    

Chief Administrative Officer; or (ii) appoint a temporary Chief Administrative Officer who, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to the restrictions upon, the Chief Administrative Officer.

Moreover, in the absence of the Chair, or in the event of his or her disability, or inability to act or to continue to act, the Board of Trustees may appoint a temporary Chair who shall be empowered to perform the duties of the Chair, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chair.

The Chair of the Board shall be authorized to do or cause to be done all things necessary or appropriate, including preparation, execution and filing of any documents, to effectuate the registration from time to time of the Shares of the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. He or she shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chair of the Board and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees or by these By-Laws.

Section 4.6.    The Chief Administrative Officer. The Chief Administrative Officer shall be the chief executive and operating officer of the Trust and, subject to the Chair of the Board, he or she shall have general authority over and general management and control of the business and affairs of the Trust. In general, he or she shall discharge all duties incident to the office of the chief executive and operating officer of the Trust and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Trustees from time to time. The Chief Administrative Officer shall be authorized to do or cause to be done all things necessary or appropriate, including preparation, execution and filing of any documents, to effectuate the registration from time to time of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares of the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. He or she shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Administrative Officer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees or by these By-Laws.

Section 4.7.    Executive Vice-President. In the case of the absence or inability to act of the Chief Administrative Officer and the Chair of the Board, the Executive Vice-President shall perform the duties of the Chief Administrative Officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Administrative Officer. The Executive Vice-President shall perform all duties incident to the office of Executive Vice-President and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees, the Chief Administrative Officer or these By-Laws.


 

-9-

    

Section 4.8.    Vice Presidents. Each Vice-President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees, the Chair of the Board or the Chief Administrative Officer.

Section 4.9.    Controller. The Controller shall:

(a)    keep accurate financial records for the Trust;

(b)    render to the Chair of the Board, the Chief Administrative Officer and the Trustees, whenever requested, an account of all transactions by and of the financial condition of the Trust; and

(c)    in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Controller and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees, the Chair of the Board or the Chief Administrative Officer.

Section 4.10.    Treasurer. The Treasurer shall:

(a)    have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all the funds and securities of the Trust, except those which the Trust has placed in the custody of a bank or trust company pursuant to a written agreement designating such bank or trust company as custodian of the property of the Trust, as required by Section 6.6 of these By-Laws;

(b)    deposit all money, drafts, and checks in the name of and to the credit of the Trust in the banks and depositories designated by the Trustees;

(c)    endorse for deposit all notes, checks, and drafts received by the Trust making proper vouchers therefor:

(d)    disburse corporate funds and issue checks and drafts in the name of the Trust, as ordered by the Trustees; and

(e)    in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees, the Chair of the Board or the Chief Administrative Officer.

Section 4.11.    Secretary. The Secretary shall:


 

-10-

    

(a)    keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Trustees, the committees of the Trustees and the Shareholders;

(b)    see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by statute;

(c)    be custodian of the records of the Trust;

(d)    see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by statute to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and

(e)    in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees, the Chair of the Board or the Chief Administrative Officer.

Section 4.12.    Salaries. The salaries of all officers shall be fixed by the Trustees and the Trustees.

ARTICLE V

SHARES

Section 5.1.    Share Certificates. Each owner of Common Shares of the Trust shall be entitled upon request to have a certificate, in such form as shall be approved by the Trustees, representing the number of Common Shares of the Trust owned by him or her. Certificates representing fractional Common Shares shall not be issued. The certificates representing Common Shares shall be signed in the name of the Trust by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Executive Vice President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer (which signatures may be either manual or facsimile, engraved or printed). In case any officer who shall have signed such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificates shall be issued, they may nevertheless be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if such officer were still in office at the date of their issuance. No certificates representing Preferred Shares shall be issued except as the Trustees may otherwise authorize.

Section 5.2.    Books and Records; Inspection. The Trust shall keep at its principal executive office, or at another place or places within the United States determined by the Trustees, a share register not more than one year old, containing the names and addresses of the shareholders and the number of Shares


 

-11-

    

held by each Shareholder. The Trust shall also keep, at its principal executive office, or at another place or places within the United States determined by the Trustees, a record of the dates on which certificates representing Shares were issued.

Section 5.3.    Share Transfers. Upon compliance with any provisions restricting the transferability of Shares that may be set forth in the Declaration of Trust, these By-Laws, or any resolution or written agreement in respect thereof, transfers of Shares of the Trust shall be made only on the books of the Trust by the registered holder thereof, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with an officer of the Trust, or with a transfer agent or a registrar and on surrender of any certificate or certificates for such Shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes thereon. Except as may be otherwise provided by law or these By-Laws, the person in whose name Shares stand on the books of the Trust shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Trust; provided that whenever any transfer of Shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, such fact, if known to an officer of the Trust, shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer.

Section 5.4.    Regulations. The Trustees may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, certification, transfer and registration of Shares of the Trust. They may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents or one or more transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates for Shares to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

Section 5.5.    Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any certificate representing Shares of the Trust shall immediately notify the Trust of any loss, destruction or mutilation of such certificate, and the Trust may issue a new certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it which the owner thereof shall allege to have been lost or destroyed or which shall have been mutilated, and the Trustees may, in their discretion, require such owner or his or her legal representatives to give to the Trust a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, and in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees in their absolute discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Trust against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate, or the issuance of a new certificate. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustees, in their absolute discretion, may refuse to issue any such new certificate, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 5.6.    Record Date; Certification of Beneficial Owner. (a) The Trustees may fix a date not more than ninety (90) days before the date of a


 

-12-

    

meeting of Shareholders as the date for the determination of the holders of Shares entitled to notice of and entitled to vote at the meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

(b)    The Trustees may fix a date for determining Shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of Shares.

(c)    In the absence of such fixed record date, (i) the date for determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of and entitled to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall be the later of the close of business on the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the thirtieth day before the meeting, and (ii) the date for determining Shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution or an allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of Shares shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Trustees is adopted.

(d)    A resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees present may establish a procedure whereby a Shareholder may certify in writing to the Trust that all or a portion of the Shares registered in the name of the Shareholder are held for the account of one or more beneficial owners. Upon receipt by the Trust of the writing, the persons specified as beneficial owners, rather than the actual Shareholders, are deemed the Shareholders for the purposes specified in the writing.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Trust shall be as fixed by the Trustees of the Trust.

Section 6.2.    Notice and Waiver of Notice. (a) Any notice of a meeting required to be given under these By-Laws to Shareholders or Trustees, or both, may be waived by any such person (i) orally or in writing signed by such person before, at or after the meeting or (ii) by attendance at the meeting in person or, in the case of a Shareholder, by proxy.

(b)    Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices required by these By-Laws shall be printed or written, and shall be delivered either personally, by telecopy, telegraph or cable, or by mail or courier or delivery service, and, if mailed, shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the


 

-13-

    

United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Shareholder or Trustee at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Trust.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1.    These By-Laws may be amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Trustees at any meeting thereof or by action of the Trustees by written consent in lieu of a meeting.


Exhibit A

NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

(Organized as Massachusetts Business Trusts)

Nuveen Investment Trust

Nuveen Investment Trust II

Nuveen Investment Trust III

Nuveen Investment Trust V, organized September 27, 2006

CONTINUANCE OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

Agreement made as of this 30th day of July 2020, by and between the entities listed on Appendix A (the “Funds”), and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), to be effective August 1, 2020.

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are the contracting parties under each certain Investment Management Agreement (the “Agreements”) pursuant to which the Adviser furnishes investment management and other services to each Fund ; and

WHEREAS, each Agreement terminates August 1, 2020 unless continued in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors/Trustees, at meetings held May 19-21, 2020, have approved each Agreement, as amended as set forth in Appendix B hereto, and its continuance until August 1, 2021 in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in each Agreement the parties hereto do hereby continue each Agreement in effect until August 1, 2021 and ratify and confirm the Agreements in all respects.

 

     On behalf of the Nuveen Funds
     Listed on Appendix A
  By:            /s/ Gifford R. Zimmerman        
             Vice President
  NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC
  By:            /s/ Christopher M. Rohrbacher        
                     Managing Director


Appendix A

As of August 1, 2020

NUVEEN CLOSED-END FUNDS

 

  

TICKER SYMBOLS

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Credit Income Fund

  

NVG

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Value Fund

  

NUW

Nuveen AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NEA

Nuveen Arizona Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NAZ

Nuveen California AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NKX

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2

  

NCB

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

  

NCA

Nuveen California Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NAC

Nuveen California Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

  

NXC

Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund

  

JCE

Nuveen Credit Opportunities 2022 Target Term Fund

  

JCO

Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund

  

JQC

Nuveen Diversified Dividend and Income Fund

  

JDD

Nuveen Dow 30SM Dynamic Overwrite Fund

  

DIAX

Nuveen Emerging Markets Debt 2022 Target Term Fund

  

JEMD

Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Value Fund

  

NEV

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund

  

JFR

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund

  

JRO

Nuveen Georgia Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NKG

Nuveen Global High Income Fund

  

JGH

Nuveen High Income 2020 Target Term Fund

  

JHY

Nuveen High Income 2023 Target Term Fund

  

JHAA

Nuveen High Income November 2021 Target Term Fund

  

JHB

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Term Fund

  

NID

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Quality Municipal Term Fund

  

NIQ

Nuveen Maryland Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NMY

Nuveen Massachusetts Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NMT

Nuveen Michigan Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NUM

Nuveen Minnesota Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NMS

Nuveen Missouri Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NOM

Nuveen Mortgage and Income Fund

  

JLS

Nuveen Multi-Market Income Fund

  

JMM

Nuveen Municipal 2021 Target Term Fund

  

NHA

Nuveen Municipal Credit Income Fund

  

NZF

Nuveen Municipal High Income Opportunity Fund

  

NMZ

Nuveen Municipal Income Fund, Inc.

  

NMI

Nuveen Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

  

NUV

Nuveen NASDAQ 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

  

QQQX

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Value Fund

  

NJV

Nuveen New Jersey Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NXJ

Nuveen New York AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NRK

Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund 2

  

NYV

Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

  

NNY

Nuveen New York Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NAN

Nuveen New York Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

  

NXN

Nuveen Ohio Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NUO


Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Value Fund

  

NPN

Nuveen Pennsylvania Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NQP

Nuveen Preferred & Income Opportunities Fund

  

JPC

Nuveen Preferred & Income Securities Fund

  

JPS

Nuveen Preferred and Income 2022 Term Fund

  

JPT

Nuveen Preferred and Income Term Fund

  

JPI

Nuveen Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NAD

Nuveen Real Asset Income and Growth Fund

  

JRI

Nuveen Real Estate Income Fund

  

JRS

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

  

SPXX

Nuveen S&P 500 Buy-Write Income Fund

  

BXMX

Nuveen Select Maturities Municipal Fund

  

NIM

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 2

  

NXQ

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 3

  

NXR

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

  

NXP

Nuveen Senior Income Fund

  

NSL

Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund

  

JSD

Nuveen Taxable Municipal Income Fund

  

NBB

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Dividend Growth Fund

  

JTD

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Total Return Strategy Fund

  

JTA

Nuveen Virginia Quality Municipal Income Fund

  

NPV

NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

NUVEEN MUNICIPAL TRUST

Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST I

Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST II

Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST III

Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund


Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST IV

Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST

Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II

Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund

Nuveen International Growth Fund

Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Large Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Small Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III

Nuveen Symphony High Yield Income Fund

Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V

Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Gresham Managed Futures Strategy Fund

Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund

Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund


NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST

Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio

NUVEEN INVESTMENT FUNDS, INC.

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund

Nuveen Credit Income Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Strategic Income Fund

NuSHARES ETF TRUST

Nuveen Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF (NUAG)

Nuveen Short-Term REIT ETF (NURE)

Nuveen ESG Large-Cap Growth ETF (NULG)

Nuveen ESG Large-Cap Value ETF (NULV)

Nuveen ESG Mid-Cap Growth ETF (NUMG)

Nuveen ESG Mid-Cap Value ETF (NUMV)

Nuveen ESG Small-Cap ETF (NUSC)

Nuveen Enhanced Yield 1-5 Year U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF (NUSA)

Nuveen ESG Emerging Markets Equity ETF (NUEM)

Nuveen ESG International Developed Markets Equity ETF (NUDM)

Nuveen ESG U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF (NUBD)

Nuveen ESG Large-Cap ETF (NULC)

NUVEEN FUNDS

NOTICE OF CONTINUANCE OF INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENTS

WHEREAS, Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”) and Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”) have entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements (the “Agreements”), pursuant to which the Sub-Adviser furnishes investment advisory services to the funds listed on Schedule A (the “Funds”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Agreements, the Agreements shall continue in force from year to year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved for each Fund (as defined in each Agreement) at least annually in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

NOW THEREFORE, this Notice memorializes between the parties that the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund, including the independent Directors/Trustees, at a meeting called in part for the purpose of reviewing the Agreement, have approved the continuance of the Agreement with respect to each Fund until August 1, 2021, in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Dated as of July 31, 2020

 

NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC
By:           Christopher M. Rohrbacher
Its:           Managing Director

 

NUVEEN ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:           Gifford R. Zimmerman
Its:           Managing Director


Schedule A

 

Closed-End Fund/ticker   Date of
Contract
  Date of
Renewal

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Credit Income Fund (NVG)

  4-11-16   8-1-20

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Value Fund (NUW)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund (NEA)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Arizona Quality Municipal Income Fund (NAZ)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen California AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund (NKX)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (NCB)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (NCA)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen California Quality Municipal Income Fund (NAC)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen California Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio (NXC)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund (JCE)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Dow 30SM Dynamic Overwrite Fund (DIAX)

  12-5-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Value Fund (NEV)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Georgia Quality Municipal Income Fund (NKG)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Global High Income Fund (JGH)

  11-7-14   8-1-20

Nuveen High Income 2020 Target Term Fund (JHY)

  6-10-15   8-1-20

Nuveen High Income 2023 Target Term Fund (JHAA)

  10-24-18   8-1-20

Nuveen High Income November 2021 Target Term Fund (JHB)

  2-11-16   8-1-20

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Term Fund (NID)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Quality Municipal Term Fund (NIQ)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Maryland Quality Municipal Income Fund (NMY)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Massachusetts Quality Municipal Income Fund (NMT)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Michigan Quality Municipal Income Fund (NUM)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Minnesota Quality Municipal Income Fund (NMS)

  10-6-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Missouri Quality Municipal Income Fund (NOM)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Multi-Market Income Fund (JMM)

  11-19-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Municipal 2021 Target Term Fund (NHA)

  1-9-16   8-1-20

Nuveen Municipal Credit Income Fund (NZF)

  4-11-16   8-1-20

Nuveen Municipal High Income Opportunity Fund (NMZ)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Municipal Income Fund, Inc. (NMI)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (NUV)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen NASDAQ 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund (QQQX)

  12-5-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Value Fund (NJV)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New Jersey Quality Municipal Income Fund (NXJ)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New York AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund (NRK)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund 2 (NYV)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (NNY)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New York Quality Municipal Income Fund (NAN)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen New York Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio (NXN)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Ohio Quality Municipal Income Fund (NUO)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Value Fund (NPN)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Pennsylvania Quality Municipal Income Fund (NQP)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Preferred & Income Opportunities Fund (JPC)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Preferred and Income 2022 Term Fund (JPT)

  11-16-16   8-1-20

Nuveen Preferred and Income Term Fund (JPI)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Quality Municipal Income Fund (NAD)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Real Asset Income and Growth Fund (JRI)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund (SPXX)

  12-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Select Maturities Municipal Fund (NIM)

  10-1-14   8-1-20


Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio (NXP)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 2 (NXQ)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 3 (NXR)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Dividend Growth Fund (JTD)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Taxable Municipal Income Fund (NBB)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

Nuveen Virginia Quality Municipal Income Fund (NPV)

  10-1-14   8-1-20

OPEN-END FUNDS

REGISTRANT   FUND   Date of
Contract
  Date of
Renewal

NUVEEN

  Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

MUNICIPAL

  Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

TRUST

  Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund   12-16-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

MULTI-STATE

  Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

TRUST I

  Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

MULTI-STATE

  Nuveen California Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund   10-19-16   8-1-20

TRUST II

  Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

MULTI-STATE

  Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

TRUST III

  Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

MULTI-STATE

  Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

TRUST IV

  Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

INVESTMENT

  Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

TRUST

  Nuveen Large Cap Growth Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund   11-5-18   8-1-20

INVESTMENT

  Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund   10-15-14   8-1-20

TRUST II

  Nuveen International Growth Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20


                         
REGISTRANT   FUND   Date of
Contract
  Date of
Renewal

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund   3-20-18   8-1-20

INVESTMENT

  Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

TRUST V

          8-1-20
NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST   Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio   10-1-14   8-1-20

NUVEEN

  Nuveen Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen High Income Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

INVESTMENT

  Nuveen Dividend Value Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

FUNDS, INC.

  Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20
    Nuveen Strategic Income Fund   10-1-14   8-1-20

NOTICE OF CONTINUANCE OF INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”) and NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”) have entered into Sub-Advisory Agreements and continued to August 1, 2020, pursuant to which the Sub-Adviser furnishes investment advisory services to various series of Nuveen Investment Trust, Nuveen Investment Trust II and Nuveen Investment Trust V as listed below; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Agreements, the Agreements shall continue in force from year to year after the initial effective period, provided that such continuance is specifically approved for each Portfolio (as defined in each Agreement) at least annually in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

NOW THEREFORE, this Notice memorializes between the parties that the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds, including the independent Trustees, at a meeting called in part for the purpose of reviewing the Agreements, have approved the continuance of the Agreements with respect to each Portfolio until August 1, 2021, in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Dated: July 31, 2020

NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC

 

Fund in Nuveen Investment Trust    Date of Sub-Advisory Contract
Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund    10-1-14
Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund    10-15-14
Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund    10-1-14
Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund    10-1-14
Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund    10-1-14
Fund in Nuveen Investment Trust II     
Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund    10-1-14
Fund in Nuveen Investment Trust V     
Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund    10-1-14

RENEWAL OF DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS

Agreement made this 7th day of August, 2020 by and between the entities listed on Appendix A (each a “Fund”), and NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Underwriter”);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are the contracting parties under certain Distribution Agreements (the “Agreements”) pursuant to which the Underwriter acts as agent for the distribution of shares of the Funds; and

WHEREAS, the Agreements terminate August 15, 2020 unless continued in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Funds, at a meeting called for the purpose of reviewing the Agreements, has approved the Agreements and their continuance until August 15, 2021 in the manner required by the Investment Company Act of 1940;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in the Agreements the parties hereto do hereby continue the Agreements in effect until August 15, 2021 and ratify and confirm the Agreements in all respects.

 

On behalf of the Nuveen Funds
      Listed on Appendix A
By:      /s/ Diana Gonzalez        
       Vice President of the Funds
       NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC
By:       /s/ Mark Winget
      Vice President


Appendix A

 

FUND AND, IF APPLICABLE,

FORMERLY KNOWN AS NAME IN

THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT

  

TYPE OF

ENTITY

  

NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC AND, IF

APPLICABLE, FORMERLY KNOWN AS NAME IN

THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT

NuShares ETF Trust    Massachusetts Business Trust      NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC

Nuveen Investment Funds, Inc.,

formerly, First American Investment Funds, Inc.

   Maryland Corporation    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, Nuveen Investments, LLC
Nuveen Investment Trust    Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated
Nuveen Investment Trust II    Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated
Nuveen Investment Trust III    Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, Nuveen Investments, LLC
Nuveen Investment Trust V    Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, Nuveen Investments, LLC
Nuveen Managed Accounts Portfolios Trust    Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, Nuveen Investments, LLC

Nuveen Municipal Trust,

formerly, Nuveen Flagship Municipal Trust

   Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated

Nuveen Multistate Trust I,

formerly, Nuveen Flagship Multistate Trust I

   Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated

Nuveen Multistate Trust II,

formerly, Nuveen Flagship Multistate Trust II

   Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated

Nuveen Multistate Trust III,

formerly, Nuveen Flagship Multistate Trust III

   Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated

Nuveen Multistate Trust IV,

formerly, Nuveen Flagship Multistate Trust IV

   Massachusetts Business Trust    NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, formerly, John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated

AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

EACH MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY IDENTIFIED ON APPENDIX A OF

THE AGREEMENT

AND

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

AMENDMENT to the Amended and Restated Custodian Agreement (the “Agreement”) made as of July 15, 2015 by and between State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the “Custodian”) and each management investment company identified on Appendix A of the Agreement and each management investment company which becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (in each case, a “Fund” or “Funds”), including, if applicable, each series of the Fund identified on Appendix A and each series which becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

WHEREAS, the Agreement provides that it may be amended by agreement between the parties at any time or from time to time in writing; and

WHEREAS, Custodian and the Funds wish to extend the Agreement and to add Funds effective July 31, 2020;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1.

To restate Section 16.1, Term, in its entirety, as follows:

16.1 Term. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until April 1, 2026 (the “Term”), unless either party terminates this Agreement prior to April 1, 2026 by giving the other party not less than 120 days advanced written notice. If this Agreement isn’t terminated prior to the expiration of the Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless a written notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing party no later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Term, or any renewal term, as the case may be. A written notice of non-renewal maybe given as to a Fund or a Portfolio.

 

  2.

To restate Section 20.8, Notices, in its entirety, as follows:

20.8 Notices. Any notice, instruction or other communication required to be given hereunder will, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, be in writing and may be sent by hand, or by facsimile transmission, or overnight delivery by any recognized delivery service, to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

To Any Fund:     

Nuveen Investments

8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.

Charlotte, NC 28262

Attn: Heather Bienskie

Phone: 704-988-3801


with a copy to:

Nuveen Investments

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Attn: Nuveen Legal, Associate General Counsel

To the Custodian:

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Louis Abruzzi

Telephone: 617-662-0300

with a copy to:

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

Legal Division – Global Services Americas

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Senior Vice President and Senior Managing Counsel

 

  3.

To add a new Section 20.18, Information Security, as follows:

20.18 Information Security. Custodian represents that it currently maintains and shall continue to maintain throughout the term of this Agreement physical, electronic and procedural safeguards as described in the State Street Client Information Security Addendum attached hereto.

 

  4.

To add a new Section 20.19, Business Continuity, as follows:

20.19 Business Continuity. Custodian shall maintain throughout the term of this Agreement business continuity, disaster recovery, and backup capabilities (the “Plan(s)”) that permit Custodian to perform its obligations hereunder with minimal disruptions or delays. The Plans shall provide for the recovery from disruptions to suppliers, sites, technology and staff, including pandemic planning or other impacts that could result in mass protracted absenteeism. Custodian shall also maintain recovery time objectives (“RTOs”) for all business critical functions used to perform the services. Custodian’s current RTOs priority levels for critical functions, which are objectives, do not exceed seven (7) business days. RTOs are Custodian’s internal guidelines only and may be updated from time to time by Custodian. Upon request, Custodian will provide to the Funds updates, if any, on RTOs.

 

  5.

Effective July 31, 2020, restating Appendix A, in its entirety, as attached.

 

  6.

To add the “State Street Client Information Security Addendum” as attached hereto.

 

  7.

All other provisions, terms and conditions contained in the Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the 31st day of July 2020.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY     EACH OF THE MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES AND SERIES SET FORTH ON APPENDIX A HERETO
Signed on its behalf:     Signed on its behalf:
By: /s/ Andrew Erickson                                                      By: /s/ E. Scott Wickerham                                                 

(Authorized Signatory)

 

Name: Andrew Erickson                                                

   

(Authorized Signatory)

 

Name: E. Scott Wickerham

Title: Executive Vice President

                                         

   

Title: SMD, Head of Fund Admnin, VP & Controller of the Funds


APPENDIX A

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

July 15, 2015

(Updated as of July 31, 2020)

NUVEEN CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES

Nuveen All Cap Energy MLP Opportunities Fund

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Enhanced AMT-Free Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Value Fund

Nuveen AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund

Nuveen Arizona Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Arizona Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Build America Bond Opportunity Fund

Nuveen California AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen California AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund

Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund 2

Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund 3

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

Nuveen California Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund

Nuveen California Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

Nuveen Connecticut Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Connecticut Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund

Nuveen Credit Opportunities 2020 Target Term Fund

Nuveen Credit Opportunities 2022 Target Term Fund

Nuveen Credit Opportunities 2024 Target Term Fund

Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund

Nuveen Diversified Dividend and Income Fund

Nuveen Dow 30SM Dynamic Overwrite Fund

Nuveen Dynamic Municipal Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Emerging Markets Debt 2022 Target Term Fund

Nuveen Emerging Markets Debt 2025 Term Fund

Nuveen Energy MLP Total Return Fund

Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Value Fund

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund

Nuveen Georgia Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Georgia Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund 2

Nuveen Global Equity Income Fund

Nuveen Global High Income Fund

Nuveen High Income 2020 Target Term Fund

Nuveen High Income 2023 Target Term Fund

Nuveen High Income December 2018 Target Term Fund

Nuveen High Income December 2019 Target Term Fund


Nuveen High Income November 2021 Target Term Fund

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Term Fund

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Quality Municipal Term Fund

Nuveen Maryland Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Maryland Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Massachusetts Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Massachusetts Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Michigan Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Michigan Quality Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Income Fund

Nuveen Missouri Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Missouri Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Mortgage and Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Mortgage Opportunity Term Fund

Nuveen Mortgage Opportunity Term Fund 2

Nuveen Multi-Market Income Fund

Nuveen Municipal 2021 Target Term Fund

Nuveen Municipal Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Municipal Credit Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Municipal High Income Opportunity Fund

Nuveen Municipal Income Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

Nuveen NASDAQ 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Value Fund

Nuveen New Jersey Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen New Jersey Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund

Nuveen New York AMT-Free Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen New York AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund

Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund 2

Nuveen New York Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

Nuveen New York Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen New York Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund

Nuveen New York Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

Nuveen North Carolina Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen North Carolina Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Ohio Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Ohio Quality Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Pennsylvania Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Pennsylvania Investment Quality Municipal Fund

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Value Fund

Nuveen Preferred and Income 2022 Term Fund

Nuveen Preferred and Income Term Fund

Nuveen Preferred & Income Opportunities Fund f/k/a Nuveen Preferred Income Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Preferred & Income Securities Fund f/k/a Nuveen Preferred Securities Income Fund

Nuveen Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund

Nuveen Real Asset Income and Growth Fund

Nuveen Real Estate Income Fund

Nuveen S&P 500 Buy-Write Income Fund

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

Nuveen Select Maturities Municipal Fund

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 2

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 3

Nuveen Senior Income Fund


Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Strategic Municipal Credit Fund f/k/a Nuveen Municipal High Yield & Special Situations Fund

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Total Return Strategy Fund

Nuveen Taxable Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Build America Bond Fund

Nuveen Texas Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Texas Quality Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Virginia Quality Municipal Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Virginia Premium Income Municipal Fund

NUVEEN OPEN-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES

NUVEEN MUNICIPAL TRUST, on behalf of:

Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Inflation Protected Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST I, on behalf of:

Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST II, on behalf of:

Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST III, on behalf of:

Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST IV, on behalf of:

Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund


Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST, on behalf of:

Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund

Nuveen Global Total Return Bond Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Global All-Cap Fund

Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen U.S. Infrastructure Bond Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II, on behalf of:

Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund

Nuveen Global Growth Fund

Nuveen International Growth Fund

Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Japan Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Symphony Dynamic Equity Fund

Nuveen Symphony International Equity Fund

Nuveen Symphony Mid-Cap Core Fund

Nuveen Symphony Small Cap Core Fund

Nuveen Tradewinds Emerging Markets Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Large Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Small Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG Fund f/k/a Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen Winslow Managed Volatility Equity Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III, on behalf of:

Nuveen Symphony Dynamic Credit Fund

Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund

Nuveen Symphony High Yield Bond Fund

Nuveen Symphony High Yield Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V, on behalf of:

Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Gresham Diversified Commodity Strategy Fund

Nuveen Gresham Long/Short Commodity Strategy Fund

Nuveen Gresham Managed Futures Strategy Fund


Nuveen Multi-Asset Income Fund

Nuveen Multi-Asset Income Tax-Aware Fund

Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund

Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen Preferred Securities Fund

NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST, on behalf of

Nuveen Core Impact Bond Managed Accounts Portfolio

Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio

NUVEEN INVESTMENT FUNDS, INC., on behalf of

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund

Nuveen Credit Income Fund f/k/a Nuveen High Income Bond Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Strategic Income Fund


State Street Client Information Security Addendum

All capitalized terms not defined in this State Street Client Information Security Addendum (this “Security Addendum”) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement by and between State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) and each management investment company identified on Appendix A of the Agreement (“Client”) dated July 15, 2015 (the “Agreement”).

State Street and Client hereby agree that State Street shall maintain an information security policy (“Security Policy”) that satisfies the requirements set forth below; provided, that, because information security is a highly dynamic space (where laws, regulations and threats are constantly changing), State Street reserves the right to make changes to its information security controls at any time and at the sole discretion of State Street in a manner that it believes does not materially reduce the protection it applies to Client Data. State Street will review the policy on an annual basis.

From time to time, State Street may subcontract services performed under the Agreement (to the extent provided for under the Agreement) or provide access to Client’s Confidential Information (“Client Data”) its network to a subcontractor or other third party; provided, that, such subcontractor or third party implements and maintains security measures that State Street believes are at least as stringent as those described in this Security Addendum. State Street must maintain an up-to-date list of subcontractors that access, store, transmit, or use Client Data, and must provide the list to Client upon request.

For subcontractors who collect, transmit, share, store, control, process, manage or access Client Data, State Street is responsible for assessing and monitoring subcontractor control environments.

1.           Objective.

The objective of State Street’s Security Policy and related information security program is to implement data security measures consistent in all material respects with applicable prevailing industry practices and standards (“Objective”). State Street must define job responsibilities to ensure effective management of information security and appropriate separation of duties within the organization. State Street will use utilize qualified information security personnel sufficient to manage State Street’s cybersecurity risks. In order to meet such Objective, State Street uses commercially reasonable efforts to:

a.        Protect the privacy, confidentiality, integrity, and availability of all confidential data and information disclosed by or on behalf of Client to, or otherwise comes into the possession of State Street, in connection with the provision of Services under the Agreement and to the extent the same is deemed Client Data;

b.        protect against accidental, unauthorized, unauthenticated or unlawful access, copying, use, processing, disclosure, alteration, transfer, loss or destruction of the Client Data;

c.        comply with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations that are relevant to the handling, processing and use of Client Data by State Street in accordance with the Agreement;

d.        implement customary administrative, physical, technical, procedural and organizational safeguards; and

e.        limit the amount of Client Data collected to that reasonably necessary to accomplish the Services, limit the time such information is retained to that reasonably necessary to perform the Services, and limit access to those persons who are reasonably required to access or handle the Client Data in order to perform the Services.

2.            Risk Assessments.

a.    Risk Assessment - State Street shall, at least annually, perform risk assessments that are designed to identify material threats (both internal and external) against Client Data, the likelihood of those threats occurring and the impact of those threats upon the State Street organization to evaluate and analyze the appropriate level of information security safeguards (“Risk Assessments”).

b.    Risk Mitigation - State Street shall use commercially reasonable efforts to manage, control and remediate any threats identified in the Risk Assessments that it believes are likely to result in


material unauthorized access, copying, use, processing, disclosure, alteration, transfer, loss or destruction of Client Data, consistent with the Objective, and commensurate with the sensitivity of the Client Data and the complexity and scope of the activities of State Street pursuant to the Agreement.

c.    Security Controls Testing - State Street shall, on approximately an annual basis, engage an independent external party to conduct periodic reviews of State Street’s information security practices. State Street shall have a process to review and evaluate high risk findings resulting from this testing.

3.           Security Controls. Prior to State Street having access to Client Data, then annually and upon Client’s reasonable request, State Street shall provide Client’s Chief Information Security Officer or his or her designee with a copy of its corporate information security controls that form the basis for State Street’s Security Policy and an opportunity to discuss State Street’s information security measures with a qualified member of State Street’s information technology management team.

4.            Organizational Security.

a.        Responsibility - State Street shall assign responsibility for information security management to senior personnel only and will name a State Street employee to be responsible for leading this information security function.

b.        Access - State Street shall permit only those personnel performing roles supporting the provision of Services under the Agreement to access Client Data.

c.        Confidentiality - State Street personnel who have accessed or otherwise been made known of Client Data shall maintain the confidentiality of such information in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

d.        Policy Exception - As part of the Security Policy State Street shall implement a process by which exceptions to the Security Policy are reviewed and processed. This exception process must be documented.

e.        Training - State Street will provide information security training on approximately an annual basis, to its personnel.

5.            Data Protection.

a.        Data Sensitivity - State Street acknowledges that it understands the sensitivity of Client Data.

b.        Data Flow - State Street must document data flows and associated protections for data which is sent or received between Client systems and State Street systems.

c.        External Hosting Facilities – State Street shall implement controls, consistent with applicable prevailing industry practices and standards, regarding the collection, use, storage and/or disclosure of Client Data by an external hosting provider.

d.        Segregation of Client Data - State Street shall use generally accepted security management controls designed to ensure that none of State Street’s other clients have access to Client Data.

6.            Physical Security and Data Destruction.

a.        Securing Physical Facilities - State Street shall maintain systems located in State Street facilities that host Client Data or provide Services under the Agreement in an environment that is designed to be physically secure and to allow access only to authorized individuals. A secure environment includes the availability of onsite security personnel on a 24 x 7 basis or equivalent means of monitoring locations supporting the delivery of Services under the Agreement.

b.        Physical Security of Media - State Street shall implement controls, consistent with applicable prevailing industry practices and standards that are designed to deter the unauthorized viewing, copying, alteration or removal of any media containing Client Data. Removable media on which Client Data is stored (including thumb drives, CDs, and DVDs, and PDAS) by State Street must be encrypted using at least 256 bit AES (or equivalent).

c.        Media Destruction – State Street shall destroy removable media and any mobile device (such as discs, USB drives, DVDs, back-up tapes, laptops and PDAs) containing Client Data or use commercially reasonable efforts to render Client Data on such physical media unintelligible if such


media or mobile device is no longer intended to be used. All backup tapes that are not destroyed must meet the level of protection described in this Security Addendum until destroyed. Electronic media that is not physically destroyed as part of the disposal process must be irrevocably erased or degaussed, such that the media is no longer readable for any purpose. State Street must develop and document information destruction processes that meet industry standards and must be used in all cases when Client Data is no longer needed. State Street shall keep records of all Client Data destruction completed and provide such records to Client upon demand or provide a certification that all such information has been destroyed in accordance with this Security Addendum.

d.        Paper Destruction - State Street shall cross shred all paper waste containing Client Data and dispose in a secure and confidential manner.

7.            Communications and Operations Management.

a.        Firewall Management – Firewall management processes must be documented and meet industry standards. Any files containing Client Data on a system connected to the internet must be protected with up to date, industry standard, firewall protections and operating system security patches designed to maintain integrity and security of the Client Data.

b.        Network Access – State Street must implement controls designed to prevent unauthorized devices from physically connecting to the internal network or to detect and alert an administrator (e.g. Network Access Control device (NAC)).

c.        Monitoring Systems - State Street shall monitor its systems (i) security incidents; (ii) unauthorized use of or access to Client Data; and (iii) violations and suspicious activity. This includes suspicious external activity (including unauthorized probes, scans or break-in attempts) and suspicious internal activity (including unauthorized system administrator access, unauthorized changes to its systems or network, system or network misuse or theft or mishandling of Client Data). State Street shall maintain audit and logging capabilities that will enable the State Street to effectively detect, respond to and investigate a data security incident.

d.        Intelligence Services - State Street shall monitor industry-standard information channels for newly identified system vulnerabilities and emerging risks regarding the technologies and Services provided to Client.

e.        Intrusion Detection and Prevention - State Street shall maintain software, hardware, intrusion detection system, personnel and other resources designed to ascertain whether a penetration attempt is being made against any part of State Street’s network, mainframe, server or other infrastructure used by State Street to process, store or transport Client Data. This may include deploying intrusion detection /intrusion prevention controls to block, monitor, and alert State Street of security incidents that may require escalation to, and response from, State Street’s incident response personnel on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year basis.

f.        Network Penetration Testing - State Street shall, on approximately an annual basis, contract with an independent third party to conduct network penetration test. State Street shall have a process to review and evaluate high risk findings resulting from this testing. The cost of vulnerability and penetration testing will be assumed by State Street.

g.        Data Protection During Transmission - State Street shall encrypt, using an industry recognized encryption algorithm, personally identifiable Client Data when in transit across public networks.

h.        Data Loss Prevention - State Street shall implement a data loss prevention program that is designed to identify, detect, monitor and alert on abnormal external data movement.

i.        Malicious Code – State Street shall implement controls that are designed to detect the introduction or intrusion of malicious code on information systems handling or holding Client Data and implement a process for removing said malicious code from information systems handling or holding Client Data.

8.            Access Controls.

a.        Authorized Access - State Street shall have controls that are designed to maintain the logical separation such that access to systems hosting Client Data and/or being used to provide Services to Client will uniquely identify each individual requiring access, grant access only to


authorized personnel based on the principle of least privileges, and prevent unauthorized access to Client Data.

b.        User Access - State Street shall have a process to promptly disable access to Client Data by any State Street personnel who no longer requires such access, State Street will also promptly remove access of Client personnel upon receipt of notification from Client.

c.        Authentication Credential Management - State Street shall communicate authentication credentials to users in a secure manner, with a proof of identity check of the intended users. Initial password must be delivered in a secure manner and are required to be changed upon first logon.

d.        Multi-Factor Authentication for Remote Access - State Street shall use multi factor authentication and a secure tunnel when remotely accessing State Street’s internal network.

e.        Access Recertification - State Street must document a process to regularly recertify access to those facilities, systems, networks and applications that store, use, or otherwise have access to Client Data. This should include a documented review of access rights to confirm that access is still appropriate based on business needs. This review should occur at least annually or more frequently depending on risk and industry standards.

f.        Unique IDs - State Street must assign unique user IDs that are reasonably designed to maintain the integrity of the security of the access control to each person with computer access.

g.        Password Standards - State Street must document a password policy with a reasonably secure method of assigning and selecting passwords, or the use of unique identifier technologies, such as biometrics or token devices that cover all systems that store, access, transmit or process Client Data. Where technically feasible, passwords cannot be vendor supplied default passwords. This policy shall define standards for controlling password length, strength and change frequency.

h.        Control of Passwords - State Street personnel must maintain the confidentiality of system passwords, keys, and passcodes used for the protection of Client Data must not be hard-coded into any scripts.

i.        Account Lockout - State Street must deploy controls to lock accounts when no more than five invalid login attempts are made.

j.        Password Reset – State Street must employ a secure and documented process to reset passwords that requires verification of user identity prior to password reset.

9.            Encryption Requirements.

a.        Encryption Standards - State Street will define in its Security Policy minimum standards for encryption methods and strength.

b.        Encryption at Rest - State Street shall encrypt any laptops, mobile devices (e.g. Blackberries, PDAs), containing Client Data used by State Street’s personnel using an industry recognized encryption algorithm with at least 256 bit encryption AES (or equivalent).

c.        Encryption Key Management - State Street must document procedures for managing encryption keys as well as any salts used to protect one way hashing functions. These procedures must include specifications for key provisioning, distribution, revocation, and expiration.

10.          Use of Laptop and Mobile Devices in connection with the Agreement.

a.        Secure Storage - State Street shall require that all laptops and mobile devices be securely stored whenever out of the personnel’s immediate possession.

b.        State Street shall maintain the ability to remotely remove Client Data promptly from mobile phones managed by State Street.

c.        Bring Your Own Device - State Street shall ensure security controls, including, mobile device management (MDM), remote wipe capabilities and encryption must be in place if Client Data can be stored, accessed, transmitted to or from, or used on a personal device. State Street must have policies to ensure State Street personnel maintain the security of these devices.

11.          Information Systems Acquisition Development and Maintenance.

a.        Client Data – Client Data shall only be used by State Street for the purposes specified in the Agreement.


b.        Virus Management - State Street shall maintain a malware protection program designed to (i) deter malware infections; (ii) detect the presence of malware within the State Street environment; and (iii) recover from any impact caused by malware.

12.          Incident Event and Communications Management.

a.        Incident Management/Notification of Breach - State Street shall develop and implement an incident response plan that specifies actions to be taken when State Street or one of its subcontractors suspects or detects that a party has gained unauthorized access to Client Data or systems or applications containing any Client Data (the “Response Plan”). It must be approved by management, and have an owner to maintain and review the program. Such Response Plan shall include the following:

i.         Escalation Procedures - An escalation procedure that includes notification to senior managers and appropriate reporting to regulatory and law enforcement agencies. This procedure shall provide for reporting of incidents that compromise the confidentiality of Client Data (including backed up data) to Client via telephone or email (and provide a confirmatory notice in writing as soon as practicable); provided that the foregoing notice obligation is excused for such period of time as State Street is prohibited by law, rule, regulation or other governmental authority from notifying Client.

ii.         Incident Reporting - State Street will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly furnish to Client information that State Street has regarding the general circumstances and extent of such unauthorized access.

iii.        Investigation and Prevention - State Street shall reasonably assist Client in investigating of any such unauthorized access and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to: (A) cooperate with Client in its efforts to comply with statutory notice or other legal obligations applicable to Client or its clients arising out of unauthorized access and to seek injunctive or other equitable relief; (B) cooperate with Client in litigation and investigations against third parties reasonably necessary to protect its proprietary rights; and (C) take reasonable actions necessary to prevent mitigate against loss from any such authorized access.

13.          Client Data Outside the United States.

a.        Storage, access, transmission or use of Client Data from a location outside the U.S. must be conducted from a State Street location designed to promote the security and confidentiality of data. Specific security controls may vary from one location to another, based on local jurisdictional limitations and risk practices, but all locations outside the U.S. are subject to State Street’s minimum security standards which may include:

     i.

Card key access

    ii.

Access limited to only authorized persons with a business need are granted access

   iii.

Visitor badges and State Street identification tags

   iv.

Closed Circuit TV (CCTV) cameras at site and/or floor entrance and recordings stored and available for thirty (30) to ninety (90) days

    v.

Lobby security, alarm, video, packages subject to search.

   vi.

True floor to true ceiling construction.

  vii.

Glass, wood, or steel doors.

AMENDMENT

To

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

Between

Each of the Nuveen Open-End Investment Companies

As Listed on Schedule A to the Agreement

And

DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.

This amendment, effective as of May 10, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), is made by the parties to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement entered into on May 11th, 2012, as amended (the “Agreement”), between each of the Nuveen open-end investment companies listed on Schedule A to the Agreement (collectively, the “Funds” and individually, the “Fund”) and DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.) (the “Transfer Agent” or “DST”). Capitalized terms used in this amendment without definition shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, the Funds have each appointed the Transfer Agent as transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and agent in connection with certain other activities, as set forth in the Agreement, of each Fund and its Portfolios; and

WHEREAS, the Funds and the Transfer Agent desire to amend certain provisions of the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Funds and the Transfer Agent hereby agree to amend the Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof, as follows:

1.    Schedule A. The current Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby replaced and superseded with the Schedule A attached hereto, effective as of May 10, 2020; and

2.    Term. The Initial Term set forth in Section 11.1 of the Agreement is hereby redefined as the period extending from the Effective Date to May 10, 2025 (the “Extension Period”).

3.    Fees. The Fee Schedule attached to the Agreement as Schedule 2.1, as modified by amendment from time to time (the “Current Fee Schedule”) is deleted in its entirety and the new Schedule 2.1 (the “2020 Fee Schedule”) attached hereto is inserted in lieu thereof and shall supercede and replace the “Current Fee Schedule” entirely from and after the Effective Date.

4.    Print/Mail. The parties acknowledge that Transfer Agent is no longer performing or subcontracting print/mail services to a third party for the printing contemplated under the Agreement, but instead the Funds have directly engaged a separate print vendor to provide such services. As such, any references in the Agreement to Transfer Agent preparing and mailing any items, including but not limited to shareholder reports, prospectuses, shareholder statements and confirmations, and tax forms (1099, 1042, etc.) (“Shareholder Documents”) shall be modified to reflect Transfer Agent preparing and providing, in electronic format, to the Funds’ print vendor of

 

1


choice “print/read” files of such Shareholder Documents to enable the print vendor to print and mail the Shareholder Documents to shareholders and to the Funds for electronic delivery of shareholder daily statements, confirmations and tax forms (1099Div/B etc.), and any future enhancement for electronic delivery of additional items as agreed upon between the Funds and the Transfer Agent. Transfer Agent’s composition of such Shareholder Documents is outlined in Appendix A, attached hereto, and is subject to the fees outlined therein. Not in limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the following sections are amended as follows:

 

  a.

Section 1.2(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

(a)    Other customary services. Perform the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, and, as relevant, agent in connection with accumulation, open account or similar plan (including without limitation any periodic investment plan or periodic withdrawal program), including but not limited to: maintaining all Shareholder accounts, preparing Shareholder meeting lists, sending electronic files to the Funds’ print vendor(s) of choice for the mailing of Shareholder proxies, Shareholder reports and prospectuses to current Shareholders, withholding taxes on U.S. resident and non-resident alien accounts, preparing and filing U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate forms required with respect to dividends and distributions by federal authorities for all Shareholders, sending electronic files to the Funds’ print vendor(s) of choice for confirmation forms and statements of account to Shareholders for all purchases and redemptions of Shares and other confirmable transactions in Shareholder accounts, sending electronic files to the Funds’ print vendor(s) of choice for activity statements for Shareholders and providing shareholder account information, as well as sending files to the Funds for those transactions via e-delivery.

 

  5.

Information Security.

 

  a.

Section 10.5 is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

The Transfer Agent maintains and will continue to maintain at each service location physical and information security safeguards against the destruction, loss, theft or alteration of the Fund’s confidential information, including Customer Information, in the possession of the Transfer Agent that will be no less rigorous than those in place at the effective date of this Agreement, as detailed in Schedule 10.5, and from time to time enhanced in accordance with changes in regulatory requirements. The Transfer Agent will, at a minimum, update its policies to remain compliant with regulatory requirements. The Transfer Agent will meet with the Fund, at its request, on an annual basis to discuss information security safeguards. Further, upon the written request of the Fund with reasonable advance notice and for a proper purpose, the Fund’s information security personnel shall meet with the Transfer Agent to discuss the Transfer Agent’s information security programs (such as those detailed in Schedule 10.5) in greater detail, any such meeting to be held at a mutually agreeable location. In connection with such meeting, the Transfer Agent shall make available to the Fund such information regarding the safeguards as is reasonably necessary for the Fund’s

 

2


review; however the Transfer Agent shall not be obligated to provide information that it deems, in good faith, would be (a) a risk to the overall security of (i) the Transfer Agent’s information security program, (ii) the Transfer Agent’s systems, or (iii) the confidential information of the Transfer Agent’s other clients or (b) require extraordinary effort or expense to produce. The Fund may propose commercially reasonable changes to the safeguards and the Transfer Agent agrees to discuss such safeguards and, where appropriate, give them due consideration in connection with future updates of the Transfer Agent’s information security program. If the Transfer Agent or its agents discover or are notified of that someone has violated security relating to the Fund’s confidential information, including Customer Information, the Transfer Agent will (a) notify the Fund of such violation as soon as practicable on the same day, but in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours of learning of such violation, and thereafter provide the Fund with details, once legally permitted, following its investigation, and (b) if the applicable confidential information was in the possession or under the control of the Transfer Agent or its agents at the time of such violation, the Transfer Agent will promptly (i) investigate, contain and address the violation, and (ii) advise the Fund as to the steps being taken that are reasonably designed to prevent future similar violations.

 

  b.

Schedule 10.5 Information Protection attached hereto is inserted as a new Schedule 10.5 of the Agreement.

6.    Disaster Recovery.

 

  a.

Section 10.6 is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

10.6    BUSINESS CONTINUITY

(A)    Transfer Agent shall maintain throughout the Term business continuity, disaster recovery, and backup capabilities (the “Plan(s)”) that are designed to permit Transfer Agent to perform its obligations hereunder with minimal disruptions or delays and within the recovery time objective of the Plans. The Plans shall also provide for the recovery from disruptions to Transfer Agents, sites, technology and staff, including pandemic planning or other impacts that could result in mass protracted absenteeism.

(B)    An executive summary of Transfer Agent’s Plan evidencing viable recovery strategies for all Transfer Agent personnel is set forth in Schedule 10.6. If applicable, an updated executive summary shall be provided to the Funds on or before each anniversary date of the Effective Date of the Agreement during the Term.

(C)    Transfer Agent will test the Plan at regular intervals (no less frequently than annually) and provide the Funds with a summary of the documented results of the business continuity/disaster recovery tests that relate to the Services

 

3


provided hereunder within thirty (30) days of test completion and shall include the demonstrated recovery time capability, and if housing the Funds’ Confidential Information, the recovery point capability as evidenced in the test. In addition, at least once per year, Transfer Agent will provide a minimum of ninety (90) days advance written notice of testing to allow the Funds to participate in and/or monitor Transfer Agent’s test exercises for the Plans.

(D)    If Transfer Agent is required to activate a Plan due to an unplanned disruption, then (i) the Plan provides for a recovery time objective target of Transfer Agent processes in all material respects in order to perform the Services of four (4) hours (or less); and (ii) if Transfer Agent is storing Fund Confidential Information, then the Plan provides for a recovery point objective of thirty (30) minutes (or less) and Transfer Agent shall notify the Funds of the Plan activation as soon as possible after the disruption occurs. The parties understand that the Automated Work Distributor (“AWD”) application will not be recovered within the four (4) hour recovery time objective time frame specified above, but can support the recovery point objective of thirty (30) minutes or less.

(E)    In the event that the Funds must invoke its own Disaster Recovery Plan, the Transfer Agent will cooperate with the Funds to provide back-up support to assist the Funds with the implementation of its Disaster Recovery Plan within 48 hours following the time of a disaster declaration by the Fund, and the Funds shall reimburse or cause to be reimbursed the Transfer Agent for any reasonable Out-of-Pocket expenses in providing such services.

 

  6.

Section 10.7, Site Visits and Inspections; Regulatory Examinations, is hereby amended to include the following immediately after the third (3rd) sentence:

 

“Transfer Agent or Transfer Agent personnel shall promptly take action at its expense to correct those matters or items identified in any such inspection or audit that require correction, to the extent and in such manner as mutually agreed (provided, however, any item identified in a SSAE 18 Audit will be addressed in accordance with the management response).”

 

  7.

Section 10.9. Insurance

 

  a.

The following is inserted as a new Section 10.9:

The Transfer Agent shall, at its own expense, secure and maintain, throughout the term of this Agreement, the minimum insurance coverage described in Schedule 10.9 to this Agreement, provided that such coverage is available from an insurance carrier at a reasonable cost to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent shall provide the Fund with written notice of any modification that decreases its coverage below such minimums or terminates such coverage. Such notice shall be given within thirty (30) days of the Transfer Agent’s receipt of notice of such modification or termination. Such insurance will be maintained with companies qualified to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Services

 

4


will be performed.

 

  b.

Schedule 10.9 attached hereto is inserted as a new Schedule 10.9 of the Agreement.

 

8.    Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. For clarity, references to SAS-70 or SSAE 16 in the Agreement, as amended (if any) shall be updated to Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 18 (SSAE 18), report on controls at a Service Organization or successor report issued by DST AMS’ certified public accountants.

9.    Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.

10.    Counterpart Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.

*****

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

EACH OF THE NUVEEN FUNDS,     DST ASSET MANAGER SOLUTIONS, INC.
AS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A    
By:                     /s/ Tina M. Lazar                     By:     /s/ Rahul Kanwar                    
Name:               Tina M. Lazar                         Name: Rahul Kanwar
Title:                 Vice President             Title: Authorized Representative
As an Authorized Officer on behalf of each of the Funds indicated on Schedule A    
   

 

5


SCHEDULE A

Nuveen Open-End Funds

Effective Date: May 10, 2020

 

  1.

NUVEEN MUNICIPAL TRUST

Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund

 

  2.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST I

Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund

 

  3.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST II

Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund

 

  4.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST III

Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund

 

  5.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST IV

Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund

 

6


Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund

 

  6.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST

Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

 

  7.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II

Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund

Nuveen International Growth Fund

Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Large Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Small Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG Fund

 

  8.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III

Nuveen Symphony High Yield Income Fund

Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund

 

  9.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V

Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Gresham Diversified Commodity Strategy Fund

Nuveen Gresham Managed Futures Strategy Fund

Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund

Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund

 

  10.

NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST

Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio

 

7


  11.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT FUNDS, INC.

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund

Nuveen High Income Bond Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Strategic Income Fund

 

8


APPENDIX A

Composition Services

This Appendix expressly incorporates by reference and is subject to the Agreement. Unless specifically stated otherwise, all terms, covenants and conditions described in the Agreement are incorporated herein by reference as if the same had been described herein in full. In the event of a conflict between the terms set forth in this Appendix and the Agreement, the terms of this Appendix shall govern.

 

1.

Definitions

Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

“Development Documents” means any of the following documents: System Requirements Document, Project Development Estimate, Project Requirements Document or any other mutually agreed to document describing the development activities.

“Document” means the equivalent electronic rendition of a single customer communication as identified herein or in the Development Documents, including, but not limited to statement, check image, report, trade confirmation, or tax document.

“Document Type” means the types of Documents set forth in Development Documents for which the Services will be provided.

Format” means DST will structure the input data provided by the Funds’ recordkeeping system so as to present the information organized and arranged according to the Funds’ requirements as detailed in the Development Documents.

Image” means the equivalent of impression that would be applied to one side of a single sheet in a simplex print-processing environment.

“Services” means the services described in this Composition Services Schedule.

 

2.

Description of Services

2.1         DST will provide the following Services:

  a.

Data Processing –Documents: DST will process, format and index the Funds’ data in a design and format to support the electronic presentment and delivery of Documents or delivery of such Documents to (i) one or more print vendors of the Funds’ choice or (ii) to the Funds for electronic presentment and delivery. The Services will include: (i) composition and electronic creation of all Document Types (as defined below); (ii) creating, archiving, and maintaining electronic Images of each composed and created Document Type; and (iii) making available Document Types to one or more print vendors or electronic presentment vendors of the Funds’ choice.

 

  b.

Development of New Document Type Templates. As part of the Services, DST shall create and maintain the format, design and content for each Document Type (each, a “Document Type Template”) in accordance with the Funds’ requirements. The Funds

 

9


 

may request DST to create new Document Type Templates and/or to modify a Document Type Template (each, a “Document Type Template Development/Modification Request”). DST shall create and/or modify Document Type Templates and the Funds shall evaluate and either accept or reject such Document Type Templates in accordance with the process set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto. Once created and approved by the Funds, all Document Type Templates shall be maintained by DST in accordance with this Composition Services Schedule.

 

  c.

USPS Move Update Requirements. DST is responsible for updating the addresses in its mailing lists no more than ninety-five (95) days prior to the mailing date or as otherwise required by the USPS (“Move Update Requirements”). DST shall provide the Funds with a document, as requested by the Funds from time to time, evidencing such compliance.

2.3 Development Documents

The Development Documents describe all requirements for customization of the Services, the web site, and other systems and software utilized in connection with performance of the Services. The Funds will comply with the terms of the Development Documents that describe any project assistance that may be required for completion of deliverables described in the Development Documents. The Services may also include such additional services and/or customization of the Services as may be mutually agreed upon by the Parties from time to time. Each such additional service and/or customization, together with such additional pricing, fees, expenses, terms and conditions, all as mutually agreed by the Parties, shall be detailed in separate Development Documents that will be annexed to and made a part of this Appendix.

 

3.

Delivery of Data for Processing, Schedules and Data Requirements

The Funds will transmit the data not already on a DST system necessary for DST to complete its Services via a mutually agreed upon method and on an agreed upon schedule.

Delivery of the the Funds’ data (to the extent not already on a DST System) to the DST production facility will be via the format, protocols and formatting instructions set forth in the agreed upon Development Documents and the Funds’ data will fulfill the requirements identified in the Development Documents.

DST will have no responsibility for delays or errors resulting from the Funds’ failure to provide the Funds’ data (to the extent not already on a DST System) correctly. The Funds may, at their option, transmit such Funds’ data before the Funds have made a final accuracy check. Therefore, DST will hold all production until a written or electronic release has been issued by the Funds. Should retransmissions be necessary or a release be issued that is later rescinded, the Funds shall pay DST the applicable processing fees for any work performed prior to rescission at the rates set forth in the Pricing Attachment.

 

10


4.

Obligations and Conditions of Services

  4.1

DST assumes no responsibility for the business results achieved from use of the Services or errors or interruptions caused by third parties (other than third parties for whom DST is responsible under the Agreement), including but not limited to (i) failures attributable to user errors or misuse of the Services, (ii) failures to use corrections supplied by DST, or (iii) modifications by the Funds or any third party. DST makes no warranty with respect to the performance of third parties such as web portals, automated clearing houses, financial institutions, and other internet service providers and telecommunication carriers, or as to the reliability, security or performance of the internet.

 

  4.2

Each party will promptly notify the other party of any suspected fraudulent activity of which the original party may become aware during the Extension Period. The Funds will only use the payment services for the purposes contemplated herein and in accordance with the policies and procedures provided by DST.

 

  4.3

Each party will notify the other party in writing immediately if it becomes aware of any claim of loss or liability by a third person related to a Service.

 

5.

Fees

DST will perform the Composition Services in exchange for the fees set forth in the Fees Exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

6.

Term and Termination

This Appendix shall be effective upon the Effective Date and shall be coterminous with the Agreement unless either Party provides written notice of intent not to renew at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the expiration date of the Extension Period.

In the event that the Funds, upon termination or expiration of this Appendix, request DST to provide the Funds with return data files to support an equivalent solution additional fees may apply.

 

11


SERVICE SCHEDULE – EXHIBIT A

FEE SCHEDULE*

[Omitted fee schedule]

 

12


SCHEDULE 2.1

FEES AND EXPENSES

Effective: May 10, 2020 – May 10, 2025

General: Fees are billable on a monthly basis at the rate of 1/12th of the annual fee. The monthly fee for an open account shall be charged in the month during which an account is opened through the month in which such account is closed. The monthly fee for a closed account shall be charged in the month following the month during which such account is closed and shall continue until such account is purged from the system.

[Omitted fee schedule]

 

13


SCHEDULE 10.5

Information Protection

 

This Appendix is made subject to the terms of the Agreement, and to the extent the terms hereunder conflict with the terms of the Agreement, the terms of this Appendix shall prevail. The requirements of this Appendix are applicable if and to the extent that DST creates, has access to, or receives from or on behalf of Fund any Fund Confidential Information in electronic format.

1.            Definitions. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as set forth in the Agreement unless specifically defined below:

 

  1.1

Fund Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

 

  1.2

DST Security Assessment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

 

  1.3

Mitigate” means DST’s deployment of security controls as necessary, in its discretion, which are reasonably designed to reduce the adverse effects of threats and reduce risk exposure.

 

  1.4

Remediation” or “Remediate” means that DST has resolved a Security Exposure or Security Incident, such that the vulnerability no longer poses a risk to Fund Confidential Information.

 

  1.5

Security Exposure” means an identified vulnerability that may be utilized to compromise Fund Confidential Information.

 

  1.6

Security Incident” means the confirmed unauthorized disclosure of Fund Confidential Information.

2.            General Requirements.

 

  2.1

Security Program. DST shall maintain a comprehensive information security program under which DST documents, implements and maintains the physical, administrative, and technical safeguards reasonably designed and implemented to: (a) comply with U.S. laws applicable to DST’s business and (b) protect the confidentiality, integrity, availability, and security of Fund Confidential Information. Such program shall align with the National Institute of Security and Technology (“NIST”) security framework.

 

  2.2

Policies and Procedures. DST shall maintain a Written Information Security Policy (“WISP”) that is reasonably designed and implemented to identify, prevent, detect, contain, and correct security violations of measures taken to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of Fund Confidential Information. The WISP, which may be in a single or multiple documents, must be reviewed and formally approved by DST management on an annual

 

14


 

basis. The WISP should be reviewed more frequently if changes are required based on risk assessments or whenever there is a material change in business practices, threat landscape, or regulatory requirements that may reasonably implicate the security or integrity of records containing Fund Confidential Information.

DST’s WISP must address, at a minimum, all security requirements as listed in this Schedule 10.5 as amended from time to time. DST shall make the WISP policy available to, and allow review by, Fund however the parties acknowledge that the WISP is guided by control standards which can only be viewed onsite upon the reasonable request of Fund (not more frequently than once per year). DST will not make any changes to the controls in the WISP which will materially negatively impact the security of Fund data.

At a minimum, the WISP will:

(i) establish and operate an information security function that is responsible for defining and overseeing the WISP, assign specific data security responsibilities and accountabilities to specific individual(s) designed to ensure effective management of information security and appropriate separation of duties within the organization, and employ qualified information security personnel sufficient to manage DST’s cybersecurity risks;

(ii) include a documented process by which exceptions to the WISP are reviewed and processed that addresses, at a minimum, the process for the prioritization, approval, and remediation, or risk acceptance, of controls that have not been adopted or implemented. DST will not allow any exceptions to the WISP as it pertains to Fund data without the agreement of Fund;

(iii) require accountability by DST personnel to immediately report suspected violations of the WISP to DST management. All DST personnel must formally acknowledge the WISP before they are granted access to Fund Confidential Information, and the WISP must document disciplinary measures for violations of the WISP;

(iv) describe acceptable use of DST’s assets, including computing systems, networks, and messaging. DST is responsible for ensuring that a resource inventory is kept current for all systems under DST’s control. It is the responsibility of DST to have an asset management policy which is communicated to DST personnel and other third parties. The asset management policy must be maintained and reviewed by management;

(v) provide authentication rules for the format, content and usage of passwords for end users, administrators, and systems. More specifically these policies will include:

(a) a password policy with a reasonably secure method of assigning and selecting passwords, or the use of unique identifier technologies, such as biometrics or token devices that cover all systems that store, access, transmit or process Fund Confidential Information. Passwords cannot be vendor supplied default passwords. This policy shall define standards for controlling password length, strength and change frequency;

(b) a policy requiring DST personnel to maintain the confidentiality of system passwords, keys, and passcodes designed to ensure Fund Confidential Information is not accessed without authorization. Passwords used for the protection of Fund Confidential Information must not be hard-coded into any scripts;

 

15


(c) a policy restriction against DST personnel reusing at least the last twelve (12) previous passwords;

(d) controls to lock accounts when no more than five (5) invalid login attempts are made;

(e) a documented process to reset passwords that requires verification of user identity prior to password reset; and

(f) a requirement for system sessions to automatically timeout, and in the case of systems that store, access, transmit or process Fund Confidential Information, that such timeout shall occur after no more than fifteen (15) minutes;

(vi) describe logging and monitoring of DST’s production environment, including logging and monitoring of physical and logical access to DST’s networks and systems that process or store Fund Confidential Information;

(vii) include an incident response process;

(viii) enforce commercially reasonable practices for user authentication by employing a formal and documented process to grant access to facilities, systems, networks, and applications that contain Fund Confidential Information. This process must minimally include documented independent approval based on business need, and the initial password must be delivered in a secure manner and require change upon first logon;

(ix) restrict access to records and files containing Fund Confidential Information to only those DST personnel who need such information to perform the Services;

(x) restrict remote access, storage, or transmission to Fund Confidential Information. All remote access must be formally authorized by DST and must be protected using multi-factor authentication;

(xi) document a process to recertify access to facilities, systems, networks and applications regularly. This should include a documented review of access rights to confirm that access is still appropriate based on business needs. This review should occur at least annually or more frequently depending on risk and industry standards;

(xii) assign unique user IDs that are reasonably designed to maintain the integrity of the security of the access control to each person with computer access. Any shared accounts in use must be controlled such that the account is checked out and checked back in by a single individual (e.g. vaulting);

(xiii) include a formal risk management program which includes risk assessments performed at least annually, that defines internal and external threats, as well as the controls designed and implemented to mitigate these threats. Through its risk management program, DST must validate the effectiveness of these controls and document residual risk. The risk assessment must be performed on all systems, applications, and facilities transmitting, processing, or storing Fund Confidential Information include events and possible threats that could impact DST’s people, systems, and facilities. Additionally, the risk assessment program must include analysis of DST policy compliance. This risk assessment must be approved by DST management and communicated to DST personnel. DST must formally document roles and responsibilities for the risk assessment, including an owner to maintain and review the program;

 

16


(xiv) include self-assessments of internal controls in the area of information security for purposes of verifying compliance with their respective information security program, as well as with any legal, regulatory or industry requirements. The assessment should also be designed to ensure the WISP is operating in a manner reasonably calculated to prevent unauthorized access to, or use of, Fund Confidential Information, and result in upgrading information security safeguards as necessary to limit risks;

(xv) limit the amount of Fund Confidential Information collected to that reasonably necessary to accomplish the Services, limiting the time such information is retained to that reasonably necessary to perform the Services, regulatory requirements, and limiting access to those persons who are reasonably required to access or handle the Fund Confidential Information in order to perform the Services; and

(xvi) provide an adequate framework of controls reasonably designed to safeguard Fund Confidential Information.

 

  2.3

Subcontractors. To the extent that any subcontractor engaged by DST to provide services under the Agreement has access to, or receives from or on behalf of Fund any Fund Confidential Information in electronic format, DST shall enter into a written agreement with such subcontractor, which agreement shall contain provisions regarding maintaining the confidentiality of the Fund Confidential Information which are substantially compliant with, and at least as protective as, those terms set forth in the Agreement (including this Exhibit), to the extent the terms of the Agreement and this Appendix would be relevant to the subcontractor’s services provided.

(i) Subcontractor List. DST must maintain an up-to-date list of subcontractors that access, store, transmit, or use Funds’ Confidential Information.

(ii) Monitoring Subcontractors. For subcontractors who collect, transmit, share, store, control, process, manage or access Fund Confidential Information, DST is responsible for assessing and monitoring subcontractor control environments to meet reasonable security standards commensurate with the level of access an dservice provided by such subcontractor. DST must review and monitor the security practices and processes of its subcontractors on a regular basis, including, but not limited to, performing periodic audits on the security adequacy and compliance of the subcontractor. Where applicable and consistent with the services provided, any Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements 18 (SSAE18) reports or similar report will be reviewed by DST at least annually. DST, upon prior written request, will provide evidence of DST’s oversight of any DST personnel. This may include, but is not limited to, documents related to DST’s vendor management program.

 

  2.4

IT Change and Configuration Management. DST shall employ its own reasonable processes, for change management, code inspection, repeatable builds, separation of development and production environments, and testing plans. Code inspections will include a comprehensive process reasonably designed and implemented to identify vulnerabilities and malicious code. In addition, DST shall ensure that processes are documented and implemented for purposes of vulnerability management, patching, and verification of system security controls prior to their connection to production networks.

 

  2.5

Firewall Management. Firewall management processes must be documented and meet industry standards. Any files containing Fund Confidential Information on a system

 

17


 

connected to the internet must be protected with up to date, industry standard, firewall protections and operating system security patches designed to maintain integrity and security of the Fund Confidential Information.

 

  2.6

Network Access. DST must implement controls designed to prevent unauthorized devices from physically connecting to the internal network or to detect and alert an administrator (e.g. Network Access Control device (NAC)). DST must scan for rogue wireless access points on a regular basis.

 

  2.7

Physical and Environmental Security. DST shall: (i) restrict entry to DST’s area(s) where Fund Confidential Information is stored, accessed, or processed solely to DST’s personnel or DST authorized third party service providers for such access; and (ii) implement commercially reasonable practices for infrastructure systems, including fire extinguishing, cooling, and power, emergency systems and employee safety.

 

  2.8

DST Employee Training and Access. DST shall: (i) train its employees on the acceptable use and handling of the Funds’ Confidential Information; (ii) train its employees upon hiring on the WISP, the proper use of systems impacting Fund Confidential Information, and internal and external threats as identified in the risk assessment specified in Section 2.2(xiii) above and the expected procedures defined in the WISP to mitigate these threats; (iii) provide annual security education for its employees and maintain a record of employees that have completed such education; (iv) provide specialized security training to developers with roles and responsibilities in the development of applications interacting with Fund Confidential Information or systems; and (v) implement a formal user registration and de-registration procedure for granting and revoking access to DST’s information systems and services; and upon termination of any of DST’s employees, DST shall revoke such employee’s access to DST’s domain following termination of such individual and revoke such individual’s access to Fund Confidential Information within no more than twenty-four (24) hours of involuntary termination and within two (2) business days after voluntary termination hours and in accordance with DST’s internal policies and procedures. All privileged accounts with access to Fund Confidential Information that are known by the user must undergo a password change.

 

  2.9

Change Notifications. DST may, in its sole discretion, revise DST information security policies and procedures based on internal company security and compliance related risk assessment decisions, provided such revisions do not materially degrade the controls associated with DST’s information security services provided to Fund as of the date of execution of this Exhibit.

 

  2.10

Data Classification, DST must assign a classification rating that indicates the level of protection that should be applied when Fund Confidential Information is stored, processed, accessed, or transmitted. This includes identifying paper, electronic and other records, computing systems, and storage media, including laptops and portable devices used to store Fund Confidential Information, except where the WISP provides for the handling of all records as if they all contained Fund Confidential Information.

 

  2.11

Data Loss Prevention. DST must implement a data loss prevention program to monitor and control the data in and out of networks containing Fund Confidential Information. DST must restrict the ability of DST personnel to exfiltrate Fund Confidential Information by implementing reasonably appropriate security controls designed to mitigate the risks. This includes preventative controls (e.g. proxy rules, filtering products, blocking and/or

 

18


 

monitoring, etc.) in place to prevent client information from being sent externally by DST without encryption.

 

  2.12

Encryption Standards. DST will define in its WISP minimum standards for data encryption. DST will employ approved industry standards designed to ensure that applicable requirements are implemented to protect the data. DST must:

(i) encrypt Fund Confidential Information while in transit across public networks;

(ii) encrypt Fund Confidential Information at rest on portable computing devices including laptops, electronic media (including removable media), and electronic storage devices. Use of removable media (floppy disk, recordable CD/DVD, USB drive, etc.) to store Fund Confidential Information must be prohibited without a business need and explicitly authorized internally. DST allows AES256 encryption on the mainframe disk controllers; however, encryption at the database layer is not implemented; and

(iii) document procedures for managing encryption keys. Access to encryption keys must be restricted to named administrators governed by an access management program with at least annual review. Encryption keys must be protected in storage, and must not be stored on the same systems that perform the encryption / un-encryption.

 

  2.13

Data Retention. DST shall destroy all Fund Confidential Information at Funds’ request, but in any event following completion of the applicable services provided under the Agreement except to the extent: (a) required by U.S. law; (b) expressly required or permitted by Fund in writing; (c) to the extent necessary to comply with the Funds’ or DST’s legal or regulatory obligations; or (d) as otherwise permitted in accordance with the Agreement. Electronic media that is not physically destroyed must be irrevocably erased or degaussed, such that the media is no longer readable for any purpose. DST must develop and document information destruction processes that meet industry standards and must be used in all cases when Fund Confidential Information is no longer needed. DST shall keep records of all Fund Confidential Information destruction completed and provide such records to Fund upon demand or contract termination .

 

  2.14

Segregation of Fund Data. DST shall use generally accepted security management controls designed to ensure that none of DST’s other clients have access to Fund Confidential Information.

 

  2.14

Bring Your Own Device. DST shall ensure security controls, including, mobile device management (MDM), virtual sandbox, remote wipe capabilities and encryption must be in place if Fund Confidential Information can be stored, accessed, transmitted to or from, or used on a personal device. DST must have policies to ensure DST personnel maintain the security of these devices including requirements around timely updating and patching, password management, current anti-virus/anti-malware and prevention of “jailbreaking” or “rooting” personal devices.

3.            Due Diligence Supporting Materials; Security Assessment.

 

  3.1

Due Diligence Supporting Materials. In response to the Funds’ due diligence efforts, DST will provide copies of its: (i) BITS Full Standard Information Gathering questionnaire; (ii) if applicable, once annually, the SOC 1, Type II report, prepared in accordance with Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 18, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization; (iii) information security policy and control standards summary; and

 

19


 

(iv) network penetration vendor attestation letter. DST will be reasonably available to answer any additional questions of Fund, up to forty (40) hours per year that are not already addressed by providing the documentation set forth within this Section 3.1 and would not require DST, in its sole good faith discretion, to disclose information that it deems highly sensitive.

 

  3.2

Monitoring Systems. DST shall monitor its systems and its procedures for (i) security incidents; (ii) unauthorized use of or access to Fund Confidential Information; and (iii) violations external and internal and suspicious activities and network systems isuseDST shall maintain audit and logging capabilities that will enable DST to effectively detect, respond to and investigate a data security incident.

 

  3.3

Intelligence Services. DST shall monitor industry-standard information channels for newly identified system vulnerabilities and emerging risks regarding the technologies and Services provided to Fund. DST shall use the information gained to improve DST’s WISP and promptly fix or patch any identified security problem.

 

  3.4

Intrusion Detection and Prevention. DST shall maintain software, hardware, intrusion detection system, personnel and other resources to ascertain whether a penetration attempt is being made against any part of DST’s network, mainframe, server or other infrastructure or facilities used by DST to process, store or transport Fund Confidential Information. This includes deploying intrusion detection /intrusion prevention controls to block, monitor, and alert DST’s incident response team of security incidents that may require escalation to, and response from, DST’s incident response personnel on a 24 hour per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year basis.

 

  3.5

Anti-virus Protection. All servers, workstations and laptop computers must have industry standard, up to date, virus detection or integrity software installed and active. This software must (i) be configured to continuously monitor the systems and files for characteristics of viruses, worms, spyware, and Trojan Horses; (ii) be capable of generating detailed audit logs; and (iii) be installed in auto-protect, full-time, or real-time mode. DST’s anti-virus, spam, and spyware protection products must be updated at least once a week. When possible, updates must be installed as part of an automated network process (e.g., via login scripting).

 

  3.6

DST Security Assessment. As part of DST’s Security Assessment, DST will:

(i) conduct vulnerability scans and penetration assessments, including activities performed by management and contracted third parties, at least once annually on internal and external systems and applications that may receive, access, process or store Fund Confidential Information at DST’s expense. The penetration test must be performed by an independent third party, or if the penetration test is performed by DST, then it must be performed by a party independent from the team implementing security controls. The scope of the vulnerability and penetration testing must include all production information resources and contingency plans and any other information resources within DST’s organization that interact with, or provide access to, Fund Confidential Information or systems. DST will provide Fund with a letter confirming the testing has been performed. Fund is not permitted to conduct penetration testing or other code scanning on DST’s environment and software;

 

20


(ii) evaluate the results of the vulnerability scans and Remediate Security Exposures deemed material by DST’s personnel as reasonably appropriate, taking into account facts and circumstances surrounding such issues;

(iii) Mitigate Security Exposures discovered and deemed material by DST’s personnel within a reasonably appropriate time period. .

(iv) employ automated mechanisms no less than annually to detect the presence of unauthorized software on DST information systems. This must update the list of information system vulnerabilities scanned within every three hundred sixty-five (365) days or when new vulnerabilities are identified and reported. Vulnerability scanning tools and techniques must be employed that promote interoperability among tools and automate parts of the vulnerability management process by using standards for enumerating platforms, software flaws, and improper configurations and formatting, as well as making transparent, checklists and test procedures that measure vulnerability impact; and

(v) provide reasonably detailed results for vulnerability and penetration testing relating solely to Fund clients to Fund or a Fund representative. A reasonably detailed summary of results will include: (i) the date the original test was performed; (ii) the name of the company that performed the test if a third party was used; and (iii) the scope of the test, including authenticated or unauthenticated testing.

 

  3.7

Patching and Addressing Security Problems. DST shall fix or patch any identified security problem as soon as reasonably possible after DST becomes aware of the security problem or when vulnerability disclosures are made publicly available, whichever is sooner. This obligation extends to all devices that comprise DST’s systems, including application software, databases, servers, firewalls, routers and switches and hubs, as well as to all of DST’s other practices for handling Fund Confidential Information.

 

  3.8

Malware and Virus Definitions. DST must maintain up-to-date versions of system security agent software, including (i) malware protection; (ii) up-to-date patches and virus definitions; and (iii) the ability to receive the most current security updates on a regular basis.

 

4.

Security Incident Response.

 

  4.1

Mitigation and Remediation of Security Incidents. DST will Mitigate or Remediate any Security Incident in accordance with its internal security policies and procedures.

 

  4.2

Security Incident Response. DST shall maintain formal processes that are (i) approved by management; (ii) communicated to all DST personnel; (iii) assigned an owner to perform review and maintenance; and (iv) reasonably designed and implemented to detect, identify, report, respond to, Mitigate, and Remediate Security Incidents in a timely manner. The program must document processes and plans in the case of a security incident and shall require documenting responsive actions taken in connection with any incident involving a security incident or breach of security, mandatory post incident review of events, and any actions taken to make changes in business practices relating to protection of Fund Confidential Information.

 

  4.3

Security Incident Notification. DST shall promptly notify Fund but in no event later than 48 hours following confirmed Security Incident(s). Such notification shall include the extent and nature of such intrusion, disclosure, or unauthorized access, the identity of the

 

21


 

compromised Fund Confidential Information (to the extent it can be ascertained), how DST was affected by the Security Incident, and its response to such Security Incident.

 

  4.4

Security Incident Investigation. DST shall reasonably cooperate with the Funds’ investigation and response to each Security Incident. DST acknowledges and agrees that records of system activity and of Fund Confidential Information handling may be evidence (subject to appropriate chain of custody procedures) in the event of a security incident or breach of Fund Confidential Information. Upon Funds’ request, and at Funds’ expense, DST shall deliver copies of such records to Fund for use in any legal or regulatory proceeding or in any governmental investigation. Further, in the case of a security incident or breach of Fund Confidential Information, and at Funds’ request, DST shall hire an independent third party to (i) determine the scope of the incident or breach and impacted records; and (ii) suggest appropriate post incident changes to DST’s WISP and controls. The report from the independent third party will be provided to Fund promptly following deliver to DST.

 

5.

Fund Confidential Information Outside the United States

Storage, access, transmission or use of Fund Confidential Information from a location outside the U.S. must be conducted from a secure workspace (“Secure Workspace”) as provided below. The Secure Workspace shall include the requirements set forth in the “Secure Workspace Requirements” Section of this Schedule 10.5 set forth below.

SECURE WORKSPACE REQUIREMENTS

 

  1    Card key access or equivalent must be implemented for the Secure Workspace where Fund Confidential Information will be access, stored, transmitted or used.
  2    Only assigned resources are granted access to the Secure Workspace.
  3    DST resources assigned to the Fund account and access, store, transmit, or use Fund Confidential Information work only in the Secure Workspace.
  4    All third parties entering the Secure Workspace, are issued a visitor badge and are escorted by DST resources.
  5    Closed Circuit TV (CCTV) camera is installed at the entrance of the Secure Workspace and recordings are stored and available for thirty (30) days.
  6    Monitoring is configured to detect movement of people and equipment moving in and out of the Secure Workspace.
  7    Secure Workspace is built to ensure that there is no physical visibility into the environment from unauthorized individuals.
  8    Solid partitions are built into any false ceiling in the Secure Workplace.

 

22


  9    Any entrance doors to the Secure Workplace are constructed from a solid material (wood or steel) and are not hollow-core.
  10    Windows that are a part of the external building and visible from the ground are frosted (if the work space is visible externally).
  11    No personal devices are allowed in the Secure Workspace (cell phones, smartphones, cameras, recorders, PDAs, external storage devices, etc.).
  12    External connections for all computers in the Secure Workspace must pass through DST’s firewall.
  13    All computers in the Secure Workspace are provided by DST and communicate with Fund via approved Fund virtual desktop image (“VDI”) only.
  14    All computers in the Secure Workspace that connect to DST via VDI must be configured so that cut & paste, save local or save to DST network device, printing, and connection to any external storage devices (USB, CD, external drive, printer, etc.) are disabled.
  15    All computers in the Secure Workspace that connect to DST via VDI must be configured so that they cannot connect directly to the public internet (i.e. no modem, cable, DSL, wireless, etc.) while connected to the Fund network.
  16    All computers in the Secure Workspace that connect to DST via VDI must be configured to limit access outside the Secure Workplace.

 

23


 

SCHEDULE 10.6

TRANSFER AGENT’S PLAN EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

24


LOGO

 

25


LOGO

The SS&C Data Center Executive Summary is an overview of the recovery processes for SS&C’s Winchester Data Center (WDC) infrastructure. The Executive Summary does not represent SS&C’s Corporate Business Continuity Plans. The Dedicated GCM team is responsible for the development, administration, exercising and improvement of the GCM program. All staff members maintain Certified Business Continuity Professional (CBCP) certifications from Disaster Recovery Institute International (DRII). The GCM team reports to the Chief Risk Officer who is a direct report to the President of the company. The Winchester Data Center is the primary facility for the majority of SS&C’s data processing infrastructure. SS&C also maintains an alternate data center, commonly referred to as the Bridgeton Recovery Center (BRC). The Recovery Center is equipped with the hardware and software designed to achieve certain Recovery Time Objectives (RTO) and Recovery Point Objectives (RPO) if a disaster disables the Winchester Data Center. Recovery Time Objectives begin after SS&C declares a disaster at the Winchester Data Center. The specific RTO and RPO depend on the application being recovered. Initial Response to Emergency Situations WDC personnel take action designed to protect employees and organizational assets. They evaluate the emergency and make a preliminary estimate of damages and downtime. The BRC is placed on alert and the following information is then provided to the Global Crisis Management Response Team (GCMRT): Time disaster occurred Location of disaster Type of disaster Injuries Estimate of damage Estimate of downtime Recommendation to deciare a disaster or repair Declaration of Disaster If a situation warrants a disaster declaration, the GCMRT will recommend data center failover to SS&C’s Chief Risk Officer, who in consultation with SS&C’s Chief Technology Officer, will make a recommendation to SS&C’s President. SS&C’s President will make the ultimate decision for disaster declaration, its timing, and failover to the recovery center. Upon declaration, the GCMRT will coordinate and synchronize the execution of the following actions and maintain reporting through SS&C’s Crisis Communication protocols:

 

26


LOGO

Notify SS&C’s BRC to begin recovery operations Execute manual or automated associate notification procedures Communicate with client relationship managers and associates following SS&C’s internal guidelines Provide status reports as defined at declaration Upon declaration, SS&C may run primary data processing from the BRC for an extended period Winchester Data Center and Bridgeton Recovery Center SS&C completed construction of its WDC in 1986 and acquired the BRC in 2003. The WDC and BRC are located approximately 250 miles apart in urban business parks near Kansas City (WDC) and St. Louis (BRC). Both facilities have the ability to monitor the other facility’s energy systems, environment systems, data systems, security systems, and personnel at all times. The WDC and the BRC have dedicated personnel supporting data processing functions and equipment available at all times. The WDC and the BRC each contain approximately 70,000 square feet of raised computer floor. Each data center is physically separated from adjacent buildings by roadways, parking areas, or fields. Both facilities’ primary structures are made with poured-in-place concrete. The WDC and the BRC facilities undergo weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual maintenance. Facility Information Energy Supply Each data center obtains power from local utilities. WDC receives its electricity through a dual feed from one substation and the BRC receives its electricity through a single feed from one substation. Both facilities are located in the Eastern Interconnected System. However, the data centers are located in separate North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC) regions within the power grid. WDC resides in the Southwest Power Pool and the BRC resides in the Mid-America Interconnected Network. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Each data center contains multiple UPS systems rated at N+1 or greater. Engineering staff monitors these systems regularly and tests each system annually. Generator The data centers are equipped with generators and sufficient fuel to provide power for data processing, cooling, and facilities equipment for more than seven days without refueling under normal conditions. Facility support at WDC tests the N+2 rated system weekly and at the BRC monthly.

 

27


LOGO

Power Distribution The data centers each contain redundant switchgear, PDU, and transformers rated at N+N. Cooling Equipment The data centers’ cooling systems retain a rating of N+N. Fire Suppression Fire detection systems constantly monitor both data, centers. In case of fire, two detectors must trigger to activate the fire detection system. Only then does the system fill the sprinkler piping and spray out water from the activated sprinkler head in the data center. SS&C associates monitor fire protection systems. Acts of Nature Tornado The WDC was built to withstand 250-270 MPH wind speeds and the related pressurization which are consistent to an EF-5 tornado. This structural integrity surrounds both the data center and environmental support facilities. Flood The WDC is located on a ridge several miles from the nearest flood plain. Historically neither the data center nor its surrounding area has been affected by flooding. The BRC is located within the Earth City Levee District. The 1,891-acre district is protected from flooding by an interrelated flood control system. Earthquake The WDC was built to meet seismic zone ratings based on distance from known faults. The data center is rated to withstand the effects of known fault areas in the Midwest based on historical fault information. Network Recovery SS&C has designed a multiple-carrier solution for data connectivity to the BRC. Network carriers provide diverse fiber connections between the WDC and the BRC. This network design allows for redundant connectivity to mirror and backup application data. SS&C accomplishes this connectivity by using high-speed channel extension and IP technology. SS&C does not encrypt data transferred within SS&C’s internal network.

 

28


LOGO

Telecommunications The data centers use redundant circuits between facilities, redundant support equipment, redundant Point of Presence (POP)/Central Office (CO) connections, and diverse paths within the buildings for data and voice systems. Data center UPS supports data and voice equipment during an outage. Client Connectivity SS&C recovers client connectivity at the BRC according to the following processes: SS&C Supported Connectivity —SS&C has designed its Wide Area Network (WAN) to allow the redirection of client connections from the WDC to the BRC. SS&C accomplishes this through established commands. Client Provided —SS&C has implemented a secured network i nf restructure at the BRC, which allows client-provided connectivity. Customers who provide their own network connectivity to the WDC are responsible for providing connectivity into the BRC. Recovery Information SS&C uses various forms of data back-up and recovery designed to meet product RTO and RPO. SS&C backs up and recovers data and systems according to contracted product availability. Due to a wide range of client and application specific requirements, this document does not contain the list of SS&C recovered products. Client service representatives can provide specific product recovery. The following section covers the types of data processing used to back up and recover each of the platforms supported at the WDC. It also covers the two main recovery plans (4-Hour and 24-Hour RTOs) supported at the BRC. The name of the program reflects the RTO to which it relates. Mainframe Software For applications under the 4-Hour RTO, SS&C uses a mirroring process to backup applications and client data. This process controls data mirroring asynchronously between storage devices at WDC and the BRC. The RPO of 0-30 minutes can vary depending on the production data change rate. A higher change rate causes a longer delay in applying the changes at the BRC. The highest change rate occurs during the nightly cycle. Batch processing normally restarts at the last completed step, so the RPO should not be negatively affected. During online activity, the change rate is lower, so the RPO is at its shortest. As with all failures, work in progress is lost. The BRC personnel perform a system restart with the goal of providing system availability within 4 hours of declaration of a disaster. For applications under the 24-Hour RTO, SS&C uses a Virtualized Tape System (VTS) to backup application and client data. The RPO for application and client data is 24 hours. A sync point is taken on a daily bass by backing up the data to a VTS. This sync point occurs after nightly

 

29


LOGO

processing has completed. The BRC personnel perform a system restart with the goal of providing system availability within 24 hours of declaration of a disaster. E-Commerce Software SS&C uses a replication tool for the recovery of the E-Commerce environment. The replication tool controls data-mirroring processes asynchronously between storage devices at WDC and the BRC. The RPO of 0-30 minutes can vary from time to time depending on the production data change rate. A higher change rate causes a longer delay in applying the changes at the BRC. As with all failures, work in progress is lost. The BRC personnel perform a system restart with the goal of providing system availability within four hours of the declaration of a disaster. Compute Software SS&C uses a replication tool for the recovery of the Compute environment. The replication tool controls data-mirroring processes asynchronously between storage devices at WDC and the BRC. The RPO of 0-30 minutes can vary from time to time depending on the production data change rate. A higher change rate causes a longer delay in applying the changes at the BRC. As with all failures, work in progress is lost. The BRC personnel perform a system restart with the goal of providing system availability within four hours of the declaration of a disaster. Mainframe, E-Commerce, or Compute Hardware Where required, SS&C associates and vendors install upgrades, patches, and any adjustments on BRC devices in accordance with production change control processes. Recovery Exercises SS&C’s Data Center Recovery plan exercises the recovery of products according to RTO and RPO. SS&C labels recovery exercises “4-Hour” and “24-Hour”, which indicates the RTOs exercised. SS&C has created the following exercise duration periods to accommodate product recovery, pre- nightly testing, nightly processing, and post-nightly testing: 4-Hour RTO exercises—24-hour period 24-Hour RTO exercises—48- hour period System support, product support, and applicable business units participate during scheduled exercises. SS&C exercises components associated with product recovery during a 4-hour or 24- hour RTO exercise, including but not limited to the following: Operating systems Databases

 

30


LOGO

Applications Networks Hardware All 4-Hour and 24-Hour RTO recovery programs consist of the following types of exercises: Internal Exercises — Provide SS&C additional opportunities to validate recovery objectives. External Exercises— Provide clients an opportunity to view, manipulate, and use recovered products according to their pre-defined recovery objectives, including network. Each 4-Hour and 24-Hour RTO recovery exercise is scheduled multiple times per year, with two opportunities for client participation.

 

31


LOGO

 

32


SCHEDULE 10.9

Insurance Requirements

During the term of the Agreement to which this Schedule is attached Transfer Agent shall maintain the following insurance coverages and amounts:

 

a)

Worker’s Compensation – Statutory Limits

Employer’s Liability:- $1,000,000 Per Accident

 

  -

$1,000,000 Disease each Employee

  -

$1,000,000 Disease Policy Limit

 

b)

Commercial General Liability:

 

   

Bodily Injury and Loss of Property Damage, including loss of use

 

  -

$1,000,000 each occurrence / $2,000,000 in the aggregate

   

Products and Completed Operations – $2,000,000 in the aggregate

 

   

Personal Injury

 

   

Damage to Premises Rented By Transfer Agent – Any One Occurrence $300,000

 

c)

Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance covering the excess over the limits specified for all employer’s liability and commercial general liability coverages noted in a) and b) above with minimum limits of $5,000,000 each occurrence and in the aggregate.

 

d)

Professional Liability Insurance (Errors & Omissions and Cyber Coverage) in an amount not less than $5,000,000 per claim and in the annual aggregate. The cyber coverage shall cover network security and privacy risks, including coverage for unauthorized access, breach of privacy perils, and wrongful disclosure of information. Such insurance will be renewed so as to provide continuous coverage during the term of this Agreement and for a period of at least twelve (12) months following the completion of Services.

 

e)

Crime / Fidelity Coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per claim and in the annual aggregate.

 

f)

OTHER REQUIREMENTS:

 

33


  1.

Transfer Agent will be required to furnish a certificate of insurance to Funds within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date. In addition, Transfer Agent shall furnish a copy of all new certificates of insurance annually within sixty (60) Business Days after renewal of each certificate. All certificates should be sent to:

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America

TIAA.COI@spmail.pr.tiaa-cref.org

 

  2.

Transfer Agent shall name the Funds, its subsidiaries, directors, officers, and employees as an additional insured as their interests may appear on the following policies: Commercial General Liability.

 

  3.

The policies listed in a and b above shall be endorsed to provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Funds.

 

  4.

The insurers providing the coverages set forth herein must be acceptable to the Funds, licensed in the State New York, and maintain a rating of not less than A-/VII in the A.M. Best Insurance Rating Guide financial strength rating.

 

  5.

Coverage will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance programs maintained by the Funds.

 

34

AMENDMENT

To

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

Between

Each of the Nuveen Open-End Investment Companies

As Listed on Schedule A to the Agreement

And

DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.

This Amendment is made as of this 7th day of December, 2020 (“Effective Date”), between each of the Nuveen Open-End Investment Companies, as listed on Schedule A to the Agreement (collectively, the “Funds”) and DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”). In accordance with Section 16.l (Amendment) and Section 17 (Additional Portfolios/Funds) of the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated May 11, 2012, as amended (the “Agreement”), the parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1.

Schedule A. The current Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby replaced and superseded with the Schedule A attached hereto, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

  2.

All defined terms and definitions in the Agreement shall be the same in this Amendment (the “December 7, 2020 Amendment”) except as specifically revised by this Amendment; and

 

  3.

Except as specifically set forth in this December 7, 2020 Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this December 7, 2020 Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the latest date of signature provided below.

 

EACH OF THE NUVEEN FUNDS,

AS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A

     

DST ASSET MANAGER

SOLUTIONS, INC.

By:       /s Tina M. Lazar                                                                By:      /s/ Michael Sleightholme                
Print:   Tina M. Lazar                           Print:  Michael Sleightholme                     
Title:    Vice President                            Title:   VP                                                   
Date:    12/7/20                                          Date:   December 15, 2020                      

As an Authorized Officer on behalf of each Of

the Funds indicated on Schedule A

     


SCHEDULE A

Nuveen Open-End Funds

Effective December 7, 2020

 

1.

NUVEEN MUNICIPAL TRUST

Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund

 

2.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST I

Nuveen Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Colorado Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Maryland Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Mexico Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund

 

3.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST II

Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund

 

4.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST III

Nuveen Georgia Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Louisiana Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund

 

5.

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST IV

Nuveen Kansas Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Wisconsin Municipal Bond Fund


SCHEDULE A

Nuveen Open-End Funds

Effective December 7, 2020

 

6.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST

Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund

Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund

Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

 

7.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II

Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund

Nuveen International Growth Fund

Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Large Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow International Small Cap Fund

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG Fund

 

8.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund

Nuveen High Yield Income Fund

 

9.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V

Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund

Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund

 

10.

NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST

Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio

Nuveen Core Impact Bond Managed Accounts Portfolio


SCHEDULE A

Nuveen Open-End Funds

Effective December 7, 2020

 

11.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT FUNDS, INC.

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund

Nuveen Credit Income Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Nebraska Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Oregon Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund

Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Strategic Income Fund

 

 

SECURITIES LENDING AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

Between

EACH NUVEEN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANY LISTED ON SCHEDULE C

And

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 


Table of Contents

     Page  

1. Definitions.

     1  

2. Appointment of State Street.

     3  

3. Securities to be Loaned.

     3  

4. Borrowers.

     4  

5. Securities Loan Agreements.

     4  

6. Loans of Available Securities.

     4  

7. Distributions on and Voting Rights with Respect to Loaned Securities.

     5  

8. Collateral.

     6  

9. Investment of Cash Collateral; Compensation; Grant of Security Interest.

     7  

10. Fee Disclosure.

     9  

11. Recordkeeping, Reports and Audits.

     9  

12. Standard of Care and Indemnification.

     10  

13. Representations and Warranties.

     11  

14. Borrower Default Indemnification.

     12  

15. Continuing Agreement; Termination; Remedies.

     13  

16. Notices.

     14  

17. Securities Investors Protection Act of 1970 Notice.

     15  

18. Authorized Representatives.

     15  

19. Agents.

     15  

20. Force Majeure.

     15  

21. Miscellaneous.

     15  

22. Confidentiality.

     16  

23. Opt-In to U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

     16  

24. Counterparts.

     17  

25. Amendments.

     18  

26. Separate Agreements.

     18  

27. Business Continuity.

     18  


28. Information Security.

     18  


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE A (Fee Split)

SCHEDULE B (Cash Collateral Investment)

SCHEDULE C (List of Funds)

SCHEDULE D (Schedule of Borrowers)

SCHEDULE E (Lending Restrictions)

SCHEDULE F (Schedule of Authorized Representatives)

SCHEDULE G (Schedule of Authorized State Street Representatives)

SCHEDULE H (Acceptable Forms of Collateral)

EXHIBIT A (Special Resolution Regimes)

EXHIBIT B (State Street Client Information Security Addendum)


SECURITIES LENDING AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

Agreement dated the 12th     day of August         , 2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C and organized and existing under the jurisdiction specified in Schedule C (each a “Trust”), severally and not jointly, and for each Trust with a series, on behalf of each of its series as listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly, and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a trust company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliates (defined below) (collectively, “State Street”), setting forth the terms and conditions under which State Street is authorized to act on behalf of the respective Trust with respect to the lending of certain securities of a Trust held by State Street as agent, trustee or custodian or by the Fund’s Third Party Custodian (as defined below).

This Agreement shall be deemed for all purposes to constitute a separate and discrete agreement between State Street and each of the Trusts and each of the series of shares of the respective Trust as listed on Schedule C to this Agreement (each Trust and each series of a Trust, if applicable, is a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) as it may be amended by the parties, and no Trust or series of shares of a Trust shall be responsible or liable for any of the obligations of any other Trust or series of a Trust under this Agreement or otherwise, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and of the mutual covenants contained herein, each of the parties hereto does hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For the purposes hereof:

(a) “Agreement” means this Securities Lending Authorization Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance herewith from time to time.

(b) “Applicable Law” means the laws, rules and regulations (including income tax treaties) of any relevant jurisdiction, including published practice of any government or other taxing authority in connection with such laws, rules and regulations.

(c) “Authorized Representative” means any person reasonably believed by State Street to be an authorized person set forth on Schedule F attached hereto (which Schedule shall be updated promptly by a Fund upon changes to personnel who are authorized to act on the Fund’s behalf by providing written notice to State Street).

(d) “Authorized State Street Representative” means any person reasonably believed by the Funds to be an authorized person set forth on Schedule G attached hereto (which Schedule shall be updated promptly by State Street upon changes to personnel who are authorized to act on State Street’s behalf by providing written notice to the Funds).

 

1


(e) “Available Securities” means the securities of the Funds that are available for Loans pursuant to Section 3.

(f) “Borrower” means any of the entities to which Available Securities may be loaned under a Securities Loan Agreement, as described in Section 4.

(g) “Collateral” means cash, securities or letters of credit delivered by a Borrower to secure its obligations under a Securities Loan Agreement.

(h) “Fee Income” means any fee income received from a Borrower, including, without limitation, negative rebates paid by a Borrower in connection with Loans, premiums in connection with non-cash Collateral and fees in connection with fee for hold or other arrangements.

(i) “Investment Manager” when used in any provision, means the person or entity that has discretionary authority over the investment of the Available Securities to which the provision applies.

(j) “Loan” means a loan of Available Securities to a Borrower.

(k) “Loaned Security” shall mean any “security” which is delivered as a Loan under a Securities Loan Agreement; provided that, if any new or different security shall be exchanged for any Loaned Security by recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other corporate action, such new or different security shall, effective upon such exchange, be deemed to become a Loaned Security in substitution for the former Loaned Security for which such exchange was made.

(l) “Market Value” of a security means the market value of such security (including, in the case of a Loaned Security that is a debt security, the accrued interest on such security) as determined by the independent pricing service designated by State Street, or such other independent sources as may be selected by State Street on a reasonable basis.

(m) “Net Investment Income” means income (including interest, dividends and realized net capital gains) distributed in respect of the investment of cash Collateral, net of applicable fees, charges and expenses properly charged by the relevant investment vehicle in which such cash Collateral is invested.

(n) “Obligations” means any and all liabilities and obligations of a Fund to State Street arising under or in respect of this Agreement, whether mature or unmatured, contingent or otherwise, including any obligation of a Fund to pay State Street or to reimburse State Street for any credit, advance, overdraft or other indebtedness of the Fund to State Street under the terms of this Agreement.

(o) “Replacement Securities” means securities of the same issuer, class and denomination as Loaned Securities.

 

2


(p) “Securities Loan Agreement” means the agreement between a Borrower and State Street (on behalf of the Funds) that governs Loans, as described in Section 5, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance therewith from time to time.

(q) “State Street Affiliate” means any entity that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls State Street Bank and Trust Company or that is controlled by or is under common control with State Street Bank and Trust Company.

(r) “Third Party Custodian” means any custodian selected by a Fund other than State Street or State Street Affiliate which holds for safekeeping a Fund’s Available Securities.

2. Appointment of State Street. Each Fund hereby appoints and authorizes State Street as its agent to lend Available Securities to Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. State Street shall have the responsibility and authority to do or cause to be done all acts State Street shall determine to be desirable, necessary, or appropriate to implement and administer this securities lending program. Each Fund agrees that State Street is acting as a fully disclosed agent and not as principal in connection with the securities lending program. State Street may take action as agent of the Fund on an undisclosed or a disclosed basis.

Each Fund also appoints and authorizes State Street, as its agent, to enter into fee for hold arrangements with respect to certain Available Securities. State Street, as agent, will, in return for a fee from the Borrower, hold and reserve or direct the Third Party Custodian to hold and reserve certain Available Securities and will refrain from lending such Available Securities to any third party without the Borrower’s permission, provided, however, that the fee for hold arrangements shall not restrict or otherwise affect the Fund’s ownership rights with regard to the Available Securities.

3. Securities to be Loaned.

All of a Fund’s securities held by State Street or a Third Party Custodian, as custodian of the respective Fund, shall be subject to this securities lending program and constitute Available Securities hereunder, except those securities, which the relevant Fund or the Investment Manager specifically identifies in writing to State Street from time to time as not being Available Securities (such writing hereinafter referred to as the “Restricted Securities List”). In the absence of any such identification herein or other notices specifically identifying securities as not being Available Securities, State Street shall have no authority or responsibility for determining whether any of a Fund’s securities should be excluded from the securities lending program.

If applicable, each Fund shall cause its Third Party Custodian to enter into an operational procedures agreement with State Street (the “Operational Procedures Agreement”) to facilitate the provision of services contemplated by this Agreement. Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that no lending can occur for the Funds using a Third Party Custodian prior to the execution of the Operational Procedures Agreement between Third Party Custodian and State Street and that State Street may in its sole discretion decline to execute an Operational Procedures Agreement with any Third Party Custodian. Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that State Street shall have no liability in respect of any acts of the Third Party Custodian or any losses which result from the failure by the Third Party Custodian to comply

 

3


with State Street’s instructions or the terms of the Operational Procedures Agreement, except to the extent that such losses arise directly from State Street’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Each Fund authorizes and directs State Street and Authorized State Street Representatives to instruct the Third Party Custodian to deliver Available Securities to Borrowers and other persons at the direction of State Street and Authorized State Street Representatives and otherwise follow the directions of State Street and Authorized State Street Representatives in order to put this Agreement into full effect.

4. Borrowers.

Each Fund hereby authorizes State Street to effect Loans of Available Securities of the Fund with any Borrower set forth in Schedule D, attached hereto, as such schedule may be amended or modified from time to time by separate written agreement of State Street and the Funds.

State Street shall not be responsible for any statements, representations, warranties or covenants made by any Borrower in connection with any Loan or for any Borrower’s performance of or failure to perform the terms of any Loan under the applicable Securities Loan Agreement or any related agreement, including the failure to make any required payments, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or except to the extent that such losses arise directly from State Street’s negligence, fraud or willful misconduct.

5. Securities Loan Agreements. Each Fund authorizes State Street to enter into one or more Securities Loan Agreements, subject to the Lending Restrictions set forth on Schedule E hereto, with such Borrowers as may be selected by State Street and as set forth on Schedule D hereto. Each Securities Loan Agreement shall have such terms and conditions as State Street may negotiate with the Borrower, such terms and conditions being consistent with this Agreement. Certain terms of individual Loans, including rebate fees to be paid to the Borrower for the use of cash Collateral, shall be negotiated at the time a Loan is made but must be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

The Fund agrees that the authorization provided hereunder includes the authority to enter into Securities Loan Agreements with Borrowers subject to special resolution regime laws and regulations as described in the attached Exhibit A.

6. Loans of Available Securities. State Street shall be responsible for determining whether any Loan shall be made, and for negotiating and establishing the terms of each such Loan. State Street shall have the authority to terminate any Loan in its discretion, at any time and without prior notice to the Fund. In the event of a default (within the meaning of the applicable Securities Loan Agreement) by a Borrower on any Loan, State Street shall be fully protected in acting in any commercially reasonable manner it deems reasonable and appropriate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, each Fund also retains the authority and discretion to direct State Street to initiate action to terminate any Loan made under this Agreement at any time (i.e., recall Loaned Securities), by providing written notice to State Street.

 

4


Each Fund acknowledges that State Street administers securities lending programs for other clients of State Street. State Street will allocate securities lending opportunities among its clients, using methods established by State Street from time to time. State Street does not represent or warrant that any amount or percentage of the Fund’s Available Securities will in fact be loaned to Borrowers. Each Fund agrees that it shall have no claim against State Street and State Street shall have no liability arising from, based on, or relating to, loans allocated to other clients, or loan opportunities not made available to the Fund, whether or not State Street has made fewer or more loans for any other client, and whether or not any loan allocated to another client, or loan opportunity not made available to the Fund, could have resulted in Loans made under this Agreement.

Each Fund also acknowledges that, under the applicable Securities Loan Agreements, Borrowers will not be required to return Loaned Securities immediately upon receipt of notice from State Street terminating the applicable Loan, but instead will be required to return such Loaned Securities within such period of time following such notice as is specified in the applicable Securities Loan Agreement, and in no event shall such requirement permit returns later than the earlier of the end of the customary settlement period or five (5) business days. Upon receiving a notice from the Fund or the Investment Manager that Available Securities which have been loaned to a Borrower should no longer be considered Available Securities (whether because of the sale of such securities or otherwise), or that the Fund instructs State Street to terminate a Loan for any reason, State Street shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower which has borrowed such securities that the Loan of such Available Securities is terminated and that such Available Securities are to be returned within the time specified by the applicable Securities Loan Agreement, and in no event later than the earlier of the end of the customary settlement period or five (5) business days.

7. Distributions on and Voting Rights with Respect to Loaned Securities. Except as provided in the next sentence, all substitute interest, dividends, and other distributions paid with respect to Loaned Securities shall be credited to the Fund’s relevant account on the date such amounts are delivered by the Borrower to State Street. Any non-cash distribution on Loaned Securities which distribution is in the nature of a stock split or a stock dividend shall be added to the Loan (and shall be considered to constitute Loaned Securities) as of the date such non-cash distribution is received by the Borrower; provided that the Fund or Investment Manager may, by giving State Street six (6) business days’ notice prior to the date of such non-cash distribution, direct State Street to request that the Borrower deliver such non-cash distribution to State Street, pursuant to the applicable Securities Loan Agreement, in which case State Street shall credit such non-cash distribution to the Fund’s relevant account on the date it is delivered to State Street.

Each Fund acknowledges that it will not be entitled to participate in any dividend reinvestment program or to vote with respect to Available Securities that are on loan on the applicable record date for such Available Securities.

Each Fund also acknowledges that any payments of distributions from Borrower to the Fund are in substitution for the interest or dividend accrued or paid in respect of Loaned Securities and that the tax and accounting treatment of substitute payments may differ from the

 

5


tax and accounting treatment of such interest or dividend payments if received directly from issuers.

Each Fund also acknowledges that, with respect to payments of distributions from Borrower, the Fund will generally not be entitled to any credits, including foreign tax credits, for any income tax that would normally be withheld at source on actual distributions of income made by the issuer of the Loaned Securities.

Each Fund further acknowledges that, unless otherwise agreed, payments of distributions from Borrower will be determined by reference to Applicable Law as of the date of each payment and no adjustment will be made to amounts paid by Borrower as a result of any retroactive change in Applicable Law that is announced or enacted after the date of the relevant payment or any decision of a court of competent jurisdiction which is made after the date of the relevant payment (other than where such decision results from an action taken with respect to this Agreement or amounts paid or payable under this Agreement).

If an installment, call or rights issue becomes payable on or in respect of any Loaned Securities, State Street shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that any timely instructions from the Fund or its Investment Manager are complied with, but State Street shall not be required to make any payment unless the Fund has first placed funds with State Street to make such payment.

Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to a dividend paid during the Loan term by a company that is a resident of France, the Fund will not be entitled to receive, either from the French company or the Borrower, any additional dividends (sometimes referred to as “complementary coupons”) declared and payable by such company that are equivalent to a tax credit adjustment (such as “credit d’impot étranger”).

Each Fund further acknowledges and agrees that the Fund will be required to accept cash in lieu of fractional shares in all instances in which an issuer does not issue fractional shares.

8. Collateral.

(a) Receipt of Collateral. Each Fund authorizes State Street to receive and to hold, on the Fund’s behalf, Collateral from Borrowers to secure the obligations of Borrowers with respect to any Loan of Available Securities made on behalf of the Fund pursuant to the Securities Loan Agreements. Concurrently with or prior to the delivery of the Loaned Securities to the Borrower under any Loan, State Street shall receive from the Borrower Collateral in any of the forms listed on Schedule H. Said Schedule may be amended from time to time by separate written agreement of State Street and the Funds. All investments of cash Collateral shall be for the account and at the risk of the Fund.

(b) Marking to Market. The initial Collateral received shall have (depending on the nature of the Loaned Securities and the Collateral received) a value of 102% or 105% of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities, or such other value, but not less than 102% of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities, as may be applicable in the jurisdiction in which such Loaned

 

6


Securities are customarily traded. Pursuant to the terms of the applicable Securities Loan Agreement, State Street shall, in accordance with State Street’s reasonable and customary practices, mark Loaned Securities and Collateral to their Market Value each business day based upon the Market Value of the Collateral and the Loaned Securities at the close of business employing the most recently available pricing information, and ensure that each applicable Securities Loan Agreement shall require each Borrower to deliver additional Collateral to State Street as follows:

(i)    In the case of a Loan of U.S. equities or U.S. corporate debt , the Borrower will be required to deliver additional Collateral in the event that the Market Value of the Collateral is less than one hundred and two percent (102%) of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities, and such additional Collateral together with the Collateral previously delivered shall have a Market Value of not less than one hundred and two percent (102%) of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities.

(ii)    In the case of a Loan of non-U.S. equities, the Borrower will be required to deliver additional Collateral in the event that the Market Value of the Collateral is less than one hundred and five percent (105%) of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities, and such additional Collateral together with the Collateral previously delivered shall have a Market Value of not less than one hundred and five percent (105%) of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities.

(iii)    In the case of a Loan of US government securities (including securities issued by US agencies or instrumentalities), sovereign debt issued by non-US governments, and non-US corporate debt securities, the Borrower will in each case be required to deliver additional Collateral in the event that the Market Value of the Collateral in respect of such Loan is less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities subject to such Loan, and such additional Collateral together with all Collateral previously delivered in respect of such Loan shall have a Market Value of not less than one hundred and two percent (102%) of the Market Value of the Loaned Securities subject to such Loan.

(c) Return of Collateral. The Collateral shall be returned to Borrower at the termination of the Loan upon the return of the Loaned Securities by Borrower to State Street in accordance with the applicable Securities Loan Agreement.

9. Investment of Cash Collateral; Compensation; Grant of Security Interest.

(a) Investment of Cash Collateral. To the extent that a Loan is secured by cash Collateral, such cash Collateral, including money received with respect to the investment of the same, or upon the maturity, sale, or liquidation of any such investments, shall be invested by State Street in accordance with the directions of the Funds as set forth on Schedule B under the heading “Cash Collateral Investment.” State Street does not assume any market or investment risk of loss associated with any investment of cash Collateral. If upon the maturity, redemption, sale, or liquidation of any such investments of cash Collateral, the amounts so available are

 

7


insufficient to return any and all amounts due to a Borrower under and pursuant to the applicable Securities Loan Agreement, the Fund shall be responsible for such shortfall.

(b) Cash Collateral Investments Not Guaranteed. Each Fund acknowledges that interests in any collective investment vehicles to which State Street and/or one or more of the State Street Affiliates provide services are not guaranteed or insured by State Street or State Street Affiliates or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency.

(c) Net Investment Income and Fee Income. Net Investment Income and Fee Income shall be credited to the Fund’s relevant account, on a monthly basis, only after making the following payments on behalf of the Fund: (i) rebate fees shall be paid to Borrowers in accordance with the applicable Securities Loan Agreements; and (ii) a portion of any remaining Net Investment Income and Fee Income after payment of the amounts set forth in clause (i) shall be paid to State Street (as compensation for its services under this Agreement) in the proportion set forth on Schedule A under the heading “Fee Split.” In the event that for a given monthly period, the sum of Net Investment Income and Fee Income is less than the amount of the rebate fees payable to Borrowers pursuant to the applicable Securities Loan Agreements, State Street and the relevant Fund shall be responsible for the shortfall in the proportions set forth on Schedule A under the heading “Fee Split.” The relevant Fund shall be solely responsible for any and all other amounts due to Borrowers under the applicable Securities Loan Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, any taxes required to be withheld at source from Fee Income shall be deducted from the amount credited to the Fund’s relevant account as described in this Paragraph (c) (i.e., from the amount credited after payment of the amounts identified in clauses (i) and (ii) above), and to the extent that such amount is less than the amount of such taxes, then the Fund shall be responsible for any shortfall. Any amounts owed or liabilities or deficiencies incurred by a Fund hereunder may be satisfied solely from the assets of such Fund.

(d) Loan Premiums. To the extent that a Loan is secured by non-cash Collateral, the Borrower shall be required to pay a loan premium, the amount of which shall be negotiated by State Street. There may be instances in which the loan premium is zero on any particular day.

(e) Advances. State Street may, but is not obligated to, advance funds required to be paid by the Fund pursuant to a Securities Loan Agreement or this Agreement. State Street may, in its discretion, and in such case the Fund hereby explicitly authorizes State Street to, charge interest on any such advance at a rate consistent with prevailing rates for short-term investments at such time. The Fund shall reimburse State Street on demand for the amount of any such advance, including interest accrued and payable thereon up until the date of such payment, or any other amount owed by the Fund to State Street under this Agreement.

(f) Right to Debit or Set Off. State Street may at any time charge or debit any account of the Fund maintained by or on behalf of State Street in any capacity (or set off any amounts otherwise payable or creditable to any such account), and may sell or otherwise liquidate investments made with cash Collateral, to pay any amounts due to a Borrower under a Securities Loan Agreement or any Obligations of such Fund. If State Street charges or debits an account of a Fund (or exercises setoff rights) as described in the prior sentence and such charge, debit or setoff is not with respect to the relevant collateral account, State Street will make reasonable

 

8


efforts to notify the Fund of such action after such charge, debit or setoff. The Fund acknowledges that whenever State Street exercises its rights under this Paragraph (f) with respect to Obligations of the Fund, State Street is acting in a principal capacity on its own behalf and not on behalf of the Fund.

(g) Security Interest. As security for the payment and performance by the Fund of its Obligations, the Fund hereby grants to State Street a continuing lien upon and a first priority security interest in, all Collateral and all assets (including accounts and investments) and any proceeds thereof in which the Fund at any time has rights and which at any time is maintained with, or possessed or controlled in any capacity by, State Street or any person acting on behalf of State Street (collectively, the “Property”). If the Fund shall fail to pay or perform any or all of the Obligations of the Fund as and when due, State Street shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of Massachusetts and other applicable law with respect to the Property. While any Obligations of the Fund are outstanding, State Street may decline to deliver out Property if the Fund has failed to pay or perform any of the Obligations as and when due or to the extent that, in State Street’s reasonable judgment, the aggregate value of the Property with respect to which State Street has a perfected security interest would be less than 105% of the Obligations of the Fund after giving effect to the delivery out. The provisions of this Section 9(g) shall not operate to limit any of State Street’s rights under contract or applicable law.

10. Fee Disclosure. The fees associated with the investment of cash Collateral in collective investment vehicles maintained or advised by State Street are set forth in the disclosure materials relating to each applicable collective investment vehicle (e.g., prospectus or offering memorandum). An annual report with respect to such collective investment vehicles is available to the Funds, at no expense, upon request. These fees and expenses may be changed from time to time by State Street upon prior written notice to the Funds.

11. Recordkeeping, Reports and Audits. State Street will establish and maintain such records as are reasonably necessary to account for Loans that are made and the income derived therefrom (and to comply with all regulatory requirements applicable to State Street). State Street’s records shall be presumed to reflect accurately any instructions, directions or other communications, regardless of how communicated, sent or delivered, from any Authorized Representative; provided, that such presumption may be rebutted by a Fund upon the presentation of written evidence to the contrary. On a monthly basis (or upon request of a Fund), State Street will provide the Funds with a statement describing the Loans made, and the income derived from Loans, during the period covered by such statement. Each party to this Agreement shall comply with the reasonable requests of the other for information necessary to the requester’s performance of its duties in connection with this securities lending program, or compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, requests by a Fund’s outside auditors for review of books and records of the Fund in connection with this securities lending program.

Each Fund hereby agrees to participate in data aggregation services which provide securities lending market analysis, provided however, that State Street is only authorized to provide information relating to the Fund’s lending program, including, Available Securities and

 

9


Loaned Securities, on an anonymous basis for aggregation into the database, the identity of the Fund as owner of the securities is in no way identifiable and the aggregator agrees to treat all information provided to it confidentially and to use such information solely for the purposes of providing the data aggregation service. If the Fund elects not to continue to participate in any such service at any time, State Street shall cease providing the Fund’s information within five (5) business days of written notification to that effect from the Fund.

Upon request of a Fund (which shall include reasonable advance notice), State Street shall grant reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the Funds’ personnel, agents or auditors (with such personnel, agents and auditors all being subject to compliance with State Street’s confidentiality and security policies and procedures), to State Street’s facilities and personnel to the extent such are used in connection with State Street’s securities lending program, for the purpose of (i) conducting a due diligence review of State Street’s technology systems used for agency securities lending; (ii) performing an audit in accordance with the business continuity program of the Funds or its Investment Manager; or (iii) for purposes of complying with regulatory requirements applicable to the Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing statement, State Street reserves the right to impose reasonable limitations on the number, frequency, timing and scope of audits and inspections requested by the Fund or its auditor so as to prevent or minimize any potential impairment or disruption of its operations, distraction of its personnel or breaches of security, policies, confidentiality or regulatory limitations or requirements.

State Street will provide the Funds, during the term of this Agreement and upon request, a Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagements (“SSAE”) 16 report twice a year, or at such other frequency as such SSAE 16 report is prepared by State Street with respect to its securities lending program each year. State Street shall notify the Funds of any such change in frequency.

12. Standard of Care and Indemnification.

(a) State Street shall use reasonable care in the performance of its duties hereunder consistent with that exercised by banks generally in the performance of duties arising from acting as agent for clients in securities lending and repurchase transactions (as appropriate), subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Each Fund shall indemnify State Street and hold State Street harmless from any loss or liability (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by State Street in rendering services hereunder or in connection with any breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Fund, except such loss or liability which results from State Street’s failure to exercise the standard of care required by this Section 12 or from State Street’s negligence, fraud or willful misconduct. Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the indemnities provided by State Street in Section 14.

(c) Notwithstanding any express provision to the contrary herein, none of the parties hereto shall be liable for any indirect, consequential, incidental, special or exemplary damages, even if it has been apprised of the likelihood of such damages occurring.

 

10


(d) Each Fund acknowledges that in the event that the Fund’s participation in securities lending generates income for the Fund, State Street may be required to withhold tax or may claim such tax from the Fund as is appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

(e) State Street, in determining the Market Value of Securities, including Collateral, may rely upon any recognized pricing services selected by State Street on a reasonable basis and shall not be liable for any errors made by such service.

13. Representations and Warranties. Each party hereto represents and warrants that (a) it has and will have the legal right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to enter into the transactions contemplated hereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) it has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery, and performance; (c) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against it; and (d) the execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement will at all times comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

Each Fund represents and warrants that (a) it has made its own determination as to the tax and accounting treatment of any dividends, remuneration or other funds received hereunder; and (b) it is the legal and beneficial owner of (or exercises complete investment discretion over) all Available Securities free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances and no such security has been sold, and that it is entitled to receive all distributions made by the issuer with respect to Loaned Securities.

Each Fund further represents and warrants that it will promptly notify State Street, by written notice, of the relevant details of any corporate actions, private consent offers/agreements and/or any other off-market arrangements that may require the recall and/or restriction of a security from lending activity. Such written notice shall be delivered sufficiently in advance so as to: (a) provide State Street with reasonable time to notify Borrowers of any instructions necessary to comply with the terms of the corporate actions, private consent offers/agreements and/or other off-market arrangements, and (b) provide such Borrowers with reasonable time to comply with such instructions.

The person executing this Agreement on behalf of the Funds and State Street represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Funds and State Street, respectively.

Each Fund represents and warrants that it is (i) a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(54)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) an employee benefit plan that owns and invests on a discretionary basis not less than US $25,000,000 in investments. Each Fund agrees to notify State Street immediately of any changes in the information set forth in this subparagraph of this Section 13.

Each Fund hereby represents to State Street that: (i) its policies and objectives generally permit it to engage in securities lending transactions; (ii) its policies permit it to purchase shares of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Trust with cash Collateral; (iii) its participation

 

11


in State Street’s securities lending program, including the investment of cash Collateral in the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Trust, and the existing series thereof has been approved by a majority of the directors or trustees which directors and trustees are not “interested persons” within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and such directors or trustees will evaluate the securities lending program no less frequently than annually to determine that the investment of cash Collateral in the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Trust, including any series thereof, is in the Fund’s best interest; and (iv) its prospectus or statement of additional information, as applicable, provides appropriate disclosure concerning its securities lending activity.

Each Fund hereby represents to State Street that (i) it is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) with respect to this Agreement and the Available Securities; (ii) it qualifies as an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (iii) that its taxpayer identification number and tax year end are as set forth in Schedule C hereto.

Each Fund represents and warrants on a continuing basis that it has determined that each investment vehicle set forth on Schedule B hereto, taking into account any fees assessed thereby, is now, and will continue to be, an acceptable and appropriate investment vehicle for the investment of the Fund’s cash Collateral under this Agreement. Each Fund further represents and warrants that it has received and reviewed the State Street Agency Securities Lending Program Description of Risks and Conflicts of Interest and, with respect to each investment vehicle set forth on Schedule B hereto, it has received and reviewed, as of the date of this Agreement, the disclosure memorandum, confidential offering memorandum or equivalent offering document of each such investment vehicle.

State Street represents and warrants to the Funds that (i) it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and (ii) in the event that it is notified in writing by the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission that Investment Company Act Release No. 23441 (September 22, 1998) has been revoked, it will notify the Funds of such revocation as soon as reasonably practicable.

14. Borrower Default Indemnification.

(a)     If at the time of a default (within the meaning of the applicable Securities Loan Agreement) by a Borrower with respect to a Loan, some or all of the Loaned Securities under such Loan have not been returned by the Borrower, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, State Street shall indemnify the Fund against the failure of the Borrower as follows. State Street shall purchase a number of Replacement Securities equal to the number of such unreturned Loaned Securities, to the extent that such Replacement Securities are available on the open market. Such Replacement Securities shall be purchased by applying the proceeds of the Collateral with respect to such Loan to the purchase of such Replacement Securities. Subject to the Fund’s obligations pursuant to Section 9 hereof, if and to the extent that such proceeds are insufficient or the Collateral is unavailable, the purchase of such Replacement Securities shall be made at State Street’s expense.

 

12


(b)    If State Street is unable to purchase Replacement Securities pursuant to Paragraph (a) hereof, State Street shall credit to the Fund’s relevant account an amount equal to the Market Value of the unreturned Loaned Securities for which Replacement Securities are not so purchased, determined as of (i) the last day the Collateral continues to be successfully marked to market against the unreturned Loaned Securities; or (ii) the next business day following the day referred to in (i) above, if higher.

(c)    In addition to making the purchases or credits required by Paragraphs (a) and (b) hereof, State Street shall credit to the Fund’s relevant account the value of all distributions on the Loaned Securities (not otherwise credited to the Fund’s accounts with State Street), the record dates for which occur before the date that State Street purchases Replacement Securities pursuant to Paragraph (a) or credits the Fund’s relevant account pursuant to Paragraph (b).

(d)    Any credits required under Paragraphs (b) and (c) hereof shall be made by application of the proceeds of the Collateral (if any) that remain after the purchase of Replacement Securities pursuant to Paragraph (a). If and to the extent that the Collateral is unavailable or the value of the proceeds of the remaining Collateral is less than the value of the sum of the credits required to be made under Paragraphs (b) and (c), such credits shall be made at State Street’s expense.

(e)    If after application of Paragraphs (a) through (d) hereof, additional Collateral remains or any previously unavailable Collateral becomes available or any additional amounts owed by the Borrower with respect to such Loan are received from the Borrower, State Street shall apply the proceeds of such Collateral or such additional amounts first to reimburse itself for any amounts expended by State Street pursuant to Paragraphs (a) through (d) above, and then to credit to the Fund’s relevant account all other amounts owed by the Borrower to the Fund with respect to such Loan under the applicable Securities Loan Agreement. State Street shall promptly notify the Fund of such reimbursements.

(f)    In the event that State Street is required to make any payment and/or incur any loss or expense under this Section, State Street shall, to the extent of such payment, loss, or expense, be subrogated to, and succeed to, all of the rights of the Fund against the Borrower under the applicable Securities Loan Agreement. The Fund will, at the request of State Street, execute and deliver to State Street any confirmatory assignment or other instrument that State Street determines to be necessary or advisable to enable State Street to enforce any right to which State Street is subrogated.

15. Continuing Agreement; Termination; Remedies.

It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement in every respect and shall apply to each and every Loan, whether now existing or hereafter made. The Funds and State Street may each at any time terminate this Agreement upon five (5) business days’ written notice to the other to that effect. The only effects of any such termination of this Agreement will be that (a) following such termination, no further Loans shall be made hereunder by State Street on behalf of the Funds, and (b) State Street shall, within a

 

13


reasonable time after termination of this Agreement, terminate any and all outstanding Loans. The provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect in all other respects until all Loans have been terminated and all obligations satisfied as herein provided. State Street does not assume any market or investment risk of loss associated with the Fund’s change in cash Collateral investment vehicles or termination of, or change in, its participation in this securities lending program and the corresponding liquidation of cash Collateral investments.

16. Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, notices under this Agreement shall be in writing. A notice shall be sufficient if sent to the party entitled to receive such notice by email, facsimile transmission, or prepaid overnight delivery service, or for termination of this Agreement only, by certified or registered mail, and addressed as shown below. Facsimile and email notices shall be sufficient only if receipt is acknowledged by the party to which such notice is communicated at the numbers and email addresses shown below.

If to the Funds:

Nuveen Funds

c/o Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Attn: Securities Lending Committee

Email: DL_SecuritiesLending@tiaa.org

With a copy to:

Nuveen Funds

c/o Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Attn: Nuveen Legal

If to State Street:

State Street Bank and Trust Company

Securities Finance

State Street Financial Center

One Lincoln Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02111-2900

Attn: Legal Department, 8th Floor

Fax: (617) 946-0046

SFLegal@StateStreet.com

or to such other addresses as either party may furnish the other party by written notice underthis section.

 

14


17. Securities Investors Protection Act of 1970 Notice. EACH FUND IS HEREBY ADVISED AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 MAY NOT PROTECT THE FUND WITH RESPECT TO THE LOAN OF SECURITIES HEREUNDER AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED TO THE FUND MAY CONSTITUTE THE ONLY SOURCE OF SATISFACTION OF THE BROKER’S OR DEALER’S OBLIGATION IN THE EVENT THE BROKER OR DEALER FAILS TO RETURN THE SECURITIES.

18. Authorized Representatives. Each Fund authorizes State Street to accept and to act on any instructions or other communications, regardless of how sent or delivered, from any Authorized Representative. Each Fund shall be fully responsible for all acts of any Authorized Representative, even if that person exceeds his or her authority, and in no event shall State Street be liable to the Fund or any other third party for any losses or damages arising out of or relating to any act State Street takes or fails to take in connection with any such instructions or other communications.

19. Agents. State Street may use such agents, including such regulated clearing agents, securities depositaries, nominees, sub-custodians, third party custodians and State Street Affiliates, as State Street deems appropriate to carry out its duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that State Street is only authorized to utilize agents that are customarily retained by securities lending agents of a similar stature as State Street. To the extent State Street Affiliates act as State Street’s agent hereunder, State Street agrees to be responsible for the acts and omissions of such State Street Affiliates as though performed by State Street directly. Each Fund agrees that State Street’s sole liability for the acts or omissions of any other agent shall be limited to liability arising from State Street’s failure to use reasonable care in the selection of such agent.

20. Force Majeure. State Street shall not be responsible for any losses, costs or damages suffered by the Funds resulting directly or indirectly from war, riot, revolution, terrorism, acts of government or other causes beyond the reasonable control or apprehension of State Street.

21. Miscellaneous. This Agreement supersedes any other agreement between the parties or any representations made by one party to the other, whether oral or in writing, concerning Loans of Available Securities by State Street on behalf of the Funds. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either State Street or the Funds without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. State Street and each Fund hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any Massachusetts state or Federal court sitting in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts in any action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Massachusetts state or Federal court except that this provision shall not preclude any party from removing any action to Federal court. State Street and each Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. State Street and each Fund

 

15


hereby irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to the other party at its address specified in Section 16 hereof. State Street and each Fund agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding, all appeals having been taken or the time period for such appeals having expired, shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement. If in the construction of this Agreement any court should deem any provision to be invalid because of scope or duration, then such court shall forthwith reduce such scope or duration to that which is appropriate and enforce this Agreement in its modified scope or duration. In interpreting this Agreement the term “including” shall be read to mean “including, but not limited to,”.

22. Confidentiality. All information provided under this Agreement by a party (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”) regarding the business and operations of the Disclosing Party shall be treated as confidential. All confidential information provided under this Agreement by Disclosing Party shall be used, including disclosure to third parties, by the Receiving Party, its affiliates and its agents or service providers, solely for the purpose of performing or receiving the services and discharging the Receiving Party’s other obligations under the Agreement or managing the business of the Receiving Party and its affiliates, including financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management. Notwithstanding the forgoing, such information shall not be deemed confidential (a) if it is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (b) if it is independently derived by the Receiving Party without the use of any information provided by the Disclosing Party in connection with this Agreement, (c) if it is disclosed to comply with any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, (d) if it is disclosed as required by operation of law or regulation or as required to comply with the requirements of any market infrastructure that the Disclosing Party or its agents direct State Street or State Street Affiliates to employ or which is required in connection with the holding or settlement of instruments included in the assets subject to this Agreement, or (e) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

23. Opt-In to U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) As used in this Section:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given in section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) and section 225.2(a) of the Board’s Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.2(a)).

Default Right means any:

(i) Right of a party, whether contractual or otherwise (including, without limitation, rights incorporated by reference to any other contract, agreement, or document, and rights afforded by statute, civil code, regulation, and common law), to liquidate,

 

16


terminate, cancel, rescind, or accelerate such agreement or transactions thereunder, set off or net amounts owing in respect thereto (except rights related to same-day payment netting), exercise remedies in respect of collateral or other credit support or property related thereto (including the purchase and sale of property), demand payment or delivery thereunder or in respect thereof (other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure), suspend, delay, or defer payment or performance thereunder, or modify the obligations of a party thereunder, or any similar rights; and

(ii) Right or contractual provision that alters the amount of collateral or margin that must be provided with respect to an exposure thereunder, including by altering any initial amount, threshold amount, variation margin, minimum transfer amount, the margin value of collateral, or any similar amount, that entitles a party to demand the return of any collateral or margin transferred by it to the other party or a custodian or that modifies a transferee’s right to reuse collateral or margin (if such right previously existed), or any similar rights, in each case, other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811–1835a) and regulations promulgated thereunder and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5381–5394) and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(b) In the event State Street Bank and Trust Company becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) from State Street Bank and Trust Company will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States; and

(c) In the event State Street Bank and Trust Company or an Affiliate of State Street Bank and Trust Company becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights with respect to this Agreement that may be exercised against State Street Bank and Trust Company are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than the Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

24. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one (1) instrument.

 

17


25. Amendments.

(a)    Amendments to Agreement. This Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto shall not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

(b)    Amendments to Schedule D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Fund may unilaterally amend Schedule D hereto to remove a Borrower or add a Borrower from State Street’s list of approved Borrowers; provided, that, State Street confirms such amendment by email, and is given a reasonable time to implement such changes.

26. Separate Agreements. It is understood and agreed that this document shall constitute a separate agreement with respect to each party listed on Schedule C attached hereto, as if each such party had executed a separate document naming only itself as Fund, and that no party listed on Schedule C shall have any liability under this document for the obligations of any other party so listed, and that, with respect to transactions entered into by any such party, State Street shall not in any event have recourse to the assets of any other party (including without limitation collateral or margin provided by such other party). With respect to any one such party, only confirmations and transactions between such Fund and State Street shall be part of the Agreement with such Fund.

27. Business Continuity. State Street shall maintain throughout the term of this Agreement business continuity, disaster recovery, and backup capabilities (the “Plan(s)”) that permit State Street to perform its obligations hereunder with minimal disruptions or delays. The Plans shall provide for the recovery from disruptions to suppliers, sites, technology and staff, including pandemic planning or other impacts that could result in mass protracted absenteeism. State Street shall also maintain recovery time objectives (“RTOs”) for all business critical functions used to perform the services. State Street’s current RTOs priority levels for critical functions, which are objectives, do not exceed seven (7) business days. RTOs are State Street’s internal guidelines only and may be updated from time to time by State Street. Upon request, State Street will provide to the Funds updates, if any, on RTOs.

28. Information Security. State Street represents that it currently maintains and shall continue to maintain throughout the term of this Agreement physical, electronic and procedural safeguards as described in the State Street Client Information Security Addendum attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused their duly authorized officer(s) to execute this Agreement, effective as of the first date set forth above.

 

EACH TRUST
acting on its own behalf or on behalf of each series, as applicable, as listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly
Name: /s/ E. Scott Wickerham                        
By: E. Scott Wickerham
Its: Vice President and Controller
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
Name:/s/ Francesco Squillacioti        
By: Francesco Squillacioti                 
Its: Senior Managing Director           


SCHEDULE A

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020 between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Fee Split

92% to the Fund

8% to State Street


SCHEDULE B

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Cash Collateral Investment

The Funds instruct State Street to invest cash Collateral in the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio. Information about the various fees and expenses charged by the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio is disclosed in the confidential offering memorandum, shareholder reports and/or other portfolio documents. The State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio distributes yield daily. The daily yield will be reinvested into the vehicle until redeemed monthly to make the payments contemplated by this Agreement.

The investment manager of the collective investment vehicle specified above may, to the extent consistent with the relevant investment guidelines and/or other offering documents, invest cash Collateral (including any dividends, interest payments and other money received in respect of cash Collateral as invested) in funds or investments with respect to which State Street and/or State Street Affiliates provide investment management or advisory, trust, custody, transfer agency, shareholder servicing and/or other services for which they are compensated.

To the extent that there is a period of time when the cash Collateral cannot be promptly invested pursuant to the direction of the Funds as set forth above, whether due to the timing of delivery of the cash Collateral by Borrower, any delay between monthly redemptions from the vehicle above and monthly payments contemplated by this Agreement, or otherwise, such cash Collateral may be held in a demand deposit account or similar account in the name of State Street or any State Street Affiliate (which account may or may not bear interest).


SCHEDULE C

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

List of Funds

 

Fund Name

     Tax ID        Tax Year End  

Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

     20-4207406          2/28  

Nuveen Core Impact Bond Managed Accounts Portfolio

     85-0626116          10/31  

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

     25-1692047          10/31  

Nuveen Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     83-1838258          7/31  

Nuveen Equity Long/Short Fund

     26-3587081          8/31  

Nuveen Equity Market Neutral Fund

     46-2369493          8/31  

Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund

     61-1540686          12/31  

Nuveen Global Real Estate Securities Fund

     82-3943430          12/31  

Nuveen Credit Income Fund

     23-2958095          6/30  

Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

     36-4294442          3/31  

Nuveen International Growth Fund

     26-4481991          7/31  

Nuveen Large Cap Core Fund

     46-2319590          8/31  

Nuveen Large Cap Growth Fund

     46-2307509          8/31  

Nuveen Large Cap Select Fund

     45-0495825          10/31  

Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund

     36-4091128          8/31  

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

     84-6214484          10/31  

Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund

     39-1603605          10/31  

Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund

     27-1290573          9/30  

Nuveen NWQ Global Equity Income Fund

     27-0735548          6/30  

Nuveen NWQ International Value Fund

     36-4327209          6/30  

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

     20-5685051          6/30  

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

     23-3101390          6/30  

Nuveen NWQ Small/Mid-Cap Value Fund

     20-5685200          6/30  

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

     20-1732434          6/30  

Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund

     20-5693704          9/30  

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

     45-2725214          12/31  

Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund

     23-2802884          12/31  

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

     20-4207876          7/31  

Nuveen Santa Barbara Global Dividend Growth Fund

     45-4993993          7/31  

Nuveen Santa Barbara International Dividend Growth Fund

     45-4994049          7/31  

Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

     46-1414110          3/31  

Nuveen Small Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

     39-1829200          10/31  


Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund

     39-1901483        10/31            

Nuveen Small Cap Value Fund

     23-2909969        10/31

Nuveen Strategic Income Fund

     36-4333232        6/30

Nuveen Symphony High Yield Income Fund

     26-0303143        9/30

Nuveen Winslow International Large Cap Fund

     83-2180402        7/31

Nuveen Winslow International Small Cap Fund

     81-4656371        7/31

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth ESG Fund

     26-4668245        7/31
               

Nuveen ETFs

             
               

Nuveen Enhanced Yield 1-5 Year U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

     81-5245953        7/31

Nuveen Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

     81-3031250        7/31

Nuveen ESG Emerging Markets Equity ETF

     81-5205513        10/31

Nuveen ESG High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

     84-2460312        7/31

Nuveen ESG International Developed Markets Equity ETF

     81-5198640        10/31

Nuveen ESG Large-Cap ETF

     83-4029106        10/31

Nuveen ESG Large-Cap Growth ETF

     81-4136820        10/31

Nuveen ESG Large-Cap Value ETF

     81-4158564        10/31

Nuveen ESG Mid-Cap Growth ETF

     81-4172679        10/31

Nuveen ESG Mid-Cap Value ETF

     81-4185583        10/31

Nuveen ESG Small-Cap ETF

     81-4198293        10/31

Nuveen ESG U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

     82-2254672        7/31

Nuveen Short-Term REIT ETF

     81-4210004        12/31
               

Nuveen Closed-End Funds

             
               

Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund

     20-8449001        12/31

Nuveen Dow 30sm Dynamic Overwrite Fund

     47-1393396        12/31

Nuveen Nasdaq 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

     47-1402770        12/31

Nuveen S&P 500 Buy-Write Income Fund

     20-1590560        12/31

Nuveen S&P 500 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

     20-3622755        12/31


SCHEDULE D

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Schedule of Borrowers

 

Australia

 

Citigroup Global Markets Australia Pty Limited

  

 

MacQuarie Bank Ltd.

Canada

  

CIBC World Markets Inc.

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

TD Securities Inc.

  

National Bank of Canada

 

Scotia Capital Inc. Toronto-Dominion Bank

France

  

BNP Paribas Arbitrage SNC

 

Societe Generale SA

   BNP Paribas SA

Germany

  

Deutsche Bank AG

  

Netherlands

  

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

   ING Bank NV

Sweden

  

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken

  

Switzerland

  

UBS AG

  

U.K.

  

Bank of Nova Scotia (London Branch)

 

BNP Paribas (London Branch)

 

Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited.

 

HSBC Bank plc

 

MacQuarie Bank Ltd. (London Branch) Morgan Stanley & Co.

 

International plc. UBS AG (London Branch)

  

Barclays Bank plc

 

Citigroup Global Markets Limited

 

Goldman Sachs International

 

JP Morgan Securities PLC Merrill Lynch International

 

NatWest Markets PLC


U.S.

  

ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC

 

Bank of Nova Scotia (New York Branch)

 

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

 

BNP Paribas Securities Corp

 

CIBC World Markets Corp.

 

Commerz Markets LLC

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

 

JP Morgan Securities LLC.

 

Mirae Asset Securities (USA) Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

Natixis Securities Americas, LLC

 

Nomura Securities International Inc.

 

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

 

Societe Generale SA (NY Branch)

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Bank of Nova Scotia (Houston Branch)

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

BNP Paribas (New York Branch)

 

BofA Securities, Inc.

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

ING Financial Markets LLC

 

MacQuarie Capital (USA) Inc.

 

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

 

National Financial Services LLC.

 

Natwest Market Securities Inc.

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

SG Americas Securities LLC

 

TD Securities (USA) LLC

 

Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC


SCHEDULE E

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Lending Restrictions

 

1.

At all times, at least 1% of each security holding of a Fund shall be designated as not being part of such Fund’s Available Securities.

 

2.

Minimum Spread Requirements. Pursuant to the terms of a letter of direction in the form of Attachment A hereto (each, a “Letter of Direction”), the Funds shall from time to time instruct State Street to implement a minimum spread at the initiation of each Loan. Each such Letter of Direction shall instruct State Street to implement a Minimum Total Spread, as defined below.

Minimum Total Spread Test

At the initiation of each Loan collateralized with cash Collateral, the Total Spread must be equal to or greater than twenty-five (25) basis points (the “Minimum Total Spread Test”). For the avoidance of doubt, loans may have a Total Spread that is lower than twenty-five (25) basis points during the term of the loan so long as the loan satisfied the Minimum Total Spread Test at initiation. There will be no Minimum Total Spread Test applied to Loans collateralized with non-cash Collateral.

For purposes of the Minimum Total Spread Test:

Total Spread” means, the difference between the yield of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio as reported by the Fund on the preceding day (or if no yield was reported on the preceding day, the last day a yield was reported), and the rebate rate. The Funds are aware that because the Minimum Total Spread Test is based off of the yield of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio on the preceding day there may be instances where there are more loans made or fewer loans made than would have otherwise been made in each case if the Minimum Total Spread Test was based off of the yield of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio on the day the loan is actually made.

 

3.

Except as approved in writing by a Fund in advance, the following lending limitations apply for the Funds as listed on Schedule C to the Agreement:

 

  a.

State Street shall use reasonable efforts not enter into a Loan on behalf of a Fund if, immediately after such Loan transaction, the aggregate Market Value of all Loaned Securities of such Fund would exceed thirty-three and a third percent (33 1/3%) of


 

the value of the relevant Fund’s net asset value of the Fund, as determined by the Fund’s accountant as of the end of the previous business day (“Value of Net Assets”) (the “NAV Test”).

 

  b.

Each Fund shall cause the Value of Net Assets of such Fund to be delivered to the securities finance team at State Street at the end of each business day (it being understood that this will be delivered through a standing instruction given by the Fund to State Street or Third Party Custodian under its custodial arrangement or otherwise) (the “End of Day Feed”) and State Street shall use such End of Day Feed to implement the NAV Test during the following business day. If the NAV Test is not satisfied for a Fund due to a change in the Value of Net Assets of the Fund, State Street shall act reasonably promptly to terminate Loans sufficient to bring the applicable Fund’s securities lending program into compliance with the NAV Test. State Street shall not be liable for any consequences from the Fund’s failure to deliver the End of Day Feed (or to cause the End of Day Feed to be delivered) to the securities finance team timely and/or accurately.

The terms of this Schedule E shall not be modified, except by an instrument in writing and signed by the parties hereto. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


Attachment A to Schedule E

[NUVEEN LETTERHEAD]

LETTER OF DIRECTION

                                              , 20    

State Street Bank and Trust Company

Securities Finance

State Street Financial Center, 3rd Floor

One Lincoln Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02111-2900

Attn: [Relationship Manager]

Re: Implementation of Minimum Spread

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

[FUNDS] hereby instructs State Street to implement the Minimum Total Spread Test set forth below at the initiation of each Loan. The Funds hereby acknowledge that (i) such Minimum Total Spread Test shall not be implemented by State Street until this Letter of Direction is countersigned by State Street, and (ii) State Street shall have a reasonable time to implement the Minimum Total Spread Test after countersigning this Letter of Direction.

Minimum Total Spread Test

At the initiation of each Loan collateralized with cash Collateral, the Total Spread must be equal to or greater than                  (        ) basis points (the “Minimum Total Spread Test”). For the avoidance of doubt, loans may have a Total Spread that is lower than                  (        ) basis points during the term of the loan so long as the loan satisfied the Minimum Total Spread Test at initiation. There will be no Minimum Total Spread Test applied to Loans collateralized with non-cash Collateral.

For purposes of the Minimum Total Spread Test:

Total Spread” means, the difference between the yield of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio as reported by the Fund on the preceding day (or if no yield was reported on the preceding day, the last day a yield was reported), and the rebate rate. The Funds are aware that because the


Minimum Total Spread Test is based off of the yield of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio on the preceding day there may be instances where there are more loans made or fewer loans made than would have otherwise been made in each case if the Minimum Total Spread Test was based off of the yield of the State Street Navigator Securities Lending Government Money Market Portfolio on the day the loan is actually made.

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between the Funds and State Street dated                         , 20    .

 

Sincerely,

                                                             
Name:   [Name of Authorized Representative]
Title:   [Title of Authorized Representative]


SCHEDULE F

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Schedule of Authorized Representatives

 

E. Scott Wickerham

  

Vice President and Controller

Walter Kelly

  

Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President

Christopher Rohrbacher

  

Vice President, Secretary of Open-End Funds and ETFs and Assistant Secretary of Closed-End Funds

Gifford Zimmerman

  

Vice President, Secretary of Closed-End Funds and Assistant Secretary of Open-End Funds and ETFs

Jon Scott Meissner

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Mark Czarniecki

  

Vice President of Open-End Funds and ETFs, Assistant Vice President of Closed-End Funds and Assistant Secretary

Harvey Klemm

  

Managing Director, Nuveen, LLC

Tim Gehman

  

Vice President, Nuveen, LLC

Alecia Brown

  

Assistant Vice President, Nuveen, LLC


SCHEDULE G

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th     day of August     2020     between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Schedule of Authorized State Street Representatives


[State Street Logo]

State Street Bank and Trust Company

SSGM SF Boston Agency Operation Authorized Signature List

 

/s/ David J. Franzosa

   

/s/ Joseph A. Leone

David J. Franzosa, Managing Director

   

Joseph A. Leone, Vice President

/s/ Melody (Hiu Hung) Yeung

   

/s/ Aaron Lewis

Melody (Hiu Hung) Yeung, Vice President

   

Aaron Lewis, Vice President

/s/ Paul J. Welch

   

/s/ John Lawrence

Paul J. Welch, Vice President

   

John Lawrence, Officer

/s/ Jennifer E. Pangburn

   

/s/ Jeffrey LeBretton

Jennifer E. Pangburn, Vice President

   

Jeffrey LeBretton, Assistant Vice President

/s/ Christopher Camerota

   

/s/ Wanna Wong

Christopher Camerota, Assistant Vice President

   

Wanna Wong, Assistant Vice President

/s/ Jared White

   

/s/ Christine DiSanto

Jared White, Officer

   

Christine DiSanto, Assistant Vice President

/s/ Vinilda Pena

   

/s/ Jeffrey Vermillion

Vinilda Pena, Assistant Vice President

   

Jeffrey Vermillion, Assistant Vice President

/s/ Lindsey Mccormick

   

/s/ Igli Pina

Lindsey Mccormick, Officer

   

Igli Pina, Officer

/s/ Ryan Hogan

   

/s/ Nick Potter

Ryan Hogan, Officer

   

Nick Potter, Officer

/s/ Charlene Situ

   

Charlene Situ, Officer

   


[State Street Logo]

State Street Corporate Services (Mumbai) Pvt Ltd

Securities Finance Operations, India

Authorized Signature List – May 2020

 

/s/ Wendy Wilde

    

/s/ Srinivas Samadal

Wendy Wilde, Managing Director

    

Srinivas Samadal, Vice President

WWilde@statestreet.com

    

SSamadal@statestreet.com

+918061631975

    

+914067092730

/s/ Rahiman Mazhar

    

/s/ Tarigoppula2, Kishore

Rahiman Mazhar, Officer

    

Tarigoppula2 Kishore, Assistant Vice President

MRahiman@statestreet.com

    

KTarigoppula2@statestreet.com

+918061631894

    

+ 914067091015

/s/ Anish Phatarpekar

    

/s/ Sarwar Ali

Anish Phatarpekar, Assistant Vice President

    

Sarwar Ali, Senior Associate

APhatarpekar@statestreet.com

    

SAli8@statestreet.com

+ 918061631976

    

+ 918067456184

/s/ Somasekhar,Chinnaiah

    

/s/ Soumandeep Khan

Somasekhar,Chinnaiah Officer

    

Soumandeep Khan, Senior Associate

SChinnaiah@statestreet.com

    

SKhan5@statestreet.com

+ 918061631986

    

+ 918067456181


/s/ Balakrishna Ravulkol

    

/s/ Sandeep Biradar

Balakrishna Ravulkol, Senior Associate

    

Sandeep Biradar, Officer

BRavulkol@statestreet.com

    

SBiradar4@statestreet.com

+ 914067090660

    

+914067090625

/s/ Kotha Seshu

    

/s/ Geedipalli Vijender Redd

Kotha, Seshu – Officer

    

Geedipalli, Vijender Redd - Senior Associate

SKotha@statestreet.com

    

VGeedipalli@statestreet.com

+914067091193

    

+914067092690

/s/ Bhalerao Abhilesh Nahar

    

/s/ Mandala Satish

Bhalerao, Abhilesh Nahar - Senior Associate

    

Mandala, Satish - Senior Associate

ABhalerao3@statestreet.com

    

SMandala1@statestreet.com

+914067092689

    

+ 914067090765

/s/ Motupally Naga Satish

    

/s/ C Pushpa

Motupally, Naga Satish - Senior Associate

    

C, Pushpa - Senior Associate

NMotupally@statestreet.com

    

PC2@statestreet.com

+ 918067092116

    

+918061631988

/s/ Nair Sreenath S

    

/s/ Rao, Srinivasa

Nair, Sreenath S - Senior Associate

    

Rao, Srinivasa - Senior Associate

SNair19@statestreet.com

    

SRao6@statestreet.com

+918061636000

    

+918061631984

/s/ George Michael

    

/s/ Nair, Sajay Raveendran

George, Michael - Senior Associate

    

Nair, Sajay Raveendran - Senior Associate

MGeorge2@statestreet.com

    

SNair16@statestreet.com

+ 918061631983

    

+ 91806120400


SCHEDULE H

This Schedule is attached to and made part of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement dated the 12th day of August    2020 between each NUVEEN registered investment company listed on Schedule C, severally and not jointly (the “Funds”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY acting either directly or through any State Street Affiliate (collectively, “State Street”).

Acceptable Form of Collateral

-         Cash (in U.S. Dollars)


EXHIBIT A

SPECIAL RESOLUTION REGIMES

Following the financial crisis, many jurisdictions are implementing or have implemented special resolution regime laws and regulations that are intended to ensure that financial institutions are able to be resolved in an orderly manner if they become, or are perceived likely to become, insolvent (each, a “Special Resolution Regime”). These Special Resolution Regimes are intended to address the failure or potential failure of a financial institution without causing a significant impact on the broader financial markets.

These Special Resolution Regimes will differ from country to country, but in general covered financial institutions1 must ensure that all of their covered agreements (which include, without limitation, trading agreements governing foreign exchange, securities lending, and repurchase transactions, as well as triparty collateral agreements) comply with relevant rules (often, but not always, by the inclusion of express contractual terms2) limiting the ability of the trading counterparties of the covered financial institution to exercise certain rights, including, without limitation, the ability to:

 

   

exercise default rights under the covered agreement and any related guarantees or other credit enhancements, except to the extent otherwise permitted under the relevant Special Resolution Regime,

 

   

exercise cross-defaults and similar default rights, except to the extent otherwise permitted under the relevant Special Resolution Regime,

 

   

object to transfers of the covered agreement and related credit enhancements to third parties and “bridge” entities, to the same extent the trading counterparty would be prohibited from objecting to such transfers if it were directly subject to the Special Resolution Regime applicable to the covered financial institution, and

 

   

object to the exercise by the relevant authority of its bail-in power with respect to the obligations of the covered financial institution under the covered agreement, to the extent permitted under the Special Resolution Regime. The bail-in concept is the process by which claims against a covered financial institution may be reduced materially in nominal amount (potentially to zero) and/or be converted into, for example, shares (of potentially a reduced nominal amount).

These Special Resolution Regime rules are currently in effect with respect to covered financial institutions established in several jurisdictions globally. The covered financial institutions under the Special Resolution Regime of the United States will be required to comply with these rules in a phased approach, but with limited exception must be in compliance with respect to all of

 

 

1 Specifically, those financial institutions domiciled within the relevant jurisdiction as well as, in certain cases, their affiliates.

2 For example, it should be noted that Special Resolution Regimes may apply automatically by force of law, without the need for express contractual amendment in some cases, depending on matters such as the governing law of the contract.


their trading counterparties no later than July 1, 2019. Other jurisdictions are expected to adopt similar requirements.

When asked to do so by a covered financial institution, State Street will agree to amend existing covered agreements that we execute as agent on your behalf, or enter into new covered agreements as agent on your behalf, to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of any existing or future Special Resolution Regime applicable to that covered financial institution. We will in our discretion include the contractual terms in covered agreements through a bilateral agreement as described above or by adhering to industry standard protocols, including those adopted by International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) or other similar organizations.

If at any time you wish to instruct us to:

(i) no longer execute transactions on your behalf with a particular covered financial institution, or

(ii) no longer execute transactions on your behalf with any and all covered financial institutions within a particular jurisdiction subject to a Special Resolution Regime, or

(iii) not enter into an industry standard protocol with respect to any existing or future Special Resolution Regime,

you must send an email to SSGM_Resolution_Stay_Rules@statestreet.com identifying the covered financial institutions or jurisdictions as to which you do not wish to be bound by a Special Resolution Regime, or the protocol to which you do not wish to adhere. If you elect (i) or (ii) above, we will no longer execute transactions on your behalf with any covered financial institution you specify or any covered financial institution subject to the Special Resolution Regime of the jurisdictions you specify, and the relevant covered financial institutions will be removed from your approved panel of authorized financial institution counterparties under your authorization agreement. If with respect to (iii) you instruct us not to enter into an industry standard protocol with respect to any existing or future Special Resolution Regime and the relevant covered financial institutions subject to that Special Resolution Regime are unwilling to amend the contract bilaterally, we will no longer execute transactions on your behalf with any covered financial institution subject to such Special Resolution Regime, and the relevant covered financial institutions will be removed from your approved panel of authorized financial institution counterparties under your authorization agreement.


Please note that State Street Bank and Trust Company adhered as agent to the ISDA 2018 U.S. Resolution Stay Protocol on June 20, 2019.

With respect to the Swiss special resolution stay regulations, State Street Bank and Trust Company as agent has entered into an Acknowledgment of the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority’s Right to Stay Termination of Agreements with UBS AG.

The Special Resolution Regimes and any related protocols vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. You should refer to your own legal advisors for advice with respect to your determinations regarding the Special Resolution Regimes and any related protocols, as State Street is not acting as your legal advisor or fiduciary as to such determinations.


EXHIBIT B

State Street Client Information Security Addendum

All capitalized terms not defined in this State Street Client Information Security Addendum (this “Security Addendum”) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

State Street and the Funds hereby agree that State Street shall maintain an information security policy (“Security Policy”) that satisfies the requirements set forth below; provided, that, because information security is a highly dynamic space (where laws, regulations and threats are constantly changing), State Street reserves the right to make changes to its information security controls at any time and at the sole discretion of State Street in a manner that it believes does not materially reduce the protection it applies to Funds’ Data. State Street will review the policy on an annual basis.

From time to time, State Street may subcontract services performed under the Agreement (to the extent provided for under the Agreement) or provide access to Funds’ Confidential Information (“Funds’ Data”) its network to a subcontractor or other third party; provided, that, such subcontractor or third party implements and maintains security measures that State Street believes are at least as stringent as those described in this Security Addendum. State Street must maintain an up-to-date list of subcontractors that access, store, transmit, or use Funds’ Data, and must provide the list to the Funds upon request.

For subcontractors who collect, transmit, share, store, control, process, manage or access Funds’ Data, State Street is responsible for assessing and monitoring subcontractor control environments.

 

1.

Objective.

The objective of State Street’s Security Policy and related information security program is to implement data security measures consistent in all material respects with applicable prevailing industry practices and standards (“Objective”). State Street must define job responsibilities to ensure effective management of information security and appropriate separation of duties within the organization. State Street will use utilize qualified information security personnel sufficient to manage State Street’s cybersecurity risks. In order to meet such Objective, State Street uses commercially reasonable efforts to:

a.        Protect the privacy, confidentiality, integrity, and availability of all confidential data and information disclosed by or on behalf of the Funds to, or otherwise comes into the possession of State Street, in connection with the provision of services under the Agreement and to the extent the same is deemed Funds’ Data;

b.        protect against accidental, unauthorized, unauthenticated or unlawful access, copying, use, processing, disclosure, alteration, transfer, loss or destruction of the Funds’ Data;


c.        comply with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations that are relevant to the handling, processing and use of Funds’ Data by State Street in accordance with the Agreement;

d.        implement customary administrative, physical, technical, procedural and organizational safeguards; and

e.        limit the amount of Funds’ Data collected to that reasonably necessary to accomplish the services, limit the time such information is retained to that reasonably necessary to perform the services, and limit access to those persons who are reasonably required to access or handle the Funds’ Data in order to perform the services.

 

2.

Risk Assessments.

a.        Risk Assessment - State Street shall, at least annually, perform risk assessments that are designed to identify material threats (both internal and external) against Funds’ Data, the likelihood of those threats occurring and the impact of those threats upon the State Street organization to evaluate and analyze the appropriate level of information security safeguards (“Risk Assessments”).

b.        Risk Mitigation - State Street shall use commercially reasonable efforts to manage, control and remediate any threats identified in the Risk Assessments that it believes are likely to result in material unauthorized access, copying, use, processing, disclosure, alteration, transfer, loss or destruction of Funds’ Data, consistent with the Objective, and commensurate with the sensitivity of the Funds’ Data and the complexity and scope of the activities of State Street pursuant to the Agreement.

c.        Security Controls Testing - State Street shall, on approximately an annual basis, engage an independent external party to conduct periodic reviews of State Street’s information security practices. State Street shall have a process to review and evaluate high risk findings resulting from this testing.

3.        Security Controls. Prior to State Street having access to Funds’ Data, then annually and upon the Funds’ reasonable request, State Street shall provide the Funds’ Chief Information Security Officer or his or her designee with a copy of its corporate information security controls that form the basis for State Street’s Security Policy and an opportunity to discuss State Street’s information security measures with a qualified member of State Street’s information technology management team.

 

4.

Organizational Security.

a.        Responsibility - State Street shall assign responsibility for information security management to senior personnel only and will name a State Street employee to be responsible for leading this information security function.

b.        Access - State Street shall permit only those personnel performing roles supporting the provision of services under the Agreement to access Funds’ Data.

c.        Confidentiality - State Street personnel who have accessed or otherwise been made known of Funds’ Data shall maintain the confidentiality of such information in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

d.        Policy Exception - As part of the Security Policy State Street shall implement a process by which exceptions to the Security Policy are reviewed and processed. This exception process must be documented.


e.        Training - State Street will provide information security training on approximately an annual basis, to its personnel.

 

5.

Data Protection.

a.        Data Sensitivity - State Street acknowledges that it understands the sensitivity of Funds’ Data.

b.        Data Flow - State Street must document data flows and associated protections for data which is sent or received between Funds’ systems and State Street systems.

c.        External Hosting Facilities – State Street shall implement controls, consistent with applicable prevailing industry practices and standards, regarding the collection, use, storage and/or disclosure of Funds’ Data by an external hosting provider.

d.        Segregation of Funds’ Data - State Street shall use generally accepted security management controls designed to ensure that none of State Street’s other clients have access to Funds’ Data.

 

6.

Physical Security and Data Destruction.

a.        Securing Physical Facilities - State Street shall maintain systems located in State Street facilities that host Funds’ Data or provide services under the Agreement in an environment that is designed to be physically secure and to allow access only to authorized individuals. A secure environment includes the availability of onsite security personnel on a 24 x 7 basis or equivalent means of monitoring locations supporting the delivery of services under the Agreement.

b.        Physical Security of Media - State Street shall implement controls, consistent with applicable prevailing industry practices and standards that are designed to deter the unauthorized viewing, copying, alteration or removal of any media containing Funds’ Data. Removable media on which Funds’ Data is stored (including thumb drives, CDs, and DVDs, and PDAS) by State Street must be encrypted using at least 256 bit AES (or equivalent).

c.        Media Destruction – State Street shall destroy removable media and any mobile device (such as discs, USB drives, DVDs, back-up tapes, laptops and PDAs) containing Funds’ Data or use commercially reasonable efforts to render Funds’ Data on such physical media unintelligible if such media or mobile device is no longer intended to be used. All backup tapes that are not destroyed must meet the level of protection described in this Security Addendum until destroyed. Electronic media that is not physically destroyed as part of the disposal process must be irrevocably erased or degaussed, such that the media is no longer readable for any purpose. State Street must develop and document information destruction processes that meet industry standards and must be used in all cases when Funds’ Data is no longer needed. State Street shall keep records of all Funds’ Data destruction completed and provide such records to the Funds upon demand or provide a certification that all such information has been destroyed in accordance with this Security Addendum.

d.        Paper Destruction - State Street shall cross shred all paper waste containing Funds’ Data and dispose in a secure and confidential manner.


7.

Communications and Operations Management.

a.        Firewall Management – Firewall management processes must be documented and meet industry standards. Any files containing Funds’ Data on a system connected to the internet must be protected with up to date, industry standard, firewall protections and operating system security patches designed to maintain integrity and security of the Funds’ Data.

b.        Network Access – State Street must implement controls designed to prevent unauthorized devices from physically connecting to the internal network or to detect and alert an administrator (e.g. Network Access Control device (NAC)).

c.        Monitoring Systems - State Street shall monitor its systems (i) security incidents; (ii) unauthorized use of or access to Funds’ Data; and (iii) violations and suspicious activity. This includes suspicious external activity (including unauthorized probes, scans or break-in attempts) and suspicious internal activity (including unauthorized system administrator access, unauthorized changes to its systems or network, system or network misuse or theft or mishandling of Funds’ Data). State Street shall maintain audit and logging capabilities that will enable the State Street to effectively detect, respond to and investigate a data security incident.

d.        Intelligence Services - State Street shall monitor industry-standard information channels for newly identified system vulnerabilities and emerging risks regarding the technologies and services provided to the Funds.

e.        Intrusion Detection and Prevention - State Street shall maintain software, hardware, intrusion detection system, personnel and other resources designed to ascertain whether a penetration attempt is being made against any part of State Street’s network, mainframe, server or other infrastructure used by State Street to process, store or transport Funds’ Data. This may include deploying intrusion detection /intrusion prevention controls to block, monitor, and alert State Street of security incidents that may require escalation to, and response from, State Street’s incident response personnel on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year basis.

f.        Network Penetration Testing - State Street shall, on approximately an annual basis, contract with an independent third party to conduct network penetration test. State Street shall have a process to review and evaluate high risk findings resulting from this testing. The cost of vulnerability and penetration testing will be assumed by State Street.

g.        Data Protection During Transmission - State Street shall encrypt, using an industry recognized encryption algorithm, personally identifiable Funds’ Data when in transit across public networks.

h.        Data Loss Prevention - State Street shall implement a data loss prevention program that is designed to identify, detect, monitor and alert on abnormal external data movement.

i.        Malicious Code – State Street shall implement controls that are designed to detect the introduction or intrusion of malicious code on information systems handling or holding Funds’ Data and implement a process for removing said malicious code from information systems handling or holding Funds’ Data.

 

8.

Access Controls.

a.        Authorized Access - State Street shall have controls that are designed to maintain the logical separation such that access to systems hosting Funds’ Data and/or being used


to provide services to the Funds will uniquely identify each individual requiring access, grant access only to authorized personnel based on the principle of least privileges, and prevent unauthorized access to Funds’ Data.

b.        User Access - State Street shall have a process to promptly disable access to Funds’ Data by any State Street personnel who no longer requires such access, State Street will also promptly remove access of Funds’ personnel upon receipt of notification from the Funds.

c.        Authentication Credential Management - State Street shall communicate authentication credentials to users in a secure manner, with a proof of identity check of the intended users. Initial password must be delivered in a secure manner and are required to be changed upon first logon.

d.        Multi-Factor Authentication for Remote Access - State Street shall use multi factor authentication and a secure tunnel when remotely accessing State Street’s internal network.

e.        Access Recertification - State Street must document a process to regularly recertify access to those facilities, systems, networks and applications that store, use, or otherwise have access to Funds’ Data. This should include a documented review of access rights to confirm that access is still appropriate based on business needs. This review should occur at least annually or more frequently depending on risk and industry standards.

f.        Unique IDs - State Street must assign unique user IDs that are reasonably designed to maintain the integrity of the security of the access control to each person with computer access.

g.        Password Standards - State Street must document a password policy with a reasonably secure method of assigning and selecting passwords, or the use of unique identifier technologies, such as biometrics or token devices that cover all systems that store, access, transmit or process Funds’ Data. Where technically feasible, passwords cannot be vendor supplied default passwords. This policy shall define standards for controlling password length, strength and change frequency.

h.        Control of Passwords - State Street personnel must maintain the confidentiality of system passwords, keys, and passcodes used for the protection of Funds’ Data must not be hard-coded into any scripts.

i.        Account Lockout - State Street must deploy controls to lock accounts when no more than five invalid login attempts are made.

j.        Password Reset – State Street must employ a secure and documented process to reset passwords that requires verification of user identity prior to password reset.

 

9.

Encryption Requirements.

a.        Encryption Standards - State Street will define in its Security Policy minimum standards for encryption methods and strength.

b.        Encryption at Rest - State Street shall encrypt any laptops, mobile devices (e.g. Blackberries, PDAs), containing Funds’ Data used by State Street’s personnel using an industry recognized encryption algorithm with at least 256 bit encryption AES (or equivalent).

c.        Encryption Key Management - State Street must document procedures for managing encryption keys as well as any salts used to protect one way hashing functions.


These procedures must include specifications for key provisioning, distribution, revocation, and expiration.

 

10.

Use of Laptop and Mobile Devices in connection with the Agreement.

a.        Secure Storage - State Street shall require that all laptops and mobile devices be securely stored whenever out of the personnel’s immediate possession.

b.        State Street shall maintain the ability to remotely remove Funds’ Data promptly from mobile phones managed by State Street.

c.        Bring Your Own Device - State Street shall ensure security controls, including, mobile device management (MDM), remote wipe capabilities and encryption must be in place if Funds’ Data can be stored, accessed, transmitted to or from, or used on a personal device. State Street must have policies to ensure State Street personnel maintain the security of these devices.

 

11.

Information Systems Acquisition Development and Maintenance.

a.        Funds’ Data – Funds’ Data shall only be used by State Street for the purposes specified in the Agreement.

b.        Virus Management - State Street shall maintain a malware protection program designed to (i) deter malware infections; (ii) detect the presence of malware within the State Street environment; and (iii) recover from any impact caused by malware.

 

12.

Incident Event and Communications Management.

a.        Incident Management/Notification of Breach - State Street shall develop and implement an incident response plan that specifies actions to be taken when State Street or one of its subcontractors suspects or detects that a party has gained unauthorized access to Funds’ Data or systems or applications containing any Funds’ Data (the “Response Plan”). It must be approved by management, and have an owner to maintain and review the program. Such Response Plan shall include the following:

i.        Escalation Procedures - An escalation procedure that includes notification to senior managers and appropriate reporting to regulatory and law enforcement agencies. This procedure shall provide for reporting of incidents that compromise the confidentiality of Funds’ Data (including backed up data) to the Funds via telephone or email (and provide a confirmatory notice in writing as soon as practicable); provided that the foregoing notice obligation is excused for such period of time as State Street is prohibited by law, rule, regulation or other governmental authority from notifying the Funds.

ii.        Incident Reporting - State Street will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly furnish to the Funds information that State Street has regarding the general circumstances and extent of such unauthorized access.

iii.        Investigation and Prevention - State Street shall reasonably assist the Funds in investigating of any such unauthorized access and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to: (A) cooperate with the Funds in its efforts to comply with statutory notice or other legal obligations applicable to the Funds or its clients arising out of unauthorized access and to seek injunctive or other equitable relief; (B) cooperate with Client in litigation and investigations against third parties reasonably necessary to protect its proprietary rights; and (C) take


reasonable actions necessary to prevent mitigate against loss from any such authorized access.

 

13.

Client Data Outside the United States.

a.        Storage, access, transmission or use of Funds’ Data from a location outside the U.S. must be conducted from a State Street location designed to promote the security and confidentiality of data.        Specific security controls may vary from one location to another, based on local jurisdictional limitations and risk practices, but all locations outside the U.S. are subject to State Street’s minimum security standards which may include:

b.        Card key access

c.        Access limited to only authorized persons with a business need are granted access

d.        Visitor badges and State Street identification tags

e.        Closed Circuit TV (CCTV) cameras at site and/or floor entrance and recordings stored and available for thirty (30) to ninety (90) days

f.         Lobby security, alarm, video, packages subject to search.

g.        True floor to true ceiling construction.

h.        Glass, wood, or steel doors.


CERTIFICATE OF SIGNING AUTHORITY AND INCUMBENCY

I, Christopher M, Rohrbacher, hereby certify that I am a Vice President of each Nuveen registered investment ocmpany, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction (each a “Trust”), and further certify in such capacity that the following individual, acting singly, has been authorized to act in the name and on behalf of each Trust and to sign, acknowledge, deliver and accept delivery of agreements and other documents in connection with securities lending transactions and that the true signature of such individual is shown below opposite his name, and State Street Bank and Trust Company may rely upon this certificate until such time as it receives another certificate bearing a later date.

Name                     Title                         Specimen Signature

E. Scott Wickerham, Vice President and Controller /s/ E. Scott Wickerham                                         

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 10th day of August, 2020

 

/s/ Christopher M. Rohrbacher

Christopher M. Rohrbacher

Vice President

I, Mark J. Czarniecki, hereby certify that Christopher M. Rohrbacher is a duly elected, qualified and acting Vice President of each Trust , and his signature appearing above is his/her own true signature.

 

/s/ Mark J. Czarniecki            

Mark J. Czarniecki

Vice President or Assistant Vice President and Assistant

Secretary

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Trustees of

Nuveen Investment Trust V:

We consent to the use of our report dated November 25, 2020, with respect to the financial statements and financial highlights of Nuveen NWQ Flexible Income Fund, a series of Nuveen Investment Trust V, as of September 30, 2020, incorporated herein by reference, and to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

January 22, 2021

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Trustees of

Nuveen Investment Trust V:

We consent to the use of our report dated November 25, 2020, with respect to the financial statements and financial highlights of Nuveen Preferred Securities and Income Fund, a series of Nuveen Investment Trust V, as of September 30, 2020, incorporated herein by reference, and to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

January 22, 2021

LOGO

 

Nuveen Compliance | 13 August 2020

 

 

Code of Ethics

SUMMARY AND SCOPE

 

What the Code is about

Helping to ensure that Nuveen personnel place the interests of Nuveen clients ahead of their own personal interests.

Who the Code applies to and what the implications are

This Code applies to individuals in the following categories:

 

  Nuveen Employees based in the US or Canada (except employees of Gresham Investment Management LLC, Westchester Group Investment Management, Inc., and any employees of Greenwood Resources, Inc. who are based outside of Portland, Oregon).

 

  Employees of any US-registered investment adviser who are based outside the US, except Gresham Investment Management LLC and Greenwood Resources, Inc.

 

  Consultants, interns, and temporary workers based in the US or Canada whose contract length is 90 days or more, unless the Nuveen Ethics Office determines otherwise.

 

  TIAA employees designated as Access Persons by the TIAA-CREF Funds Chief Compliance Officer or the Nuveen Ethics Office.

Independent directors and trustees of the TIAA-CREF Funds Complex and Nuveen-sponsored or -branded funds have their own Code of Ethics and are not subject to this one.

For individuals who are subject to the Code, there are two designations with different implications: Access Person and Investment Person.

ACCESS PERSON

All Nuveen Employees who are subject to the Code are considered Access Persons, since they have, or could have, access to non-public information about securities transactions and other investments, holdings, or recommendations for Affiliate-Advised Accounts or Portfolios.

Key characteristics of this designation. An individual may be considered an Access Person of multiple advisers affiliated with Nuveen, or of only one. If your regular duties give you access to non-public information, or you are an officer of a Nuveen or TIAA-CREF sponsored or branded fund, your personal trading is generally monitored only against the trading activity of the specific adviser(s) or Affiliated Funds with which you are involved. For other employees, personal

trading is typically monitored against the trading activities of all advisers affiliated with Nuveen. You will generally not be permitted to execute transactions in a security on any day when an Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio managed by the adviser(s) that you are monitored against has a pending buy or sell order for that security.

INVESTMENT PERSON

An Access Person who meets any of the following criteria will in addition be considered an Investment Person:

 

  The Access Person is a Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst or Research Assistant, or they otherwise participate in making recommendations or decisions concerning the purchase or sale of securities in any Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio.

 

  The Access Person has been designated an Investment Person by the Nuveen Ethics Office.

Key characteristics of this designation. The vast majority of Investment Persons are employees of Nuveen’s affiliated investment advisers.

An Investment Person is prohibited from transacting in securities during the period starting 7 calendar days before, and ending 7 calendar days after, any trade in an Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio for which he/she has responsibility. In addition, an Investment Person’s personal transactions will be reviewed for conflicts in the period starting 7 calendar days before, and ending 7 calendar days after, all trades by their associated investment adviser. In some cases, the Investment Person may be required to reverse a trade and/or forfeit an appropriate portion of any profit as determined by the Nuveen Ethics Office. These consequences can apply whether or not the trade was pre-cleared.

The personal trading of Investment Persons is generally only monitored against the trading activity of the specific adviser for which they have been designated an Investment Person.

 

 

WHO TO CONTACT

 

Nuveen Ethics Office (Americas)

 

Hotline: 1 800 842 2733 extension 22-5599

 

nuveenethicsoffice@nuveen.com

 

 


Code of Ethics   Page 2 of 8

 

LOGO

 

Important to understand

Some of our affiliated investment advisers may have policies of their own that impose additional rules on the same topics covered in this Code. Check with your manager or local/designated Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) if you have questions.

Personal trading is a privilege, not a right. Nuveen Employees are expected to follow the law and adhere to the highest standards of behavior—including with respect to personal trading. Any violation of the Code could have severe adverse effects on you, your co-workers, and Nuveen. You may be held personally liable for your conduct and be subject to fines, regulatory sanctions, and even criminal penalties.

Because Nuveen can restrict your trading or take actions such as forcing you to hold a position or to disgorge profits, personal trading carries risks beyond normal market risks.

Some requirements in this Code apply to Household Members. Each Household Member (see “Terms with Special Meanings” at right) is subject to the same restrictions and requirements that apply to his/her related Nuveen Employee.

The Code does not address every ethical issue that might arise. If you have any doubt at all after consulting the Code, contact the Nuveen Ethics Office for direction.

The Code applies to appearance as well as substance. Always consider how any action might appear to an outside observer (such as a client or regulator).

You are expected to follow the Code both in letter and in spirit. Literal compliance, such as pre-clearing a transaction, does not necessarily protect you from liability for conduct that violates the spirit of the Code. If you have questions about how to comply with this Code, consult the Nuveen Ethics Office.

 

TERMS WITH SPECIAL MEANINGS

 

Within this policy, these terms are defined as follows:

 

Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio Any Affiliated Fund, or any portfolio or client account advised or sub-advised by Nuveen.

 

Affiliated Fund Any TIAA-CREF or Nuveen branded or sponsored open-end fund, closed-end fund, or Exchange Traded Fund (ETF), and any third-party fund advised or sub-advised by Nuveen.

 

Automatic Investment Plan Any program, such as a dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP), under which investment account purchases or withdrawals occur according to a predetermined schedule and allocation.

 

Beneficial Ownership Any interest by which you or any Household Member—directly or indirectly—derives a monetary benefit from purchasing, selling, or owning a security or account, or exercises investment discretion.

 

You have Beneficial Ownership of securities held in accounts in your own name, or any Household Member’s name, and in all other accounts over which you or any Household Member exercises or may exercise investment decision-making powers, or other influence or control, including trust, partnership, estate, and corporate accounts or other joint ownership or pooling arrangements.

 

Code This Code of Ethics.

 

Domestic Partner An individual who is neither a relative of or legally married to a Nuveen Employee, but shares a residence and is in a mutual commitment similar to marriage with such Nuveen Employee.

 

Federal Securities Laws The applicable portions of any of the following laws, as amended, and of any rules adopted under them by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Department of the Treasury:

 

•  Securities Act of 1933.

 

•  Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

•  Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

•  Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

•  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

•  Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

 

•  The Bank Secrecy Act.

 

Household Member Any of the following who reside, or are expected to reside for at least 90 days a year, in the same household as a Nuveen Employee:

 

•  Spouse or Domestic Partner.

 

•  Sibling.

 

•  Child, stepchild, grandchild.

 

•  Parent, stepparent, grandparent.

 

•  In-laws (mother, father, son, daughter, brother, sister).

 

Independent Director Any director or trustee of an Affiliated Fund who is not an “interested person” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Managed Account Any account, including robo- advised accounts, in which you or a Household Member has Beneficial Ownership and for which you have delegated full investment discretion in writing to a third- party broker or investment manager.

 

 


Code of Ethics   Page 3 of 8

 

LOGO

 

 

TERMS WITH SPECIAL MEANINGS (continued)

 

Nuveen Nuveen, LLC and all of its direct or indirect subsidiaries worldwide.

 

Nuveen Employee Any full- or part-time employee of Nuveen, and any consultants, interns or temporary workers designated by the Nuveen Ethics Office.

 

Private Placement Any offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, such as a private equity investment, hedge fund, or limited partnership.

 

Reportable Account Any account for which you or a Household Member has Beneficial Ownership AND in which securities can be bought, sold or held. This includes, among others:

 

•  All brokerage, IRA, custodial and trust accounts.

 

•  All Managed Accounts.

 

•  All 529 College Savings Plan accounts.

 

•  Any Nuveen 401(k) plan account.

 

•  Any 401(k) plan account from a previous employer that permits transactions in any Reportable Security.

 

•  Any direct holding in an Affiliated Fund.

 

•  Any health savings account (HSA) that permits the purchase of any security.

 

•  Any employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) or employee stock ownership plan (ESOP).

 

The following are NOT considered Reportable Accounts:

 

•  Charitable giving accounts.

 

•  Any 401(k) plan account or any other account held directly with a mutual fund complex or mutual fund-only platform in which open-end, non-Affiliated Funds are the only possible investment.

 

•  Any cash management account with a broker in which a security cannot be purchased or sold.

 

•  Any accounts that can invest only in cryptocurrency such as Bitcoin or Ethereum.

 

  

 

 

Reportable Security Any security EXCEPT:

 

•  Direct obligations of the US government (indirect obligations, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, are reportable).

 

•  Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt (including repurchase agreements).

 

•  Money market funds.

 

•  Open-end funds that are not Affiliated Funds.

 

•  Note that closed-end funds are Reportable Securities.

 

Reportable Transaction Any transaction involving a Reportable Security EXCEPT:

 

•  Transactions in Managed Accounts. Section 16 Persons: Transactions involving Nuveen closed-end funds in any of your Managed Accounts are reportable.

 

•  Transactions under an Automatic Investment Plan; note that transactions that override the pre-set schedule or allocation are reportable.

 

•  Dividends

 

•  Interest Accrued

 

Section 16 Person Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder impose certain obligations on persons specified in section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as well as insiders of any public company that trades on a national stock exchange (such as a Nuveen closed-end fund). For purposes of Section 16, an “insider” is:

 

•  A director of a public company.

 

•  A designated officer of a public company.

 

•  A person who beneficially owns 10% or more of any class of equity security that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

•  A portfolio manager of a Nuveen closed-end fund.

 

Persons subject to Section 16 include portfolio managers of the Nuveen closed-end funds.

 

GENERAL RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

 

BASIC PRINCIPLES

 

1.

Never abuse a client’s trust, rights, or interests.

 

  

This means you must never do any of the following:

 

    Engage in any plan or action, or use any device, that would defraud or deceive a client.

 

    Make any material statements of fact that are incorrect or misleading, either as to what they include or omit.

 

    Engage in any manipulative practice.

 

    Use your position (including any knowledge or access to opportunities you have gained by virtue of your position) to personal advantage or to a client’s disadvantage. This would include, for example, front- running or tailgating (trading directly before or after the execution of a large client trade order), or any attempt to influence a client’s trading to enhance the
   

value of your personal holdings.

 

    Conduct personal trading in any way that could be inconsistent with your fiduciary duties to a client (even if it does not technically violate the Code).

 

2.

Handle conflicts of interest appropriately. This applies not only to actual conflicts of interest, but also to any situation that might appear to an outside observer to be improper or a breach of fiduciary duty.

 

3.

Keep confidential information confidential. Always properly safeguard any confidential information you obtain in the course of your work. This includes confidential information related to any of the following:

 

    Any Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio and any other financial product offered or serviced by Nuveen.

 

    New products, product changes, or business initiatives.
 


Code of Ethics   Page 4 of 8

 

LOGO

 

    Past, current, and prospective clients, including their identities, investments, and account activity.

“Keeping information confidential” means using discretion in disclosing information as well as guarding against unlawful or inappropriate access by others. This includes:

 

    Making sure no confidential information is visible on your computer screen and desk when you are not there.

 

    Not sharing passwords with others.

 

    Using caution when discussing business in any location where your conversation could be overheard. Confidential information may be released only as required by law or as permitted under the applicable privacy policy(ies). Consult the Nuveen Ethics Office or your local/designated CCO before releasing any confidential information.

 

4.

Handle Material Non-Public Information properly. Follow all of the terms described in “Material Non-Public Information” below. Be aware that any failure to handle such information properly is a serious offense and may lead to disciplinary action from Nuveen as well as serious civil or criminal liability.

 

5.

Comply with Federal Securities Laws. Any violation of these laws is punishable as a violation of the Code.

 

6.

Never do anything indirectly that, if done directly, would violate the Code. Such actions will be considered the equivalent of direct Code violations.

 

7.

Promptly alert the Nuveen Ethics Office or your local/designated CCO of any actual or suspected wrongdoing. Examples of wrongdoing include violations of the Federal Securities Laws, misuse of corporate assets, misuse of confidential information, or other violations of the Code. If you prefer to report confidentially, call the TIAA Confidential Helpline at 1-877-774-6492. Note that failure to report suspected wrongdoing in a timely fashion is itself a violation of the Code.

PRE-CLEARANCE AND

HOLDING REQUIREMENTS

 

8.

Pre-clear any trade in Reportable Securities, including certain Affiliated Funds (see box on next page for additional information).

If your trade requires pre-clearance, request approval through the Protegent PTA system (PTA) before you or any Household Member places an order to buy or sell any Reportable Security. Any approval you receive expires at the end of the day it was granted; however, you may place after-hours trades in international markets until 11:59 PM local time on that day. When requesting pre-clearance, follow this process:

    Request pre-clearance on the same day you want to trade, during standard US trading hours (9:30 AM to 4:00 PM ET). Be sure your pre-clearance request is accurate as to security and direction of trade.

 

    Wait for approval to be displayed before trading. If you receive approval, you may only trade that same day, and only within the scope of approval. If you do not receive approval, do not trade.

 

    Place day orders only. Do not place good-till-canceled orders or limit orders that expire beyond the day of pre-clearance approval. You may place orders for an after-hours trading session or in foreign markets using that day’s pre-clearance approval, but you must not place any order that could remain open into the next day’s trading session.

 

9.

Hold positions in securities that are subject to pre-clearance for 60 calendar days, or be prepared to forfeit any gains. Several things to note:

 

    You may be required to surrender any gains realized (net of commissions) through a violation of this rule.

 

    The 60-day holding requirement is tested on a last- in-first-out basis, across all of your holdings (not just within individual accounts).

 

    The 60-day holding requirement extends to any options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale, and to all Reportable Securities except Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs), Unit Investment Trusts (UITs), and open-end Affiliated Funds. Nuveen-branded or sponsored closed-end funds are subject to the 60-day holding requirement.

 

    You may sell the security on the 60th day after purchase, provided you obtain pre-clearance or an exemption applies.

 

    You may re-purchase a security immediately after executing a sale of that same security, which will trigger a new 60 calendar day holding period.

 

    You may close a position at a loss at any time, provided pre-clearance has been obtained or an exemption applies. If your preclearance has been denied, it is advisable that you contact the Nuveen Ethics Office if you are seeking to sell at a loss within 60 days of your purchase.

 

10.

Comply with trading restrictions described in the prospectuses for all Affiliated Funds. This includes restrictions on frequent trading in shares of any open-end Affiliated Fund.

 

11.

Pre-clear any transaction in a Managed Account that involves your influence. You must also immediately consult with the Nuveen Ethics Office to discuss whether the account in question can properly remain classified as a Managed Account.

 


Code of Ethics   Page 5 of 8

 

LOGO

 

12.

Obtain the required approvals before any transaction in a Private Placement. For any private funds advised or sub-advised by Nuveen, you must obtain approval for all transactions (initial investment, subsequent investment, sales/redemptions) except additional capital calls. For all other Private Placements, you must obtain approval for initial and subsequent investments but not sales/redemptions. Approval is required even if the investment is made in a Managed Account.

 

 

WHAT NEEDS TO BE PRE-CLEARED

 

 

Pre-clearance required

 

•  All actively initiated trades in Reportable Securities, except those listed here under “No pre- clearance required.”

 

•  The sale of restricted stock or employee stock options accrued during prior employment or a Household Member’s employment require pre-clearance. If pre- clearance is denied, you may contact the Nuveen Ethics Office to request reconsideration.

 

 

Be aware that pre-clearance can be withdrawn even after it has been granted, and even after you have traded, if Nuveen later becomes aware of Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio trades whose existence would have resulted in denial of pre-clearance. In these cases you may be required to reverse a trade and/or forfeit an appropriate portion of any profit, as determined by the Nuveen Ethics Office.

 

 

Pre-clearance not required

 

•  Shares of any open-end mutual fund (including Affiliated Funds).

 

•  ETFs, ETNs, UITs (including options on ETFs and ETNs).

 

•  CDs and commercial paper.

 

•  Securities acquired or disposed of through actions outside your control or issued pro rata to all holders of the same class of investment, such as automatic dividend reinvestments, stock splits, mergers, spin-offs, or rights subscriptions.

 

 

•  The automatic exercise or liquidation by an exchange of a derivative instrument upon expiration or the delivery of securities pursuant to a written option that is exercised against you, and the assignment of options.

 

•  Sales pursuant to a bona fide tender offer.

 

•  Trades made through an Automatic Investment Plan that have been disclosed to the Nuveen Ethics Office in advance.

 

 

•  Trades in a Managed Account (except that you must pre-clear any trades that involve your influence, any initial purchases of Private Placements, purchases in any equity IPO, and any sales or redemptions of Private Placements that are branded, sponsored, advised or sub- advised by Nuveen).

 

•  Foreign currencies, including futures.

 

 

•  Commodity instruments.

 

•  Index options and index futures.

 

•  Direct investments in cryptocurrencies.

 

 

OTHER RESTRICTIONS

 

13.

Never knowingly trade any security being traded or considered for trade by any Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio. This applies to employee transactions in securities that are exempt from pre- clearance, and includes equivalent or related securities.

For example, if a company’s common stock is being traded, you may face restrictions on trading any of the company’s debt, preferred, or foreign equivalent securities, and from trading or exercising any options based on the company’s securities.

 

14.

Always prioritize client trades over personal trades. Your fiduciary duties to the client are far more important than your personal trading, which is a privilege and not a right. Never delay or in any way alter the timing or terms of a client trade for your personal benefit.

 

15.

Do not engage in trading that involves single stock futures, uncovered short sales or uncovered options on individual securities. For any short position you must own the underlying security in equal notional value. Options are permitted only to generate income or for hedging -that is, selling calls and buying puts that are offset by existing long positions or buying cash-covered calls and selling cash-covered puts, with the following exceptions:

 

    You may buy or sell (write) uncovered long-term options (those with an expiration of 1 year or more from the date of purchase), subject to the 60-day holding period.

 

    Hedging with puts or with shorts against the box is permitted, subject to the 60-day holding period. This means that options on an underlying position must have an expiration date that satisfies the underlying position’s requirement to be held for at least 60 days. Note that a covered call can be written at the time you acquire the underlying position provided the expiration of the option is 60 days or more from the date you enter into the contract.

 

16.

Never participate in an investment club or similar entity.

 

17.

Do not engage in excessive or inappropriate trading activity. Never let personal trading interfere with your professional duties. The Nuveen Ethics Office and/or your local/designated CCO, in consultation with your manager, will determine what constitutes excessive or inappropriate trading.

 

18.

Pre-clear the sale of securities in a margin account. Margin accounts are permitted, however you must obtain pre-clearance when selling to meet a margin call, even if the transaction is initiated by a broker.

 


Code of Ethics   Page 6 of 8

 

LOGO

 

19.

Never purchase an IPO without advance approval. This includes Managed Accounts. Equity IPO participation is generally prohibited, but approval may be granted in special circumstances, such as when:

 

    You already have equity in the company and are offered shares.

 

    You are a policy holder or depositor in a company that is demutualizing.

 

    A family member has been offered shares as an employee.

Purchases of initial offerings of fixed income securities, convertible securities, preferred securities, open- and closed-end funds, commodity pools, and secondary equity offerings are generally permitted subject to prior approval from the Nuveen Ethics Office.

 

 

 

MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

 

       

What is Material Non-Public Information?

 

Material Non-Public Information is defined as information regarding any security, securities-based derivatives or issuer of a security that is both material and non-public.

Information is material if both of the following are true:

 

•  A reasonable investor would likely consider it important when making an investment decision.

 

•  Public release of the information would likely affect the price of a security.

 

Information is generally non-public if it has not been distributed through a widely used public medium, such as a press release or a report, filing or other periodic communication.

 

Restrictions and requirements

 

•  Any time you think you might have, or may be about to, come into possession of Material Non-Public Information (whether in connection with your position at Nuveen or not), alert the Nuveen Ethics Office. Alternatively, you may alert your local/designated CCO or Legal office, who in turn must promptly notify the Nuveen Ethics Office. Follow the instructions you are given.

    

•  Until you receive further instructions from the Nuveen Ethics Office, your local/designated CCO, or Legal, do not take any action in relation to the information, including trading or recommending the relevant securities or communicating the information to anyone else.

 

•  Never make decisions on your own regarding potential Material Non-Public Information, including whether such information is actually Material Non-Public Information or what steps should be taken.

 

•  If the Nuveen Ethics Office, your local/designated CCO and/or Legal determine that you have Material Non- Public Information:

 

– Do not buy, sell, gift, or otherwise dispose of the issuer’s securities, whether on behalf of an Affiliate-Advised Account or Portfolio, yourself, or anyone else.

 

– Do not in any way recommend, encourage, or influence others to transact in the issuer’s securities, even if you do not specifically disclose or reference the Material Non- Public Information.

 

– Do not communicate the Material Non-Public Information to anyone, whether inside or outside Nuveen, except in discussions with the Nuveen Ethics Office and Legal and as expressly permitted by any confidentiality agreement or supplemental policies and procedures of your business unit.

 

•  Please refer to Nuveen’s Material Non-Public Information and Insider Trading Policy for detailed information.

 

  

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

UPON BECOMING A NUVEEN EMPLOYEE

 

20.

Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, acknowledge receipt of the Code. This includes certifying that you have read the Code, understand it, recognize that you are subject to it, have complied with all of its applicable requirements, and have submitted all Code-required reports.

 

21.

Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, use PTA to report all of your Reportable Accounts and holdings in Reportable Securities.

For each Reportable Account that permits the purchase of Reportable Securities, upload the most recent statement, making sure that it includes information about the broker,

dealer, or bank through which the account is held and the type of account. For each Reportable Security, provide the security name and type, a ticker symbol or CUSIP, the number of shares or units held, and the principal amount (dollar value).

This information must be no older than 45 calendar days before your first day of employment.

Note that there are separate procedures for Managed Accounts, as described below in item 24. Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, report all current investments in Private Placements (limited offerings). Limited offerings are Reportable Securities.

 


Code of Ethics   Page 7 of 8

 

LOGO

 

22.

Within 30 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, move or close any Reportable Account that is not at an approved firm. This does not include Reportable Accounts that are 401(k), HSA, ESPP/ESOP, 529 plans, or accounts held directly with a mutual fund complex or mutual fund only platform in which open-end non- Affiliated Funds are the only possible investment. Contact the Nuveen Ethics Office if you are unsure whether your account must be held with an approved firm. The list of approved firms is maintained by the Nuveen Ethics Office and may be accessed on PTA.

Under very limited circumstances, it may be possible to obtain a waiver to keep a Reportable Account at a non- approved firm. Examples include:

 

    An account owned by a Household Member who works at another financial firm with comparable restrictions.

 

    An account that holds securities that cannot be transferred.

 

    An account that cannot be moved because of a trust agreement.

To apply for an exception, contact the Nuveen Ethics Office. For any account granted an exception, you are required to upload statements for the account in PTA based on the frequency with which a statement is generated for the account (e.g. monthly, quarterly). In all cases, if your accounts are not held at an approved firm, you must manually enter all executed Reportable Transactions in PTA within 5 days of execution.

At the discretion of the Nuveen Ethics Office, some consultants and temporary workers may not be required to move or close Reportable Accounts.

WHEN OPENING ANY NEW REPORTABLE ACCOUNT (INCLUDING A MANAGED ACCOUNT)

 

23.

Get pre-approval for any new Managed Account before any trading activity commences. Using the appropriate form (available from the Nuveen Ethics Office), provide representations that support the classification of the account as a Managed Account. For an account to be classified as a Managed Account, the account owner must have no direct or indirect influence or control over the securities in the account. The form must be signed by the account’s broker or investment manager and by all account owners. You may be asked periodically to confirm these representations or submit an updated form to confirm such.

Note that if the Managed Account is not maintained at an approved firm, you are also responsible for providing duplicate statements for the Managed Account to the Ethics Office, upon request.

24.

Report any new Reportable Account. Do this in PTA within 10 calendar days of the date you or a Household Member opens the account or an account becomes a Reportable Account through marriage, cohabitation, divorce, death, or another event.

EVERY QUARTER

 

25.

Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, verify in PTA that all Reportable Transactions made during that quarter have been reported. PTA will display all transactions of yours for which it has received notice (except transactions in your TIAA pension or and retirement plan accounts, which you are not required to report because the firm accesses this information directly). For any other Reportable Transactions not displayed, or displayed inaccurately, you are responsible for making any necessary revisions in PTA prior to completing your certification.

 

26.

For each Reportable Transaction, you must provide, as applicable, the transaction date, security name and type, ticker symbol or CUSIP, interest rate (coupon) and maturity date, number of shares, price at which the transaction was effected, principal amount (dollar value), the nature of the trade (buy or sell), and the name of the broker, dealer, or bank that effected the transaction. It is very important that you carefully review and verify the transactions and related details displayed on PTA, checking for accuracy and completeness. Once again, if you find any errors or omissions, correct or add to your list of transactions in PTA.

EVERY YEAR

 

27.

Within 45 calendar days of the end of each calendar year, acknowledge receipt of the most recent version of the Code and certify in PTA as to your Annual Holdings and Accounts Report.

The report must contain the information described in item 20 above, and include your certification that you have reported all Reportable Accounts, and all holdings in Reportable Securities at year end.

If any of your holdings in Reportable Securities are not displayed in PTA or are displayed inaccurately, you are responsible for entering adjustments and trade confirms or making any necessary revisions in PTA to complete your certification.

In addition, you must affirm each year through PTA that each Managed Account is properly classified as a Managed Account, for yourself and on behalf of any Household Member. This separate certification does not require broker or investment manager involvement.

You also must acknowledge any amendments to the Code that occur during the course of the year.

 


Code of Ethics   Page 8 of 8

 

LOGO

 

 

ADDITIONAL RULES FOR
SECTION 16 PERSONS

 

•  Pre-clear (through PTA) any transactions in Nuveen closed-end funds and any other closed-end funds of which you are a Section 16 Person. Your request will be reviewed by Legal.

 

•  Pre-clear buy/sell transactions involving any Nuveen closed-end funds within your Managed Account(s).

 

•  When selling for a gain any securities you buy that are issued by the entity of which you are a Section 16 Person, make sure it is at least 6 months after your most recent purchase of that security. This rule extends to any options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale, and is tested on a last-in- first-out basis. You may be required to surrender any gains realized through a violation of this rule. Note that for any fund of which you are a Section 16 Person, no exception from pre-clearance is available.

 

•  Promptly email details of all executed transactions in these securities to the appropriate contact in Legal.

 

•  See the Nuveen Funds Section 16 Policy and Procedures for additional information.

 

If you are unsure whether you are a Section 16 Person, contact Legal or the Nuveen Ethics Office.

 

     

 

CODE ADMINISTRATION

 

Training

 

You will be required to participate in training on the Code when joining Nuveen as well as periodically during the time you are subject to the Code.

 

Exceptions

 

The Code exists to prevent violations of law. The Nuveen Ethics Office may, under certain circumstances, grant waivers from a Code requirement. No waivers or exceptions that would violate any law will be granted.

 

Monitoring

 

The Nuveen Ethics Office is responsible for monitoring transactions and holdings for any violations of this Code.

 

Consequences of violation

 

Any individual who violates the Code is subject to penalty. Penalties could include, among other possibilities, a written warning, restriction of trading privileges, unwinding or reversing trades, disgorgement of trading profits, fines, and suspension or termination of employment.

 

Applicable rules

 
     

The Code has been adopted in recognition of Nuveen’s fiduciary obligations to clients and in accordance with various provisions of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This Code is also adopted by the Affiliated Funds advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC and Teachers Advisors, LLC under Rule 17j-1.

 

Some elements of the Code also constitute part of Nuveen’s response to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) requirements that apply to registered personnel of Nuveen Securities, LLC.

 

 

NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Jack B. Evans

Jack B. Evans


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ William C. Hunter

William C. Hunter


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Albin F. Moschner

Albin F. Moschner


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ John K. Nelson

John K. Nelson


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Matthew Thornton III

Matthew Thornton III


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Judith M. Stockdale

Judith M. Stockdale


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Carole E. Stone

Carole E. Stone


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Terence J. Toth

Terence J. Toth


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Margaret L. Wolff

Margaret L. Wolff


NUVEEN OPEN-END FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director/trustee of the above-referenced organizations listed on Appendix A, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK J. CZARNIECKI, DIANA R. GONZALEZ, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and ERIC F. FESS, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 19th day of November 2020.

 

/s/ Robert L. Young

Robert L. Young


APPENDIX A

NUVEEN INVESTMENT FUNDS, INC.

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST II

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST III

NUVEEN INVESTMENT TRUST V

NUVEEN MUNICIPAL TRUST

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST I

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST II

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST III

NUVEEN MULTISTATE TRUST IV

NUVEEN MANAGED ACCOUNTS PORTFOLIOS TRUST